Online study help that actually works – only at homeworknest.com

Public officials must not only do technical things correctly but they also must do ethically correct things. (Dutelle, 2011) (A) Discuss the five basics of public sector ethics? (5 marks) (B) What are the deterrents and opportunities that can influence the likelihood of ethical conduct in the public sector.

Your Research Analysis will address the following ideas:
Topic: Sexual Harassment in the Military
Introduction
• Present a topic or issue relevant to your academic or professional field.
o This will be presented in your introduction. Explain the overall background and background of this issue and include a well-constructed thesis statement that indicates your topic and the purpose you will develop.
Article 1
• Discuss your first source article.
o Identify the article, and then
 Describe the perspective presented in the article.
o Summarize the article’s findings on your identified topic.
o Show how the article’s perspective contributes to your overall thesis.
Article 2
• Discuss your second source article.
o Identify the article, and then
 Describe the perspective presented in the article.
o Summarize the article’s findings on your identified topic.
o Show how the article’s perspective contributes to your overall thesis.
Article 3
• Discuss your third source article.
o Identify the article, and then
 Describe the perspective presented in the article.
o Summarize the article’s findings on your identified topic.
o Show how the article’s perspective contributes to your overall thesis.
Conclusion
• Analyze the significance of the evidence cited and the connections you have made.
o This will be presented in your conclusion. Connect the ideas presented to show why the topic is an important one, while highlighting your major takeaways from the articles and relating them to your thesis.

RareFitness Club Case Study

RareFitness is an Australian owned chain that supports the fitness needs of the community across Western Sydney region. The club offers a range of fitness equipments, programs and personal training sessions for individuals to achieve their health and fitness goals. RareFitness prides itself on their world-class facilities, and expert professionals. Customers of RareFitness say that they trust the personal trainers because they provide an excellent fitness service that meets their needs. However, the fitness club offers personal training sessions for limited hours only. It has been also reported by the customers that once an equipment is damaged, the club takes too long to repair it.

In a recent market research, the manager of the RareFitness, Michael Clark found that there is a great interest for group fitness classes among the community. People believe that working out with others will help them keep motivated and it is also great fun. The fitness club does not offer group classes and yet to explore the possibilities.

Furthermore, the NSW Government has recently launched a new program, Active Kids program to help kids get active. The program provides two $100 vouchers for parents, guardians, and carers of school-enrolled children to use towards sport and active recreation costs each year.

Fitness Australia is the national authority that provides policies and guidelines to give direction and support to personal trainers, fitness instructors and fitness business owners. Recently, Fitness Australia has added a new set of requirements to the Industry Code of practice for professional credentials for individuals who are delivering fitness services to the public. The Registered Training Organisations (RTO’s) that deliver the training package and associated fitness qualifications/certifications need to comply to these practices starting from next financial year.

In the latest budget, the Australian Government has risen the corporate tax rate from 30% to 35% to increase the revenue for the next financial year which has a sheer effect on the fitness industry.

Please answer the following questions:

Question 1. From what you have been given in the case study material, perform a SWOT analysis by identifying at least two of the strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and threats for RareFitness.

Question 2. Identify and write down the prime function for RareFitness. Justify your answer.

Question 3. Construct a mission statement for RareFitness in line with its prime function. Justify your answer.

Question 4. Identify at least two internal and two external stakeholders for RareFitness. Justify your answer

Question 5. Imagine that most of the business activities such as membership, managing fitness classes, rostering staffs e.g., are manually handled by the staff members at RareFitness. Identify at least 5 business activities that RareFitness can plan to automate to better serve their customers.

For your Research Paper, select one aspect of cultural diversity from the following list that you would like to study: ETHINICTY

(For improved memory and increased awareness, remember the mnemonic, GARREACS.)

Must be eight- to ten double-spaced pages in length and formatted according to APA style

Summarize the pertinent historical, political, social, economic and cultural factors related to your chosen aspect of diversity.

Consider and summarize any relevant developmental theory models related to your chosen aspect of diversity.

In regard to your chosen aspect of diversity, identify and evaluate the relevant laws or programs that have either helped or restricted access to care and support.

Evaluate how your chosen aspect of diversity, in combination with two other aspects of diversity, can lead to increased needs or issues. For example, if someone is female, African American, and lesbian, will there be additional challenges? Select any combination of 3 aspects of diversity to discuss.

Describe at least two resources currently available in your area for someone needing special services related to your chosen aspect of diversity.

Explain how your personal characteristics will either complement or conflict with this diversity issue. Consider your own biases and prejudices or those of your family of origin.

Discuss relevant concerns, cautions or insights necessary for you to be a culturally competent human service professional.

Must include a title page with the following:

Title of paper

Student’s name

Course name and number

Instructor’s name

Date submitted

Must begin with an introductory paragraph that has a succinct thesis statement.

Must address the topic of the paper with critical thought.

Must end with a conclusion that reaffirms your thesis.

Must use at least seven scholarly sources.

Must document all sources in APA style,

First, summarize readings 15 and 16 and the documentary “Whose streets?” by paying special attention to the main arguments.
Then, I want you to answer two questions: (1) What are some of the connections that are evident between anti-Indian racism and anti-Blackness and what may be some of the differences? (2) Of the 21 affirmations that the authors identify, take up at least two and show how you can implement them or work for them in the context of your own life. Note that all affirmations may not apply to you based on your identity. So choose the ones that do. I am looking for real strategies that can be used to implement them.
Please ask at least one question pertaining to the material.
post should be at least 250 words.
https://youtu.be/ocMoJHor-TY

FLUID AND ELECTROLYTES CASE STUDIES
1) Mr. Johnson, 68-year-old, has been vomiting and has had diarrhea for 2 days. He complains of being dizzy. The nurse assesses his physiologic status and notes that his muscles are weak, his abdomen is distended, and bowel sounds are absent.
a. What Electrolyte imbalance do you suspect?
b. What is the normal range for this electrolyte?
c. What other symptoms can this patient have exhibited with this type of electrolyte imbalance?
d. What treatment would be most appropriate for this patient?
2) Mrs. Unger has a high temperature and diaphoresis. She has been nauseated and has taken only ginger ale for the last several days. Her lab tests revealed a Sodium level of 129 mEq/L and Potassium level of 3.7 mEq/L.
a. What type of electrolyte imbalance do you suspect?
b. What is the normal range for this electrolyte?
c. What are some other clinical signs and symptoms might you observe with this type of imbalance?
d. When testing Mrs. Unger’s urine, what would you suspect her specific gravity to be?
e. What treatment would be most appropriate for this patient?
3) A patient has just received an administration of an intravenous potassium too rapidly.
a. What signs and symptoms would you assess for?
b. What lab values would you check for this patient?
c. What treatment would be prescribed for this patient?
4) An elderly patient has just been admitted to the Emergency Department with symptoms of confusion and muscle tremors. When taking his history, it is revealed he had been discharged from the hospital 2 days ago. He has been on IV therapy for a stomach virus, but could not keep down fluids after he was discharged.
a. What electrolyte imbalance do you suspect for this patient?
b. What other signs and symptoms might you need to assess for?
c. What type of treatment would be appropriate for this patient?
5) Develop one care plan for each case study from above. It should contain a NANDA nursing diagnosis, one goal, and at least four nursing interventions. Nursing interventions are not doctor’s orders.

Watch the very short “I, Pencil” video provided below (run time: 6 minutes, 32 seconds). Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?[removed]v=IYO3tOqDISE I, Pencil … My (Your) Thoughts and Perspectives Then, after watching the video, in 5 to 8 thoughtful/insightful sentences share your thoughts and/or perspective

How would you define the American Identity? How do you think other countries see and define America? Do you think these identities are true or false, positive or negative?”
four and a half, double-spaced full pages

For this assignment you will be writing a short essay that breaks down and interprets a music video. The YouTube era has witnessed a resurgence of creative, unusual, or otherwise outlandish music videos, but these forms of media have always featured inspired ways for conveying messages in short form. By mixing sound and visuals, these media are able to signify multiple things at once. In this assignment you engage with the power that these media forms can have for communicating ideas while speculating on how different audiences may interpret those ideas.
You must choose a music video that premiered before 1998.
Provide some background for the video by briefly noting:
1. the song, artist, album, year, and director of the video.
2. A few sentences on what the song is about.
3. A short history on the release of the video: Was it the artist’s debut, or was it a comeback? Is it a widely known song or one that only fans would recognize? Did the video spark any controversy?
Then, write a close textual analysis of the music video. Choose two or three moments that you think are most significant and focus your analysis on those. Describe the signs present and explain what you think they mean, and why. Could they be interpreted in more than one way, or in ways other than the creators intended? Do they make intertextual references and, if so, to which other media? Consider also how the song’s lyrics and/or music may contradict or enhance the images.
Finally, consider the cultural context in which the video first appeared, including the popularity of its genre, the social themes it addresses, and/or whether there were significant historical events at the time related to the video’s theme.
Given these considerations, what would the images in the video connote to audiences at the time? What do these same images connote to you now? Has something changed, and if so, how can we explain this? In this section, you are making an argument about the work of interpretation as historically specific. Make sure you ground this argument in facts about the social, cultural, or political context of the time of release and contrast these to those of today.
Formatting and length requirements:
○ Double-spaced
○ 12-point font
○ Minimum 1,000 words. Max 1,500 words.
○ MLA format

Hire an online tutor Spring 2020? https://homeworknest.com/ has all the answers. Online Professional tutoring tailored for college students studying online. 2020 spring revision materials , Timed quizzes, biology quizzes, Us History assignment help. Dissertation, thesis help at cheap prices. Give your online courses grade A boost. Homework nest is the ultimate answer. register today. https://www.homeworknest.com/ and get all types of assignment help today. Our Expert tutors are waiting for you. The cheapest essay writing service in 2020. Ace my Homework is a question asked by many college and university students. we got them all answers at Homework Nest
After reading Alain de Botton’s essay, Why You Will Marry the Wrong Person (Links to an external site.), write a 750-word minimum APA-formatted critical response, either agreeing or disagreeing with de Botton.
In writing your response, be sure to focus on de Botton’s most compelling reasons behind his claim. Feel free to provide your own compelling reasons to either complement or challenge his argument.
Review this sample APA document downloadto help you with formatting. Your paper should have a title page, headers, in-text citations (when referring to the article), and a reference page with a full reference for the article.

Write an explanatory essay about why plastic trash is a problem and how this problem can be solved.
Your essay must be based on the ideas and information that can be found in the “Plastic Trash” passage set.
Be sure to
• include a thesis statement in the introduction;
• address reasons and details in each body paragraph;
• make sure to explain and elaborate
• use evidence from multiple sources; and
• avoid overly relying on one source;
Other Instructions and Clarifications
– This is a problem and solution essay and you can develop this essay by:
(BLOCK METHOD)
A) presenting the problems in the first body paragraph and
B) providing the solutions in the second and third body paragraph
(POINT BY POINT METHOD)
A) presenting a problem and the solution in each body paragraph
I prefer Point by point.
Every body paragraph will have 5 sentences.

Who does climate degradation affect the most, and in what ways?
Explained in this unit are the outcomes of continued misuse of food, garbage, and natural resources?
In what ways are these misuses related to ethical considerations of human activity?
What is the aim of a more just and equitable environment?
Please cite from at least three of our unit authors in order to make your thesis as you explain the relationship between human activity, climate change, and sustainability?

1. The CCCOnline Library provides access to scholarly research databases. You can also access these databases from a link provided on your D2L home page.
2. Once you are on the research databases page, scroll down to find the Global Issues in Context database. Select this database. Then select “Database login.” Log in with your S#.
3. In the search box, enter “American Dream.” Then click the Global Viewpoints tab. Limit your search by clicking any of the limiters on the right side of the page. Choose two of the remaining articles to read for this essay.
4. Pre-Write: Closely read and annotate your two chosen articles, noting similarities and differences in language and key ideas. Consider how these voices are connected to one another and to the larger conversation. How do they respond to one another? (Do they agree? Disagree?) How do they respond to previous voices in this conversation?
5. Write: Synthesize the ideas from your two sources into an extended definition of the American Dream. What does the American Dream mean today? What is its significance in terms of immigration, multiculturalism, economics, education, etc.? Blend the key ideas from your sources to create a new and interesting definition of this idea.
6. Your essay should contain 2-3 quotations from your sources, and it should include paraphrasing of other main ideas. Be sure to use quotation marks and in-text citations appropriately and responsibly.
7. Your essay should be approximately 700 words.
8. Please be sure to correctly format your essay in MLA Style. Need help with MLA? Please refer to the CCCOnline MLA Citation Toolkit
9. Once your essay is written, revised, and proofread, you may submit it to the Module 1 Assignment folder: Research Synthesis Essay

As the Environmental Health and Safety (EHS) professional for a manufacturing company, you have been asked to conduct a risk assessment of potential issues within your facility. Specifically, you have been asked to identify whether these issues present a hazard by conducting a risk assessment using the quantitative risk assessment form, which you can access by clicking here(SeeAttached). Once the risk assessments have been identified, your assignment is to provide control measures based on the hierarchy of controls identified in the Unit IV and Unit V Lessons. Each of the scenarios below have been identified as potential issues.Review each of the potential hazards identified in the scenarios, and provide a technical report of your findings and recommendations. The project should be a technical report with a minimum of three pages detailing your findings and recommendations. The project should be written in full APA format and include the elements listed below.
• Perform a quantitative risk assessment before and after the recommended controls. (You may include these as appendices in the technical report, but the findings should be discussed in the body of the report.)
• Include a priority ranking of controls based on the risk assessment findings.
• Explain the control measures for each of the identified hazards, and explain why you chose those specific control measures.
Scenario 1: Proposed Catwalk (Fall Hazards)There is an elevated area within the plant that requires two maintenance personnel to access it at least once every 2 weeks to perform preventive maintenance by lubricating gears and pulleys. They are currently using a 20-foot extension ladder to reach the locations that require maintenance. This requires that the ladder be moved six times per event, along with the employee climbing up and down the ladder. The maintenance supervisor for the plant has provided a drawing of a catwalk that he would like to install and has asked you to review them for compliance with Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) standards and to identify any potential problems with the design.
(SEE PHOTO1 ATTACHED)
Scenario 2: Hunter Molding Machine (Machine Guarding)
While operating a Hunter molding machine, it is necessary for a single operator to reach inside the machine to adjust the pattern or blow it off to ensure that it is free of particles or other debris that will create deformed parts. This function is conducted once every 75 minutes, 8.5 hours per day. The molding pattern is placed on the holder by the machine, which then automatically rotates the pattern 180 degrees before the molding sand is compressed on the pattern, and then this process is repeated to ensure a two-sided mold is created. When the molds are compressed and then separated, the operator must reach inside the machine to clean the pattern by blowing compressed air onto the mold. The foundry supervisor is concerned that there is a potential for the operator to be caught in the rotating pattern holder, causing an amputation. He has asked for your help to provide a control measure to prevent any possible injuries to the operators. Note: A physical barrier between the operator and the pattern holder is not possible or feasible due to production activities. Please see the photographs below as a reference.
(SEE PHOTO2 and PHOTO3 ATTACHED)
Scenario 3: Quality Control Testing Facility (Airborne Chemicals)
The quality control manager has implemented a new testing procedure to ensure high quality products are being produced by the company. As a part of the testing operation, the quality control technician applies a chemical mixture with a paintbrush onto specific points of the parts, which have previously been identified as weak points by customer complaints. This operation takes place over an open sink, similar to a parts washing tank. The quality control manager has requested your assessment based on the following data, along with any recommendations for any controls that need to be implemented. This operation takes place throughout the day and involves three employees (quality technicians) per 8-hour shift. An outside consultant has sampled the employee exposure over an 8-hour period with the results shown below
.(SEE PHOTO4 attached)
Scenario 4: Mobile Crane Operations (Materials Handling)
While observing a lift of materials onto a flatbed trailer through the use of a mobile hydraulic crane, which had the tires fully inflated and on level and firm ground, the materials manager stopped the operation because it did not look correct to her. She has now requested your assessment and your recommendations on controls to reduce any potential incidents or injuries. Based on your observations, you find the information shown below.
Weight of the load: 28,000 pounds
Boom length: 60 feet
Boom radius: 20 feet

Prevention through design (PtD) is a proactive approach to risk management often used within the safety and health field. Given the fact that we are in a global health pandemic and our approach to preventing the spread of the virus has been less than stellar, please share your thoughts on ways you feel PtD could have been used when our public health officials first became aware of the potential threat (last year) to minimize the spread of the Corona virus in the United States.
ALSO PLEASE REPLY TO ANOTHER STUDENTS COMMENT BELOW
Megan:
One way I think PtD could have been used is in a national response to the pandemic, rather than forcing each state to come up with solutions. This would have included the US government using its purchasing power to acquire PPE and ventilators and create a national repository, instead of forcing the states to scramble to get the necessary supplies. Nationwide guidance on closures and travel restrictions might have helped reduce the confusion. Once we learned more about the virus, directing money to schools and hospitals to improve their ventilation systems might have helped reduce the spread.
Focusing on prevention, maintaining a pandemic response task force to coordinate the response to a future pandemic as well as a national PPE repository could make a future pandemic less severe. The “just-in-time” inventory system may increase efficiency, but it doesn’t work when a lot of a certain item is needed in a short time period.

1) What do we mean by interdependency (1)? What does interdependence mean for who is impacted by environmental issues (1)?
2) What were the main drivers of the modern environmental movement in the United States – provide examples (1). Since, what have been the dominant modes of protection (1)?
3) Describe four key geographic concepts and provide an example for each (2).
4) Why are we abandoning the term ‘natural disaster’ (2)?
5) (FILL IN THE BLANK) is to short term temperature and precipitation, while (FILL IN THE BLANK) is to decades long temperature and precipitation (2)
6) Describe the relationship between Earth’s Energy Budget and greenhouse gases in terms of climate change (2).
7) Describe the concepts of mitigation and adaptation- how do they differ (2)?
8) What is sustainability? Describe the three pillars and provide a critique of this traditional definition (2).
9) What is meant by the famous EW Zimmerman quote – ‘Resources are not, they become…” (1993) (2)?
10) What are the two principle components of climate (1)? Describe the four main drivers of these components (1).
11) Compare and contrast two main approaches to understanding the relationship between population and the environment (1). How have each of these either supported or negated the popular ‘Tragedy of the Commons’ Theory (1)?
12) (FILL IN THE BLANK) is to single path while (FILL IN THE BLANK) have multiple paths and futures (2)
13) Why is the relationship between city planning and climate change a spatial problem (2)?
14) Describe how we define vulnerability (1). How does vulnerability relate to the idea of ‘double exposure’ (1)?
15) Describe the differences between organic and fair trade food systems (1)? What could an alternative to the alternatives be (1)?
\For part two of the midterm, you will write a maximum 2 page response to the following question: How does a complex approach help ensure a more equitable, just, and hopeful global environmental transformation? Provide specific socio-economic and biophysical examples (10)

Discuss ways one can actively participate in the conservation of biodiversity

Explain carpal tunnel syndrome. What structures are involved, and what pathology exists here? Recommend prevention tips and treatments for this syndrome. Explain the modified Allen test and Tinel’s sign.
Each of us reacts habitually when we see money on the ground; we bend over and pick it up. Describe how you would get employees to avoid improper bending to pick up items from the ground in situations such as this. Use the four Es: empowerment, encouragement, education, and enlightenment.
Imagine that you are leading a training event to help prevent back injuries, and you are teaching students the proper way to lift. Describe, in detail, your recommended steps for lifting a box from a tabletop and placing the box on the floor in a way that would not create any pain or ergonomics issue(s).

Summarize the characteristics and abilities of sound level meters (SLMs) and noise dosimeters and how they can be used to evaluate noise exposures at a facility.
(minimum of 200 words in length. )

Define the following terms associated with occupational noise:
a. Wavelength
b. Frequency
c. Sound Pressure
d. Decibel
e. Octave Band
(minimum of 200 words.)
You have been tasked with establishing and implementing an effective hearing conservation program for a metal stamping facility. Noise monitoring shows that employees working in the press areas of the facility are exposed to 8-hour TWA noise exposures between 85.0 dBA and 89.0 dBA. Based on the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.95, summarize the requirements for an effective hearing conservation program and discuss steps to make the program as effective as possible.
(minimum of 200 words.)
Imagine you are the director of your state’s Department of Environmental Services. Working with legislators, your goal is to decide which alternative renewable energy sources will assist your state in sustaining your limited fossil fuels and what the best fit is for your state’s economy. Develop a presentation highlighting which types of alternative renewable energy sources your state has chosen and how these energy sources will reduce the demands on fossil fuels and lower the carbon emissions in your state.For this assignment, you will create a PowerPoint presentation that covers three alternative energy sources. Using the CSU Online Library and reading assignments in this unit, research alternative energy sources to determine which three will work best within your state. You may also use the U.S. Department of Energy website to assist you in your decisions: https://www.energy.gov/.Your presentation should adhere to the following format.
• Slide 1: On the title slide, include your name, course number, and the date.
• Slide 2: Provide a brief introduction (no more than 2 paragraphs).
• Slide 3: List the first alternative energy source. Briefly describe how this energy source would reduce the demands on fossil fuels and lower carbon emissions. Provide two arguments on why this energy source will work for your state.
• Slide 4: If your first alternative energy source is chosen, how may this source negatively affect the citizens in your state? Provide two arguments, and explain how this energy source may negatively impact your state.
• Slide 5: Include visuals for your first alternative energy source (e.g., hydropower, solar wind farm).
• Slide 6: List the second alternative energy source. Briefly describe how this energy source would reduce the demands on fossil fuels and lower carbon emissions. Provide two arguments on why this energy source will work for your state.
• Slide 7: If your second alternative energy source is chosen, how may this source negatively affect the citizens in your state? Provide two arguments, and explain how this energy source may negatively impact your state.
• Slide 8: Include visuals for your second alternative energy source (e.g., hydropower, solar wind farm).
• Slide 9: List the third alternative energy source. Briefly describe how this energy source would reduce the demands on fossil fuels and lower carbon emissions. Provide two arguments on why this energy source will work for your state.
• Slide 10: If your second alternative energy source is chosen, how may this source negatively affect the citizens in your state? Provide two arguments, and explain how this energy source may negatively impact your state.
• Slide 11: Include visuals for your third alternative energy source (e.g., hydropower, solar wind farm).
• Slide 12: Include references, and ensure you list all supporting sources for your nine content/visual alternative energy source slides.
As a part of the presentation, you are required to use the notes section for each content slide to reinforce your presentation. You should use at least three reliable, academic sources to support your presentation. Images and graphics, along with supporting references and in-text citations, must follow APA formatting guidelines and must be free of errors. Your presentation should consist of a title slide, introduction slide, nine content/visual slides, and a references slide for a minimum total of 12 slides.Click here to access a tutorial on how to create an effective PowerPoint presentation. (Note: The transcript for this resource can be found within the “Notes” tab to the right of the presentation.)

create a 10-slide PowerPoint presentation about both the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) and Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA).
Again, imagine that you are presenting to an audience of high school students who are learning about environmental laws. Discuss their effectiveness at achieving the goals, elaborate on problems with the laws, and suggest improvements to the laws.
Feel free to be creative. You are allowed to utilize PowerPoint’s features to create charts and graphics. Please do not utilize the Notes section for your presentation.
Please use at least three sources to support your presentation, and ensure that the citations and references are in APA format. The required title and reference slides do not count toward meeting the minimum slide requirement.

ENMT 310 Project Three
Scenario and Site Plans
Scenario:
You are to assume the duties of the safety and environmental officer for a large industrial facility located on a river in a medium-sized town, population 23,231. There in a small, non-trauma center, hospital located in town. The local fire department has a Hazardous Materials Response Team trained to respond to chemical releases and spills. You also have a trained Industrial Fire Brigade on-site with first-responder training and equipment.
Your facility produces and ships a product called Methyl-Ethyl-Peanut Butter by rail, highway, and river barge. The product is produced from mixing liquid Acetone, gaseous Sulfur Dioxide, and Magnesium powder. It produces a mixed waste product to be disposed of properly.
Your assignment is to develop an Emergency Action Plan meeting Federal OSHA requirements and an Facility Resonse Plan meeting Federal EPA requirements. You plan must address the minimum requirements of these Federal regulations. Part of the exercise is for you to locate the appropriate OSHA and EPA requirements in the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR). Hint: OSHA regulations are contained in Title 29 of the CFR and EPS’s regulations are contained in Title 40 of the CFR.
You may use your imagination to come up with all the details of your plans, but be sure to address all aspects of potential emergency releases within the facility and potential local and international threats to your facility. You plan must meet, as a minimum, all of the applicable EPA and OSHA regulations.
You may prepare two separate plans or one comprehensive plan to meet the requirements. Once prepared, submit you plan to your assignment folder as you did with Project Two. Use this exercise as if your job depends on it, be comprehensive, but have fun coming up with the means you will save your city. Include response actions from all of the first-responder organizations and resources available to you on and off-site.
The length and format of the plans are up to you. Just make sure you cover the requirements and all expected threats and hazards.

PowerPoint presentation containing at least 10 slides.
Imagine that you are presenting to an audience of high school students who are learning about environmental laws. Your presentation should address the need for water quality laws in your area and should describe water quality legislation, including the Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA) and Clean Water Act (CWA).
Feel free to be creative. You are allowed to utilize PowerPoint’s features to create charts and graphics. Please do not utilize the Notes section for your presentation.
Please use at least three sources to support your presentation, and ensure that the citations and references are in APA format. The required title and reference slides do not count toward meeting the minimum slide requirement.

SOCIAL WORK
Introduction to Social Work online textbook:- https://ferrisintroductiontosocialwork.pressbooks.com/front-matter/introduction/
LESSON 3 DISCUSSION
Discussion question:
After reviewing the readings and video, please create a substantial discussion post considering the following question(s) in your post.
• What do you think are the most important values for a successful Social Worker?
• Please identify 2-3 values that you think will enable you to be an effective Social Worker?
SOCIAL WELFARE & POLICY
LESSON 2 DISCUSSION
On one page, discuss any type of social work interventions that you have seen implemented. What did you learn from that experience? If you have not seen any of the interventions, what type of intervention would you support or not support and why?
LESSON 3 DISCUSSION
Discussion Guidelines: Your initial post should be approximately one page (250 words).
In your opinion, what are the responsibilities of government during economic crises? Use examples from the assigned chapter and/or provide examples from the present day.
LESSON 4 DISCUSSION
Discussion Guidelines: Your initial post should be approximately one page (250 words).
Briefly research how social security benefits are earned. Describe your findings in your discussion question and discuss whether you agree or disagree with your findings and what you would change.

1. Consider ergonomic hazards associated with the operation of pneumatic impact wrenches in a vehicle maintenance facility. What could you, as part of the ergonomics team, provide in the way of protection against the work-related musculoskeletal disorders (WMSDs) that might be associated with the use of such a tool? Include supporting evidence as part of your discussion. (200 words)
2. Describe one or more potential solutions for an employee who is experiencing the onset of back pain after working at his or her workstation that primarily requires the employee to work in a seated position. Include supporting evidence as part of your discussion. 200 words)
3. Describe the ergonomic risk factors associated with a sharp edge on a work bench. Include supporting evidence as part of your discussion. (75 words)
4.
Describe hand-arm vibrations (HAVS); what are the long-term issues an employee might have if vibration sources are not corrected? (75 words)

Welding fumes are a common occupational exposure. Several different welding fumes can cause similar adverse health effects. Personal sampling of a welding operation at a manufacturing facility produced the following 8-hour time-weighted average (TWA) results for individual metal fumes.
Metal FumeResultOSHA PELACGIH TLVAntimony0.05 mg/m³0.5 mg/m³0.5 mg/m³Beryllium0.00001 mg/m³0.0002 mg/m³0.00005 mg/m³ (I)Cadmium0.025 mg/m³0.005 mg/m³0.01 mg/m³Chromium0.02 mg/m³1 mg/m³0.5 mg/m³Copper0.03 mg/m³0.1 mg/m³0.2 mg/m³Iron Oxide0.5 mg/m³10 mg/m³5 mg/m³ (R)Magnesium Oxide0.02 mg/m³15 mg/m³10 mg/m³Molybdenum0.003 mg/m³15 mg/m³10 mg/m³ (I)Nickel0.25 mg/m³1 mg/m³1.5 mg/m³ (I)Zinc Oxide0.3 mg/m³5 mg/m³2 mg/m³ (R)
(R) Respirable fraction (I) Inhalable fraction
Briefly summarize the primary health effects associated with overexposure to each type of metal fume, including both acute and chronic health effects. Explain what analytical methods you would use for evaluating health hazards in the workplace.
Identify the types of metal fumes that would produce similar health effects on an exposed worker. Assume that each listed metal can cause respiratory irritation. Use the equation in 1910.1000(d)(2)(i) to calculate the equivalent exposure (in relation to OSHA PELS) for the metal fumes with similar health effects based on the “Result” column in the table above. Discuss whether you believe any of the individual metal fume exposures or the combined exposure exceeds an OSHA PEL or an ACGIH TLV.
Your homework assignment should be a minimum of two pages in length.

Introduction to Social Work online textbook:- https://ferrisintroductiontosocialwork.pressbooks.com/front-matter/introduction/
LESSON 3 DISCUSSION
Discussion question:
After reviewing the readings and video, please create a substantial discussion post considering the following question(s) in your post.
• What do you think are the most important values for a successful Social Worker?
• Please identify 2-3 values that you think will enable you to be an effective Social Worker?

LESSON 3 ASSIGNMENT
Please read the following articles on Emotional Intelligence:
https://hbr.org/2017/02/emotional-intelligence-has-12-elements-which-do-you-need-to-work-on (Links to an external site.)
https://www.verywellmind.com/components-of-emotional-intelligence-2795438 (Links to an external site.)
After reading the above articles, please take the following Emotional Intelligence Quiz.
https://greatergood.berkeley.edu/quizzes/ei_quiz (Links to an external site.)
For this assignment, please submit a one-page paper including the following:
• Please copy and paste the results from your quiz.
• Discuss your thoughts about Emotional Intelligence and whether this would be helpful or not in the profession of Social Work.
• Please share your thoughts on the results from the quiz and whether you agree or disagree. What components of Emotional Intelligence would you like to improve?
The paper should be approx. one page and include high-quality writing. Please include a title page and double-check all spelling and grammar prior to submitting. Also, please make sure to cite all relevant information and include references as appropriate.
1. Defend the statement that soil erosion is an environmental problem that could seriously damage, or even cause the collapse of, our civilization.
2. What are things an individual citizen can do to prevent soil erosion?
3. Does the impact of soil erosion go beyond where it occurs? Explain your answer.4. Are the soil problems more severe in developed countries or developing countries?
5. How and why could processes such as clear-cut logging, in which all trees are cut, and use of off-road vehicles lead to loss of soil fertility?
6. You own a consulting firm, and a client hires you to evaluate several hundred hectares (acres) to start a small farm to grow organic vegetables. The land is generally flat with some rolling hills. How could you evaluate the project from a soil perspective? Outline a general plan to advise your client.

What is green reverse logistics in all aspects?
cover page
table of contents
15 pages
reference page -10 reference ( 3 peer reviewed)
APA 12 font times new roman
Using previous outline request if needed

What is green reverse logistics?
Need assistance with 4 page full sentence outline
APA format
4 references included
Full sentences
cover all aspects of reverse logistics
https://owl.purdue.edu/owl/general_writing/the_writing_process/developing_an_outline/documents/20081113013048_544.pdf

Overview
This discussion asks you to formulate a definition of environmental sustainability based on research and how it can apply to environmental stewardship both on a personal and national level. I will start you off by telling you that scientists working on environmental sustainability (ES) consider there to be 3 major principles to ES: reliance on solar energy for photosynthesis and other alternative energy sources; nutrient cycling of chemicals through soil, water, and air; and protection and restoration of biological diversity. These are the 3 legs of our environmental sustainability stool and it will collapse if any one of them is negatively impacted in a substantial way.
Instructions
You may already have an opinion on what is meant by environmental sustainability. The topic is in the news frequently and it is difficult not to form an opinion when you hear a lot about a subject, even when you do not know how accurate the material is that you are confronted with. Follow the following steps to prepare yourself for this discussion:
1. Read the article at this website: Environmental Sustainability. Note in particular the information in the sidebar about the Three Pillars of Sustainability: Social, Environmental and Economic. Website: http://www.thwink.org/sustain/glossary/EnvironmentalSustainability.htm
2. Next, conduct an internet search on environmental sustainability. You can use Wikipedia to get a quick head start; and also look for articles in the web magazine ScienceDaily. Read enough information to have a good basis for an informed opinion on the subject. Website: https://www.sciencedaily.com/
3. Your initial post:
1: What does environmentally sustainable mean to you personally?
2: What do you think the major challenges are to achieving environmental sustainability for our species?
3: What should Americans and the world be encouraged to do to foster sustainability? Name at least 2-3 ideas and discuss how they promote sustainability.
In your initial post, please provide 3-4 references in APA format and use in-text citations.

1- Please submit the recording of your presentation here. It can be the powerpoint itself with a voice over.
2- Please submit your project report as either a word doc or a pdf. (5-8 pages)
– figures and tables
– single spaced
introduction, location(to be decided ) information, hazard 1 & 2 occurrence, destruction, preparation and response.( with examples
Students are expected to complete a project that showcases their knowledge they gained through the course. Students will choose a location on Earth and provide information about it from an environmental science perspective. Guidelines for the project as well as an example rubric will be posted on canvas.

Overview
Many if not most of the topics that you studied in the eText and tackled in the discussions and labs are, or will be directly or indirectly impacted by the myriad effects of climate change. At this point in the course, you should be able to assess the various predictions from the climate models and mesh them with what you have already learned to fashion a credible assessment of our planet’s future.
Instructions
Prepare yourself for this discussion by studying the relevant material presented in the two websites linked below. Most of the living scientists who have received the Nobel Prize are members of the first organization in the list. The second two federal agencies are two of the most respected in this country and world. Amazing that our country will listen with rapt attention to everything that NASA has to say about outer space, but ignore what they say about climate change.
• Union of Concerned Scientists
• NASA.gov
• NOAA
You are encouraged to research the Internet for other climate change related sites and don’t skip ScienceDaily
For your initial post, please respond to the following questions in separate paragraphs:
1. Describe 2-3 pieces of evidence from the science literature that humans are causing climate change to accelerate.
2. What specific impacts do the current climate change models predict globally and which of them, if any, appear to be occurring already?
3. What role does the ocean play in the climate change scenario?
4. What sorts of impacts are predicted for Colorado if the climate change models are correct?
In your initial post, please provide 3-4 references in APA format and use in-text citations.

You are asked to evaluate employees’ exposures to methyl n-amyl ketone during a painting operation. After careful consideration, you choose NIOSH Method 2553 for the sampling. You can access the method by clicking the link below:National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health. (2003). Ketones II: Method 2553. In P. M. Eiler & M. E. Cassinelli (Eds.), NIOSH manual of analytical methods (4th ed.). Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. http://www.cdc.gov/niosh/docs/2003-154/pdfs/2553.pdfYour pre-sampling and post-sampling pump calibrations using a primary standard are both 0.05 L/min. You collect personal samples on two employees working in the operation. The samples are collected for 430 minutes (Sample 1) and 440 minutes (Sample 2).
1. Calculate the sample volumes for each of the samples.
The laboratory reports that the front section of Sample 1 contains 5,000 µg of methyl n-amyl ketone and the back section contains 200 µg of methyl n-amyl ketone. The front section of Sample 2 contains 4,000 µg of methyl n-amyl ketone and the back section contains 50 µg of methyl n-amyl ketone. Neither the front nor back sections of the field blank you supplied contain any detectable levels of methyl n-amyl ketone.
1. Calculate the concentrations of the two personal samples in µg/L and mg/m³.
2. Convert the result to ppm (MW for methyl n-amyl ketone = 114.2). Note: Use the ideal gas constant of 24.45.
3. Show all the steps for your calculations.
You then reference OSHA’s Table Z-1 and find that the 8-hour TWA PEL for methyl n-amyl ketone is 100 ppm
1. Discuss how the results of the two personal samples you collected compare to the OSHA PEL, and describe the sampling method you implemented.
You also look up the ACGIH TLV for methyl n-amyl ketone and find that the TLV is 50 ppm as an 8-hour TWA exposure.
1. Discuss how the results for the two personal samples compare to the ACGIH TLV.
2. Discuss whether you would recommend comparing the results of your sampling to the OSHA PEL or the ACGIH TLV. Include your rationale for the choice, and explain how you would rationalize your choice to your employer.
The case study should be a minimum of three pages in length, and you should cite the NIOSH document using APA style.

You have been tasked with identifying health hazards associated with a production line at a manufacturing facility.Employees at the beginning of the line use a solvent to clean the surface of medium-size auto parts, and then they place the parts on a moving line. As the parts move along the line, an employee sprays them with a powder coating, and the parts move through an oven. Another employee removes the parts from the line and places them in slots in a cart for transporting to shipping.You have been provided safety data sheets for the solvent used for cleaning the parts (click here to access) and the powder coating that is used (click here to access). Use the JHA form to identify the potential health hazards associated with the process. Click here to access the Basic Job Hazard Analysis form. You will use the Basic Hazard Analysis form to enter your responses and to answer the four questions listed below. Please upload this completed document to your instructor for grading. Prepare a two-page homework assignment summarizing your health hazard analysis and answer these questions from the Basic Job Hazard Analysis form.
1. What are the health hazards associated with the operation?
2. What are the primary exposure routes associated with each health hazard?
3. Are there any potential acute or chronic health effects for any of the health hazards you identified?
4. Are special hazards associated with any of the health hazards?
You may use the safety data sheets provided above, information from the OSHA or NIOSH websites, or academic references from the Internet to answer the questions. Citations are not required for this homework assignment; however you may want to use them in order to answer the questions.
SDSpaintthinner.pdf
UnitIII_JobHazardAnalysisForm.docx
SDSPaint.pdf

Create a PowerPoint presentation of 15 slides (not counting title and reference slides) that provides an overview of the three major environmental, health, and safety (EHS) disciplines. Include each of the following elements:
• summary of the responsibilities for the discipline,
• evaluation of types of hazards addressed by the discipline,
• description of how industrial hygiene practices relate to safety and health programs,
• description of how industrial hygiene practices relate to environmental programs,
• evaluation of types of control methods commonly used by the discipline,
• interactions with the other two disciplines, and
• major organizations associated with the discipline.
Construct your presentation using a serif type font such as Times New Roman. A serif type font is easier to read than a non-serif type font. For ease of reading, do not use a font smaller than 28 points.
I’m working on a spanish writing question and need an explanation to help me study.
– Minimum of 750 words
– Any movie by Spanish director Pedro Almodóvar
– In Spanish
Requirements: Minimum 750 words

On the following spreadsheet, you will find a story about the origin of the Merfolk as told to me by an old Merfolk.
https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1342JsuJRdKn_0a2kDX5K_QK8WO8R8nIWpEYHBV60Ww4/edit?usp=sharing (Links to an external site.)
The story is 48 sentences long. You will be asked to translate only 8 of them, but which 8 depends on your discussion group, according to the chart in the document above. Look at Column B (“Discussion Group”). Find the section containing your word group number and do those 8 lines.
For example, for lines 1 to 8, Column B says “1”. This means that anyone in Discussion Group 1 would translate ALL of those lines.
PLEASE MAKE SURE THAT YOU SELECT THE CORRECT 8 LINES. WE WON’T GRADE YOUR ANSWER IF YOU CHOSE THE WRONG SET OF 8. EMAIL ANDREW IF YOU ARE CONFUSED.
Remember our Grammar and Dictionary.
Grammarː
https://docs.google.com/document/d/1hR2JJSuO2y46gTYhyvOXkfELhrwCqcqg8aNCatg4EMc/edit?usp=sharing (Links to an external site.)
Dictionary (under the tab called “Vocabulary FINAL 7.18.21”):
https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1hCi53k3y6q1ijCq9-cmB7LPPh1ELD697huc_Qom6oqU/edit?usp=sharing (Links to an external site.)
A note on the vocabulary: I have not indicated the noun class of each noun. When you encounter a noun in the story, it is up to you to determine the most appropriate interpretation for its case ending.
For example, you may encounter the case ending -la, which is either Nominative, Non-Merfolk, Close to the Sea, Non-Dangerous OR Genitive, Merfolk, Non-Dangerous. (This is a situation commonly encountered in natural languages. For example, in Czech, -a may be feminine nominative or animate masculine accusative.)
You will have to use the grammar, the context, and your knowledge of cases to decide which interpretation is correct.
Additionally, some non-Merfolk nouns have been classified as “Merfolk” due to their importance or close association to the Merfolk (as per the grammar) and thus have Merfolk noun class case endings in the story.

Read the Insider Threat from the Department of Homeland Security https://www.dhs.gov/science-and-technology/cybersecurity-insider-threat and CISA: Insider Threat Mitigation https://www.cisa.gov/insider-threat-mitigation
Find additional readings in this area about how to mitigate and assess insider threat concerns.
• What are your ideas on how to provide time to intervene and prevent an insider cyber attack?
• Find information about an insider attack, explain the attack, and did you agree or disagree with the actions? Were they justified?
Provide an original post. This post is to be a minimum of 500 words.

TOPIC IS VACCINES
A literature review summarizes the published research on any given topic. Here, you need to summarize the published research on your research topic. After reviewing the sample literature review (Links to an external site.) from the Writing Center, use the scholarly resources (Links to an external site.) from the University of Arizona Global Campus Library and complete a literature review for your Research study proposal. Include in your review relevant published studies on your health related topic.
The primary goal of this literature review is to integrate concepts from biomedical research related to your topic and that explores the literature encompassing your proposed research question/hypothesis. In this section of the proposal, you will review the findings in the individual empirical articles, organize the research in a meaningful way, evaluate the reliability, validity, and generalizability of the research findings, and present an integrated synthesis of the research that sheds new light on the topic you have selected.
A successful integrative literature review may result in a significant contribution to a particular body of knowledge and, consequently, to research and practice. Therefore, before writing this literature review, substantive new research must be conducted via scholarly and peer-reviewed resources (Links to an external site.) from within the University of Arizona Global Campus Library. Address methods of analysis commonly used in the applicable research to your topic, contrasting results, and any surrounding cultural considerations. Address any evidence of health disparities related to the selected topic. A minimum of eight peer-reviewed sources must be included.
The literature review should include the following sections:
• A clear introduction that provides a general review and organizes the research in a meaningful way;
• A discussion in which the evidence is presented through analysis, critique, and synthesis;
• Evidence of health disparities related to the selected topic.
• A conclusion in which the discussion is drawn together in a meaningful way where the claims of the introduction are brought to a logical closure, and new research is proposed.

Please view and read the attached file below and answer the following questions

1. Identify the purposes of government (See Supplementary Materials Folder ).
2. Define politics.
3. Define a social contract. (See Supplementary Materials Folder )
4. Identify the view of political theorists John Locke and Thomas Hobbes. (See Supplementary Materials Folder )
5. Define the principles and types of a democracy. (See Supplementary Materials Folder )
6. Identify the principles of pluralism, elitism, and democracy.
7. Define negative and positive liberty.
8. Differentiate among ideological beliefs: liberal, conservative, socialist, and libertarian.
9. Relate equality to its measurements: opportunities, results/outcomes, political, and social.
Morone-Chapter1waudio.pptx
Respond to the following in a minimum of 175 words:
After completing this week’s required learning activities, why are theories important in the study of public policy? How do output-based models and process-based models differ and explain the pros and cons of each? Explain the pluralist and elite theories of political power and influence and discuss how they apply to the study of public policy-making?
In APA format with at least 1 reference.

1. In 75-150 words summarize each of the following major approaches to public policy-making:
a. Systems Analysis
Need in APA format and at least 1 reference.

When proposing a research study, a new researcher may not know how to find secondary data or how to calculate an appropriate sample to represent the population. In this discussion, you will explore free sources or tools to assist you in developing a research proposal. Utilizing the Internet, identify health care data readily available to a researcher, online resources for calculating an appropriate sample, and a resource or tool of your choice. Identify a minimum of three resources not yet identified in this course, summarize the information, explain why the resource is helpful as a new researcher, and describe how it could be utilized. Your initial post should be a minimum of 300 words.

Part A. 300 words each with 1 reference each, 600 words total
1. Discuss the public choice theory or model. How does it relate to rivalness and excludability?
2. Think of a time when a government policy directly affected policy or policies at your organization. While health care examples are preferred, if you do not have experience working in that environment yet, any professional setting can apply.
Part B. 1,500 words
Review news stories and articles regarding a recent (within the last year) health-related policy (not the Affordable Care Act).
Introduce this policy and discuss the following:
1. How the governmental policy process informs the development, implementation, and assessment of policy within the realm of health care.
2. The impact of your chosen policy on health care consumers, organizations, and systems.
3. The impact of your chosen policy on health care providers.
Now imagine you are adapting this policy to the health care organization at which you work (or where you wish to work). Describe the organization and discuss the following:
1. The stakeholders involved in policy formation and their impact on health care policy formation and structures.
2. The response you expect from those stakeholders.
3. The specific impact this governmental policy will make (positive, negative, indifferent) and why?
Incorporate two or three peer-reviewed scholarly resources

YOU MUST ensure that you address how the preliminary phase, the field study phase, and the integration phase can help achieve your intended results (based upon reading CMH Pub 70-21, 2014). Ensure that you identify what the overall development goal is for your staff ride. If you use references, then cite IAW APA standards.
Analyze the concepts and theories you read about in T111, L107, and S302, and L104; utilizing key language and terms from these concepts and theories, identify and analyze a historic campaign or battle (T111) that you can use as a staff ride to develop the Professional Character of an organization (L107). Approach this journaling from a Sergeant Major’s perspective on how you would plan and implement this staff ride to assess and address performance gaps and develop the workforce within your organization (S302).
Assigned Readings:
1. (T111: Staff Ride)
2. CMH Pub 70-21, 2014).
3. (L107: Army Leadership and the Profession, ADP 6-22, pp. 1-1 – 1-12, para 1-1 – 1-69 (12 pages)
T111_RA_TheStaffRide.pdf
CMHPub70-21_TheStaffRide_2014.pdf
L107RB_20200212.pdf

How to Apply for a Grant
You now have a compelling problem/need statement written, so you’re well on your way to applying for that grant. But the funders are going to need a lot more information than what you put in those few paragraphs.
Now you need to find out more of the specifics that you’ll need to put into the actual grant application. At this stage you will need to complete two things:
1. Choose one of the funders identified in the first part of the course to do some additional research on and create a list of required items to apply for that grant.
2. Develop goals and objectives for the program that can be used in the grant application.
Part 1
Research the application requirements for two of the funders identified at the beginning of the course. In a Word document, write 1–2 paragraphs on why you believe each funder has the requirements they do, what, if any, differences there are in application requirements, and what might account for those differences.
Part 2
You will develop clear goals that define what the Resource Center intends to accomplish through the development of the tutorial program, as well as establish measurable objectives that will highlight your organization’s progress toward established goals.
The goals and objectives provide an assessment of the tutorial program’s success to both the organization and the funder. When goals and objectives are not clearly defined, it can not only have an impact on the program’s outcomes, but it can also impact negatively program staff, participants, and funders.
Based on the problem statement you created, you’ll want to answer the following questions:
• What are the key areas of the nonprofit are you seeking to change?
• Who (which segment of the population or community) will be affected or involved with the change?
• How will the change be measured (an increase or improvement, or a decrease and reduction)? And by how much?
• When will this change take place? Months? Years? Or by what specific date?

Please Answer this:
Please share your research question with your classmates. How did you identify a gap in the current research and how will your thesis fill that gap? Refining your research question will provide a solid foundation from which to conduct your research.
This is the research question that we develop last time:
Research Question
To better understand the importance of radicalization to terrorism, this research develops research questions that will help to answer some of the concerns about domestic terrorism. They include:
1) What are the common threads in the cases of domestic radicalization to terrorism?
2) Which radicalization models of terrorism explain domestic terrorism towards the United States?
3) What do these models explain about countering and preventing domestic terrorism?
4) Why do some communities such as the Islamic and the KKK engage in violence to further their beliefs?
500 words minimum, APA style

Part A. 300 words each with 1 reference each, 600 words total
1. Explain the history of failed attempts to enact national health insurance in the United States.
2. According to your personal worldview, should individuals have a right to medical care? Are there any instances when medical care should not be considered a right?
Part B. 1,000 words
The purpose of this assignment is to familiarize yourself with the intricacies of health care reform.
Analyze the nature of health care reform in the United States, both in the past and present.
1. Discuss the two needed elements in health care reform and why they hold importance.
2. Evaluate a minimum of three different health care reform strategies and provide a rationale for each.
3. Choose one of the three areas (above) and provide a specific example of health care reform at either the state or national level: (a) What was it called? (b) Who introduced it? (c) When was it introduced? (d) What was its ultimate purpose? and (e) Did it succeed? If not, why not?
Incorporate two or three peer-reviewed scholarly resources

HOw can I address the statement below in a PowerPoint presentation.
1. The development of various communication technologies has reshaped (and will continue to reshape) the methods by which policy advocates and interest groups seek to influence policymaking. Describe how this idea applies to the Internet.

Incorporate appropriate animations, transitions, and graphics where appropriate as well as “speaker notes” for each slide. The speaker notes should be comprised of brief paragraphs.
Length: 10-15 slides (with a separate reference slide with a minimum of five (5) scholarly references)
Notes Length: 100-150 words for each slide

Research Topic:Perspective on Domestic Terrorism
(Islamism and Ku Klux Klan)

Research Question, Purpose Statement, and Design Statement

In this assignment you will present your research question along with a purpose statement. You will also present your preliminary thoughts on a research design. In other words, how do you intend to answer your research question? The specific research question should be of depth and breadth required for a major project. There is a template attached with the proper headings and settings. You are required to use this template to submit your assignment. This temple is attached as “Assignment1Template.”

Required Elements of the Assignment

Title Page
1 – Introduction – Provide pertinent information related to your topic focusing on why your topic is important. The introduction contains three secondary headings which are Purpose Statement, Research Question, and Design Statement.
2 – Purpose Statement – Present your purpose statement in this section.
3 – Research Question – Present your research question in this section.
4 – Design Statement – Explain how you intend to answer your research question. This section represents your preliminary thoughts on a methodology. For example, you may intend to conduct a case study in order to answer your research question. It is expected that your research design will evolve as a result of conducting the literature review.
5 – Reference list in APA format containing at least 8 scholarly sources of which six must be peer reviewed journal articles

Technical Requirements
– Your paper must be at a minimum of 3 pages (the Title and Reference pages do not count towards the minimum limit).
– Scholarly and credible references should be used. A good rule of thumb is at least 2 scholarly sources per page of content.
– Type in Times New Roman, 12 point and double space.
– Students will follow the current APA Style as the sole citation and reference style used in written work submitted as part of coursework.
– Points will be deducted for the use of Wikipedia or encyclopedic type sources. It is highly advised to utilize books, peer-reviewed journals, articles, archived documents, etc.

Part A. 300 words each with 1 reference each, 600 words total
1. Supply and demand encompass the health care workforce, just as they do any other service providers. Describe the role that public policy plays when discussing physician shortages.
2. Nursing shortages are a source of feared for many health care administrators. Describe what the nursing workforce is like where you live. (Your state board of nursing website is a good place to gain information.) Next, discuss what aspects are leading to an overall nursing shortage, and what steps are being done to counteract this shortage.
Part B. 1,000 words, separate doc
The purpose of this assignment is to describe the importance of evaluations in health economics.
Describe the importance of evaluations in health economics.
1. Compare and contrast the four types of economic analysis as they relate to health economics.
2. Discuss how economic evaluations and health policy are related. Provide recent examples.
3. Discuss the role of technology in economic evaluations.
Include an introduction and conclusion and incorporate at least three peer-reviewed scholarly resources.

How did the Great Awakening challenge the authority of the established churches? What role did this play in planting the seeds for the Revolution? How did the challenging of religious authority lead to the challenging of political authority? ( 125 words please)
There is a belief that the United States is a “Christian Nation.” Based on the founding documents and the prevalent Enlightenment ideals of the 18th century, how could this argument be supported or opposed? ( 125 words please)

SEE ATTACHMENT(S) FOR MORE
REQUIREMENT **MUST MAKE EXACT SCRIPTED NOTES FOR WHAT TO SAY FOR THE POWERPOINT VOICE OVER “
Required Resources
Read/review the following resources for this activity:
• Link (website): Narrated PowerPoint Tutorial
• Minimum of 8 scholarly resources (These are from the Week 4 Annotated Bibliography. Conduct additional research as needed.)
Introduction
For this project, select a person whom you believe had significant influence (positive or negative) on a movement for social, economic, and/or political change in the 20th and 21st centuries. Explore and address the following in your project:
• Summarize the person’s ideas.
• How did the ideas or changes affect the establishment and status quo?
• What was the context in which this person proposed ideas/change?
• How did the government or the people respond to the ideas/change?
• What sort of following or support did he/she have?
• How have the ideas/actions of the person influenced contemporary cultures and ideas?
For the final presentation, make sure to go beyond the surface information and go into depth about the person you are researching.
Here is a brief breakdown of the project so that you can plan your time in the course:

Week Task
Week 3: Topic Selection
Week 5: Annotated Bibliography
Week 6: Script
Week 8: Presentation
Instructions
The final step in the course project is to develop the presentation with audio narration.
• You may use PowerPoint or another method (mp4 file) approved by your instructor.
• Deliver the presentation in a professional and engaging manner.
• Include parenthetical in-text citations support observations made in the presentation. Make sure to read the citations when recording your narration. Do not read the references slide.
Presentation Requirements
• Length: 4-6 minutes narrated presentation
• Slide length: 5-8 slides (not including title slide, conclusion slide, or references slide)
• Title slide
• Conclusion slide
• References slide (minimum of 8 scholarly sources cited in APA format; not narrated)
MLKAnnotatedBibliography.docx
Please view and read the attached file and answer the following questions
Questions
Identify the weaknesses in the Articles of Confederation.
Differentiate the federalists and anti-federalists.
Identify the Bill of Rights and each amendment contained within.
Identify the history of and the methods to amend the U.S. Constitution, including the concept of proposal and ratification.
Relate the concepts of original ism and pragmatism as they relate to constitutional interpretation.
Explain James Madison’s concerns regarding factions.
Identify the parts of the Constitution, including the articles and their principles.

Things Fall Apart
You will write one essay for this course based on your reading of Things Fall Apart. This project counts for 25% of your grade.
Chinua Achebe’s Things Fall Apart was one of the first novels written by an African author to garner worldwide acclaim. Achebe set out to depict the social and psychological disorientation accompanying the imposition of Western customs and values upon traditional African (Igbo) society. Based upon a careful reading of the text, provide an overview of the salient themes and key events in Things Fall Apart. Some questions to consider when crafting your essay (you need not answer all of them – they are simply touchstones for addressing central issues). How does the main character Okonkwo fight against the coming of missionaries and European colonial government? What are his personal strengths and greatest weaknesses? Does he successfully challenge the new order? How does this novel fit within the context of European colonialism in Africa? You might consider the following: there is a saying common to Native Americans and Africans alike which goes like this: “Before the white man came, we had the land and they had the Bible. Now we have the Bible and they have the land.”
A successful essay will incorporate specific evidence from the assigned readings. I will evaluate your essays on the strength and clarity of the thesis, development of the argument, use of evidence, and writing style/grammar. No outside sources are necessary, but if you do choose to integrate external analyses or interpretations into your essay, you must properly cite them. Make sure that the entire essay reflects your ideas written in your own words. All papers will checked for plagiarism through Turnitin. Use Chicago Manual of Style or MLA for your citations. A Work(s) Cited page is required even if your only source is Things Fall Apart. Be sure to number your pages.
Your essay must be at least four (4) full pages in length, double-spaced, 1 inch margins, and 12 point Times New Roman font. Only your name should appear at the top of the page. Papers that are below required length (even by half a page) will lose significant points from the total score. The Work(s) Cited page does not count toward the page total.

You must answer one question from the list below. The exam is worth 40 points. You should turn your answer in through canvas. Your answer must use 12 point font and include your name and student ID at the top of the first page. Your work must be your own. You must refer to at least 3 articles from the course assignments in your answer. You may refer to more than 3 articles, but you may not refer to any material that was not assigned in the course. These are thought pieces designed to show you understand and can synthesize the material. You should cite the articles within your answer like this: (Smith 2020) and you need not include a reference page so long as the citations are clear which readings you are citing. The answer to the question should be between 3 and 5 pages long.

Choose one of these questions to answer:
• What are human rights and how can we get states to recognize them?
• Identify and discuss some of the risks when the international community attempts to improve human rights whether through military intervention or economic sanctions.
• Agree or disagree with the following statement: “The protection of human rights only occurs with respect to issues everyone already agrees about, so international treaties and other efforts to protect human rights are a waste of time.” Make sure you explain why you agree or disagree.

Hunting is hard to do, and you have to have the skills to provide meat on the table. My husband is a hunter, and there are some seasons where he may get only get one deer. It is not a stable way of life. Tribes who primarily lived off of hunting and gathering had to move around all the time. They were not stable and went through many seasons of change. Agricultural-based tribes were well-rounded and could provide for their families. They were stable and seemed to live longer. ( Read and explain in your own words what this mean to you in 125 words)

The Revenge of Nature: (Plague, Cold and the Limits of Disaster in the 14th century); had lasting impacts on the societies of the 14th and 15th century. Examine these impacts to society and how it can be compared to the impact of nature during the time of COVID 19.
2 and a half pages

Read Boreuski’s This Way for the Gas, Ladies and Gentlemen.
Parameters
• double-spaced, 12-point Times New Roman font, with one-inch margins
• Use MLA for citing references and quotations
Criteria
• 500 words
• The flow of ideas follows a logical, well-organized pattern
• Each paragraph expresses one idea encapsulated in a topic sentence
• The introduction and conclusion are engaging, cohesive, and appropriate in their position
• The response is relevant to the reading
Style and Clarity
Elements of style and clarity are strong.
• Paragraph and sentence transitions are present and maintain the flow of thought
• The tone is appropriate to the content and assignment
• A variety of sentence structures are present

How successful was Reconstruction? What measures were created to assist the Freedmen? Give examples of how the ex-slave society tried to stop the advancement of African Americans after the Civil War.

1. Describe capital budgeting in detail. Describe in detail 4 tools used to evaluate a capital budgeting project. Which tool is the best and why? Describe how to calculate MIRR. Describe mutually exclusive projects and independent projects.Why is IRR of the project compared to the WACC of the company? If the project’s IRR is equal to the company WACC, what is the NPV of the project? Is a project with a NPV of 0 acceptable? Which group of investors (stock or bond investors) receive the NPV from the project and why? Is NPV and IRR measured in dollars or percentage? Why is payback period the weakest of all the capital budgeting tools? Why do many CFO’s say 5 years of future cash flows is the maximum they try to estimate? How can % lie (think of a $1 project with a high IRR)?
2. Describe business risk and financial risk. Describe how a higher debt to asset ratio affects EPS and stock price. Describe how a higher debt to asset ratio affects cost of debt and equity and WACC. Describe the optimal debt to asset ratio for a company. Describe Chapter 7 and Chapter 11 bankruptcy. Describe the costs of bankruptcy (explicit and implicit). Discuss what is happening to a company currently in bankruptcy court (google one).
3. Research Walmart’s current e-commerce efforts as compared to Amazon and other rivals. Do you think Walmart will catch Amazon? Does it need to? What advantages does Walmart enjoy by blending retail stores with e-commerce efforts?

This Assignment is asking you to use your imagination AND the information contained in Chapter 3 and the Lecture/ Slide Show for Chapter 3, to record a day/night in the life of California Indians, as if you were a member of a tribe living here BEFORE European contact. You can write in first person as a specific individual or describe in third person what is unfolding on a daily basis within the larger tribe. As you compose your submission (375 words) some suggested categories to explore could be: food, shelter, clothing, hunting, gathering, gender roles, other kinds of work such as tool making and basket weaving, spiritual beliefs/rituals, story-telling, hobby/leisure time activities, etc. Please follow the rules for grammar and capitalization, and especially the footnoting format and listing sources included in the 1st block of Modules. Remember to include an appropriate image with your submission.

Specific Instructions
1. The text portion of this assignment needs to be at least 375 words long and include a picture/image.
2. Make sure you are following the assignment description and including a strong introduction and conclusion. Consult Rubric at bottom of page.
3. Submission MUST be double-spaced. Font cannot be larger than 12.
4. Footnotes must be used to show specific source of information whether it is being directly quoted or not. You must consult at least two sources and they must be listed. Consult Grammar/Footnote Rules in Opening Module.

Please respond below 2 different post separately:
First one:
On December 11, 1961 Eichmann was convicted of crimes against the Jewish people, crimes against humanity, war crimes, and membership in a criminal organization. He was sentenced to death on December 15.1961. Later on in June 1962, Eichmann was exicuted by hanging and he was tunre to ashes and spread out into the sea. After reading about the Eichmann trial, I learned that his trial in Israel was the only trial in Israel history to have ended with the death sentence. In adfition, I learned that Eichmann had admitted he was guilty of the crimes he was put to trial for. He stated thta he was guilty of the deportation of millions of Jews to their deaths, but did not feel guilty of the consequences. The Nuremberg Trials was the trial of the top surviving German leaders. The trial was held in Nurmenberg Germany before an international military tribute. I learned that the judges were all from the allied powers, Great Britain, France, Soviet Union, and the United States. There were one hundred adn ninety nine top German soldiers tried throughout the Nurmenberg trials. Out of the one hundred and ninety nine, thirty seven were sentenced to death and one hundred and sixty one were convicted for the crimes they commited. I believe that more justice could have been seved because there were pleanty of German Nazi soldiers that feld to other countries including the United States. The soldiers that fled escaped their consequences, and I feel that they should have been tracked down and hunted just like they had done to the inncoent Jewish community in Europe. Finally, the German Nazi soldiers that were captured and put to trial used the excuse that they were only following orders. Prior to this module, I learned that they were given the opportunity to not participate in the mass shootings and killing of the European Jewish community. Therefore, the excuse of “just following orders” is invalid.
Second one
The crimes that the Nazis committed were inhumane and based of anti-semitic beliefs. There were mutiple attempts for the Nazis to be tried for these crimes. The Eichmann trials took place in Jerusalem in front of the Israeli police. This was a very high populated Jewish area. This was the first time that the Holocaust was exposed for what it truly was in large detail. Journalists from all around the world came to Jerusalem to cover this trial. Eichmann was found guilty and indicted. The Nuremburg trials uncovered the German authority that upheld the Nazi fascism. Of the 177 respondents, 24 were condemned to death, 20 to long lasting detainment, and 98 other jail sentences. 25 respondents were seen not as blameworthy. A large number of the detainees were delivered right off the bat during the 1950s because of absolutions. I believe justice was served as a result of these trials and the Nazis received a fair amount of punishment.

Primary Response: Within the Discussion Board area, write 200–250 words that respond to the following questions with your thoughts, ideas, and comments. This will be the foundation for future discussions by your classmates. Be substantive and clear, and use examples to reinforce your ideas.
For this Discussion Board, please complete the following:
The decade following World War II has been described as the Boom Years in the United States. There was an economic boom and a rise in technological innovation. Some of the developments of the 1950’s include the following:
• The growth of suburbs
• The expansion of infrastructure
• The rise of consumerism
• Car culture
• Many other technological, economic, and infrastructure developments
All of these events had an effect on American’s daily lives.
Watch this video to learn more about changes to American life in the 1950s.
Choose ONE advancement (cultural or technological) that is discussed in the video and answer the following questions:
• How did this advancement change the way that Americans lived their daily lives?
• What have been the positive and negative consequences of this advancement on American society?

Discussion Question Response
Based on your reading in the webtext, select one of the following thesis statements. Your response should be two to three paragraphs in length.
1. The Alaska Native Regional Corporations (ANCSA) and the Native corporation system have been good for Alaska Natives.
OR
1. ANCSA and the Native corporation system have been bad for Alaska Natives.
Next, revise the statement you have chosen to reflect the complexity of the historical events surrounding this issue. Provide specific examples of how ANCSA and the Native corporation system have had a positive or negative impact—or perhaps both—on Alaska Natives. Further illustrate the complexity of this issue by showing how the passage of ANCSA was contingent on at least three historical events or forces.
In response to your peers, reflect on their revised statement. Describe the ways you find it shows the complexity of the event, and provide a suggestion for how they can further develop the statement or the supporting examples.

1. Pierre Taylor – The Alaska Native Regional Corporations (ANCSA) and the Native corporation system have been good for Alaska Natives.
Revised statement: The Alaska Native Regional Corporations (ANCSA) and the Native corporation system have been financially good for Alaska Natives, benefiting the Native community. More than half of the top Alaska-owned business were Native regional corporations. Resulting in millions of dollars in dividends paid to shareholders. Native corporation created thousands of jobs for native shareholders and paid for Native student scholarships.
The passage of ANCSA was contingent on the government and the AFN coming to an agreement. The abundance of valuable natural resource on the Alaska native land was the main reason why the government wanted to strike a deal with the natives. The natives had political representation making it hard for the government to just take the land like they have done in the past. Awareness of past native mistreatment was also a factor when making this deal adding political pressure when negotiating a deal.
Response –

2. Brook Phillips – “The Alaska Native Regional Corporations (ANCSA) and the Native corporation system have been good for Alaska Natives.”
This statement would better reflect the complexity of the historical events surrounding the ANCSA and the Native corporation system. The Alaska Native Regional Corporations (ANCSA) and the Native corporation system are great first steps that have been good for Alaska Natives. Through these steps, Natives can sustain themselves and their way of life.

I most appreciated the perspective presented in the article “ANCSA Unrealized: Our Lives Are Not Measured in Dollars.” In this article, authors Allaway and Mallott explained that the ANCSA has been both good and bad for Alaskan Natives. They acknowledge that living in a society that is capitalistic requires the same, “Yet in my reading of history, no racial minority will ever survive for long in a capitalistic society without having economic power or at least an economic ability to survive. ANCSA gives us that. So, from that standpoint, it is very, very meaningful” (Allaway & Mallott, 2005, p. 141). From this standpoint, it is clear that the economic ability to survive is important for an ethnic minority group. The ANCSA allows financial stability that enables the continued development of Native culture. Allaway and Mallott also point out how much stronger Native culture has become as a result of this economic stability.
I see a very different attitude today than I saw when I did my own village journey just after the passage of ANCSA. Today, I see a much stronger sense of being Native, of wanting to continue to define ourselves, and the lives of our children, as Native. In young people, the aspiration is evident in very powerful ways; for example, in Native dancing, in Native programs of all sorts in schools, including programs that are built around culture camps, spirit camps, communal meals, and Native art. The culture is not dying; in fact, it is being revised (Allaway & Mallott, 2005, P.142).
When I saw the topic for this week’s study and discussion, I instantly reached out to my sister who has been living in Alaska for the last twenty years. I asked her what her observations are of the ANCSA and the Native corporations. Her friends who are Native enjoy the economic stability that comes from the ANCSA for the most part. There are instances where Native corporations do not allow tribe members to participate in corporation events if they are not employees despite being part of that tribe and a shareholder. Another aspect of life in Alaska involving art, culture, and tradition is the stigma of Native art. A non-Native is not allowed to produce art in the same style as Alaskan Natives. I am in agreeance that the overall idea of ANCSA and Native corporations is a good starting point. And, as with all things, must change and get better over time.
Congrats everyone on another completed term! Good luck in completing your degree programs! Thank you for the wonderful and thought-provoking conversations this summer.
References
Allaway, J., & Mallott, B. (2005). Ancsa unrealized: Our lives are not measured in dollars. Journal of Land, Resources, & Environmental Law, 25(2), 139-148.
Response –

Please write comments to below discussion posts separately:
First discussion post
These Nazi doctors were criminals and murderers! They are liars and played the part in Hitlers final solution. these doctors tricked these people, rushing them into “showers”, just to have them murdered. Schuomel was a prime example of a person with the wrong morals. He was one of the doctors responsible for rushing the Jews into the gas chambers. He told the people to rush into the showers because the water was getting cold. These monsters really did anything to see these people die. They were so insecure about themselves and what they stood for that they needed people to die to make them feel succesful. Dr Menegele is a more interesting and even a more depressing story. He was not raised to be this monster and animal. He came from a Catholic upbringing, a normal, healthy childhood. He became obsessed in his work and lost touch with his only child. His soon grew up to be curious and skeptical of his own fathers work. His father escaped the Americans with a fake ID and various other sorts. His experiments on the Jews will never be forgotten. He truly thought he was making a difference. He did make a difference, he made the world a bitter and cold place. These people deserved the death penalty.
Second Discussion Post
If you were to look at pictures of Nazi doctors without having any information about what they did during World War 2 you would think they were medical professionals who were dedicated to saving lives. In reality, they took lives and experimenting on Jewish prisoners. Experiments ranged from altitude, cold weather, poisons, intentional give prisoners gangrene and many more. German doctors completely disregarded their oath to never do harm. Mengele is probably the most recognized of the German doctors, nicknamed the Angel of Death. He would chose who would be gased immediately and who would work. He also performed experiments on the forced laborers. Most notably was his experiments on twins. All of these doctors should be regarded as villains.

You can use internet, including the Peter Hayes video included in this module, please write at least FOUR pages, typed, double spaced, WORD, and uploaded to this link.
Please provide your analysis of why you think the Holocaust occurred. Give details and specific examples, and refer to points made in the Hayes lecture video included in this module. How do you explain Holocaust Denial in light of everything you have learned in this course? In addition, please discuss what you think we can learn from the Holocaust in terms of tolerance and how people should behave towards one another, and why prejudice and hatred should never be an option.
Peter Hayes lecture:
https://www.c-span.org/video/?422043-2/why

It will be one page discussion post:
What did you learn about the crimes perpetrated by the Nazis? What did you learn about the Eichmann trial? What did you learn about the Nuremberg Trials? Do you believe that justice was done? Were the perpetrators guilty or did they have a valid defense that they were just following orders?
You can use below links to get idea:
https://www.yadvashem.org/holocaust/eichmann-trial.html
https://encyclopedia.ushmm.org/content/en/article/the-nuremberg-trials

Identify one of the explanations for “graft” in Italy. Do you think it is convincing? Explain your reasoning. Additionally, consider whether or not you agree with the statement that “Italians seem to tolerate corruption more than other people.” Do you think this is true? What evidence makes you think so? one-two paragraphs

Do you think that some Italians might be subconsciously proud of the Mafia? Why do you think so? Explain your stance using content from this week’s readings. Also, consider how the Italian government might tackle dissolving the Mafia. Would they be able to do so? Must use textbook provided.

Primary Response: Within the Discussion Board area, write 200–250 words that respond to the following questions with your thoughts, ideas, and comments. This will be the foundation for future discussions by your classmates. Be substantive and clear, and use examples to reinforce your ideas.
For this Discussion Board, please complete the following:
Dr. King’s 1963 March on Washington was the largest civil rights protest in American history. It helped drive change. This included the passage of the Civil Rights Act of 1964. Jim Crow laws were dismantled in the South. Voter registration increased during the Freedom Summer of 1964. In 1965, Johnson outlawed discriminatory voting practices by signing the Voting Rights Act. Three years later, and just a few days after the assassination of Dr. King, Johnson signed the Fair Housing Act. This act banned discrimination in housing. It also increased protection of Native American rights.
Watch this video to learn more about these key acts. As you can imagine, these acts have impacted people of many different groups—race, sex, national origin, religion, and more.
• Choose one of these acts:
• Civil Rights Act of 1964
• Voting Rights Act of 1965
• Fair Housing Act of 1968
Then, respond to the following questions:
• How has the act you chose impacted your neighborhood, town, or workplace?
• What progress do you hope to see in the future?

Today, large proportions of Americans believe that most or all politicians are corrupt, that government serves the interest of the few, and that government is dominated by the wealthy and powerful. I want each of you to evaluate these statements, and using modern examples discuss whether you believe such statements to be true or false. All students must submit at least one original post to this forum as well as you must respond to the post of at least one student, for a total of two responses.

Debate over the role and size of government is central to contemporary American politics, and it is a theme that is examined in each chapter of the course textbook titled Government in America. The authors ask: is the scope of government too broad, too narrow, or just about right? In a blog post of atleast 300 words, use contemporary examples to discuss what is meant by the government being “too big.” Do you agree or disagree with the conservative sentiment that the American government is “too big” today? Why or why not?
In your “posting” be sure to develop a set of criteria, or values, with which one could evaluate what is “too big” about government today.
NO BIG VOCABULARY WORD USE.

1. Conclusion: In this section of your essay, you will discuss the impact of historical thinking. Specifically, you should:
2. Explain why this historical event is important to you personally. In other words, why did you select this event to research?
3. Illustrate how your research of the historical event impacted the way you thought about the event. In other words, how did thinking like a historian change the lens through which you viewed the event? Support your response with specific examples.
4. Explain how a historian would pursue further study of your thesis statement. In other words, if a historian were to continue researching your thesis statement, what would be the future directions or next steps?
5. Provide a reference list that includes all of the primary and secondary sources you used to investigate your historical event and support your thesis statement. Ensure that your list is formatted according to current APA guidelines (or another format, with instructor permission).
6. Communicate your message in a way that is tailored to your specific audience. For instance, you could consider your vocabulary, your audience’s potential current knowledge of historical events, or lack thereof, and what is specifically important to the audience.

Module Eight Short Responses

Historians, like judges and juries, come to conclusions after considering all the evidence. A conclusion* is essentially a brief thesis statement; it’s the judgment that a historian makes about a historical event, after considering the relevant evidence.
In each of the following exercises, you will be asked to consider the evidence about ANCSA and Native corporations that was presented in this assignment. Based on that evidence, you will be asked to assess the validity of different conclusions. Be sure to respond to each question in one to two sentences, using proper grammar

Question 1: Consider the following statement: The support of non-Native Alaskans was an important factor leading to the settlement of Alaska Native land claims. Is this conclusion consistent with the evidence presented in this learning block? Answer Yes or No, and then explain your choice in one or two sentences.
Question 2: Consider the following statement: ANCSA was a fair settlement for Alaska Natives. Is this conclusion consistent with the evidence presented in this learning block? Answer Yes or No, and then explain your choice in one or two sentences.
Question 3: Consider the following statement: ANCSA led to economic benefits for white Alaskans as well as for Natives. Is this conclusion consistent with the evidence presented in this learning block? Answer Yes or No, and then explain your choice in one or two sentences.
Question 4: For an American literature course: What skills from this course would you use to develop a brief essay on the significance of Walt Whitman’s “When Lilacs Last in the Dooryard Bloom’d,” a poem written in the summer of 1865?
Question 5: For a sociology course: What skills from this course would you use to produce an annotated bibliography for your course research project?
Question 6: For a business course: What skills from this course would you use to decide between two different investment proposals?
Question 7: How can history serve as a lens for the rest of the academic program you will pursue at SNHU? Has this course changed the way you think about what you want to study? Why or why not?
Question 8: What did you learn about one of these topics or historical events that was new or surprising to you? Explain in at least two to three sentences.
Question 9: In one paragraph, explain which parts of your historical investigation and analysis were most interesting to you. Which parts were less interesting?

Assignment: Closer examination of a Civil Rights Leader or Event
Purpose of Assignment: The purpose of this assignment is to introduce to the student a closer appreciation of either a Civil Rights Leader during the Civil Rights Movement or a significant Civil Right Movement event. This can vary but must be approved by the instructor. This assignment will be completed in the form of a power point presentation and must be placed in the drop box designated in Learning Studio. The assignment must adhere to the following specifications. A presentation must be a minimum of eight slides and no more than ten slides. See rubric for details and requirements. IT MUST BE RELAYED THAT SPEAKER’S NOTES WILL BE CRITICAL AND REQUIRED!!!!!!!
*** PLEASE NO MARTIN LUTHER KING****
Examples of a leader could range from a national leader like MLK or a local leader like WW Law. Events could include a national protest like Rosa Parks and the Bus Event or a local “sit in” event on Broughton Street. You will have flexibility, but topic must be approved. No approval, no acceptance, thu

M1 Discussion 2: Indian Assimilation
Available on Wednesday, August 18, 2021 12:01 AM EDT until Wednesday, August 25, 2021 11:59 PM EDT Must post first.Subscribe
Overview
The purpose of this discussion is to help you imagine how it felt to be an Indian forced to undergo assimilation at a boarding school far from home and try to understand also the point of view of other people at the time.
Instructions
For this discussion, review your readings for Unit 2. Afterwards, you will analyze the photo of Tom Torlino embedded here. You might also look at Tom Torlino’s school record at the Carlisle Indian School site. Feel free to do research outside the course if you’d like other points of view.
Then form groups that represent: a Navajo student, a white male Christian missionary, or an African American who has his or her own issues with assimilation. Each group will answer the following question: How would your character describe the impact of the transformation on Tom Torlino and others like him who attended the Carlisle Boarding School? How did this experience echo the expectations of other Americans for this type of school?
To form groups, students with last names beginning with A-H will take the role of a Navajo child sent to a boarding school. Students with names beginning with I-P will take the role of a white male Christian missionary. Everyone else will take the role of an African American. Be sure to put yourself in the shoes of the person you are speaking for — try to imagine how that person felt, what their ideals were, what they thought was good or right or appropriate at the time, even if you personally do not feel that way. Remember, history is not about you; it is about what people knew and felt and believed in the past, based on different knowledge than you and other modern people have about what happened later.

Tom Torlino, a member of the Navajo Nation, entered the Carlisle Indian School, a Native American boarding school founded by the United States government in 1879, on October 21, 1882 and just before he departed on August 28, 1886. Torlino’s student file contained photographs from 1882 and 1885. Carlisle Indian School Digital Resource Center.
Before you complete your discussion, make sure you refer to the course rubric for the expectations for this assignment. Participating in the course discussions is an important part of your final grade. In your discussions, you cannot simply reply to someone’s posting with “ditto” or “I agree with you”. You must answer the question(s) asked in a minimum of two paragraphs and maximum of three paragraphs. Your responses should also quote and cite the material you have read in the class so far; you may also do outside research. Use the Purdue OWL Chicago Style guide for help with the correct citation style for your quotes.
Then, respond to at least TWO classmates’ postings referring to at least one element of critical thinking. Your response to your classmates should be a minimum of two sentences, and a maximum of four sentences (refer to your Introduction to Critical Thinking and to the How to Read History Sources modules for a review of how to read primary sources).

1) Describe in detail the role of the financial manager. Describe in detail the goal of the financial manager. Describe four types of business forms and their advantages and disadvantages (i.e., LLC). Describe conflicts between stock holders and managers. Describe conflicts between bond holders and stock holders. Should a company behave ethically, why? Should a CEO of a company donate $1 million of a company’s profits to a local charity?
2) Describe indirect finance, direct finance, financial intermediaries, financial markets, financial securities, primary market, secondary market, and investment bankers in detail. Also, compare the NYSE and NASDAQ. Describe what a bank does in detail. Discuss a recent IPO in detail (google one and read about it).

No Plagiarism Please look at the directions for each assignment

Assignment 2 Summary
Top of Form
Provide a summary of chapter seven. In your review, make sure you include a response to the following questions:
How did the domestic slave trade and the exploitation of black women by white males affect slave families?
How did urban and industrial slavery differ from plantation slavery in the Old South?
What impact did housing, nutrition, and disease have on the lives of slaves?
How did black Christianity differ from white Christianity in the Old South? How did black Christianity in the South differ from black Christianity in the North?

Assignment 3
In two to three pages as part of the summary, explain how the history of the Civil War and Reconstruction can give context to the issues we are facing today.

Assignment 4

After reading chapters 12 and 13, respond to the following questions:
How and why did the agricultural and mechanical training that Hampton Institute and Tuskegee Institute offered gain so much support among both black and white people? why did black colleges and universities emphasize learning trades and acquiring skills?
How did middle-class and prosperous black people try to contribute to the progress for their race? Were there efforts effective?
How did middle-class black women contribute to the advancement of African Americans?
What were the reasons for the widespread outbreak of race riots during the first quarter of the twentieth century?
Explain why African Americans began to leave the rural South in the early twentieth century, and describe the types of lives they made for themselves in urban communities?

Assignment 5

Write a summary of the Chapter 16. In your review, explain why the literary and artistic movement known as the Harlem Renaissance emerge? How did it advance the culture of the African American community?
Assignment 6
Write a combined 3 to 4 pages review of the articles and chapters 19 and 20. In your review, explain how the Civil Rights Movement develop and progressed in the 1960s? What risk were the leaders taking in engaging in civil disobedience? Lastly, in your opinion, do you think we need a second Civil Rights Movement in the U.S.?

Week 2 Objectives: In Week 2, we will explore the three branches of government, and differentiate the powers granted to the executive, legislative, and judicial branches of the federal government by the U.S. Constitution, as well as the concepts of separation of powers and checks and balances, as established by the U.S. Constitution. These topics are as relevant today as they were when the U.S. Constitution was created.
___________________________________
DISCUSSION RULES
Post a total of three substantive responses each week. A substantive reply is:
• A minimum of 175 words.
• Notes facts from the materials in the Learning Activities folder with references and citations.
• Includes your thoughts about those facts.
• Includes references in APA 7 format.
• Be nice and don’t talk politics – we’re all on the same side here.
• Your first post is due Thursday and should be a stand-alone post that starts a discussion thread.
• Then between Tuesday and Monday, reply at least once to any instructor post and reply at least once to another classmate.
__________________________________
DISCUSSION TOPICS & QUESTIONS
Choose one topic for your initial main post and then select a different topic for your reply message to a classmate. Your reply to one of my posts can be on any topic (so my response to your initial post or my response to any other classmates’ initial post).
Topic One: The Powers of Congress: Article I, Section 1 of the U.S. Constitution provides to Congress “All legislative Powers herein granted shall be vested in a Congress of the United States, which shall consist of a Senate and House of Representatives.” Considering that throughout the course of U.S. history, the three federal branches have jockeyed for power via the system of “checks and balances,” analyze why congressional powers were listed first in the Constitution in Article I. After reviewing the readings on this topic in the Week 2 Learning Activities Folder, consider the following:
• How do having two chambers and a committee system affect Congress’s policymaking role?
• Do you see Congress today as still having the most power of the three branches? Why or why not?
• What other continual conflicts do you see between the three branches?
Topic Two: The Powers of the President: Article II, Section 1, Clause 1, of the U.S. Constitution provides to the president that “The executive Power shall be vested in a President of the United States of America.” We tend to think of the presidency as a powerful office. After reviewing the readings on this topic in the Week 2 Learning Activities Folder, consider the following:
• How is the president powerful?
• How is the presidency limited in power?
Topic Three: The Powers of the Supreme Court: Article III, Section 1, of the U.S. Constitution provides that the “judicial power of the United States, shall be vested in one Supreme Court, and such inferior Courts as the Congress may from time to time ordain and establish.” In the Judicial Branch video, we learned about the structure of the court system, how justices are appointed and removed, and how justices interpret the U.S. Constitution using the concept of judicial review. After reviewing the readings on this topic in the Week 2 Learning Activities Folder, consider the following:
• In what ways does the doctrine of judicial review interfere with the right of “we the people” to pass laws that “seem most likely to affect our safety and happiness?”
• What are the strengths and weaknesses of such a doctrine?
Topic Four: Separation of Powers / Checks and Balances: In Week 1, we learned that federalism is a system of shared but separate powers between the federal government and the states; the readings in the Week 2 Learning Activities folder discuss the three branches of the U.S. government (the executive, the legislative, the judiciary) and how they have separate and shared powers that created a system of checks and balances to curb government power overall (preserving the states’ powers) and to prevent one branch from seizing all of the power. After reviewing the readings on this topic in the Week 2 Learning Activities Folder, consider the following:
• What are the three branches of the federal government?
• How is the separation of powers achieved for these three branches?
• What is the purpose of the separation of powers?
• What is an example occurring today that demonstrates one branch of government checking another?

Question: Briefly describe a personal experience you have had at managing/directing a team
APA format, double spacing, minimum 600 words, NO FRONT PAGE, 1 reference

Conduct a job analysis. Choose a job you wish to study, conduct a job analysis of the job, and prepare a written report. You can use your current position, one with which you are familiar, or one that you gather information about via the Internet or other library resources. The report should include:
1. Basic information items:
a. What job did you choose and why?
b. What methods did you use and exactly how did you use them?
c. What sources did you use and exactly how did you use them?
2. Job description – discuss how essential job functions for positions are identified, reviewed, documented, and updated.
3. Job specification.
4. Purpose statement.
5. Data gathering, analyzing, and reporting techniques. (How did you go about gathering, analyzing and reporting the information?)

Culturally diverse clients who migrate to the U.S. often experience acculturative stress. For this Discussion, refer to the five factors of acculturative stress provided in Chapter 9 of your text.
Please respond to the following:
• Share an example of what you consider to be a bias for each of the following: assessing, diagnosing, and recommending mental health service delivery with culturally diverse clients.
• What steps would you recommend to address each example of bias?
• Choose two factors of acculturative stress and discuss how you would address these factors when assisting culturally diverse clients.

All organizations, regardless of their sector of practice or size, operate within a budget and an annual financial planning cycle. Many organizations rely on multiple sources of funding.
In your initial post, compare the financial planning processes for a nonprofit organization with those for a government (city, county, state, or federal) agency. Discuss how financial planning and financial constraints can impact collaboration and human service delivery for a specific population (such as substance abuse, mental health, family services, child care, educational programs, health care, the elderly, or disabled populations). What challenges exist when there are restrictions on the use of funds for specific purposes? How do financial reporting practices impact efforts to develop collaboration between programs or agencies?

The need for interaction and collaboration with other agencies in service to the mission of the organization is becoming the norm for many human service organizations in all sectors of practice. This need for collaboration affects the way organizational management is practiced.
In your initial post, discuss the importance of hiring and staff development processes that foster teams that are flexible, adaptable, and responsive to trends and forces that influence human service delivery. As a leader developing an adaptable team, what are some qualities you would look for in building a staff organization that is capable of collaborating with other agencies or organizations for optimum service delivery to a specific client population?

Your textbook presents several examples of situations where objectivity and transference might impact a therapeutic relationship. There is often a continuum that ranges from emotional objectivity to transference that can completely impair judgment. Select a scenario from the Cooperative Learning Exercise on page 260 of your textbook, or provide an example from your experience where there was a real or potential loss of objectivity or transference.
In your initial post, describe the difference between emotional objectivity and transference. Describe the scenario you selected and explain where or how the loss of objectivity or transference might occur in the scenario.

The dilemma of dual relationships, particularly in rural communities, can present significant ethical challenges. Review the articles by Gonyea, Wright, and Earl-Kulkosky (2014) and by Witt and McNichols (2014) in the studies for this unit.
In your initial post, discuss some of the methods used to manage potential dual relationships from the perspective of a provider and from the perspective of a supervisor. Describe at least one similarity and one difference in the ways a provider and a supervisor address dual relationship situations.
Assessing_the_Needs_of_Rural_CWittandMcNichols.pdf NAVIGATING_DUAL_RELATIONSHIPS_WrightandKulkosky.pdf

Review Customer Service: Internal and External Customers, within Chapter 23 of our text. Identify the internal and external customers in a health care setting. List several components that are used to determine the quality of care. What are some aspects of quality improvement management?

Apa format
1-2 paragraphs
references
• You have been assigned to a project team as one of the SMEs to analyze the plan of a project for a new payroll system that is behind schedule and over budget. The project was supposed to be completed in one (1) year, but now, it is running about three (3) months behind schedule and 25% over budget. It is expected that the project may continue to fall further behind schedule and over budget. The sponsor and the project manager want to save the project at all costs.
• Recommend a series of actions to save the project and identify possible risks in following your recommendations.

Module 02 Content
1. The Lollipop Company, Inc. needs your help with the current compensation and benefits plan. Leadership expects you to use your evaluation skills, combined with or built upon your knowledge, application, and/or analysis skills, to help solve this dilemma. The current plan is viewed as fair by the CEO and Leadership but several employees have complained it’s not enough. The current employee status is as follows:
o 1 CEO with a base salary of $150,000 and benefits that equal 40% of the salary
o 3 additional executives (senior management) with a combined base salary of $300,000 and each receives benefits that equal 35% of the salary
o 6 middle management personnel with a combined base salary of $420,000 and each receives benefits that equal 30% of the salary
o 10 first-line supervisors with a combined base salary of $500,000 and each receives benefits that equal 25% of the salary
o 150 non-supervisory employees with a combined base salary of $4,500,000 with an average individual salary of $30,000 and each receives benefits that equal 25% of the salary
o For this project assignment on Lollipop Company, Inc. complete a minimum 3-page business professional report selecting and organizing expert information that is useful for a CEO and addresses the following concepts:
o Visit the Rasmussen online Library and search for a minimum of 4 articles covering the topics of FMLA and workplace safety. Conduct academic research using the library’s databases, like:
o Discovery
o ASP: Human Resource Management Online
o Business Source Complete via EBSCO
o Business via ProQuest
o How would market research provide information about compensation and benefits when designing a compensation and benefits plan? How should the CEO use this market research for the company’s plan?
o How does the company achieve a balance between financial and non-financial compensation and benefits?
o What type(s) of primary and secondary research would you recommend be conducted? What are the benefits? Explain.
o Remember to integrate citations accurately and appropriately for all resource types; use attribution (credit) as a method to avoid plagiarism. Use NoodleTools to document your sources and to complete your APA formatted reference page and in-text citations.

1. analyze the different cultures and worldviews that inform human thinking and actions, and respond constructively to human and global differences in workplaces, communities, and organizations
Write a paper that compares and contrasts the cultures from the table in Part 1. Use three additional sources and include the GLOBE resources) to support your analysis of the two cultures. This paper should be around three to four pages in length. Your paper should not be a simple description – it should show evidence of analysis and synthesis of the information.

HS440M5 Capital Investment and Cost Analysis in Healthcare Organizations
This competency assessment assesses the following Outcome(s):
HS440M5-5: Explain the processes used in preparing budgets for health care organizations.
In this assignment, you are the CFO of a hospital, and you will create a one-page memorandum detailing cost-cutting measures that will be undertaken in response to the COVID-19 (or similar) crisis. You will consider debt financing, variance analysis, and cost variances in the organization. You need to translate your analysis results into practical action steps the organizations and employees will take.
Instructions
In this one-page memorandum, you will:
• Describe the action steps the organization will take to cut costs.
• Explain the reason for the cost-cutting measures.
• Discuss the valued contributions the employees can make to make the cost-cutting measures a success.
• Describe the appreciation the organization has for the employees during this crisis.
Requirements
Memorandum should:
• Describe the action steps the organization will take to cut costs.
• Explain the reason for the cost-cutting measures.
• Discuss the valued contributions the employees can make to make the cost-cutting measures a success.
• Describes the appreciation the organization has for the employees during this crisis.
Minimum Submission Requirements
• Proper notification of any resubmission, repurposing, or reworking of prior work per the Purdue Global Student Coursework Resubmission, Repurposing, and Reworking Policy Resource.
• This assessment should be a Microsoft Word (minimum 350 words) document, in addition to the title and reference pages.
• Respond to the questions in a thorough manner, providing specific examples of concepts, topics, definitions, and other elements asked for in the questions. Your submission should be highly organized, logical, and focused.
• Your submission should provide a clearly established and sustained viewpoint and purpose.
• Your writing should be well ordered, logical, and unified, as well as original and insightful.
• Your submission must be written in Standard English and demonstrate exceptional content, organization, style, and grammar and mechanics.
• A separate page at the end of your submission should contain a list of references in APA format. Use your textbook, the Library, and the internet for research.
• Be sure to include references for all sources and to cite them using in-text citations where appropriate. Your sources and content should follow current APA citation style. Review the writing resources for APA formatting and citation found in Academic Tools. Additional writing resources can be found within the Academic Success Center.
• Your submission should:
o include a title page;
o be double-spaced;
o be typed in Times New Roman, 12 -point font; and
o be free of spelling or punctuation errors.
If the work submitted for this competency assessment does not meet the minimum submission requirements, it will be returned for revision. If the work submitted does not meet the minimum submission requirements by the end of the term, you will receive a failing score.
Plagiarism
Plagiarism is an act of academic dishonesty. It violates the University’s Code of Student Conduct, and the offense is subject to disciplinary action. You are expected to be the sole author of your work. Use of another person’s work or ideas must be accompanied by specific citations and references. Whether the action is intentional or not, it still constitutes plagiarism.
For more information on plagiarism and the University’s Code of Student Conduct, refer to the current University Catalog.

Need Assistance on the following scenario:
Janie is a 34-year old mother of three. At present, she is separated from her husband of six years. Her children are Chloe, age seven, Devin, age four and Brenden, age two. Janie is a full-time mom and stays home to care for her children. She lives in a 3-bedroom apartment and receives child-support assistance from her husband. Janie comes to your human service organization because she is struggling to manage behavioral disorders regarding her daughter Chloe. On several occasions the school has contacted Janie informing her that Chloe is acting out at school as evidenced by oppositional behavior with teachers, arguing and fighting with peers, and poor academic performance. Janie reports similar oppositional behavior at home and states that Chloe has frequent nightmares. Her four-year-old brother is beginning to show signs of oppositional behavior.
Janie says that she is feeling overwhelmed and stressed in parenting her children. She complains of bouts of depression. She is also concerned that her husband’s child support is insufficient to sustain the family’s basic needs. Her husband rarely visits her or the children.
You are the caseworker assigned to work with Janie. Your agency is limited in the services it provides. Your organization’s primary function is to screen clients who may qualify for specific types of financial assistance for school supplies, childcare items e.g. formula, diapers, clothing and discounted school lunches.
In a 2-page address the following: Identify the key problems in this scenario. Provide a rationale for the problems that you have identified as being the most important to address.
Having identified key problems, review services/agencies in your community that would be a good and appropriate match for your client. Describe the services provided and defend your decision to refer to these agencies.
Discuss organizations or agencies that can provide the most services without the client having to be referred to multiple agencies. This is not always possible. Discuss options in your community and identify any gaps in services.

A critical aspect of policy analysis is development. Employees are the most valuable asset within an organization. Policies serve as a framework to guide decision making.
Your assignment this week is to analyze the framework toward the creation of a policy and the process involved. Then, you will compare two similar policies from different organizations that address a current HRM issue and analyze if the policies are clearly defined. Examples can consist of but not include: computer usage at work (personal e-mail), cellphone use policy, attire and grooming policy, etc. This will serve as preparation toward revising a policy within your organization. Be sure to consider what you learned during this week’s resources and the additional scholarly resources you gathered to analyze the policy development process.
Prepare an infographic that answers the following questions:
• What steps are required in policy analysis?
• What collaboration is required to create policy?
• What factors contributed to creating policy?
• What controversy could emerge during the analysis process?
Length: May vary depending on the content
References: Include a minimum of 3 scholarly sources. In addition, other appropriate scholarly resources may be included.
Your brochure should demonstrate thoughtful consideration of the ideas and concepts presented in the course and provide new thoughts and insights relating directly to this topic. Your response should reflect scholarly writing and current APA standards

Answer Objectives
should be able to:
● Demonstrate an understanding of and relevance to your academic career by
making a connection between knowledge learned in the classroom and practical
problems in an off-campus work environment.
● Identify your strengths, weaknesses, and areas of interest, based on your
practical work experience.
● Enhance a portfolio or resume with practical experience and projects.
Assignments to complete this week:
Assignment:
In a 4 – 6 page paper based on your internship course experience and the learning
objectives achieved during the course, review your internship experience
successes and challenges leading to growth. You should demonstrate in your
paper a description of your professional portfolio and include any evidence of
accomplishment and skill development or recognition that you have acquired this session
and how it will contribute to your portfolio.
Provide at least two (2) peer-reviewed sources. when you have completed this question
select new examples and sources
to support your response. For questions, contact your instructor.
about me: I am an information security enginer working for an IT company. you can write daily traits according to any engineer. the assignment should be presentable with real life examples.
Assignment-1:- No plagiarism
Discussion:
Assume that you have been hired by a small veterinary practice to help them prepare a contingency planning document. The practice has a small LAN with four computers and Internet access. Prepare a list of threat categories and the associated business impact for each. Identify preventive measures for each type of threat category. Include at least one major disaster in the plan.

Provide an outside source (for example, an article from the UC Library) that applies to the topic, along with additional information about the topic or the source (please cite properly in APA 7)
Make an argument concerning the topic
At least one scholarly source should be used in the initial discussion thread. Be sure to use information from your readings and other sources from the Library. Use proper citations and references in your post.

Overview
Blumberg’s Nursing Home (BNH) is a 100-bed Medicare and Medicaid certified facility in suburban Philadelphia, PA. The administrator recently terminated the facility’s DON, receptionist, and dietary aid for inappropriate conduct. They had all been involved in purchasing and using illegal substances on facility grounds. The facility staff and many of the more lucid residents have found out about the incident.
The charge nurse has been appointed interim DON. The human resource manager has sent a memo to all staff informing them of a mandatory staff meeting to discuss BNH’s code of ethics and to provide additional training on workplace culture. Because federal law requires that there be at least one registered nurse on duty for a minimum of eight hours a day, seven days a week, and that the DON must be a registered nurse (RN) which the interim DON is not—BNH is out of compliance.
Instructions
Write a 4–6 page paper in which you:
1. Assess the immediate staffing needs at BNH. Prioritize the order in which BNH should fill the main unstaffed position. Justify your selection.
2. Considering the reason behind the termination of the employees, formulate a human resources policy that addresses inappropriate conduct in the workplace, the process of reporting inappropriate conduct, and the consequences of violating the policy. Explain your rationale.
3. Per the text, an effective long-term care facility administrator must have both leadership and management skills. Propose at least one way the administrator in this case must demonstrate quality leadership skills and one way the administrator must demonstrate quality management skills in the aftermath of this crisis so as to improve and maintain staff and resident morale.
4. Recommend a strategy for BNH to use the Quality Indicator Survey to improve administrative practices and ensure future compliance at the facility. Justify your recommendation.
5. Use at least three quality academic resources. Note: Wikipedia and other similar websites do not qualify as academic resources.
This course requires the use of Strayer Writing Standards. For assistance and information, please refer to the Strayer Writing Standards link in the left-hand menu of your course. Check with your professor for any additional instructions.
The specific course learning outcome associated with this assignment is:
• Formulate a human resource policy that addresses inappropriate conduct in the workplace, administration leadership skills, and strategies for improving administrative practices.

Search the web and find a resource on how cryptography has been used to either defeat or defend a secured network.
• Provide the URL for the resource you found. Give a brief, one-paragraph description of the circumstances, including the tool used, the name of the attack, and other information. Describe how cryptography was used in the attack or defense of the network, as you understand it.

Due date: Week 12
Group/individual: individual
Word count / Time provided: 3000 words
Weighting: 30%
Unit Learning Outcomes: ULO-3, ULO-4, ULO-5

Assessment Details:
Read the case study and the article below, then complete the exercise at the end. In order to answer the exercise questions provided, you will need to conduct further research about the topic (read the article below see the list of references included for further research).
Case Study
UBER
Uber is a ride-sharing service that was rolled out in 2009 after two of its founders, Travis Kalanick and Garrett Camp couldn’t get a taxi in Paris during a snowstorm. It originated from the idea, “What if you could request a ride from your phone?” Its vision and mission is to “bring transportation-for everyone, everywhere…that is safer, cheaper and more reliable…create more jobs opportunities and incomes for drivers.”
Today, Uber boasts an annual revenue of over $11 billion, a market capitalization rate of $74 billion, and over 19,000 employees. With 75 million global customers and three million dedicated drivers in 83 countries, Uber has been a legitimate game-changer in the ride-sharing services market.
The name Uber is derived from the German word meaning “above all the rest,” a bedrock principle Kalanick and Camp wanted for their young company. All the riders need to do is to open their mobile phone, tap a button, and find an affordable ride in minutes.

In direct competition with Google and Tesla Motors, Uber was also a frontrunner in the future of driverless cars. However, they faced some Intellectual Property (IP) issues when Alphabet Inc’s Waymo sued Uber in 2018 for theft of its self-driving technology. In March 2018, a self-driving car fatally struck a pedestrian, causing the company to temporarily suspend all testing. In May 2018, Uber announced that it would halt its Arizona testing program but would conduct it elsewhere. In July 2018, Uber’s self-driving cars made their return in Pittsburgh, but it was never the same. In
December 2020, it was announced that Uber would sell its autonomous vehicle business to Aurora Innovations, a start-up in San Francisco. Uber had invested more than $1 billion in the business at the time of the sale.
How autonomous vehicles could save over 350K lives in the US and millions worldwide
Fatal accidents could drop dramatically in the future as autonomous vehicles become mainstream and make deaths from driver error a thing of the past.
American roads are deadly. In 2016, 37,461 people died in traffic accidents in the US, a 5.6 percent increase over 2015, according to the US Department of Transportation (DoT). This is down from 1970, when around 60,000 people died in traffic accidents in the US. The addition of safety features such as seat belts and air bags have reduced the number of deaths, and new technology from autonomous vehicles could help even more as driver error is eliminated.
DoT researchers estimate that fully autonomous vehicles, also known as self-driving cars, could reduce traffic fatalities by up to 94 percent by eliminating those accidents that are due to human error. Using 2016 numbers as a baseline, and multiplying 37,461 by 10, this means that there could be 374,610 deaths in a 10-year span, and 94 percent of these — or 352,133 — could possibly be prevented through fully autonomous cars by eliminating driver error.
And globally there were 1.25 million traffic fatalities in 2013, according to the World Health Organization. So, there are millions of lives that could be saved around the world every decade with fully autonomous cars. In developing countries some accidents are caused by unsafe roads, not driver error, so the 94 percent calculation wouldn’t be applicable, although many lives could still be saved through autonomous vehicles, said Mark Zannoni, analyst at IDC.
“I think that most people, most experts, would say that there’s a strong possibility that automated technology can prevent the crashes that are related to human error, and there is a pretty hard number that’s about 94 percent of fatal crashes in the US are attributable, or caused by, human error,” said John Maddox, CEO of the American Center for Mobility.
Elderly drivers and teenagers are particularly likely to benefit from autonomous vehicles because the cars can monitor a situation that a driver might not be able to themselves, said Wayne Powell, vice president of electrical engineering and connected technologies for Toyota Motors North America.
“Teen drivers are classically a high-risk category of people. If you put a teen driver in a car that was looking out for that person, it won’t let them make bad choices. That could also have an immediate benefit,” Powell said.
People are optimistic about autonomous technology in cars because it works well in areas where humans tend to not work well. “For example, human error often includes lack of vigilance. They’re distracted for whatever reason, whether texting or eating or talking with kids in the back seat. Or they could be impaired. Or they could be driving in conditions where they have a hard time, like dark night in an urban area with pedestrians, etcetera,” Maddox said.
Ever vigilant, always sober
Cars with automated technology have sensors that never lose vigilance. “They’re always looking for pedestrians. They’re always looking for the edge of the road. They’re always watching the car in front. They don’t become distracted or drunk, and I think that’s really the main reason why most experts would say that there is a definite possibility that automation can significantly reduce those human error caused fatal crashes,” Maddox said.
However, there is a learning curve, as drivers in cars with automated technology operate in an environment with drivers who are not in cars with any level of autonomy. With five levels of autonomy, as defined by the DoT’s National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), there is a range of how much autonomy a driver can choose, with Level 1 providing a specific function, such as steering or accelerating done automatically by the car, and Level 3 where the automated driving system begins to monitor the driving environment.
Sometimes drivers might be frustrated with a slower-moving vehicle that is actually an autonomous car, even though the other driver doesn’t know it. And this could result in accidents as frustrated drivers can often act aggressively. Maddox said he’s been in his own vehicle at a Level 2 of automation, and spotted aggressive drivers trying to get around his slower-moving vehicle.
“Really, the jury’s still out [on the safety of autonomous vehicles], and what we need is lots of data. We know a lot about human-caused crashes, because we’ve been studying that for 100 years. We don’t have the same level of data, the same breadth of data, on automated vehicles. Not even close. So, to really be sure on the effects, we need to acquire and analyse lots of data,” Maddox said.
“While it will take us years to collect the data that even starts to rival what we have today, the good news is that automated vehicles are data-collecting machines. That’s how they work. They collect data about their environment and other road users. So, if we can correctly and effectively tap into that data, we don’t have to wait 100 years. The data collection and analysis process can go a lot faster because of the data that’s generated on board and off board these vehicles,” he said.
Every vehicle on the road doesn’t need to be autonomous before safety benefits can be realized. Benefits can be realized from earlier levels of automation, said Carrie Morton, deputy director of the Mcity autonomous vehicle test facility at the University of Michigan.
“I think that pretty much for every mistake that a human makes there’s an opportunity for automation and artificial intelligence to replace that flawed behavior with a safe behavior,” Morton said.
Some of the types of accidents that can be potentially avoided in an autonomous vehicle include front-to-rear crashes, with real-world testing showing a 40 percent decline, said Susan Beardslee, senior analyst for ABI Research.
The infrastructure of a city will change to accommodate autonomous vehicles. The first is providing electric vehicle (EV) stations, since many vehicles will be electric because EVs have a lower total cost of operation, said Paul Stith, director of strategy and innovation for transformative technologies at Black & Veatch, which outlines some of the strategies in its 2018 report on smart cities and utilities.
Cities will need to prepare with infrastructure investments for EV charging stations and ensuring there is an adequate communications structure in place to collect the data from the autonomous vehicles on the road. “There will be terabytes of data that each vehicle will need to convey,” Stith said.
One thing to keep in mind is that in the beginning, there will still be accidents caused by autonomous vehicles. “Aviation is extremely safe. But in the early years of aviation, there were more crashes as well. There were more in the beginning with traditional cars. Anything new, whether FDA drugs or new surgical procedures, get safer as they get better and better. But when a new product comes out initially, it might break down. But eventually it can get better,” Zannoni said.
References:
Patrick Lin. (2021). The ethical dilemma of self-driving cars. [Online Video]. 9 December 2015. Available from: https://youtu.be/ixIoDYVfKA0. [Accessed: 23 May 2021].

TechRepublic. 2021. Our autonomous future: How driverless cars will be the first robots we learn to trust. [ONLINE] Available at: https://www.techrepublic.com/resource-library/downloads/ourautonomous-future-how-driverless-cars-will-be-the-first-robots-we-learn-to-trust-pdf-download/. [Accessed 23 May 2021].
TechRepublic. 2021. Tesla’s Autopilot: A cheat sheet. [ONLINE] Available
at: https://www.techrepublic.com/article/teslas–autopilot–the–smart–persons–guide/. [Accessed 23 May 2021].
TechRepublic. 2021. 81% of Americans believe driverless vehicles will kill jobs for professional drivers – TechRepublic. [ONLINE] Available at: https://www.techrepublic.com/article/81-of-americansbelieve-driverless-vehicles-will-kill-jobs-for-professional-drivers/. [Accessed 23 May 2021].
ZDNeT. 2021. How autonomous vehicles could save over 350K lives in the US and millions worldwide. [ONLINE] Available at: https://www.zdnet.com/article/how-autonomous-vehicles-couldsave-over-350k-lives-in-the-us-and-millions-worldwide/. [Accessed 23 May 2021].
ZDNet. 2021. US House approves bill to advance autonomous car testing. [ONLINE] Available at: https://www.zdnet.com/article/us-house-approves-bill-to-advance-autonomous-car-testing/. [Accessed 23 May 2021].
ZDNet. 2021. Autonomous vehicle predictions are premature: Toyota. [ONLINE] Available at: https://www.zdnet.com/article/autonomous-vehicle-predictions-are-premature-toyota/. [Accessed 23 May 2021].
Exercise:
After reading the case study above and conducting further research, you now need to answer the following research questions below.
1. Critique the alignment between Uber’s information systems strategy and business strategy.
2. Critically review the role of business intelligence and business analytics in supporting business decision making at Uber.
3. Review and evaluate contemporary tools and techniques for accessing information from databases to improve business performance.
4. A report of 3000 words summarising your analysis must be submitted by the due date.
Reasonable assumptions are allowed.
Penalty for Late submission: a deduction of 5% of the total mark shall be imposed on each of the next subsequent days.
Submission requirements
1. Use a typical report structure, with a Cover Page, Table of Contents, Executive Summary, Introduction, Body, Recommendation/Conclusion and References format.
2. The Executive Summary and the References are excluded in the word count.
3. The Cover Page should clearly indicate the names of each person in the group and the word count.
4. You can use task above as Headings in the Body of your report, and after the question is the name of the group member(s) who discussed that particular topic. For example, “Alignment between Uber’s information systems strategy and business strategy” by Jaspreet Singh.
5. All References should reflect quality citations from relevant academic journals and adhere to the correct Harvard format (Wikipedia NOT allowed).
Marking Information: The Case study-2 will be marked out of 100 and will be weighted 30% of the total unit mark.
Marking rubric:
Marking
Criteria Not satisfactory
(0-49%) of the criterion mark Satisfactory
(50-64%) of the criterion mark Good
(65-74%) of the criterion mark Very Good
(75-84%) of the criterion mark Excellent
(85-100%) of the criterion mark
Introduction about the case study

(10 marks) Introduction is presented poorly without adequate details. Introduction is presented briefly with some relevance and missing elements such as summary of case objectives, and problem/ report outline. Introduction is presented with adequate details, however missing one or more elements such as summary of case objectives, and problem/report outline.
Introduction is well written with clear discussion about the summary of case objectives, problem/ report outline. Introduction is very well written with very clear background and discussion about the summary of case objectives, and problem/report outline.
Content
Critical analysis of the alignment of an organisation’s information systems strategy and business
strategy

(20 marks) Does not clearly state an argument or point of view or else little or no supporting reasoning or evidence is presented. States an argument or point of view but does not present the evidence or reasons in a logically adequate way. States an argument or point of view but expected to be
organized more
logically. Analysis of the problem situation is so far reasonable. Presents an argument using evidence and /or logical reasoning in support of a point of view with satisfactory
level of critical analysis skills. Develops a clearly articulated argument, using evidence and/or systematic logical reasoning with high level of critical analysis skills.

Content
Critically review the role of business intelligence and business analytics in supporting Does not clearly state an argument or point of view or else little or no supporting reasoning or evidence is presented. States an argument or point of view but does not present the evidence or reasons in a logically adequate way. States an argument or point of view but expected to be organized more
logically. Analysis of Presents an argument using evidence and /or logical reasoning in support of a point of view with satisfactory Develops a clearly articulated argument, using evidence and/or systematic logical reasoning with high
business decision
making

(20 marks)
the problem situation is so far reasonable. level of critical analysis skills. level of critical analysis skills.
Content Review and evaluate contemporary tools and techniques for accessing information from databases to improve business
performance

(20 marks)
Does not clearly state an argument or point of view or else little or no supporting reasoning or evidence is presented. States an argument or point of view but does not present the evidence or reasons in a logically adequate way. States an argument or point of view but expected to be organized more
logically. Analysis of the problem situation is so far reasonable. Presents an argument using evidence and /or logical reasoning in support of a point of view with satisfactory
level of critical analysis skills. Develops a clearly articulated argument, using evidence and/or systematic logical reasoning with high level of critical analysis skills.
Structure and organization How logically arguments are stated and how critically problems
are analysed

(15%) Does not clearly state an argument or point of view or else little or no supporting reasoning or evidence is presented. Problem situation is not critically analysed. States an argument or point of view but does not organize the evidence or reasons in a logically adequate way. Analysis of the problem situation is not that satisfactory. States an argument or point of view but expected to be
organized more
logically. Analysis of the problem situation is so far reasonable. Presents an argument using evidence and /or logical reasoning in support of a point of view. Problem situation is analysed with satisfactory level of critical analysis skills. Develops a clearly articulated argument, using evidence and/or systematic logical reasoning in support of a conclusion or point of view. The way problem situation is
analysed requires high
level of critical analysis skills.
Writing Quality &
Adherence to
Format Guidelines

(15%) Report shows a below average/poor writing style lacking in elements of appropriate standard English and following proper Harvard guidelines. Frequent errors in spelling, grammar, punctuation, spelling, usage, and/or formatting.
Report shows below average and/or casual writing style using standard English and following Harvard guidelines. Some
errors in spelling, grammar, punctuation, usage, and/or formatting. Report shows an average and/or casual writing style using standard English and following Harvard guidelines. Some
errors in spelling, grammar, punctuation, usage, and/or formatting. Report shows above average writing style and clarity in writing using standard English and following Harvard guidelines. Minor errors in grammar, punctuation, spelling, usage, and/or formatting. Report is well written and clear using Harvard guidelines and standard English characterized by strong writing style. It is free from grammar, punctuation, spelling, usage, or formatting errors.
1. When using different data algorithms, why is it fundamentally important to understand why they are being used?
2. If there are significant differences in the data output, how can this happen and why is it important to note the differences?
3. Who should determine which algorithm is “right” and the one to keep? Why?
Students should engage on three separate days (the initial post by Wednesday and two additional days with peers) with peers with substantive posts. Be sure to refer to the grading rubric for additional discussion board requirements.
Bedford Furniture. The board of directors is considering launching a WebStore and does not know what is involved in developing a new system. You have been asked to present to the board of directors to help them know what to expect.
Create a 12- to 16-slide presentation directed to the board of directors in which you:
Explain the importance of using systems analysis and design methodologies when building an information system.
Justify the systems development life cycle (SDLC) implementation, and explain why that’s the best option, rather than the quick and easy process.
Summarize the criteria for selecting commercial off-the-shelf software (COTS) presented in Modern Systems Analysis and Design, Ch. 2.
Identify additional criteria that are, or might be, used to select COTS.
Consider if the choice was between alternate custom software developers rather than pre-written packages.
Select appropriate criteria for comparing multiple application custom development bids.
Briefly define each of these criteria.
Briefly summarize the project management process.
Explain which of the 4 project management process phases you think is most challenging.
Explain how to mitigate the risks for that stage.
Include speaker notes and media, such as graphics or tables.
Cite any references and graphics used to support your assignment.
Format your citations according to APA guidelines.

board of directors wants to continue consideration of a new WebStore for the company. They have asked you to assist them in selecting and initiating which project to do. They are considering a WebStore for 1 of their following 3 target markets:
Corporate furniture
Home office furniture
Student furniture
Presentation (10 to 16 slides)
Executive summary (3 to 4 pages)
Address the following components in your presentation or executive summary :
Explain 4 methods for identifying and selecting IS projects.
Compare the characteristics of each method, and identify the strengths and weaknesses of each method.
Identify valuation criteria when classifying and ranking the 3-target market projects.
Rank the 3-target market projects.
Summarize the project initiation and planning process, and identify the next steps for Pine Valley Furniture’s board of directors.
Questions
1. Draw a decision tree for Don New comb’s problem.
2. What is the significance of his statement that he would sell the business for 20 billion credits?
3. Suppose that Don’s risk attitude can be modeled with an exponential utility function. If his certainty equivalent were 15 billion credits, find his risk tolerance. What would his risk tolerance be if his CE were 20 billion?

Your individual project consists of an 11-14 slide presentation on web security mitigation strategies and tools. For this assignment you will detail the WASP framework and common security tools to include a web application security scanner, anti-virus software, and firewall technology. Please ensure your presentation conforms to the following technical subject area and format:
1. Title Slide (1 slide)
2. Topics of Discussion Slide (1 slide)
3. Discuss the purpose and functionality of Web Application Vulnerability Scanners within the OWASP framework (1-2 slides)
4. Provide research speaking to at least 3 of the following vulnerabilities below facing vulnerabilities scanners today (3-4 slides):
o Cross-site scripting
o SQL Injection
o Command Injection
o Path Traversal
o Insecure server configurations
5. Discuss the differences in functionality between the OWASP Web Application Firewall and traditional Network Firewalls. (3-4 slides)
6. Conclusion slide (1 slide)
7. Reference slide in APA format (1 slide)

The “Cloud Brokers” trade publication was very pleased with the results of your journal publication on cloud architecture and have asked you to write another journal article related to cloud security.
Prepare a publication on the topic of cybersecurity and cloud computing that includes the following:
• Discuss the risks and recommended best practices management for security management in a cloud environment.
• Cloud security guidelines, recommendations for the design of security, and examples of best practices in cloud security design.

As an IT project manager for Intuit, Inc., you are responsible for leading IT projects that affect the entire company. You are in consideration for the project manager role for the new cloud-based applications project that your group is running. One of the tasks the c-suite would like to see prior to promoting someone to this position, is your use of communicating with the c-suite through a visual presentation. They would like you to review the company’s reports and demonstrate your ability to analyze and present project data.
To access the company’s reports, follow these steps:
1. Navigate to Business Insights: Essentials via the University Library.
2. Search for “Intuit Inc.”
3. Select Market Share Reports.
Select two reports of your interest, and create two visuals (one for each report) that represent the information provided. For example, you could select the Tax Preparation Services Market report and use a pie chart to represent the market share.
Write a 350-word justification summary in which you answer the following questions:
• What type of visual did you select to present the information in each report?
• How does the type of visual you selected support the information?
• What tool(s) did you use to create these visuals?
• How will these visuals be presented to the c-suite? (Email, presentation, etc.)
• Why did you choose to use this type of communication to present the information to the c-suite?

3)Develop a Complete Disaster Recovery Plan to be submitted to the executive board of your company.
Only MS Word (.doc, .docx) and Adobe Acrobat (PDF) formats are acceptable. Please note that this is a formal writing, all references (peer-reviewed) mostly must be cited appropriately within the text and clearly avoid plagiarism. The paper should have a minimum of 7 pages, 1.5 spacing and Times New Roman font. A minimum of 5 peer review references must be provided. Reference style is APA. You can also have some web references alongside the stated requirement. Please see class syllabus for additional details
Submit Disaster Recovery Plan Power point presentation

Write a 800 word (excluding references) research paper that answers the following question:
List some of the more common categories of incidents that may occur.
Discuss the IR reaction strategies unique to each category of incident.
Explain what an IR reaction strategy is and list general strategies that apply to all incidents.
Provide real-world examples.
Remember to cite all sources. Use scholarly/peer reviewed articles (with the exception of the real-world examples of course)

Instructions
Case Study
As an assistant district attorney for Cityburgh, you are assigned to review three cases and present your findings to the district attorney to decide on how to proceed. You must review the facts of each case, specifically focusing on the procedural aspects and looking for any legal issues that may arise. You will need to judge the admissibility of the evidence provided and, on the basis of the evidence that will be available at trial, determine if the crimes provided should be charged. You are to present an analysis of the situations to the district attorney.
Case 1—Able
On Thursday, November 14, Able was stopped for driving 20 miles over the posted speed limit. It was further found that the vehicle had a no noperating speedometer and the driver was aware of this. During the stop, the officer ordered Able out of the car and conducted a frisk, during which a lump was discovered in Able’s pocket. The officer then asked Able to remove the object, and he complied. It was determined that the object in question was a baggie of methamphetamine. Reviewing these facts, explain whether the suspect should be charged with reckless driving, under Code of Virginia § 46.2-862, and possession of controlled substances, under Code of Virginia § 18.2-250. Concerning the drugs found, are there any issues with the frisk performed or the discovery when the suspect removed the object from his pocket?
Case 2—Charlie
On the morning of November 16, Charlie was found sleeping on a park bench, at which time he admitted to drinking the previous night and falling asleep in the park. Further, Charlie admitted that he knew the park was closed at dusk. Upon returning Charlie to his vehicle, an officer ran Charlie’s license plate and asked Charlie if he could look in his trunk. The officer found two garbage bags containing human body parts and a bloody axe in the trunk. Charlie claims to have no recollection of the previous night. Should Charlie be charged with public intoxication, under Code of Virginia § 18.2-388, and murder and manslaughter, under Code of Virginia § 18.2-30? What issues might be present in the opening of the trunk and discovery of the bodies?
In both cases, be sure to address the criminal elements ad possible defenses raised. If any of the situations have multiple outcomes based on facts not given, address all possibilities.
Note: You can use the Internet to find information about the Virginia Legislative Information System and the specific codes.
Support your responses with examples. Cite any sources in APA format.

You are working with the staff-training department of a correctional facility. Your assignment is to help create an orientation program for new employees, explaining the types of correctional facilities based on custody levels and the standard punishments used at each custody level. In a Microsoft Word document, create a report that describes each custody level and punishment. The report must:
• Illustrate the security level of each type of prison that is available in the state and federal correctional systems; include the custody level of inmates living in each type of prison.
• Describe the programs available for inmates in each type of prison.
• Describe how corrections officials determine to which facility a convicted offender should be sent.
• Indicate the types of offenders living in each type of facility, including facilities that house death row inmates.

Students will develop a program to fix a crime problem along with a policy evaluation of the theoretical program.
The final paper will be about 4-5 pages in length. The paper will be submitted as a Word document in Blackboard. All papers should be Times New Roman 12 font, double-spaced, APA format, with a title and reference page.
CJ 4600 Unit 8 Final Paper Guidelines
1. 1) What is the name of your program?
2. 2) What is the mission of your program?
3. 3) Why is your program needed?
4. 4) What issue/criminal justice problem does it attempt to address/gap fill?
5. 5) Who will be served by your program?
6. 6) What is your target number and kind of participants?
7. 7) Where will your program take place?
8. 8) When will your program take place?
9. 9) What will be the various characteristics of your program (e.g. counseling,
employment assistance, peacemaking circles, coffee with a cop, self-defense
classes, a new curriculum on racial profiling for the police academy, etc)
10)How will you evaluate your program? Will you use a random-controlled trial
(RCT)? Will you use surveys, pre and post tests, interviews, focus groups,
participant observation, etc?
11)What will be the independent and dependent variables guiding your
evaluation?
12)What will be the sample size?
13)How will you protect human subjects (confidentiality, voluntary nature, IRB,
etc)?
14)What are the limitations of your study? 15)What are the threats to your study?
*Include a Title Page, Reference Page, and section your paper to include an introduction to the issue, program overview, evaluation plan, human subjects protections, conclusion, and ideas for next steps/future research.

1
CRIMINAL JUSTICE COMPETENCY STUDY GUIDE
COMPENTENCY TERMS TO KNOW
& REFERENCES
Below you will find a list of courses, key concepts, and key court cases that you are
required to know. Competency exams will change each semester; however, the
possible topics are listed below. For each class, you will be asked approximately 8
competency questions. You may use any edition of the course textbook that you
possess. However, in the event that you did not keep your course books, we have
placed several books on reserve in the Nancy Thompson Library (Kean campus). You
can sign the books out for 2 hours at a time. You may find several books for one class
on reserve. This is to ensure that more than more person can access a subject book at
any given time.
CJ 2600 CRIMINAL JUSTICE IN AMERICA
Substantive & Procedural Criminal Law, the Court System, & Measuring
Crime
DESCRIPTION
This course provides an overview of the American criminal justice system, emphasizing
the police, courts, and corrections, including community-based corrections. Topics
include the police role in a democratic society, the tension between due process and the
need for order, and issues of punishment involving proportionality, rehabilitation, and
public safety. Competency questions for this course cover measuring crime and the
operations of the courts.
KEY CONCEPTS
1. Actus reus
2. Bill of Rightsa. Fourth Amendment
b. Fifth Amendment
c. Sixth Amendment
d. Eighth Amendment
3. Consensus and conflict model
4. Due process and crime control model
5. Due process clause (Fourteenth Amendment)
6. Exclusionary rule
7. Excuse defenses
8. Federal courts
a. District
2
b. Appellate / circuit
c. Supreme
9. Index crime (Part I)
10.Justification defenses
11.Mens rea
12.National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS)
13.National Incident Based Reporting System (NIBRS)
14.Probable cause
15.Procedural criminal law
16.Reasonable suspicion
17.Search & seizure
a. Search warrant
b. Warrantless search
18.State courts
a. Limited jurisdiction
b. General jurisdiction
c. Intermediate appellate
d. Final resort
e. Specialty courts
19.Stop and risk
20.Strict liability
21.Substantive criminal law
22.Uniform Crime Report (UCR)
KEY COURT CASES
1. Gideon v. Wainwright (1963)
2. In re Gault (1967)
3. Mapp v. Ohio (1961)
4. Miranda v. Arizona (1966)
5. Terry v. Ohio (1968)
6. Weeks v. United States (1914)
RELEVANT RESOURCES1
Bohm, R. (2011) Introduction to criminal justice. 6th Ed. McGraw Hill*
Bohm, R. (2014) The American system of criminal justice. 13th Ed. Belmont, CA:
Wadsworth, Cengage Learning.*
Cole, G. (2014) The American System of Criminal Justice. 14th Ed. Belmont, CA:
Wadsworth, Cengage Learning.*
Gaines, L. K. & Miller, R. L. (2010). Criminal justice in action: The core. Belmont,
CA: Wadsworth, Cengage Learning.*
1 References followed by an asterisk (*) can be found on reserve in the library. You can find more than one copy of
a book for a particular subject on reserve simply to allow access by more than one student at a time.
3
Regoli, R. (2011). Exploring criminal justice. 3rdEd. Boston, MA: Jones and
Bartlett.*
Scheb, J. M. & Scheb II, J. M. (2011). Criminal law and procedure. 7th Ed.
Belmont, CA: Wadsworth, Cengage Learning.*
Schmalleger, F. (2014). Criminal justice: A brief introduction. 10th Ed. Upper
Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall.*
Schmalleger, F. (2012). Criminal justice today: An introductory text for the 21st
century 12th. Ed. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Pearson.*
Siegel, L. (2013) Essentials of criminal justice. 8th Ed. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth,
Cengage Learning.*
Siegel, L.J. & Worrall, J. L. (2015). Essentials of criminal justice. Belmont, CA:
Wadsworth, Cengage Learning.*
CJ 2610 CRIMINOLOGY
DESCRIPTION
Criminology is the scientific study of making and breaking laws. How society reacts to
law breaking is an important component of our criminal justice system’s goals and
objectives. Laws are sometimes arrived at by consensus, sometimes imposed by the
powerful in society. Societies today are moving closer together regarding accepted
human behavior and because most people share this common interest, the study of
crime and its causes, and prevention strategies take on a global perspective. Students
should be familiar with the following key concepts and theories when studying this topic.
KEY CONCEPTS
1. Broken windows theory
2. Classical school of criminology
3. Conflict theory
4. Differential association theory
5. Environmental theories
6. Feminist theory of female delinquency (Chesney-Lind)
7. General theory of crime
8. Labeling theory
9. Life course theory (Moffitt)
10.Rational choice theory
11.Routine activities
12.Shaming (Braithwaite)
13.Sisters in Crime/Freda Adler
14.Social bond theory (Hirschi)
15.Social disorganization theory
4
16.Social learning theory
17.Social process theories
18.Strain theory (Merton)
RELEVANT RESOURCES
Cullen, F.T. & Agnew, R. (2011). Criminological theory: Past to present. Essential
readings. 4th edition. New York: Oxford University Press.*
Schmalleger, F. (2011). Criminology: A brief introduction. Boston, MA: Prentice
Hall.*
CJ 3500 DIVERSITY & CRIMINAL JUSTICE
DESCRIPTION
Diversity critically examines race, gender and other diversity issues, such as hate crime,
within and faced by criminal justice systems within the United States and internationally.
Topics of emphasis include the importance of diversity issues in the development,
organization and operation of criminal justice systems; and diversity in offenders,
victims, and criminal justice professionals. Also examined, when discussing diversity,
are problems of prejudice and discrimination. The course materials include historical,
legal, social, and other sources of data that elucidate how diversity impacts societies
and criminal justice systems. Students should be familiar with the following key
concepts and theories when studying this topic.
KEY CONCEPTS & THEORIES:
1. Anti-semitism
2. Assimilation
3. Civic assimilation
4. Collective conscience
5. Conflict theory
6. Contextual discrimination
7. Constitution & equality
8. Cultural assimilation
9. Cultural capital
10.Culture
11.Deindividuation
12.Differential association theory
13.Discrimination
14.Ethnic pluralism
15.Ethnocentrism
16.Globalization
5
17.Hate crime
18.Hate crime constitutionality
19.Hate crime debate
20.Hate crime offenders
21.Hate crime victimization (race, age, gender, sexual orientation, religion)
22.Hate speech
23.Homogeneity
24.Institutional discrimination
25.Ku Klux Klan movement
26.LBGT population and hate crime
27.Melting pot
28.Multiculturalism
29.Other
30.Perpetual foreigner
31.Prejudice
32.Protected groups
33.Race/ethnicity
34.Racial separatism
35.Racialized social system
36.Rational relationship test
37.Scapegoat theory
38.Skinhead movement
39.Social privilege
40.Social constructionism
41.Stratification
42.Strain theory
43.Structural assimilation
44.Underlying crime
45.Xenophobia
RELEVANT RESOURCES:
Gerstenfeld, P. B. (2011). Hate crime: Cause, controls, and controversies. 2nd
Ed. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.*
Levin, J. (2007). The violence of hate: Confronting racism, anti-semitism, and
other forms of bigotry. 2nd ed. Boston, MA: Pearson Allyn and Bacon.
Morash, M. (2006). Understanding gender, crime, and justice. Thousand Oaks,
CA: Sage Publications, Inc.*
Pincus, F. L. (2006.) Understanding diversity: An introduction to class, race,
gender, and sexual orientation. Boulder, Colorado: Lynne Rienner Publishers, Inc.*
The Criminology and Criminal Justice Collective of Northern Arizona University.
(2009). Investigating difference: Human and cultural relations in criminal justice (2nd
Ed.). Boston: Massachusetts: Allyn and Bacon.*
6
CJ 3600 POLICE ORGANIZATION & ADMINISTRATION
DESCRIPTION
This course examines the development, organization, and administration of American
police departments, considering the principles of organization best adapted to ensure
effective service to the community. The course also evaluates line, staff, and auxiliary
functions, and analytic units of administration. Students should be familiar with the
following key concepts and theories when studying this topic.
KEY CONCEPTS
1. 4
th Amendment
2. Affidavit
3. Basic types of police organizational design (line, line and staff, functional, matrix)
4. Broken windows theory
5. CALEA
6. Centralization
7. Chain of command
8. Christopher Commission
9. Community policing
10.Computer Aided Dispatch (CAD)
11.Consent
12.COMPSTAT
13.Decentralization
14.Directed patrol
15.Exclusionary rule
16.Field training officer (FTO)
17.Goldstein, Herman
18.Good faith exception
19.Hot spot policing
20.Law Enforcement Assistance Administration (LEAA)
21.Kerner Commission
22.Knapp Commission
23.Miranda
24.Peel, Robert
25.Plain view
26.Police Officer Standards and Training Commissions (POST)
27.President’s Commission on Law Enforcement and Criminal Justice
28.Principle of hierarchy
7
29.Probable cause
30.Problem Oriented Policing
31.Reasonable suspicion
32.Record Management Systems (RMS)
33.S.A.R.A
34.Saturated patrol
35.Search warrant
36.Span of management
37.Styles of policing (James Q. Wilson)
38.Tennessee v. Garner
39.Terry v. Ohio
40.Title 42 U.S.C., Section 1983
41.Unity of command
42.Vollmer, August
43.Wickersham Commission
44.Wilson, O.W.
RELEVANT RESOURCES
Dempsey, J. S., & Forst, L. S. (2012). Police. 2nd Ed. Clifton Park, NY: Cengage
Learning.*
Hess, K. M. (2009). Introduction to law enforcement and criminal justice. 9th Ed.
Belmont, CA: Cengage Learning.*
Peak, K.J., & Glensor, R.W. (2012). Community policing and problem solving:
Strategies and practices. 6th Ed. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Pearson.*
Swanson, R.C., Territo, L., & Taylor, R. W. (2011). Police administration:
Structures, processes, and behavior. 7th Ed. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Pearson.*
Walker, S., & Katz, C. M. (2011). The police in America: An introduction. 8
th Ed.
New York, NY: McGraw-Hill Higher Education.*
CJ 3610 CORRECTIONAL SYSTEMS
DESCRIPTION
This course examines the client of the criminal justice system in the post conviction,
institutional setting. Attention is given to the evolution of correctional services for
institutionalized offenders. Also examined is the relationship between prison
administration and other elements of the justice system. Students should be familiar
with the following key concepts and theories when studying this topic.
8
KEY CONCEPTS
Auburn system
Bail
Bifurcated trial system
Classification of prisons (types)
Constitution and prisoner rights
Death penalty: arguments for the death penalty v arguments against the death penalty
Death penalty: state of the death penalty in the U.S. today
Early forms of punishment (pre-America)
Features that typify prisons as hierarchical structures
How do male and female prison subcultures differ?
Jails
Parole boards
Parole function
Parole supervision
Pennsylvania system
Probation and intermediate sanctions
Private prisons
Purpose of corrections
Rational relationship test
Restorative justice
Southern penology
Today’s correctional systems in America
Types of sentencing and the ideologies of punishment they represent
Types of Inmates in correctional institutions
What are the important Issues for female offenders in prison?
Types of institutional programs and effectiveness
KEY COURT CASES
Bell v Wolfish
Bounds v. Smith
Furman v. Georgia
Gregg v Georgia
Pate v Cooper
Wolff v McDonnell
RELEVANT RESOURCES
Clear, T. Cole, G., & Reisig, M. (2009/2012). American corrections, 9th or 10th Ed.
Belmont, CA: Wadsworth, Cengage Learning.*
Siegel, L. & Bartollas, C. (2011). Corrections today. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth,
Cengage Learning.*
9
CJ3650 JUVENILE JUSTICE
DESCRIPTION
This course examines the juvenile justice system in America with theory and practice of
controlling youth crime through formal juvenile institutions and diversion. The juvenile
justice system parallels and differences with the “adult system” will be emphasized.
Students should be familiar with the following key concepts and theories when studying
this topic.
KEY CONCEPTS
1. Adjudication
2. Adjustment
3. Aftercare
4. Career offender
5. Child savers and houses of refuge
6. Confidentiality of juvenile’s delinquency records
7. Constitutional rights of juvenile within the juvenile justice system
8. Deinstitutionalization of status offenders
9. Detention center
10.Discretion
11.Disposition hearing
12.Dispositional alternatives
13.Diversion programs
14.First juvenile court system in the United States
15.Get-tough policy
16.G.R.E.A.T. programs
17.Intake process
18.Jurisdictions of the juvenile justice system
19.Juvenile death penalty
20.Juvenile’s delinquency records in the juvenile justice system
21.Juvenile probation
22.Legal factors and extralegal factors
23.Limited jurisdiction
24.Parens patriae
25.Petition
26.Role of the probation officers in the juvenile justice system
27.Shock probation
28.Status offenses
29.Teen court
30.Transfer, waiver, and certification
31.Types of policing
32.Types of waivers
33.Turning point
10
34.UCR v. NCVS v. NIBRS v. Self-report data
KEY COURT CASES
1. Breed v. Jones
2. In re Gault
3. In re Winship
4. Kent v. United States
5. McKeiver v. Pennsylvania
6. Roper v. Simmons
RELEVANT RESOURCES
Champion, D. J. (2013). The Juvenile Justice System: Delinquency, Processing,
and the Law. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall. (ISBN: 978-0-13-276446-9)
Vito, G. F. & Kunselman, J.C. (2012). Juvenile justice today. Upper Saddle River,
NJ: Prentice Hall.*

Prior to beginning work on this assignment, please review the assigned material in your Stojkovic and Lovell (2019) textbook. Additionally, please read the article Toward a More Constitutional Approach to Solitary Confinement: The Case for Reform. As you recall, Week 1 had you prepare an outline to provide a foundation for this week’s assignment. For this assignment, you will develop your outline into a two-to-three-page paper. The goal is to consider constitutional rights of incarcerated persons and administrative objectives for correctional institutions. Additionally, this paper will also have you consider diversity awareness and cultural sensitivity issues in corrections. You will support your work with two scholarly and/or credible resources, in addition to your textbook. You may use scholarly and/or credible resources included in your Week 1 Issues and Constitutional Rights in Corrections assignment. Address each of the elements below:
• Constitutional rights and administration
o Explain how constitutional rights of incarcerated persons are balanced with the correctional system functions of the jail or prison.
o Explain the mandatory rights that prison administrators must provide incarcerated persons, and how those rights are balanced with the security, safety, court requirements, visits, and other functions of the facility.
o Examine a U.S. Supreme Court case (you may use your selected case from your Week 1 Issues and Constitutional Rights in Corrections assignment) that balances correctional administrative goals with the constitutional rights of incarcerated persons.
• Diversity and cultural sensitivity issues
o Explain at least one cultural sensitivity issue and at least one diversity issue in corrections (you may use the cultural sensitivity issue and diversity issue from your Week 1 Issues and Constitutional Rights in Corrections assignment).
o Analyze perspectives on each issue within the context of constitutional rights and administrative functions in corrections.
*Note: You are encouraged to integrate any feedback from your instructor and upload the assignment to your ePortfolio (Links to an external site.).
The Constitutional Rights and Administrative Goals paper
• Must be two to three double-spaced pages in length (not including title and references pages) and formatted according to APA Style (Links to an external site.) as outlined in the Writing Center’s APA Formatting for Microsoft Word (Links to an external site.) resource.
• Must include a separate title page with the following:
o Title of paper in bold font
 Space should appear between the title and the rest of the information on the title page.

Robin went to work for Titans, Inc., a major banking house, as a security specialist. He had charge of designing and implementing all security protocols and equipment at Titan Towers for Titan’s physical security and security of their business transactions. Before starting work, Robin signed a written employment agreement. The agreement included a non-compete clause that stated as follows:
“18. NON-COMPETE – Employee agrees that for a period of two years following Employee’s term as an employee of Company, Employee shall not be employed as a security specialist for any other company in the financial service industry, anywhere in the world. Provided Employee shall comply with all terms of this provision, at the end of said two year term, Company shall pay to Employee a bonus payment of Ten Thousand (10,000) Dollars within 30 days of the end of the aforesaid two year period.
Robin worked for Titans, Inc. for a year and then left to return to his prior life as a circus acrobat. He toured the world with Hailey’s Circus for two years, doing no work at all in the financial services industry. At the end of two years from the date he left Titans, Inc., Robin returned to the US and opened his own security firm, aimed at the financial services industry. Robin also wrote to Titans, Inc. and informed them that he had lived up to his obligations under the non-compete clause in his agreement, and requested they send him the $10,000 bonus.
Titans writes back thanking Robin for abiding by his agreement.
Robin waits patiently, but after six months, his savings are running low and his new business could use an influx of cash. Robin sells his right to collect the $10,000 to Speedy, a friend from his Titans, Inc. days who has also left the company. Two weeks later, Speedy sends a letter to Titans, Inc., telling them that he has acquired the rights to the debt owed to Robin and demanding payment in ten (10) days.
A week after Robin sells the debt to Speedy, Titan’s Inc,’s accountants do an internal audit. They discover that many debts from former employees to the company, from participating in the company’s Home Down Payment Borrowing Program, had never been collected. Among these debts are $5,000 from Robin and also $5,000 from Speedy. When Titans, Inc. gets Speedy’s letter, they ignore it, believing they are now even with Robin and Speedy.
When he does not hear back from Titans, Inc., Speedy sues them for the $10,000 debt to Robin.
In the lawsuit between Speedy and Titan’s Inc., who should win and who should collect what?
IRAC Method
Format
Section 1
Issue – Applicable Case (summary of case) – Applicable Statute(s)(summary of statute) – Application to Case (apply case and statutes to current case)- Conclusion
Section 2
Issue – Applicable Case (summary of case) – Applicable Statute(s)(summary of statute) – Application to Case (apply case and statutes to current case)- Conclusion
Section 3
Issue – Applicable Case (summary of case) – Applicable Statute(s)(summary of statute) – Application to Case (apply case and statutes to current case)- Conclusion
Each issue needs a separate section. In each section the applicable cases and statutes need to address the issues at hand
4 U.S cases
4 U.S statutes
5-6 pages

COURSE CODE: BCO125 COURSE NAME: BUSINESS LAW (3 ECTS) Task brief & rubrics
Task: Mid-term timed assignment – 30% (deadline Week 4: Sunday 22
nd of August 2021 – 23h59)
• This is an individual task in which the student will answer the following questions:
o Question 1: Explain, with your words, what is Law and how important it is for the development of business environment in a Local and Global
level? Give one example of a secondary source of law.
o Question 2: Elaborate about the nature and content of Contracts. Give one example of an international agreement and how a more adequate
Dispute Resolution Strategy can be adopted by the parties?
o Question 3: What is the difference between public and private companies? How are Law and Governance intertwined in these 2 legal
structures?
o Question 4: Explain the importance of Arbitration for dispute resolution in international business. Elaborate about one case that was resolved by
arbitration
Formalities:
• Wordcount: There is no specific word count, but we can consider 1 page answer per question using Arial 11 pts.
• Font: Arial 11 pts.
• Text alignment: Justified.
• The in-text References and the Bibliography must be in Harvard’s citation style.
Submission: Week 5: Sunday 22
nd of August 2021 – 23h59. Timed assignments will be made available on Moodle 48 hours before the submission deadline. Students
need to complete the assignment and upload their submission within this timeframe.
Weight: This task is a 30% of your total grade for this subject.
It assesses the following learning outcomes:
• Outcome 1: Understand the role of law as a business and management tool;
• Outcome 2: Identify different issues and laws applicable in the context of doing business;
Rubrics
Exceptional 90-100 Good 80-89 Fair 70-79 Marginal fail 60-69
Knowledge &
Understanding
(20%)
Student demonstrates
excellent understanding of
key concepts and uses
vocabulary in an entirely
appropriate manner.
Student demonstrates
good understanding of the
task and mentions some
relevant concepts and
demonstrates use of the
relevant vocabulary.
Student understands the
task and provides minimum
theory and/or some use of
vocabulary.
Student understands the task
and attempts to answer the
question but does not
mention key concepts or uses
minimum amount of relevant
vocabulary.
Application (30%) Student applies fully
relevant knowledge from
the topics delivered in
class.
Student applies mostly
relevant knowledge from
the topics delivered in
class.
Student applies some
relevant knowledge from
the topics delivered in
class. Misunderstanding
may be evident.
Student applies little relevant
knowledge from the topics
delivered in class.
Misunderstands are evident.
Critical Thinking
(30%)
Student critically assesses
in excellent ways, drawing
outstanding conclusions
from relevant authors.
Student critically assesses
in good ways, drawing
conclusions from relevant
authors and references.
Student provides some
insights but stays on the
surface of the topic.
References may not be
relevant.
Student makes little or none
critical thinking insights, does
not quote appropriate
authors, and does not
provide valid sources.
Communication
(20%)
Student communicates
their ideas extremely
clearly and concisely,
respecting word count,
grammar and spellcheck
Student communicates
their ideas clearly and
concisely, respecting word
count, grammar and
spellcheck
Student communicates
their ideas with some
clarity and concision. It
may be slightly over or
under the wordcount limit.
Some misspelling errors
may be evident.
Student communicates their
ideas in a somewhat unclear
and unconcise way. Does not
reach or does exceed
wordcount excessively and
misspelling errors are
evident.

Discuss the difference between policy analysis and operations research. What/Who is the NIJ and what functions do they serve? What branch are they a part of in the government? What type of research do they engage in? What are the research priorities of the NIJ? Do you believe the NIJ plays a critical role in policy analysis? Explain why or why not

Complete a 750-1,000-word action plan and supporting rationale based on the following scenario:
Mark is a Hispanic 8th grade student who has been identified as having an emotional/behavioral disorder, specifically Mood Disorder (Not otherwise specified). Currently, he participates in a general education inclusion classroom. During his annual IEP meeting, the team reviewed recent test scores and determined he qualifies
for the gifted program in the area of ELA only. He will continue to participate in the inclusion classroom for the remainder of his courses. He is very successful in all of his inclusion classes. Mrs. Stone, the gifted teacher, was not able to be present during the IEP meeting. She has never worked with a student who has an IEP before. Mark is the only Hispanic student in the gifted class, which tends to make him uncomfortable. He says the teacher does not include him in the classroom conversations and speaks abruptly to him, but not to the other students.
After one month of Mark being in the gifted class, Mrs. Stone has requested that a paraeducator be present to support Mark. The IEP team determined that this was necessary because in order to meet Mark’s needs. After the paraeducator was assigned, the principal did a walk through observation of the gifted classroom and he noticed that Mark was isolated in a corner and the teacher did not interact with him. In addition, the principal received a phone call from Mark’s parents stating Mrs. Stone told Mark, “You do not belong in this class!” Mark no longer wants to be in the class because he does not
feel welcome.
The principal has come to you, the special education teacher, for assistance with supporting Mrs. Stone and Mark in being successful. To assist the principal, create an action plan that includes goals and steps for achieving those goals and reporting progress.
Specifically, the action plan should include one over-arching long-term goal and a minimum of four short-term goals related to the following considerations:
1. Communication and collaboration between teachers of the student, specifying positives in working with the student in their classrooms, as well as challenges that may arise as a result of the complex human issues that interact with the delivery of special education services.
2. Collaborative coaching for the gifted teacher to include research-based instructional strategies and recommendations that acknowledge that diversity is a part of families, cultures, and schools.
3. Collaborative coaching and guidance for the paraeductor with the intention of providing support to the gifted teacher and student.
4. Evaluating the implementation of the action plan activities and reporting back to
administration.
5. Communication strategies to use with the student’s parents that demonstrate elements of effective collaboration.
Next, outline detailed action steps related to each identified goal utilizing the “Action Plan Template.”

“What is Family Resource Management and why is it important to today’s American family?”
Goldsmith, E. B., & GOLDSMITH, E. B. (2003). Resource Management. In J. J. Ponzetti Jr. (Ed.), International encyclopedia of marriage and family (2nd ed.). Farmington, MI: Gale. Retrieved from

RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
from International Encyclopedia of Marriage and Family
Resource management is the process in which individuals and families use what they have to get what they want. It begins with thinking and planning and ends with the evaluation of actions taken. Three fundamental concepts in resource management are values, goals, and decision making. Values such as honesty and trust are principles that guide behavior. They are desirable or important and serve as underlying motivators. Values determine goals, which are sought-after end results. Goals can be implicit or explicit. They can be short-term, intermediate-, or long-term. Decisions are conclusions or judgments about some issue or matter. Decision making involves choosing between two or more alternatives and follows a series of steps from inception to evaluation.
Through choices, individuals and families define their lives and influence the lives of others. The study of resource management focuses on order, choices, and control, and how people use time, energy, money, physical space, and information. As an applied social science, it is an academic field that is fundamental to our understanding of human behavior. “The knowledge obtained through the study of management is evaluated in light of its ability to make an individual’s or family’s management practice more effective” (Goldsmith 2000, p. 5).
Individuals and families have characteristic ways of making decisions and acting called their management style. Although similar styles are exhibited within families (such as a tendency to be on time or to finish tasks to completion), there are also wide ranges of styles within families making the study of management intrinsically interesting, especially from a socialization point of view. Why do such differences exist and how does the individual’s style mesh with that of the other members’ styles in the family?
Measuring devices, techniques, or instruments that are used to make decisions and plan courses of action are called management tools. For example, time is a resource and a clock or stopwatch is a management tool.
Resources can be divided up into human and material resources, assets that people have at their disposal. Material resources (e.g., bridges, roads, houses) decline through use whereas human resources (e.g., the ability to read, ride a bicycle) improve or increase through use. Human capital describes the sum total of a person’s abilities, knowledge, and skills. Education is one way to develop human capital. Related to this is the concept of social capital. The term social capital is gaining in importance in the family-relations field and management is considered part of a person’s or family’s social capital. As a dynamic concept social capital can be considered a resource imbedded in the relationships among people that individuals, groups, and communities create, in which they invest, and which can be used to provide or develop resources or facilitate social and personal well being (Bubolz 2002).
Conceptual Framework and History
Resource management has a long history and an interdisciplinary base borrowing from and contributing to such fields as economics, organizational behavior, anthropology, psychology, and sociology. The discipline was originally called home management—with an emphasis on work simplification and household efficiency—but since the postmodern period (beginning in the 1960s) the emphasis has been on viewing the family as a social system and resource management as one of the many functions of that system (Knoll 1963; Maloch and Deacon 1966; McGregor 2001). In recent years the most widely used term to describe the field is family resource management or more simply management, which will be a term used in the remainder of the entry. Although the family is recognized as the fundamental societal unit, it is recognized that management principles and techniques apply to singles as well as to families. Attention is also paid to the management styles and situations of different types of families besides the traditional two-parents-and-children configuration.
Management research studies are conducted worldwide and results are reported in journals and at conferences. Family functioning, time, and stress are common themes. For example, data-based studies have found that family resources play a critical role in the healthy family functioning of Korean immigrant families in the United States (Lee 2000). Multinational papers presented at the 1998 International Household and Family Research Conference held in Helsinki, Finland reinforced the importance of family resource management to the well-being of families including the pursuit of the ideal life (Turkki 1999; Fujimoto and Aoki 1999).
Several theories, most importantly systems and economic theories, influence the way management is taught, practiced, and studied. According to Deacon and Firebaugh (1988), the family’s values, demands and resources are defined as inputs to the system. A leading management theorist in the twentieth century, Beatrice Paolucci, was especially interested in how family systems interact with their various near and far environments, which is termed the human ecological approach. Paolucci along with her coauthors Nancy Axinn and Olive Hall wrote:
Things need not just happen in a family; they can be decided. The responsibility and the burden of choice are a particular attribute of humanness. The quality of human life and the prospect of the family’s continued survival within limited environmental settings depends, in large measure, on the decisions made in daily family living (1977, p. 1).
For a history of her life and contributions to family resource management see Beatrice Paolucci: Shaping Destiny through Everyday Life (Bubolz et al. 2002). Economic theory assumes that people seek to maximize their satisfaction through the decisions that they make. In economics, individuals are seen as rational and acquisitive. Management recognizes that although individuals want to increase satisfaction, they often behave in nonoptimizing, less than rational ways. Unexpected events or reactions to events may require adjustments to plans and actions.
Family resource management differs from the way management is taught in business schools. In colleges of business, the application is mostly to employer/employee relationships in nonprofit and for-profit organizations. The fields are alike in that both are concerned with productivity and decision making but in family resource management the examples are more likely to be of a personal, home-based, or family nature. However, it should be pointed out that there are several cross-over topics such as time management and balancing work and family life and cross-field collaborations are common.
Practical Applications and a Model of Managerial Action
Because management explores the workings of everyday life, it is both complex and practical. To show the interaction of various management components, a model of managerial action using the systems approach is given in Figure 1.
In the model, for example, demands and values lead to planning and the use of resources ending with met demands, achieved goals, and feedback. In Africa, where many regions suffer from drought and food shortages, individuals and families have to plan wisely and use resources well in order to incrase their chances of survival. In management, wants and needs are differentiated from goals. Wants are specific and temporary, such as craving a certain food. Needs range from basic physiological needs to self-actualization (Maslow 1954). Within a family there can be conflicting needs. People arrive at their needs through a complex subjective assessment based on their inherent motivations and their perceptions of the external world (Foxall, Goldsmith, and Brown 1998). In today’s fast-paced world, filled with competing demands, people do not have the time to carefully assess their needs or to plan effectively.
Situational factors, personality traits, and motivational forces affect plans. Individuals and families set standards within the context of existing demands and resource availability. Standards develop over time. People live in the present, but they are thinking about the future and developing plans based on their values and standards. “Planning is a thinking and information-gathering process involving a series of decisions. It is a process because formulating plans requires several steps, such as information gathering, sorting, and prioritizing; then, based on this information, the planner must decide which plan is most likely to succeed” (Goldsmith 2000, p. 125). Plans have purpose; they are taking the planner somewhere. To succeed, plans should be clear, flexible, appropriate, and goal-directed. People have primary plans and back-up plans. Implementing refers to putting plans into action. Evaluation is the end process of looking back, checking over, examining past decisions and actions and determining how they worked. Goal achievement should provide satisfaction.
Time, Work, Family, and Stress
Time use and the direction of human effort are integral to the study of management. Queen Elizabeth I said on her deathbed, “All my possessions for a moment of time.” Time is generally considered the ultimate resource because it is a resource all people, rich or poor, share. In the discipline in the past there was debate about whether time is a “true” resource (Winter 1995).
As the Queen Elizabeth I quote shows we all share time but it is finite. Therefore, a critical management question is how do we make the best use of the time that we do have. One answer is through conscious control. In management studies, a person is trained to ask when confronted with competing activities, “What is the best use of my time right now?” Another question to ask is “Is the activity I am about to undertake consistent with my goals?” These questions address both quantitative time (measured units of time such as minutes and hours) and qualitative time (feelings about how time is spent). Time perceptions vary widely by individual and by culture. For example, being on time in most North American cultures means five or ten minutes before the agreed upon time or being right on time. In other cultures, being an hour late may still be regarded as being on time. Discretionary time is free time one can use any way one wants. Nondiscretionary time is programmed by others or set by schedules and appointments. Everyday life is a combination of both. Stress is often caused by not having enough discretionary time. Over-programmed time is a problem for children as well as adults.
Few people are immune from the difficulties of trying to balance work and family life. Most controversy centers around managing hours and responsibilities, but it is also about one’s priorities. Which is more important: work or family? When someone is asked to work overtime, this question becomes apparent. In workaholism, work is the most pleasurable part of life and family or personal life takes a back seat. On the other hand, procrastination is the postponement of work usually in favor of more pleasurable parts of family or personal life.
With improvements in technology, there has been a blurring of work and family roles and often less lag time. Email, cellular telephones, automatic teller machines, and the Internet have accelerated everyday life and have made people, information, and services more accessible. Work and family lives are becoming increasingly blurred and even may share the same physical space as one considers the growth in the number of home-based businesses.
The twenty-first century will be characterized by more family transformation and stress (McCubbin et al. 1997). Because the purpose of management is not only to describe problems, but also to present solutions, distress and fatigue are subjects of discussion in terms of what can be done to lessen them. Regarding getting more sleep, James Maas (1998) suggests getting an adequate amount of sleep every night, establishing a regular sleep schedule, getting continuous sleep, and making up for lost sleep. Another solution is the reestablishment of routines such as regular mealtimes as a way to simplify life. The simplification process may involve other steps such as pulling back on spending and building up more savings to provide for more leisure time in the future (Goldsmith 2001).
Family resource specialists strive to reach a stage called managerial judgment, defined as the ability to accept and work with change for the betterment of self and humankind. The ultimate goal of the management expert is the creation of a better tomorrow.
Conclusion
More could be said about managing human effort, environmental resources, and financial resources. This entry briefly touches the surface of a more than century-old discipline that affects every aspect of daily life. What management does is provide a framework, a way of looking at things that can be applied to a variety of situations. It is about life not just happening but happening in an orderly way. Humans are constantly seeking answers, making plans, and pursuing goals that bring desired results. Management provides insight into how this occurs. It is both simple and complex. Each day presents new challenges, new questions about how life should be and can be. Individuals are continually confronted with decisions to be made given scarce resources. This entry has endeavored to show the basics of the discipline and its application to everyday life. The greatest future challenge for the field will be the continued integration of management with other theories to address socially relevant issues as life becomes more complex and diverse.
See also: COHABITATION; DECISION MAKING; DIVISION OF LABOR; FAMILY LIFE EDUCATION; FAMILY SYSTEMS THEORY; FOOD; HOME ECONOMICS; HOUSEWORK; HOUSING; HUMAN ECOLOGY THEORY; POVERTY; POWER: MARITAL RELATIONSHIPS; PROBLEM SOLVING; RICH/WEALTHY FAMILIES; ROLE THEORY; SPOUSE ABUSE: THEORETICAL EXPLANATIONS; STRESS; TIME USE; WORK AND FAMILY
Bibliography
• Bubolz, M. (2002). “Family and Social Capital.” Panel presentation at Fourth Beatrice Paolucci Seminar: Personal, Social, and Corporate Responsibility in a Common World. East Lansing, Michigan State University.
• Bubolz, M.; Axinn, N.; Mitsifer, D.; Nelson, L.; Wenberg, B. (2002). Beatrice Paolucci: Shaping Destiny through Everyday Life.Michigan State University East Lansing.
• Deacon, R.; Firebaugh, F. (1988). Family Resource Management, 2nd edition. Allyn and Bacon Boston.
• Foxall, G.; Goldsmith, R.; Brown, S. (1998). Consumer Psychology for Marketing. Routledge London.
• Fujimoto, T.; Aoki, K. (1999). “What to Recognize from Everyday Life in Interaction of Man, Matter, Life and Environments.” In New Approaches to the Study of Everyday Life: Proceedings of the International Household and Family Research Conference, May 31-June 3, 1998, Helsinki, Finland.
• Goldsmith, E. (2000). Resource Management for Individuals and Families, 2nd edition. Wadsworth Belmont, CA.
• Goldsmith, E. (2001). Personal Finance. Wadsworth Belmont, CA.
• Knoll, M. (1963). “Toward a Conceptual Framework in Home Management.” Journal of Home Economics 55: 335-339.
• Lee, H. (2000). “The Effects of Family Resources and Social Support on Family Functioning Style among Korean Immigrant Families in the U.S.” Journal of Family and Consumer Sciences. 92(3):66.
• Maas, J. (1998). Power Sleep. Villard New York.
• Maloch, F.; Deacon, R. (1966). “Proposed Framework for Home Management.” Journal of Home Economics 58:31-35.
• Maslow, A. (1954). Motivation and Personality. Harper and Row New York.
• McCubbin, H.; McCubbin, M.; Thompson, A.; Hans, S.; Allen, C. (1997). “Families Under Stress: What Makes Them Resilient?”Journal of Family and Consumer Sciences 2-11.
• McGregor, S. (2001). Modernism and Post-Modernism Compared. Working paper. Halifax, Nova Scotia, Canada: Mt. St. Vincent University.
• Paolucci, B.; Hall, O.; Axinn, N. (1977). Family Decision Making: An Ecosystem Approach. Wiley New York.
• Turkki, K., ed. (1999). In New Approaches to the Study of Everyday Life: Proceedings of the International Household and Family Research Conference, May 31-June 3, 1998, Helsinki, Finland.
• Winter, M. (1995). “Resource Management.” In Encyclopedia of Marriage and Family Relationships, ed. D. Levinson. Macmillan New York.
ELIZABETH BEARD GOLDSMITH
© 2003 by Macmillan Reference USA
• APA
• Chicago
• Harvard
• MLA
Goldsmith, E. B., & GOLDSMITH, E. B. (2003). Resource Management. In J. J. Ponzetti Jr. (Ed.), International encyclopedia of marriage and family (2nd ed.). Farmington, MI: Gale. Retrieved from http://ezproxy.apus.edu/login?url=https://search.credoreference.com/content/entry/galemarriage/resource_management/0?institutionId=8703
International Encyclopedia of Marriage and Family
SearchBrowsePrevious ArticleNext Article
The second edition of the International Encyclopedia of Marriage and Family revises and expands Macmillan’s 1995 Encyclopedia of Marriage and the Family, adopting an international, cross-cultural approach to such diverse topics as adolescent parenthood, family planning, cohabitation, widowhood, domestic violence, child abuse and neglect, codependency and commuter marriages. It includes articles specific to countries and to religious traditions, examining the history of family life within these cultures and discussing how families have been affected by political and social change.
Editor(s): James J. Ponzetti Jr.Edition: 2ndArticles: 420Images: 1People: 31
Related Credo Articles
Full text Article
leisure pursuits
in Dictionary of Leisure, Travel and Tourism/leə pəsjuts/ plural noun entertainment hobbies, things you do during your free time, for relaxation or enjoyment …19

Despite the challenges facing families across time, the family remains the world’s oldest form of relationship, a universal phenomenon (Sokalski, 1994). For centuries, families have been organized as a basic unit of society. This social unit has continued to be maintained over time, and, until recently, the family unit was generally considered to be a private institution. The contemporary family is now, more than ever before, a political entity. Family values are emerging in campaign slogans, drawing increased attention to the importance of family units within the social framework of communities, locally, nationally, and globally. This surge of interest in the family unit has resulted in increased research, expanding our knowledge base of family functions and evolution over time.
Although family life does give individuals a strong sense of continuity, Skolnick and Skolnick (2005) call attention to the fact that the family is in transition. Emerging communications and technology capabilities have accelerated this transition. Families of the future will not only need to be aware of changes that are taking place, but they will also need the skills to adapt resource management to fit new realities.
Paralleling the changing social, political, and economic climates surrounding families are changes in the structure of families. Coontz (2000) points out that favored traditional family structures carry privilege, whereas Doherty (1997) speculates that, as a result of environmental changes, our current society may be the first in history that cannot clearly define the family. These complexities necessitate the need for ongoing education and evaluation about the ways families function.
The key concepts of family resource management include an interdependency of individuals, a dynamic environment, and a conscious effort to meet basic needs for all individuals within the family unit. Managing family resources has always been a process, requiring individuals to recognize that effective decisions cannot be made quickly and that the evaluation of those decisions is essential for future decisions.
Families cannot effectively manage resources without an awareness of their opportunities as well as a consideration of their limitations. They need to be aware that living in the 21st century presents numerous challenges to the family. Families will continue to consume large amounts of resources, be engaged in the global economy, and provide safety and security for its members. Each of these functions requires management. Thus, the concept of family resource management is imbedded in those three individual words: family, resource, and management.
WHAT IS A FAMILY?
Contemporary families are diverse in nature, reflecting the socioeconomic environments surrounding them. The idea that a traditional family exists, from which students can compare and contrast other nontraditional family units, is nonproductive to the goals and objectives of family service providers. It is necessary, however, to categorize and define families when public and private programs assess needs and determine qualified services for citizens based on that designation. Chapter 2 presents a framework for understanding contemporary family definitions and structures.
Joe and Rocia have three children. Joe recently lost his job. To qualify for financial assistance through various local and state programs, they must meet the criteria of those programs in terms of how a family is defined. Some programs may only be available to them if they are legally married. Other assistance programs may provide more resources if Rocia is unmarried. These discrepancies challenge ethical decision making and may result in a weakening of family structure. Some assistance may be available based on their household status regardless of whether they share a home. If Joe is not the biological father of the children, his assistance may only be based on what is deemed necessary for a single male.
In terms of family resource management, it is assumed that families are units where members strive to meet the needs of all members while maintaining that family unit over a period of time. Thus, families have both individual and group needs. Identification and communication of these needs are continual. To satisfy these needs, resources must be identified and secured. Money and material possessions are easiest to identify as important family resources; however, the human resources available among all family members are just as important, if not even more essential, to the family’s survival and maintenance.
The processes of identifying needs and securing resources are dynamic within a family unit. Situations arise in frequent, repetitive ways that allow many decisions to become subconscious and almost habitual. Family members shopping for a weekly supply of groceries may cruise down the store aisles identifying and purchasing an assortment of products with little deliberation. These products have been identified through previous decision-making processes; until family members decide that these basic products are no longer meeting their needs, they are habitual purchases. Other situations require more deliberation and information seeking. The working parent who is confronted on Monday morning with an ill childcare provider must find a specific resource to meet an acute need. The stress level in this type of decision is much higher because this decision impacts the family unit on multiple levels.
HOW DO FAMILIES USE RESOURCES?
Humans consume and require massive amounts of resources for survival, physical growth, and personal growth. Basic needs such as food, water, shelter, and clothing are obvious. Other resources are necessary to facilitate education, community, and recreation. The study of family resource management considers both consumption of resources and the availability/expenditure of human resources by family members.
The identification of resources to meet specific needs is guided by culture, availability, and accessibility. Tap water quenches thirst, yet an individual may choose to buy bottled water for family drinking purposes. A single-family detached house may be preferred, but if apartments are the only choice available, a family may make do until other options surface. An Ivy League college may be a student’s choice, but if he or she does not meet the requirements for admission, another selection must be made.
As families identify needs, their focus turns to finding ways to fulfill those needs. The number of possible solutions will vary depending on the particular need. These solutions, however, always require resources. The larger the pool of resources, the higher the probability that needs will be met efficiently and effectively. In managing family resources, sufficiency is also an important consideration. Will family members accept a solution that just meets their minimum expectations? Old newspapers suffice for bathroom use, but not everyone would accept this choice. Because family needs are dynamic and ongoing, any one particular resource may prove useful on some occasions, but not even be considered at other times.
Families may substitute some resources for others depending on the situational variables. Lunch may consist of a peanut butter sandwich when time is limited but may be a multicourse feast when time is not an issue. Money is often substituted for time in resource selection. Fast food, airline travel, and lawn-care services are examples of this resource transfer or exchange. The complexity of individuals and families elevates the complexity of resource identification and selection when compared to resource management in the business setting.
IN THE NEWS
Boomerang Commuters
In April 2011, FoxNewsInsider coined the phrase “Boomerang Commuters” to describe the growing trend of two-career, two-households, two-city family units. Creamer (2011) reported on this dramatic rise of commuter marriages in The Sacramento Bee.Current statistics suggest that almost three million American couples fit the definition of commuter couple: “Men and women in dual-career marriages who desire to stay married, but also voluntarily choose to pursue careers to which they feel a strong commitment. They establish separate homes so they can do so” (Rhodes, 2002).
Why has the number of commuter couples risen from around half a million couples in 1980 to this new high? Some believe that the economy has driven many couples to split to find jobs as the unemployment rates rose in the recent past. Others suggest that it may be more a sign of the rise of working women. Rates are higher among professional, academic and white-collar workers than in lower socioeconomic circles. In the past, the poor in society have endured long separations to find work. The new commuters, however, seem to be a phenomenon of education and relative privilege (Creamer, 2011). The average age of commuting spouses is 51, and the average length of marriage for commuting couples is 22 years (Bergen, 2010).
Marriages, and families within these commuter arrangements, face complex and unusual challenges in family resource management. While it may facilitate financial resource acquisition, separation and maintenance of multiple living sites can be mentally and physically demanding. The demographics of this group indicate that very young children are not part of the mix, but this age group is part of the “sandwich generation,” serving as support for their young adult children and their aging parents.
Weisser (2006) suggests three strategies to help commuter couples swing the dual reality. First, tap into any support employers might provide. Some may provide expense accounts for travel, meals, housing, and utilities to employees. If Internet access is crucial to job performance, the company may provide an allowance to the employee for such service. Second, use all relevant mileage plans—flights, car rentals, hotel charges, restaurants. Finally, be diligent when managing the finances within these living arrangements. Don’t forget to keep long-range financial plans in the picture.
MANAGING FAMILIES
The history of family sciences is closely linked to that of business management. Both fields emerged in academia at about the same time, and both began with efforts to facilitate efficient and effective use of resources. Many of the management theories applied to individual and family resource management stem from business management. Many of the human resource theories are supported by research in family science and other social sciences. Business management focuses on planning, organizing, leading, and controlling the use of resources to accomplish performance goals. The goal of any business is the maximization of this process. It is a conscious effort and a constant process. Choices must be made and evaluated continually.
Although the family is not a business, it does have many of the same goals that a business addresses. Management theories are explored from both the business and family conceptual frameworks in Chapter 3. Business decisions generally have a stronger hierarchical base and more tangible factors available in the decision-making process. Most family management activity begins with that same decision-making process, but family management exists on a higher personal level with more emotional, intangible types of factors to consider. The decision-making process is a major concept addressed and explored throughout this text.
THE DECISION-MAKING PROCESS
There are many ways that individuals and families go about making decisions. Janis (1989) proposes the rational model, presuming that, in the process of making decisions, there are purposeful goals and objectives. Rational decision making involves searching for alternatives, assessing consequences, estimating risk or uncertainty, determining the value of consequences, and selecting the action that maximizes attainment of those desired objectives. Decisions that have long-lasting impact on a family unit would benefit from this type of structure. Selection of educational programs and disease treatment options are often approached within this type of framework.
Pfeffer (1987) proposes another model that draws from rules, procedures, and processes, rather than the effort to maximize values. The bureaucratic model relies on habitual ways of doing things and is appropriate only for low-risk and uncontested decision situations. Although this model is more appropriate for business decisions, there are some frequent, low-risk decisions that must be made by families. Grocery shopping, especially for staple items, often operates this way.
The political model of decision making (Pfeffer, 1987) produces outcomes that are related to the power of individuals within the group. This model recognizes that individuals within the unit may have differing interests and acknowledges that conflict is normal or at least customary. Although decisions made within this model are seldom perfect for all members, the acts of bargaining and compromising result in member support for the final decision. Decisions specific to family relocation are often reached using this approach. Although children are greatly affected by such moves, it is generally more of a negotiation among the adults where power becomes a crucial influence.
Photo 1.1 Technology enhances a family’s search for alternatives.

Source: ©iStockphoto.com/STEEX.
Realizing that family decision making may be served by any, all, or a combination of these basic models, it is necessary to create a flexible framework for analysis of a variety of individual situations. The five-step decision-making process is the framework chosen for this text. Although family decisions are not always methodical, they follow a general framework of need identification and clarification, identification of alternative resources available, analysis and comparison of those resources, selection and implementation of resources chosen, and post-implementation evaluation. This model also gives the family the tools for rational, bureaucratic, or political thought found in the other decision-making models. By analyzing these steps separately and then synthesizing them as a process, the learner can more fully understand the complexity and occasional unpredictability of family choices and behaviors.
The Decision-Making Process
• Recognize existing need(s)
• Identify alternatives to fulfill identified needs
• Evaluate identified alternatives
• Select and implement alternatives
• Reflect and evaluate alternative selected
CONTEXTUAL INFLUENCES IN FAMILY RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
Families do not exist in a vacuum. Outside influences come into the family environment to change the way the family thinks and behaves. These influences come from history, culture, and the environment.
Historical Influences
Throughout history, there have been ideas and circumstances that have influenced the way families manage their resources. New ideologies and ways of thinking have impacted existing family behaviors. New childcare practices, new medical discoveries, and even changing marriage expectations may alter the way a family carries out its functions. Historical events also influence the family. Wars, recessions or depressions, terrorist attacks, and other events all have an impact on families. The most recent national recession and global financial crises have illuminated the vulnerability and the strengths of contemporary family structures in times of economic difficulties. The ultimate impact of unemployment on a dual-earner family unit has been very different than that experienced in earlier recessions where the sole-paycheck adult may have lost all earning potential. Families change as history evolves, reflecting and impacting the larger economic environment.
The history of family resource management has influenced the way a family manages today. The early Greek and Roman cultures left a wealth of information about family management that can be found in the writings of the ancient philosophers. The word economy comes from the ancient Greek oikos nomos, which means house and management. Hesiod (CA. 715 BCE) wrote, “You should embrace work-tasks in their due order, so that your granaries [grain storage] may be full of substance in its season” (Hesiod, 1999). The 13th century Church of England also left a legacy of instruction for management. As the church experienced a reform movement, more clergy were encouraged to speak out on marriage and family issues (Murray, 1987). One of the earliest recorded writings was by Robert Grossesteste, Bishop of Lincoln. This was written for his friend, Countess Margaret of Lincoln, after the death of her husband to help her manage his vast estate. He wrote,
And with the money from your corn, from your rents, and from the issues of pleas in your courts, and from your stock, arrange the expenses of your kitchen and your wines and your wardrobe and the wages of servants, and subtract your stock.” (Henley, Lamond, Cunningham, & Grosseteste, 1890)
In contemporary terms, he was suggesting how this new widow might balance her budget—income and expenses.
By the end of the 20th century, the world was changing at a rapid pace. Social mobility and invention would change the way many families managed. Although the Western family was still patriarchal, the Industrial Revolution forced men and women to move into different spheres of influence. Men gave their energies to their work, now outside the home, whereas women gained more power over the household. Isabella Beeton’s Book of Household Management (cited in Hughes, 2006) sold thousands of copies in England. Her ideas have been compared to modern small business management techniques. According to Mrs. Beeton, good management included setting an example for and giving clear guidance to the staff, controlling the finances, and applying the benefits of order and method in all management activities (Wensley, 1996).
In the United States, another reference during this time was Beecher’s (1869) The American Woman’s Home. This volume was written as a training manual for women in the duties of the home in the same fashion as training for other trades at that time. According to Beecher, a woman’s profession included
care and nursing of the body in the critical periods of infancy and sickness, the training of the human mind in the most impressionable period of childhood, the instruction and control of servants, and most of the government and economies of the family state. (p. 14)
The influences of science (ecology and biology) and technology (invention) in the home precipitated the Lake Placid Conferences in 1899 and 1909. The discipline of home economics or domestic science was developed as a result of these conferences.
Since the early 1900s, many changes have taken place in living conditions, equipment, and values and standards. During this time, the development of management also changed. The way in which today’s egalitarian family acquires and uses resources is radically different than in previous decades.
Environmental Influences
The resources that are available for use also influence family management. Some families may have a limited amount of resources available because of their geographic location or economic status. The needs of a family may not be met because necessary resources are not available. In other cases, if a resource is limited, the family may have to pay more to get that resource than if it were plentiful. The availability and accessibility of resources greatly influence how they are used. These factors also influence how resources are managed. More discussion about how resources influence family management can be found in Unit III.
REALITY CHECK
When Uncle Sam Calls
What impact does military deployment of a parent have on a family? The United States has fought many wars in the past, but the most recent efforts in Iraq and Afghanistan have disrupted families in ways that were not typical in past deployments. The majority of soldiers did not come through a draft of young men. In the Vietnam and Korean Wars, the average soldier spent less than a year overseas and was a young recruit or draftee. In Iraq, much of the burden has fallen on older reservists, National Guardsmen—family men and women (Skipp, Ephron, & Hastings, 2006). As the recent war winds down and deployed family members return home, the Arrendos’ experience will be common across the nation.
Photo 1.2 Family members serving in the military leave more than emotional voids behind them.

Source: ©iStockphoto.com/JaniceRichard.
The Arrendos (name changed for privacy) agreed to share their experience with our readers. Kathy and Mike were young professionals with two small children, ages 2 and 3, when Mike was called to duty. Kathy shares how her needs and resources changed during the course of her husband’s absence. Payne’s (1998) five resource categorizations are used as a framework for understanding.
Financial Resources
My husband’s income increased through deployment. He made more money as a major than he was making as a civilian. Our expenses changed, also, with his absence. He was not spending money and was no longer part of the budget for food, clothing, gasoline, and entertainment. I continued to work, and with both of our incomes and this decreased spending, we were able to accumulate a large savings account.
This situation is much different than in previous wars, when young men entered the service at much lower pay rates and, if married, their wives were usually not professional, career women, so money was often tight for those military families. Kathy shared her discomfort initially in this situation.
I met many military wives in a support group. They were in similar economic situations and their spending was unbelievable. I think I tried hard not to increase spending with our savings goal in mind. Some spending, I believe, is tied to emotions. When I was feeling angry about our situation, I spent money. As the savings account grew, I relaxed a little and spent a little more on myself—haircuts, dining out, clothing, and makeup. Other wives were remodeling their entire homes, buying new homes, and getting new vehicles. When my husband returned, we went on a bit of a spending spree, and we don’t feel the same financial pressures we did before we accumulated the savings account.
Not all military families experience such increased financial resources. However, without the draft, enlistment demands have changed the level of incentives currently offered.
Emotional Resources
Initially, I couldn’t focus or concentrate. How am I going to be a single parent? We always did everything together! When he left, it was almost easier because the anticipation of his departure was so emotionally draining. I went into automatic, doing what had to be done. I realize now that I did take some of my frustration out on my daughter. My mother recognized this early on and set me straight. I had relaxed control over both children, and I needed to reclaim it. Eventually, the kids and I were functioning normally, again.
At the 6-month point, I quit feeling sorry for us and changed my thinking. The hardest thing emotionally is the loss of companionship. I was very lonely and found myself grasping every opportunity to converse with another adult. I found myself drinking alcohol more frequently, not more, just one or two drinks each night.
His return was much more emotionally taxing than I anticipated. It took at least 3 months for the kids and me to get used to another adult making and enforcing some of the rules. I didn’t deal well with his disciplining of the children, and he seemed to be talking down to the children. It had been 18 months, and the three of us seemed to have grown and matured, but he returned at the same level he was at when he left. He resumed managing all bills and the checking account. It drove me nuts for a while! It seemed like when he had called me from over there almost every day, we really talked! He listened. At home he was returning to his old routine of avoiding conflict and controlling things. I was unwilling to go back to that relationship. We have had to work through a lot, and that probably should include counseling.
When asked to discuss how her relationships with family and friends changed during Mike’s deployment, Kathy noted several things that surprised her.
My father, who hates emotions, came with me to the “send off” and came to visit us every 3 months from his home in another state. Usually, on past visits, he wanted to be taken care of and entertained, but not during this time. He mowed, fixed things, winterized our home, and did everything that needed to be done. My mom watched the kids when I needed to be away for days at a time for work. I didn’t hear from my mother-in-law at all, but I didn’t before the deployment, either. No one from his family really stepped up to help. His little brother called more than usual, but never spent time with us. My siblings were supportive, my sister most. My brother did take my children to his home for 2 weeks over Christmas and made it an incredible holiday for all of us.
Friends … well, I really learned who my friends were. Most of those we believed to be friends before Mike left disappeared. Some we had never really done a lot with suddenly appeared and gave me tremendous support. When Mike returned, his old buddies started calling. I insisted that we had new friends, and he was understanding enough to change friendships, himself.
Mental Resources
At first it was difficult to go from two adults making decisions to one adult in a high-stress, emotional state solving problems. However, as time went on, I was more and more confident in solving problems myself, and I think that I actually grew and became more independent and better at decision making.
I became a very good time manager. I was forced to be more efficient. I think the hardest thing was being a working parent and wanting to spend as much time with the children as possible, but cleaning, mowing, laundry, cooking still had to be done. I simply decided to choose my battles. We ate out a lot, and we found more time to play together on the weekends.
Spiritual Resources
I am not a real spiritual person. I think through deployment you have to maintain a high level of trust and believe that our troops are well trained and that your spouse will make good decisions. I wasn’t able to even think about what if … I maintained a level of confidence that things would be OK and I had a greater appreciation for God. During this time, my 18-month-old neighbor was diagnosed with cancer. I couldn’t play the “poor me” card after that. I developed an ability to focus on the positives in life.
Although my husband is the religious member of my family, I continued to take my children to church each week. At first, it was nothing more than a hassle with a 2-year-old and a 3-year-old to watch and control. I got nothing out of the sermon. Over time, they became more manageable, and, although I did not receive support from the church, it was a nice quiet time to reflect.
Physical Resources
At first I was exhausted, but after about 6 months, my stamina improved. I did hit a wall at 12 months. I had had enough. I was frustrated and angry, and I wanted it to be over! We all stayed in very good health through this time. When the kids did get sick, I brought them to work or they went to a neighbor’s house. I felt neglectful, but I didn’t have a choice. Once I got sick, myself, and had to ask for help, but I actually was the most physically fit I have ever been during this time. Cooking for me and two little ones was easy. The kids and I walked every day.
Kathy and Mike did what had to be done and coped in the best ways available to them. Their resources expanded with increasing needs. Sources of support shifted and changed completely in some ways. They will never be able to return to the same relationships and decision-making style present before deployment. Time, circumstances, and priorities have changed their family unit markedly. The year following a service member’s return to civilian life will often determine the family’s ultimate adjustment.
The toll on families caught up in the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan will be analyzed for years to come. Divorces in the military increased by 100% in 2004 (Skipp, Ephron, & Hastings, 2006). The army has spent millions of dollars on programming designed to positively enhance marital relationships of deployed men and women. All branches of the military have engaged in conscious efforts to strengthen support systems on both sides of the globe. Kathy appreciated this.
The army family support group meetings were helpful, and I really respected the army chaplains and their wisdom. It was a good place to air frustrations and anger, but it was only once a month.
Cultural Influences
Any study of individuals and families in the context of a global community could not ignore the enormous impact that culture and diversity have on the identification, use, and production of both material and human resources.
One cultural influence is family experience. When individuals marry, they bring with them a wide array of experiences from their own family of origin, including their unique cultural heritage, which ultimately influences their expectations for the new family. How their family managed resources will follow them into their newly formed relationship, and the two individuals will explore these experiences as they formulate their own unique way of managing resources.
Yuki and Eric have been married for 4 years. They are planning to begin a family soon. Eric announces that they must find a larger, two-bedroom apartment before a baby arrives. Yuki doesn’t understand this need. In her home country, Japan, it is not uncommon for infants to share their parents’ bed for the first few years.
Another important cultural influence on family resource management is worldview. Kluckhohn and Strodtbeck (1961) developed a framework for comparing and contrasting the different value systems between and among different cultural groups. The assumptions underlying their work include the following:
• There is a limited number of common human problems for which all people at all times must find some solution. Most families, at one time or another, must match needs and resources to feed, clothe, educate, and protect members.
• Although there is variability in solutions of all the problems, it is neither limitless nor random, but is definitely variable within a range of possible solutions. Each family and each situation is unique; however, experiences have common factors between and among families.
• All alternatives of all solutions are present in all societies at all times, but are differentially preferred. Choices made by any family at any given time may differ from those of others because of cultural expectations and beliefs. (p. 10)
As a result of these different value frameworks, they identified five distinctive orientations that exist within any particular cultural group, yet differ between groups. These orientations are human nature, man and nature, time, activity, and relational.
The orientation of human nature may be viewed by a cultural group as evil, a mixture of good and evil, or basically good. Often, cultural practices are based on these beliefs. Consider the judicial system. The practice of imprisoning criminals for certain periods of time with rehabilitative treatment suggests a culture that believes that humans are basically good but can be misled. Religions that believe in original sin purport human nature as basically evil, with possible salvation through ritual.
The relationship between humans and nature is an orientation that can be categorized in three perspectives. Humans can be subjugated to, in harmony with, or have mastery over nature. Refusal of medical treatment is illustrative of a subjugation orientation. Air-conditioning and heating systems are used by many to gain mastery or control over the weather elements. Today, emerging concerns over environmental quality and sustainability of natural resources have forced a reconsideration of harmony between man and nature.
Every cultural group must deal with all three time orientations—past, present, and future—to maintain existence over time. The preference or dependence on a particular time orientation separates cultural groups. To participate in a financial savings plan implies that an individual is preparing for the future. Investing four or more years to obtain a college degree is another example of future-time orientation. Cultural groups that devote a great deal of time to the study of and the continued practicing of past rituals, art forms, and doctrine are reflective of past-time orientation.
Photo 1.3 Family traditions draw heavily from the concepts of Worldview.

Source: ©iStockphoto.com/JaniceRichard.
The value placed on human activity is an orientation that also differs between cultural groups. Some focus on being or living only for the day. Others focus on becoming, searching and working for self-growth and improvement. A third orientation places more emphasis on accomplishments that are measurable by external standards. All three orientations may exist within any large group of people; however, the group as a whole shows a preference for one. Members who show evidence of that preferred activity are then deemed to be successful.
The last orientation identified to differentiate between cultures is that of human relations. Three different patterns emerge: lineal, collaborative, and individualistic. The lineal pattern is characterized by dominant group goals, a chain of command, and a commitment to maintaining the group over time. A collaborative pattern is reflected in the concept of a team. Someone operating from the individualistic pattern will place primary emphasis on personal goals and objectives and on personal autonomy.
How does this worldview framework impact family decision making? Each and every decision made by a family reflects cultural preferences at multiple levels. For instance, when a parent decides to participate in a college savings plan for his or her child, this decision reflects core beliefs that education is important, that sacrificing today for something that might come to be in the future is a worthy action, and that a college degree is an accomplishment viewed positively by the larger social group.
A human service professional operating from his or her own worldview will find that his or her ability to serve individuals and families functioning within another orientation is problematic. When an individual is devoted to collaborative relationships (i.e., family, gang, religion), he or she will not consider solutions that involve competitive actions or individualistic accomplishments. If a parent believes that children are inherently good or bad, behavior modification plans will be viewed as illogical. A family struggling for many generations with intense poverty may see no value in saving or planning for the future when surviving each day requires so much of its resource base.
As Payne (1998) states,
[T]he role of the educator or social worker or employer is not to save the individual, but rather to offer a support system, role models, and opportunities to learn, which will increase the likelihood of the person’s success. Ultimately, the choice always belongs to the individual. (p. 149)
Awareness and understanding of cultural differences or different worldviews provide the human service professional with increased options and heightened objectivity.
Table 1.1 Selection of Family Housing: Same Ages, Income, Location, and Educational Levels

WORLDVIEW
Using the structured form below, analyze the following family decisions in terms of differing worldview perspectives:
• A dual-career couple decides that the wife will leave the workforce until the youngest child enters middle school.
• Your neighbor refuses to use weed killer on his or her lawn because it is harmful to the environment.
• A 16-year-old high school student drops out of school to take a full-time job to help support his or her family during an economic crisis.
• A high school graduate decides to attend a 4-year college instead of entering the workforce immediately.
Table 1.2 Worldview Applications

MULTIDISCIPLINARY PERSPECTIVES
The study of families and behaviors of individuals and family units depends on research methods and disciplines that provide a variety of perspectives. The field of family studies integrates existing theory, new research findings, and cross-disciplinary works into a framework for understanding the complexities of family study. Using that framework, professionals are able to engage in further research or practical application of knowledge in the field. Although the following discussion illustrates a few specific disciplines that contribute to this knowledge base, several others are possible contributors over time.
Psychology
In ancient Greek, the word psyche meant soul or mind, and logos was the study of something. Psychology, as a field, has evolved into an academic and applied field focusing on the study of the mind and behavior. In the applied sense, psychology also refers to the use of the knowledge accumulated through that study to mental illness and behavioral analysis. Psychologists study mental processes and behavior of individuals, alone or in a group, not on the group itself. Wilhelm Wundt opened the first psychological laboratory in 1879.
Sociology
Sociology is the study of society, with a focus on the study of the social interactions of people, groups, and entire societies. This academic discipline emerged in the early 1800s and evolved through that century as struggles for global leadership emerged. Scientific methods were used to understand how and why groups come together and continue across time. From this inquiry, theories about social rules and governing structures give insight on why individuals are motivated to be a part of groups. In an applied form, sociological research benefits educators, lawmakers, administrators, families, and others who seek resolution of social problems and creation of public policy.
Social Psychology
The ancient philosopher Plato believed that humans organize themselves into groups and form governments to solidify their groups because they cannot achieve all of their individual goals alone (Goethals, 2003). Through the ages, students have pondered the question, how much of our behavior is determined by external constraints vs. internal drives? Triplett (1898) put social psychology into the realm of academic discipline by conducting studies that focused on the impact of other people on the individual. Allport’s (1935) textbook, Social Psychology, grounded the study of social psychology in scientific methods. Many studies have focused on the development of norms within groups and the transmission of those norms across groups—interpersonal influence.
Social psychology is a field devoted to understanding how individuals impact the groups they associate with and how groups impact their individual members. Research within this discipline includes studies of marriage, religion, and parenting, as well as adolescent behavior.
Cultural Anthropology
Anthropology is the study of humanity. The cultural branch of anthropology seeks to make sense of difference or variation among humans. Because culture is acquired through learning, people living in different, separate places or under differing circumstances will develop different ways of thinking about similar things. This belief is exemplified by the earlier discussion of worldview.
Although understanding the differences among cultures is important to understanding how families manage their resources, it is also important to this discipline to seek universalities among humans across cultural and geographic boundaries. Are beliefs and behaviors completely learned, or is there a biological, hereditary basis to them? Anthropologists have surmised that people adapt to their environments in nongenetic ways—through culture. Current concern for the global environment and international relationships has redirected study in this field to the tensions among cultures.
Economics
The study of economics is not only about business, but also about human behavior within existing structures of production, distribution, trade, and consumption of goods and services. As a science, it functions to predict and explain the consequences of choices made by consumers and producers. Economics is a quantified field of research depending on numerical methods of analysis.
Microeconomics studies individual agents, like households and businesses. Macroeconomics focuses on the economy as an entirety. Key concepts include supply, demand, competition, and pricing. The research and models derived from the study of economics help explain how families identify and evaluate resources in their decision-making processes.
Behavioral economics is an emerging field of study that focuses on application of scientific principles to human and social dimensions of decision making. Research questions seek to answer how consumer decisions impact pricing and the allocation of resources in a society.
Biology
The field of biology is the study or science of living things. Family resource management derives important information on reproduction, physical health, and safety from biological findings, and implements biological research methods and theories to answer questions about how the environment and humans interact. Genetics is an associated field that provides families with guidance when making important reproductive and health decisions. Medicine is also a related field that plays an important part in family decisions and resource allocation.
Professionals in family studies use multidisciplinary research methods and integrate research generated by all of these fields, which allows a multifaceted exploration of topics. For instance, if we want to understand maternal employment and its impact on the family, we can approach the question from multiple frameworks. Psychologists might focus on the emotional and cognitive impacts on family members—parents and children. Sociologists may consider the motivations that lead to the mother’s participation in the workforce and how social expectations influence that behavior.
Social psychologists may view the topic in terms of how employment impacts the female’s self-esteem or power base, or how females impact the working environment they occupy. Cultural anthropology might be more interested in how maternal employment participation varies between and among different cultures and across time. Economics would be interested in how maternal employment impacts resources available to families and how that, in turn, impacts their consumption. Another topic of interest to economists is the potential for increased production through more fully participating adult female labor pools. Biology might study the issue from a physical perspective. The spread of contagious diseases through on-the-job contact or within childcare centers might be of interest.
In combination, these disciplines provide us with a holistic view of family resource management. All are important to the study and understanding of family behavior.
SUMMARY
The family unit has been and continues to be the basic unit of society. As such an integral part of the larger social system, the family is impacted by all social, economic, political, and environmental changes. Thus, the family is dynamic in nature, responding and adapting to change. To allow such flexibility, families must engage in the management process, using basic decision-making tools and accessing necessary resources to maintain over time.
QUESTIONS FOR REVIEW AND DISCUSSION
1. Why and when is it necessary to create limiting definitions of the family?
2. Other than money, how many resources can you list that would be important in the management of families?
3. How have culture and worldview influenced your decision to study family resource management?
4. Individuals and families use the basic decision-making steps for even small situations. Trace your most recent eating experience through the process.
5. Using the worldview framework in this chapter, determine your personal combination of the five dimensions.
6. Marriage and divorce are two important topics in this field. How might researchers in economics and social psychology differ in the way they approach these topics? Psychology and sociology?
7. Book : Tami James Moore & Sylvia M. Asay “Family Resource Management”

Developmentally Appropriate Activity Planning
The focus of the Final Project is to choose nine developmentally appropriate activities for young children. Your capability to effectively plan these activities demonstrates your mastery of the course learning outcomes and your ability to use your knowledge to plan effective activities for young children. Early childhood educators play an important role in the future success of children, and your ability to create effective curriculum experiences is a fundamental part of that.
To prepare for this assignment,
• Please refer to the Week 5 Guidance for further tips and examples that will support your success with this discussion.
• Review and download the ECE 203 Activity Template.
o There are nine required sections total: Science/Sensory, Language and Literacy, Creativity, Fine motor (please choose an indoor activity), Gross motor (please choose an outdoor activity), Self-Concept, Emotional Skills/ Regulation, Social Skills, and Math.
o Read the required resources for this week and consider reviewing the recommended resources as well.
Remember that any applicable resource used throughout this course can support the requirement for four scholarly resources for this assignment.
• If you did not begin the development of your ePortfolio in ECE 101, read Portfolium Student Guide to help you set up your ePortfolio.
o Choose an area of focus:
 Center-Based Preschool (3, 4, or 5 years old)
 Center-Based Infant/Toddler (young infants, mobile infants, or toddlers)
 Early Childhood (4–8 years old)
• In your assignment, create a nine-page Word document that addresses the following:
For the Center-Based Preschool Option
• Complete each section of the ECE 203 Activity Template.
o To complete the sections for a Center-Based Preschool:
 Indicate the age group (3s, 4s or 5s).
 List the intended goals.
 List all of the materials that will be needed for each activity.
 Explain in detail the process/teaching strategies that will be used for each activity.
 Specify how each activity is developmentally appropriate for that age group.
For the Center-Based Infant/Toddler Option
• Complete each section of the Activity Template.
o To complete the sections for a Center-Based Infant/Toddler:
 Indicate the age group (3s, 4s or 5s). Of the nine activities, three should be appropriate for young infants, three for mobile infants and three for toddlers.
 List the intended goals.
 List all of the materials that will be needed for each activity.
 Explain in detail the process/teaching strategies that will be used for each activity.
 Specify how each activity is developmentally appropriate for that age group.
For the Early Childhood (4–8 Years Old) Option
• Complete each section of the Activity Template
o To complete the sections for Early Childhood:
 Indicate the age group (4, 5, 6, 7, 8).
 List the intended goals.
 List all of the materials that will be needed for each activity.
 Explain in detail the process/teaching strategies that will be used for each activity.
 Specify how each activity is developmentally appropriate for that age group.
For this assignment, you must submit
• A link to your electronic portfolio in Portfolium. To do this you will copy and paste the Web address into the comments feature in Waypoint.
• A Word document including your completed assignment, as well as the link to your ePortfolio.
• Click on the Assignment Submission button. The Waypoint “Student Dashboard” will appear.
• Browse for your assignment.
• Click Upload.
• Confirm that your assignment was successfully submitted by viewing the appropriate week’s assignment tab in Waypoint, or clicking on Check Assignment Status within the Meet Your Instructor unit in the left navigation panel.
The Developmentally Appropriate Activity Planning project:
• Must be nine double-spaced pages in length (not including title and reference pages) and formatted according to APA style as outlined in Ashford Writing Center (Links to an external site.)’s APA Style (Links to an external site.)
• Must include a separate title page with the following:
o Title of paper
o Student’s name
o Course name and number
o Instructor’s name
o Date submitted
• Must use at least three scholarly sources in addition to the course text.
o To assist you in completing the library research required for this assignment, view this Help! Need Article (Links to an external site.) tutorial, which can help you find a good starting place for your research.
o The Scholarly, Peer Reviewed, and Other Credible Sources (Links to an external site.) table offers additional guidance on appropriate source types. If you have questions about whether a specific source is appropriate for this assignment, contact your instructor. Your instructor has the final say about the appropriateness of a specific source for a particular assignment.
• Must document any information used from sources in APA style as outlined in the Ashford Writing Center’s Citing Within Your Paper (Links to an external site.)
• Must include a separate references page that is formatted according to APA style as outlined in the Ashford Writing Center. See the Formatting Your References List (Links to an external site.) resource in the Ashford Writing Center for specifications.

CHILD OBSERVATION ASSIGNMENT REPORT
Summer 2019

CHILD OBSERVTION REPORT DESCRIPTION:
will write two separate child Observation Reports to fulfill these assignments involving observing a child of different ages (an infant OR toddler age and an early childhood OR a school-age child) and will then use the child observation notes as a basis for writing a report about the child’s development in the domains. Each report is worth 65 points. It is a course requirement that students complete both observation reports. If a student does not pass in the Observation Reports the notes will not be graded for credit. If a student does not pass in both observations any extra credit points will not be graded as part of the final grade. Students should use the Child Observation Grading Report Form for the report. Do not make your own form or copy/change the form in any way. Do not pass in a grading form that you have made a PDF document.
FINAL CHILD OBSERVATION REPORT DUE DATES:
Observation One-Choose either the Infant OR Toddler age for the observation report (4 months- 2.4 years). The Observation Notes Form is Due 7/26 and the Child Observation Report Grading Form is Due 7/29 by 11:30 PM. Submit the child observation notes form and the child observation report grading form titled with your name and the name of the observation on Moodle using the assignment link. The observation notes should be written as a separate document using the Observation Notes Form in the Observation folder. After submitting the Observation Notes Form, the notes should then be copied to the end of the Child Observation Report Grading Form that will be submitted later.
Observation Two– Choose either the Early Childhood observation paper-(3 to 5 years) OR School-age observation paper (6-11 years). The Due Date for the Child Observation Report Notes is 8/17 by 11:30 PM. The Child Observation Two Grading Form with the notes copied to the end due date is 8/20 by 11:30 PM. Note: If you choose a child who is 2 years four months for Observation One do not do Observation Two on a 3 year old.
**Note: All students should do Observation One on a child who is between 4 months and 2 years four months. For Observation Two students who are early childhood education majors should complete the early childhood observation (3-5 years). If you are an education major, you should complete the middle childhood age report (6-11 years) unless you cannot find a child of that age group and then you may do the report on the early childhood age. You may choose the early childhood or middle childhood age child if you are human services or another major.
If a student does not have a child for the report, students may visit a referred child care site for an observation of a toddler and/or preschool age child. Students will need to sign up ahead of time with the course Professor and receive a letter of introduction to set up a visit to the referred child care center. Students will need to contact the center director to set up the observation time after the director is notified by the course Professor. A letter of introduction will need to be brought to the site with the student BHCC ID or driver’s license if not a regular BHCC student. Students should not contact the director of the center unless they have given their name and received a letter of introduction from the course professor. The address for the program will also be posted.
CHILD OBSERVATION AND REPORT DESCRIPTION:
Audience for this Assignment:
You are to take the role of an observer spending a minimum at least 60 minutes observing each child and recording your observation notes for your report. You may also spend more time with the child and write the observation notes for sections of time. Each set of instructions below details the ages of children to be observed and other particulars to consider when looking for developmental trends as you observe children of different ages. Possible observation ideas are presented at the end of this assignment as an appendix for your use to assure strong, observational experiences. Set up these observations to get the most out your time to see as much about the child’s development as possible. Review the developmental child development information in your textbook, developmental checklists posted on Moodle or from other reliable resources for further ideas of what to look for before you observe the child.
Sites for observations: You may use the following sites for observing your children for this assignment—child’s home, your home, child’s center or school, or other site i.e. playground. Students should not observe children in a public setting that they do not know
Competencies from the course involved in this assignment:
While this assignment involves most of the competencies listed on the syllabus, the primary objective for this assignment will allow you to meet the following competencies fully as you complete the course.
Promoting Child development and learning:
1. Knowing and understanding children’s characteristics and needs. (Level I, II, & III)
2. Knowing and understanding the multiple influences on development and learning. (Level I, II, III)
3. Using developmental knowledge to create healthy, respectful, supportive, and challenging learning environments. (Level I, II, III)
Family and community relationships:
4. Knowing about and understanding diverse family and community characteristics. (Level I, II, III)
Assessment and evaluation of young children:
5. Understanding the goals, benefits, and uses of assessment.
6. Knowing about and using observation, documentation, and other appropriate assessment tools and approaches. (Level I, II, III)
Using Developmentally Effective Approaches to Connect
with Children and Families:
7. Understanding positive relationships and supportive interactions as a foundation of work with children. (Level I, II, III)
8. Using a broad repertoire of developmentally appropriate teaching/learning practices. (Level I, II, III)
9. Reflecting on their own practice to promote positive outcomes for each child. (Level I, II, III)
Using Content Knowledge to Build Meaningful Curriculum
10. Knowing and using central concepts, inquiry tools and structures of content area and/or academic disciplines.
11. Using their own knowledge, appropriate early learning standards and other resources to design, implement, and evaluate meaningful, challenging curricula for each child. (Level I, II, III)
Professionalism:
12. Engaging in continuous, collaborative learning to inform practice. (Level I, II, III)

Process and Format for Completing Each of the Reports
The process for observing involves the following:
• Make an appointment to observe your child, even if you are going somewhere that is familiar. Everyone involved should be informed as to your purpose in the observation. It may be required that you obtain written permission from a parent to observe the child. Check this ahead of time with the program, director, and/or the parent. Some programs have a blanket approval for all observations. You will be changing the child’s name and the names any other children in the observation or you may use initials.
• Plan your observation well ahead of the due date. All sorts of problems can occur with observations (you don’t get the information you need; the child is sick; the setting is chaotic the day you arrive, etc.) so you will need extra time to complete the assignment.
• Before you go to observe the child, be clear about the child you are going to observe and the setting in which you will observe. Who is the child, where will you be observing, what expectations does the setting have for your interaction with the child? You do not need to interact with the child to do the observation.
• Be careful if you know the child. This relationship often interferes with objectivity. If you are observing a child you are acquainted with, or know well, plan to be objective and to stay less emotionally attached than you might normally behave. You should only write about the behaviors you observed in the observation and not about other times you spent with the child.
• Have your note paper set up ahead of time and plan your observation activities so you know what you will do when you arrive to observe. Plan for all the supplies you need (i.e., paper, pencil(s), props to help child with play, if needed, etc.). If you are observing a child you do not know in a child care setting, you can observe the child without interacting with them. You should follow the direction of the staff at the child care center about how you should interact with the child during the observation time.
• You will need to write the observation anecdotal notes using objective statements using the child observation notes form before the report is written. The observation notes are used to identify the behaviors and the domains of development discussed in the observation report. Students should not write about any behaviors that were not observed during the observation time. Do not include any subjective statements i.e. child was angry, happy, sad and do not include your interpretations of the child’s behavior and development. The notes will also be submitted for credit as part of the observation report assignment. The notes should be written into complete sentences from the notes taken during the observation time. Use details and be descriptive in your writing so the child’s actions, behaviors, and activities are clear to the reader. You do not need to pass in the field notes. Students should complete the observation notes form that includes the information about the child and the setting etc. A copy should be downloaded from the Observation Folder on Moodle.
Format for the Observation Report:
The format for each report is discussed in detail below and you should follow this process for writing the report using the child observation grading form.
• Use the Child Observation Notes form to submit your observation notes written in complete sentences. The form is found in the Observation Folder.
• Use the Child Observation Report Grading Form to record your child observation report that can be downloaded from the Observation Folder.
• The Child Observation Report Grading Form has seven sections. The sections are clearly explained below. Using the observation report answer form found in the week folder, follow the topic section headings in the report to ensure that you write all of the report. The answer form also has an overview file that includes the directions for writing the report. Student should follow the directions on the overview form when writing the report.
• Students will be choosing three behaviors that each span two domains (biosocial, cognitive, language, social, emotional, cognitive, creative and self-help). The self-help domain information is located in the developmental checklist labeled Developmental Birth to Five Adapted and revised by the Mid-State Early Childhood Direction Center, 2012. These three behaviors will be the basis for your report and will be discussed using the same format. Do not use a behavior that is an example of one domain. The format will be discussed below.
• The three behaviors will be labeled as Behavior One, Behavior Two and Behavior Three. The domains you can discuss are biosocial, cognitive, language, emotional, social, creative and self-help.
Child Observation Report Grading Form
Title: Your Name and Observation One Infant OR Toddler or Observation Two Early Childhood OR Middle Childhood
Students should download the Child Observation Report Grading Form from Moodle
Part One: Introduction
Introduction
Write an introductory paragraph that will state the purpose of your child observation report. You are observing a child to describe and explain domains of development and how these domains intersect with one another as the child grows. Give information about the child i.e. age, setting that was listed on the Observation Report Form. You can include other information if important to the observation report i.e. the child is bilingual. Do not describe any behaviors that were not observed in the observation time i.e. you know the child from birth and you discuss the child’s development from the past.
Part Two: Behavior One
Behavior One and Two Domains
Choose one of the behaviors that span two domains taken directly from the observation notes. The behavior notes will be labeled as Behavior One. Use the exact notes from the observation written in objective statements and do not interpret or discuss the behavior in this paragraph. Identify two domains that the behavior is an example of. List the two domains that you will be discussing under the Domain One and Domain Two paragraphs.
Behavior One Domain One Quote for Typical Development
In this paragraph you will state the domain that you will be discussing for Behavior One Domain One. Then describe at least one quote that is a statement about what the typical development is in that domain for the child’s age and/or developmental level from the text, another reliable source (handout or website) or a developmental checklist. The course text must be used for some of the quotes and use (Santrock, pg. 100) to document where you got the quote in the text. You should also state the title of the handout or the title of the developmental checklist with the age. A quote that is a definition of the domain being discussed is not accepted as a quote for credit. If you do not use a quote about typical development, your discussion for the child’s development will be your opinion only and you will not get credit for the behavior domain discussion. It can be compared to writing a research paper without using any citations. More than one quote may be used. Students may get a total of three extra credit points for the entire report.
Behavior One Domain One Analysis to the Quote for Typical Development
In this paragraph the student will discuss how the behavior in the first domain described relates to developmental norms for the age of the child being observed or the quote about typical development from the text, handout or developmental checklist. Discuss how the observed behaviors are like or unlike the description about typical development that you quoted in the paragraph from the text or other reliable source. This paragraph should have at least four sentences.
Behavior One Domain Two Quote for Typical Development
In this paragraph the student will be use the same format as above to discuss Behavior One Domain Two that was identified in the Behavior One paragraph. In this paragraph state the second domain you will be discussing for Behavior One and then list the quote and resource about typical development that you found in the text, handout, or developmental checklist.
Behavior One Domain Two Analysis to a Quote for Typical Development
In this paragraph describe how the child’s behavior compares to the quote about typical development or is not typical compared to the quote about development. This paragraph should have at least four sentences.
Part Three: Behavior Two
Behavior Two and Two Domains
Choose the second example of behavior labeled that spans two developmental domains from your observation notes and insert the behavior observation notes taken directly from the notes into the paragraph. State the two domains you will be discussing for Behavior Two
Behavior Two Domain One Quote for Typical Development
In this paragraph for Behavior Two Domain Two include a quote about typical development with a resource for where you got the quote.
Behavior Two Domain One Analysis to a Quote for Typical Development
In this paragraph you will then compare the child’s development to the quote about typical development or how the behavior is different from the quotes. This paragraph should be at least four sentences.
Behavior Two Domain Two Quote for Typical Development
In this paragraph describe Behavior Two Domain Two that includes a quote about typical development with a resource for where you got the quote. You are using the same behavior for Behavior One from above but are using a different domain.
Behavior Two Domain Two Analysis to a Quote for Typical Development
In this paragraph compare the child’s development to the quote about typical development or how the behavior is different from the quote. This discussion should be at least four sentences.
Part Four: Behavior Three
Behavior Three and Two Domains
Then continue to the third example of behavior that spans two developmental domains taken directly from the observation notes. Describe the two domains that you will be discussing in the Behavior Three paragraphs.
Behavior Three Domain One Quote for Typical Development
In this paragraph insert a quote about typical development for Behavior Three Domain One and resource from the text, developmental checklist or handout.

Behavior Three Domain One Analysis to a Quote for Typical Development
In this paragraph include an analysis of how your child’s behavior compares to the statement about typical development or how the behavior is different than the behavior described in the quote. This paragraph should be at least four sentences.

Behavior Three Domain Two Quote for Typical Development
In this paragraph you will be using the same behavior for Behavior Two but will be discussing a second domain. List the Behavior Three Domain Two you will now be discussing. In this paragraph insert a quote about typical development for Behavior Three Domain Two with a resource from the text, developmental checklist or handout.
Behavior Three Domain Two Analysis to a Quote for Typical Development
In this paragraph include an analysis of how your child’s behavior compares to the statement about typical development or how the behavior is different than the behavior described in the quote. This paragraph should include four sentences.
Part Five: Summary of the Child’s Growth and Development
Complete your child observation report with a summary statement that restates your purpose drawing from your thesis in the introductory paragraph. “How is the whole child’s development progressing?” Consider what the observation tells you about the child’s development, what skills would be expected to emerge next, and how teachers and parents can help -the child to grow and develop these skills. Give examples from your report about the child’s development in the domains. Summarize and discuss the child’s growth development from the child observation report in all of the domains you observed. Give examples of what you learned about the child’s growth and development in the domains that were the most important to you as the observer. This paragraph should have at least 8 sentences.
Part Six: Resources
Students should list all of the resources used for the quotes about typical development. Include the following information for the resource list- the title of a text, author and edition, publisher and date of publication, title of handout and author, title of developmental checklist with source/author and title of website, website address and page resource used from the website with author if an article. You must use your text for some of the quotes.
Part Seven: Observation Notes Form
The Observation Notes Form found in the Observation Folder includes the information about the child who is being observed should be inserted at the end of the Child Observation Report Grading Form. The notes should be written in complete sentences using a story format. The statements about the child should be written using objective (fact) not subjective (opinion) language. The observation notes should be submitted separately as well before the child observation report grading form so the Professor knows the students has completed the observation and has written the notes.
Observation Notes for Observation Assignment
When observing each child for your Observation Assignment, you should record the behavior of the child using objective statements. An objective statement includes what you see the child doing or saying and not any of your interpretations or thoughts about the child’s behavior. You should include the physical, emotional, social and cognitive development including language. This form should be completed for each observation. It will be posted on Moodle in case you need to download it.
Recorder’s Name: Child’s Name or Initial: Age of Child in Years/Months: Date of Observation: Beginning and Ending Time of Observation Setting: People Included in the Observation: Observation Notes- Include in the notes exactly what you see the child doing including language or sounds if an infant. Use sentences and not phrases. Do not include any of your interpretations about the child’s behavior that will be written as part of the Observation Report.
OBSERVATION
Examples for how to use the Headings for the Child Observation Reports for different ages are described under the specific ages below.
SPECIFIC INSTRUCTIONS FOR WRITING ABOUT DIFFERENT AGE GROUPS
Child Observation Report #1 Infant OR Toddler Observation Assignment:
Spend at least 60 minutes observing a child who is an infant or toddler (from 4 months to 2 years four months). Keep a running record of what you are observing the child do in his environment. Include any sounds or words the child makes. Describe the behavior in objective terms described as facts writing exactly what you see the child doing and saying. Do not label the child’s behavior in subjective terms described as opinion. He is happy, selfish etc. Using these notes transcribe the phases from the notes taken during the observation time into complete sentences and insert the notes into the observation notes form.
The behaviors you observe should show an intertwining of at least two development domains seen in growth and development, not just one simple behavior. For example, don’t just look at a child beginning to talk (a language/cognitive skill) with a simple babble, but describe the social domain that accompanies this as the infant tries to interact with others (a social/emotional skill), using his new language babbling skills.
Some areas that might be interesting to look for when you observe (look at the infant toddler chapters in the text to consider what you might see before you go to observe):
• Physical: Body changes in height, weight, and motor movement; gross and/or fine motor skills.
• Cognitive: Sensorimotor levels/behaviors; object permanence skills; memory; language development.
• Social-Emotional: Attachment; temperament; self-awareness; interaction with others; emotions
• Self-help skills: See the developmental checklist of behaviors that are listed by age on the developmental checklist. The skills may be used as a domain i.e. self- feeding can be self-help as well as biosocial motor skill.
Remember to connect your observation to explanations of multiple domains of development.
For example:
This Behavior Example with two domains for Sally (age 12 months) includes a paragraph with a quote about typical development and then another paragraph about how the child’s behavior compares to the quote about typical development. Two domains for the same behavior are discussed in separate paragraph. Your observation notes will be longer as you will be observing the child for at least 60 minutes.
Anecdotal Observation Notes
Sally (12 months) was sitting on the floor in the living room. Using her hands, arms and legs, she pulled herself up to stand balancing on the couch by holding on with both her hands. Smiling Sally held on to the couch cushion and lifted each hand and arm and moved each leg in a side step movement along the outside of couch cushions. Sally then moved to the end table putting out her left hand first and then her right hand. Sally stopped and then paused for 15 seconds. She took her hands off the table at the same time and quickly lowered herself to the floor. She said “Oh!” as she sat on the floor.
Behavior One and Two Domains
Behavior One is an example of both biosocial and cognitive development. “Smiling Sally (12
months) held on to the couch cushion and lifted each hand and arm and moved each leg in a side step movement along the outside of couch cushions.”
Behavior One Domain One Quote for Typical Development
In Behavior One Domain One, Sally has developed biosocial gross motor skills that are seen in older infants. Infants who are Sally’s age of 12 months are beginning to start to use their walking motor skills. According to the Developmental Checklist Birth to Five from the Mid-State Early Childhood Direction Center, infants from the age of 8-12 months will “walk and holding on to furniture (10-13 months)”. Infants may also “walk two or three steps without support (11-13 months)”.
Behavior One Domain One Analysis to a Quote for Typical Development
Using the gross motor skills for the biosocial domain, walking requires balance and integration of muscle control. Since Sally is now 12 months, she is demonstrating that she has achieved balance in her biosocial motor skills by her ability to walk holding onto the couch and table. Walking by holding onto an object is also an example of integration of motor skills that shows Sally is typically developing in her biosocial skills. Her ability to walk using an object like furniture is the beginning stage of walking independently for an infant who is 11-13 months. She has not yet developed independent walking skills that is also typical of a child who is age 12-14 months. Developmentally Sally could be walking independently at 12 months according to the developmental checklist.

Behavior One Domain Two Quote for Typical Development
The domain for Behavior One Domain Two is the cognitive domain. Sally also has demonstrated cognitive development by her ability to understand where and how to hold on to the furniture by using motor/muscle control to accomplish the walking task. According to Piaget’s Sensorimotor Sub Stage Four Secondary Circular Reactions (8-12 months), infants will become more deliberate and purposeful in responding to people and objects (Santrock, pg. 160). In Piaget’s Sensorimotor Sub Stage Four, infants will begin to use new adaptions and anticipation also called a means to an end. (Santrock pg. 160) Infants in this Sensorimotor Sub Stage Four will also work hard to achieve a goal. (Santrock, pg. 160).
Behavior One Domain Two Analysis to a Quote for Typical Development
In Behavior One Domain Two, Sally used the furniture to balance herself and then to walk
sideways holding onto the furniture. The infant’s ability to use her body and objects to accomplish her goal of walking is an example of an infant using an object with a purpose that is
typical as described in Piaget’s Sensorimotor Sub stage Four Secondary Circular Reactions.
Since Sally was able to walk using support, her ability to accomplish this skill is an example of
means to an end. Another characteristic of Piaget Sensorimotor Sub Stage Four
Secondary Circular Reactions is the infant’s ability to achieve a goal. Sally’s success in walking
with support is an example of her purposeful achievement of this skill that will later lead to
independent walking.

Child Observation Report #2-Choose either the Early Childhood Age 3-5 years or Middle Childhood Age 6-11 years
The Early Childhood (Preschool/Kindergarten 3-5 Years) Observation Assignment:
Spend at least 60 minutes observing a child between the ages of 3 and 5 years of age. Keep a running record of what you are observing the child do in his environment. Include any interaction the child has with other children and adults. Record any language for the child and anyone who is interacting with the child. After the observation time use the Observation Notes Form and write the observation notes in complete sentences using objective terms in a story format. Using three behaviors that span two domains from the observation notes, prepare the child’s observation report form using the same form used for Observation One.
The behaviors you write about must show an intertwining of these behaviors not just one behavior. For example, don’t just look at a child beginning to express emotions using words (a social emotional skill) but involve the cognitive reasoning the child uses as he interact with others and negotiate his position.

Some areas that might be interesting to look for when you observe (look at the preschool chapters in the text to consider what you might see before you go to observe):
• Physical: Body changes in height, weight, motor skills; eating, toileting, and sleeping routines; gross and/or fine motor skills
• Cognitive: Language development and usage; preoperational stages; information processing or memory; modeling of skills from others; cooperation and following directions/instructions; creativity in developing ideas beyond what is told to do
• Social-Emotional: Prosocial behaviors; empathy; sharing; aggression; gender identification; expression of emotions (both verbal and physical); play patterns and activities
• Self Help Skills-In the developmental checklists you will find a heading for self-help skills skills that may be used for this age group. An example would be self-dressing that would be both a biosocial motor skill but also a self-help skill,
Remember to connect your observation to explanations of multiple domains of development. For example:
Behavior One Example for Tommy age 4.2 years and his friend Ian age 4.6 years
Observation Notes
Tommy was playing with friends his classmate Ian in the block corner. They were using unit blocks to build a rectangle shaped building with 4 by 6 blocks (12 by 18 inches). Using his right hand, Tommy placed the blocks right beside each other in the rectangle formation. Using his right hand Tommy then placed another block directly on top of the previous block to make the block building higher. After the second level was completed, Tommy and Ian took turns placing the blocks on top of each other to make the building. After placing the block Tommy and Ian said, “It’s your turn now.”
Behavior One and Two Domains
In Behavior One Tommy and Ian took turns placing the blocks on top of each other to make the building. After placing the block Tommy and Ian said, “It’s your turn now.” This behavior is an example of biosocial development and social (play) development.
Behavior One Domain One Quote for Typical Development
From this behavior, I see that Tommy has developed biosocial fine motor skills that are refined and can be used to build elaborate structures using his right hand. In the Skills Builder Fine Motor Development 0-6 Years Handout a child who is 3-4 years will begin to have a strong preference for a lead/dominant hand but switching continues.
Behavior One Domain One Analysis to Quote for Typical Development
In this behavior domain description, Tommy is only using one dominant hand (his right hand) and does not switch to his left hand. Tommy is demonstrating his ability to use a dominant hand that is typically developing but does not use his other hand to switch off. The skill of not switching to his less dominant hand demonstrates his ability to only use his dominant hand. This behavior is not typical according to the listed handout that indicates children will use both hands of their body at this age.
Behavior One Domain Two Quote for Typical Development
The second domain for Behavior One is the social domain. In Mildred Parten’s Social Play Development from 1-6 years, cooperative play is described as children playing together, creating dramas or taking terms. (Kinds of Play class handout).
Behavior One Domain Two Analysis to a Quote for Typical Development
Tommy demonstrated that he was capable of cooperative play as he and his friend Ian took turns placing the blocks building the block structure. Cooperative play is typical for children who are early childhood age demonstrating the ability to work cooperatively by taking turns to complete a common goal that is described by Mildred Parten. Tommy has social skills that allow him to share materials and is able to cooperate in developing an idea from thought to an actual product. When playing in a cooperative way, children need to be able to work together and word towards a common goal. Both Tommy and Ian took turns placing the blocks and were able to design the block building together. This skill is a true characteristic of cooperative play.
Child Observation Report Two: School Age Observation (6-11 years):
Spend 60 minutes observing a child between the ages of 6 and 11 years of age. Do not choose a child that is age 12 as that age begins adolescence. Keep a running record of what you are observing the child do and say in his environment. Also record any interactions that the child has with other children or adults. Include conversation as well. After the observation time use the Observation Notes Form and write the observation notes in complete sentences using objective terms in a story forma. Using three behaviors that span two domains from the observation notes, prepare the child’s observation report form using the same form used for Observation One.
The behaviors you write about must show an intertwining of these behaviors not just one behavior. For example, don’t just look at a child reasoning and arguing with his teacher about not wanting to do something (a cognitive skill) but involve the relational aspects of the two as they negotiate an outcome of the problem (a social emotional skill).
Some areas that might be interesting to look for when you observe (look at the school-age chapters in the text to consider what you might see before you go to observe):
• Physical: Gross or fine motor skills; eating and sleeping routines
• Cognitive: Language development and usage; reading and writing skill development; concrete operational level; information processing or memory; modeling knowledge and skill levels from peers; creativity in work and need for conformity
• Social-Emotional: Moral skills- figuring out right from wrong; peer relationships; emotional changes in expression and feelings; preadolescent behaviors
Remember to connect your observation to explanations of multiple domains of development.
Behavior Observation example for a Middle Childhood age child: Jayne is 6 years old and has just enrolled in a new school in the first grade.
Observation Notes
Jayne is sitting in the back corner desk of the classroom and is not talking to any of the other children sitting around her. They did not talk to her. After a few minutes, she started to cry and the teacher went over and asked her, “Why are you crying Jayne?” Jayne said, “Nobody likes me at this school and I miss my old friends.” The teacher then said, “I know you miss your friends but you have new friends here to meet.” The teacher led Jayne to join a small group of girls reading in the book area. The teacher said to the group, “We have a new member of our class who would like to be your friend and read with you today. Her name is Jayne.” The children said, “Hello, Jayne.” The children made a place for her on the rug and they all started to read the books together.
Behavior One and Two Domains
The Behavior One that span two domains for the Middle Childhood Observation Report is
“After a few minutes, she started to cry and the teacher went over and asked her, “Why are you crying Jayne?” Jayne said, “Nobody likes me at this school and I miss my old friends.” The teacher then said, “I know you miss your friends but you have new friends here to meet.” Behavior One is an example of the social domain as well as cognitive domain.
Behavior One Domain One Quote for Typical Development
In this behavior example for the social domain, children in middle childhood, “peers become
increasingly important and they are aware of their classmate’s opinions, judgements and
accomplishments.” (Berger, pg. 395). In addition, “Most children learn in middle childhood how to be a good friend.” (Berger, pg. 396.)
Behavior One Analysis To a Quote for Typical Development
Children, who are new to a school situation, may feel lonely for familiar peers and frightened about fitting in with peers in the new setting. It is typical development for Jayne to miss her old friends as well as want to seek out new friendships. In middle childhood it is important for children to be accepted by their peers as well as to have friendships.
Behavior One Domain Two Quote for Typical Development
This behavior is also an example of cognitive development. “Children want to be liked and they learn faster as well as feel happier when they have friends.” (Berger, pg. 396). In addition, “Social comparison is a consequence of concrete operational thought.” (Berger, pg. 395) Concrete operational thought is Piaget’s term for “the ability to reason logically about direct experience and perceptions.” (Berger, pg. 351)
Behavior One Domain Two Analysis to Quote for Typical Development
By crying and expressing her feelings of missing her friends, Jayne is aware of the importance of having friends. According to the quotes about cognitive development in middle childhood, children who have friends learn faster. It is important then for Jayne to be able to adjust to her new school and be able to feel like she is part of a new social group. In this behavior domain Jayne is also demonstrating concrete operational thought that is characteristic for this age group. This behavior demonstrates that she is aware of what she is missing by not being able to see her old friends and the fact that she does not yet have friends in her new school.

Grading Rubric Description:
Writing Matters: The Writing Standard
Writing is a process. The more you practice the better you get. That means that you should never hand in a first writing as a final draft. Begin by just writing down your ideas freely as they come to you. Then organize them into paragraphs. Introduce your paper with a paragraph explaining what you are addressing. Then build your argument with well-organized paragraphs. Read the paper aloud. This will help you catch many of your mistakes like missing words or awkward incomplete or run on sentences. Check for spelling, capitalization and grammar. If you aren’t sure, use a dictionary or spell check on the computer. Remember that Bunker Hill offers tutorial support at the TASC and the Language Lab. Use these!! The final product must be neat and legible.
Check these areas to assure you are getting as many points for writing as possible.
1. Paper is well organized with seven sections including an introductory paragraph and conclusion as required above. The paragraphs have a heading for the section listed in the outline for the report. Ideas are clearly expressed.
2. Paragraphs hang together cohesively around one or two main points. Each paragraph for the analysis has at least four sentences.
3. Sentences are complete and well structured. Capitalization follows standard rules.
4. Spelling and punctuation is standard.
Process for completing the report
• Use the observation report form with the headings for the report listed above.
• The report should be word processed
• The paper must describe and discuss in detail each part for the sections of the paper as outlined above.
• Write the child observation report using sentences and paragraphs and give as much detail as you are able with the material you have.
• DO NOT COPY MATERIALS FROM ANOTHER SOURCE. This means not from the Internet, from other students, or another writing. This is plagiarism and is a serious academic offense. Use your own words to express your thoughts. You must document your quote from the text properly and any other information that have come from materials beyond the text or lessons. Use a consistent style to cite these sources. (Author Name, page, #) A reference list should be included at the end with complete information about the references. Students must use the course text for some of the quotes.
• When you are finished with your report first PROOF READ the paper at least twice and fix any errors. This is after you have spell checked and grammar check it at least twice. Then consider the grading rubric below to be assured that you have completed the assignment as required.
• You will be able to redraft the papers up to one time if there are difficulties with your writing or the concepts expressed in the papers. Due to the time constraints of the session, students will only be able to rewrite the first report. The edited report should be submitted up to 5 days after the due date. You will be notified after submission if you need to do an edit. The observation notes should be submitted ahead of the child observation report but will then be copied to the end of the child observation report form.
• See the Specific Instructions for what to include in the Behavior and Domain paragraphs with the examples of the behavior, quote about typical development and an analysis of how the child’s behavior compares to the typical development. You will not be able to receive a passing grade if you do not include the quote and analysis for the behaviors in the domains.
This rubric describes how you will be graded. Please use the rubric as a guide in writing your paper. Students must use the Child Observation Report Grading Form for the Report submission.
The point value of each observation report is worth 65 points.
ü The anecdotal notes are submitted and graded for credit and must include objective statements describing the child’s behavior written in complete sentences 15 points
ü The report includes an Introduction that discusses the observation process as well as shares information about the child that is the subject of the observation. 2 points
ü At least 3 examples of behavior observed that describe behaviors from two different developmental domains (3 behaviors @ 2 pts) 6 points
ü A quote(s) from the text/resource specifically relates to the example(s) of behavior that you observed. Documentation must be included for where the quote was found. (6 quotes @ 3 pts each) 18 points
ü A clear and detailed discussion that compares the behavior observed to the developmental patterns quoted. The analysis should be complete so that someone with no child development experience can understand it. (6@ 3 pts) 18 points
ü Summary Closing Paragraph about the Child’s Growth and Development 4 points
ü Resource List that includes specific information about the resources used for the quotes about typical development (i.e. text, author, publisher, date of publication) 2 Points
ü Points will also be taken off for spelling or punctuation. Please edit your report by conducting a spell check prior to passing in the report.

*Note:
Students who include more than the required 6 quotes for typical develop for the behavior domains will receive one extra credit for any additional quote up to 3 points for each observation. One point will be added for each additional quote that relates to the section on the child’s development in the domains being discussed. Quotes that are definitions for domains will not get extra credit. Students who pass in the report late will have 5 points taken from the total number of points. The second observation report will not be accepted for late submission as it is due during the last week of the course. Students will have the opportunity to edit the first observation report if the format has not been used or the student has issues related to the report content or writing.
•
Complete a 750-1,000-word action plan and supporting rationale based on the following scenario:
Mark is a Hispanic 8th grade student who has been identified as having an emotional/behavioral disorder, specifically Mood Disorder (Not otherwise specified). Currently, he participates in a general education inclusion classroom. During his annual IEP meeting, the team reviewed recent test scores and determined he qualifies
for the gifted program in the area of ELA only. He will continue to participate in the inclusion classroom for the remainder of his courses. He is very successful in all of his inclusion classes. Mrs. Stone, the gifted teacher, was not able to be present during the IEP meeting. She has never worked with a student who has an IEP before. Mark is the only Hispanic student in the gifted class, which tends to make him uncomfortable. He says the teacher does not include him in the classroom conversations and speaks abruptly to him, but not to the other students.
After one month of Mark being in the gifted class, Mrs. Stone has requested that a paraeducator be present to support Mark. The IEP team determined that this was necessary because in order to meet Mark’s needs. After the paraeducator was assigned, the principal did a walk through observation of the gifted classroom and he noticed that Mark was isolated in a corner and the teacher did not interact with him. In addition, the principal received a phone call from Mark’s parents stating Mrs. Stone told Mark, “You do not belong in this class!” Mark no longer wants to be in the class because he does not
feel welcome.
The principal has come to you, the special education teacher, for assistance with supporting Mrs. Stone and Mark in being successful. To assist the principal, create an action plan that includes goals and steps for achieving those goals and reporting progress.
Specifically, the action plan should include one over-arching long-term goal and a minimum of four short-term goals related to the following considerations:
1. Communication and collaboration between teachers of the student, specifying positives in working with the student in their classrooms, as well as challenges that may arise as a result of the complex human issues that interact with the delivery of special education services.
2. Collaborative coaching for the gifted teacher to include research-based instructional strategies and recommendations that acknowledge that diversity is a part of families, cultures, and schools.
3. Collaborative coaching and guidance for the paraeductor with the intention of providing support to the gifted teacher and student.
4. Evaluating the implementation of the action plan activities and reporting back to
administration.
5. Communication strategies to use with the student’s parents that demonstrate elements of effective collaboration.
Next, outline detailed action steps related to each identified goal utilizing the “Action Plan Template.”

PLEASE READ IT FIRST.
Each activity should be consist on atleast 300 words
ACTIVITY 1 :

Choose a film that you have seen recently, and which you particularly enjoyed. Now find a friend or colleague who has seen the same film, and who hated it.
Discuss your views of that particular film. What factors (age, sex, background, education, interest, values and beliefs, political views, past experience) can you identify that explain the differences in perception between you and your friend or colleague?
ACTIVITY 2 :

Visit www.greatplacetowork.co.uk and take a look at the UK’s 50 best places to work, as well as the 100 best workplaces in Europe.
Find out what these companies do to motivate their staff ?
ACTIVITY 3 :
You need to answer three questions of a case study and i dont have that case study so i am going to attach a file in which you will find three questions and their answers,if you can answer those questions according to thier answers BUT in your own words,that will be great.(if you cannot answer these three questions then i can replace this activity with another one)
ACTIVTY 4:

Watch the following video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XKUPDUDOBVo (Ten Leadership Theories in 5 minutes)
Activity:
Answer the following questions:
1. What is the difference between trait and behaviour theories of leadership? are the theories valid?
2.How can organisations select and develop effective leaders? provide 1 example.
ACTIVITY 5 :

Answers the following questions:
1. Identify three to five sustaining innovations that have affected you over the past year.
2. Identify three to five disruptive innovations that have affected you. Did you welcome these innovations because they were Beneficial’s, or did you have cause to complain?

The principles of unity & variety apply to all music, regardless of compositional style or historical period.
Now that you are familiar with the concepts in the first section of the course (Basic Musical Concepts), and you have seen how they work on different pieces of music, try your hand, mouse, and ears at how they operate in a music selection that you may not have heard yet.
Cherry Pink and Apple Blossom White by Louiguy (4:08)
Your analysis should include:
1. The number of different musical ideas in the piece (for example, can we say that there are two ideas A and B? Or is there only one?)
2. The timings (start and stop times) of the different sections of the piece in a single vertical column that also shows the letter or label for the musical idea and the featured instrument along with any accompanying instruments. (Hint: Listen for changes in musical ideas and timbre, for example, points when different instruments come in or give way to others.)
3. How unity and variety are exemplified in those sections through the use of:
a) Dynamics: Where does the music get louder or softer? Is there any apparent reason for those changes?
b) Timbre: Where do instruments take over the melody or a solo passage?
c) Pitch: What is the general pitch level of the piece? Are there wide variations in pitch level?
1. Although there are sections that feature one instrument over others, whether you think this is a piece for a solo performer or for an ensemble
2. A list of the characteristics of the musical style closest to the one this piece exemplifies. (Hint: Look at the last lecture in the first section of the course)
3. Whether you think this piece serves (or could serve) a specific purpose.
4. Whether or not it has any specific connotation(s) for you.
JAZZ/POP SONG FORMS
The classic jazz/pop song form is a 32-bar AABA form with each section lasting 8 bars. “Cherry Pink and Apple Blossom White” is typical of this classic jazz/pop song form. In many cases, the “main theme” corresponds to this AABA form and is then followed by a series of “solo” sections where various instruments take a solo over the harmonic background (chord changes) of the Main Theme. After the solo sections, the Main Theme usually comes back in. Have fun with this assignment which is a bit more upbeat than our other assignments.
Your submission should include a detailed timeline in the form in a single vertical column with the corresponding timings for each section, a label for the musical idea for each of the timings (unless it’s an improvised solo section), and the instrument or instruments that are featured in each section. You will then discuss the aspects of Unity and Variety in two separate paragraphs below the timeline of the form.

The Bible has many verses about money, whether speaking of its importance or the potential for it to detract from our relationship with family, friends, or Him. However, our lives are reliant on the use of money to provide food, shelter, clothing, and other necessities. It is, therefore, imperative that we approach money management from a biblical perspective. Hebrews 13:5 (ESV) states, “Keep your life free from love of money, and be content with what you have, for He has said, ‘I will never leave you nor forsake you.’”
In this Discussion Board, you will start by reading the document entitled “Simplifying the Money Conversation: The 4H Tool” provided in this week’s Assignments folder. Once you have thoroughly reviewed the document, write your Discussion Board Thread based on the following:
• Paragraph 1 – After reading the document, Which one of the 4 elements that Ron Blue presented (Heart, Habits, Health, or Hope) did you identify with most? Why did that particular element stand out to you? Do you see your money habits changing after learning more about biblical money management? This paragraph should be at least 150 words.
• Paragraph 2 – Choose a Bible verse or passage that discusses money other than the one provided above. Then, discuss how that Bible verse or passage relates to the 4Hs that Ron Blue describes. This paragraph should be at least 150 words.

ATI Maternal newborn 2019
1. A nurse is assessing a newborn following a forceps assisted birth. Which of the following clinical manifestations should the nurse identify as a complication of the birth method?
A. Hypoglycemia
B. Polycythemia
C. Facial Palsy
D. Bronchopumonary dysplasia
2. A nurse is providing teaching about terbutaline to a client who is experiencing preterm labor. Which of the following statement by client indicates an understanding of the teaching?
“The medication could cause me to experience heart paptation”
“This medication could cause me to experience blurred vision”
“This medication could cause me to experience ringing in my ears”
“This medication could cause me to experience frequent …”
3
4. A nurse is caring for a client who has hyperemesis gravidarum. Which of the following laboratory tests should the nurse anticipate?
Urine Ketones
Rapid plasma regain
Prothrombin time
Urine culture
5. A nurse is caring for a client who is in labor and requests nonpharmacological pain management. Which of the following nursing actions promotes client comfort?
A. Assisting the client into squatting position
B. Having the client lie in a supine position
C. Applying fundal pressure during contractions
D. Encouraging the client to void every 6 hr
6. A nurse caring for a client who is at 20 weeks of gestation and has trichomoniasis. Which of the following findings should the nurse expect?
A. Thick, White Vaginal Discharge
B. Urinary Frequency
C. Vulva Lesions
D. Malodorous Discharge
7. A nurse is caring for a client who is 14 weeks of gestation. At which the following locations should the nurse place the Doppler device when assessing the fetal heart rate?
A. Midline 2 to 3 cm (0.8 to 1.2 in) above the symphysis pubis
B. Left Upper Abdomen
C. Two fingerbreadths above the umbilicus
D. Lateral at the Xiphoid Process
8.A nurse is assessing a client who is at 27 weeks of gestation and has preeclampsia. Which of the following findings should the nurse report to the provider?
A. Urine protein concentration 200 mg/ 24 hr
B. Creatnine 0.8 mg/ dL
C. Hemoglobin 14.8 g/ dL
D. Platelet Count 60.000/ mm3
9. A nurse is teaching about clomiphene citrate to a client who is experiencing infertility. Which of the following adverse effect should the nurse include?
A. Tinnitus
B. Urinary Frequency
C. Breast Tenderness
D. Chills
10. A nurse is assessing a newborn upon admission to the nursery. Which of the following should the nurse expect?
A. Bulging Fontanels
B. Nasal Flaring
C. Length from head to heel of 40 cm (15.7 in)
D. Chest circumference 2 cm (0.8 in) smaller than the head circumference
11. A nurse is planning care for a newborn who has neonatal abstinence syndrome. Which of the following interventions should the nurse include in the plan of care.
A. Increase the newborn’s visual stimulation
B. Weigh the newborn every other day
C. Discourage parental interaction until after a social evaluation
D. Swaddle the newborn in a flexed position
12. A nurse is caring for a newborn who is 6 hr old and has a bedside glucometer reading of 65 mg/ dL. The newborn’s mother has type 2 diabetes mellitus. Which of the following actions should the nurse take?
A. Obtain a blood sample for a serum glucose level
B. Feed the newborn immediately
C. Administer 50 mL of dextrose solution IV
D. Reassess the blood glucose level prior to the next feeding
13. A nurse is providing teaching to a client about exercise safety during pregnancy. Which of the following statements by the client indicates an understanding of the teaching? (Select all that apply).
A. “I will limit my time in the hot tub to 30 minutes after exercise.”
B. “I should consume three 8-ounce glasses of water after I exercise.”
C. “I will check my heart rate every 15 minutes during exercise sessions.”
D. “I should limit exercise sessions to 30 minutes when the weather is humid.”
E. “I should rest by lying on my side for 10 minutes following exercise.”
14. A charge nurse is teaching a group of staff nurses about fetal monitoring during labor. Which of the following findings should the charge nurse instruct the staff members to report to the provider?
A. Contraction durations of 95 to 100 seconds
B. Contraction frequency of 2 to 3 min apart
C. Absent early deceleration of fetal heart rate
D. Fetal heart rate is 140/min
15. A nurse in a woman’s health clinic is obtaining a health history from a client. Which of the following findings should the nurse identify as increasing the client’s risk for developing pelvic inflammatory disease (PID)?
A. Recurrent Cystitis
B. Frequent Alcohol Use
C. Use of Oral Contraceptives
D. Chlamydia Infection
16. A nurse is teaching a prenatal class about immunizations that newborns receive following birth. Which of the following immunizations should the nurse include in the teaching?
A. Hepatitis B
B. Rotavirus
C. Pneumococcal
D. Varicella
17. A nurse is providing nutritional guidance to a client who is pregnant and follows a vegan diet. The client asks the nurse which foods she should eat to ensure adequate calcium intake. The nurse should instruct the client that which of the following foods has the highest amount of calcium?
A. ½ cup cubed avocado
B. 1 large banana
C. 1 medium potato
D. 1 cup cooked broccoli
18. A nurse in a provider’s office is assessing a client at her first antepartum visit. The client states that the first day of her last menstrual period was March 8. Use Nagele’s rule to calculate the estimated date of delivery. (Use the MMDD format with four numerals and no spaces or punctuation.)
19. A nurse is caring for a client who is in the second stage of labor. Which of the following manifestations should the nurse expect?
A. The client expels the placenta
B. The client experiences gradual dilation of the cervix
C. The client begins have regular contractions.
D. The client delivers the newborn
20. A nurse is assessing a client who is at 37 weeks of gestation. Which of the following statement by the client requires immediate intervention by the nurse?
A. “It burns when I urinate
B. “My feet are really swollen today”.
C. “I didn’t have lunch today, but I have breakfast this morning”.
21. A nurse is providing discharge teaching to a new parent about car seat safety. Which of the following statements by the parent indicates an understanding of the teaching?
A. “I should position my baby’s car seat at a 45 degree angle in the car.”
B. “I should place the car seat rear facing until my baby is 12 months old.”
C. “I should place the harness snugly in a slot above my baby’s sholders.”
D. “I should position the retainer clip at the top of my baby’s abdomen.”
22. A nurse is developing an educational program about hermolytic diseases in newborns for a group of newly licensed nurses. Which of the following genetic information should the nurse include in the program as a cause of hermolytic disease?
A. The mother is Rh positive and the father is Rh negative
B. The mother is Rh negative and the father is Rh positive
C. The mother and the father are both Rh positive
D. The mother and the father are both Rh negative
23. A nurse on an antepartum unit is reviewing the medical records for four clients. Which of the following clients should the nurse assess first?
A. A client who has diabetes mellitus and an HbA1c of 5.8%
B. A client who has preeclampsia and a creatinine level of 1.1 mg/ dL
C. A client who has hyperemesis gravidarum and a sodium level of 110 mEq/L
D. A client who has placenta previa and a hematocrit of 36%
E. “I have been seeing spot this morning”
24. A nurse is assessing a newborn immediately following a vaginal birth. For which of the following findings should the nurse intervene?
a. Molding
b. Vernix Caseosa
c.Acrocyanosis
d.Sternal retractions
25. A nurse on the postpartum unit is caring for four clients. For which of the following clients should the nurse notify the provider?
A client who has a urinary output of 300 ml in 8 hr
A client who reports abdominal cramping during breastfeeding
A client who is receiving magnesium sulfate and has absent deep tendon reflexes
A client who reports lochia rubra requiring changing perineal pads every 3 hr
26. A nurse is caring for a client who has active genital herpes simplex virus type 2. Which of the following medications should the nurse plan to administer?
Metronidazole
Penicillin
Acyclovir
Gentamicin
27. A nurse is caring for a client following an amniocentesis. The nurse should observe the client for which of the following complications?
Hyperemesis
Proteinuria
Hypoxia
Hemorrhage
28. A nurse is planning care for a client who is receiving oxytocin by continuous IV infusion for labor induction. Which of the following interventions should the nurse include in the plan?
Increase the infusion rate every 30 to 60 min.
Maintain the client in a supine position.
Titrate the infusion rate by 4 milliunits/min.
Limit IV intake to 4 L per 24 hr.
29. A nurse is caring for a 2-day-old newborn who was born at 35 weeks of gestation. Which of the following actions should the nurse the nurse takes? (Click on the “Exhibit” Button for additional information about the newborn. There are three tabs that contain separate categories of date.)
Administer nitric oxide inhalation therapy to the newborn
Insert an orogastric decompression tube with low wall suction.
Provide the newborn with an iron-rich formula containing vitamin B12 every 2 hr.
Measure the aadbominal circumference at the level of the newborn’s umbilicus every 2 hr.
30. A nurse is caring for a client who is receiving oxytocin for induction of labor and notes late decelerations of the fetal heart rate on the monitor Tracing. Which of the following action should the nurse take?
Decrease maintenance IV solution infusion rate.
Place the client in lateral position.
Administer misoprostol 25 mcg vaginally
Administer oxygen via face mask at 2 L/min
31. A nurse is planning care for a client who is pregnant and has HIV. Which of the following actions should the nurse include in the plan of care?
Instruct the client to stop taking the antiretroviral medication at 32 weeks of gestation.
Use a fetal scalp electrode during labor and delivery.
Administer a pneumococcal immunization to the newborn within 4 hr following birth.
Bathe the newborn before initiating skin-to-skin contact
32. A nurse is preparing to administer methylergonovine 0.2 mg orally to a client who is 2 hr postpartum and has a boggy uterus. For which of the following assessment findings should the nurse withhold the medication?
Blood pressure 142/92 mm Hg
Urine output 100 mL in hr
Pulse 58/min
Respiratory rate 14/min
33. A nurse is reviewing laboratory results for client who is pregnant. The Nurse should expect which of the following laboratory values to increase?
RBC count
Bilirubin
Fasting blood glucose
Bun
34. A nurse is caring for a client who is experiencing preterm labor and has a prescription for 4 doses of dexamethasone 6 mg IM 12 hr. Available in dexamethasome 10 mg/mL. How mane mL of dexamethasome should the nurse administer per dose? (Round the answer to the nearest tenth. Use a leading zero if it applies. Do not use trailing zero.)
mL.
35. A nurse is caring for four clients. For which of the following clients should the nurse auscultate the fetal heart rate during the prenatal visit?
A. A client who has an ultrasound that confirms a molar pregnancy
B. A client who has a crown-rump length of 7 weeks gestation
C. A client who has a positive urine pregnancy test 1 week after missed menses
D. A client who has felt quickening for the first time
36. A nurse is planning care for a full-term newborn who is receiving phototherapy. Which of the following actions should the nurse include in the plan of care?
A. Dress the newborn in lightweight clothing.
B. Avoid using lotion or ointment on the newborn skin.
C. Keep the newborn supine throughout treatment
D. Measure the newborn’s temperature every 8hr
37. A nurse is receiving laboratory results for a term newborn who is 24 hr old. Which of the following results require intervention by the nurse?
A. WBC count 10,000/mm3
B. Platelets 180,000/mm3
C. Hemoglobin 20g/dL
D. Glucose 20 mg/dL
38. A nurse is assessing a client following an amniocentesis. Which of the following findings should the nurse recognize as complications? ( select all that apply).
A. Amnionitis
B. Urinary tract infection
C. Polyhydramnios
D. Leakage of amniotic fluid
E. Preterm labor
39. A nurse on a labor and delivery unit is receiving infection control standards with a newly licensed nurse. The nurse should instruct the newly licensed nurse to don gloves for which of the following procedures?
A. Assisting a mother with breastfeeding
B. Performing a newborn’s initial bath
C. Administering the measles, mumps, rubella vaccine
D. Performing umbilical cord care
40. A nurse is providing teaching to a client who has mild preeclampsia and will be caring for herself at home during the last 2months of pregnancy . This of the following statements by the client indicates an understanding of the teaching.
A. “I will count baby’s lacks every other day.
B. “I will alternate the arm use to check my blood pressure.
D. I will consume 50 grams of protein daily
41. A nurse is caring for four newborns. Which of the following newborns should the nurse assess first?
A. newborn who has nasal flaring
B. newborn who has subconjunctival hemorrhage of the left ey
C. A newborn who has overlapping suture lines
D. A newborn who has not rust-stained urine
42. A nurse is reviewing the electronic medical record of a postpartum client. The nurse should identify that which of the following factors paces the client at risk for infection.
A. Meconium – start fluid
B. placenta previa
C. Midline episiotomy
D. Gestational hypertension
43. A nurse is caring for a client who is 4hr postpartum and is experiencing hypovolemic shock. Which of the following actions should the nurse take?
A. Administer indomethacin
B. Insert a second using a 22 gauge IV catheter,
C. Insert an indwelling urinary catheter.
D. Administer oxygen at 4L/min via nasal cannula.
44. A nurse is teaching a client who is 28 weeks of gestation and not up-to date on current immunization. Which of the following immunizations should the nurse inform the client to anticipate receiving following birth.
A. Pneumococcal
B. Hepatitis
C. Human papillomavirus
D. Rubella
45. A nurse is caring for a newborn who is 24 hr old. Which of the following Laboratory findings should the nurse report to the provider?
A. Hgb 20 g/dL
B. Bilirubin 2mg/dL
C. Platelets 200 .000/mm3
WBC count 32.000/mm3
46. A nurse is caring for newborn who is 1 hr old and has a respiratory rate of 50/min, a heart rate of 130/min, and an auxiliary temperature of 36.1*C (97F). Which of the following actions should the nurse take?
A. Give the newborn a warm bath.
B. Apply a cap to the newborn head.
C. Reposition the newborn.
D. Obtain an oxygen saturation level
47. A nurse is planning care for a newborn who is scheduled to start phototherapy using a lamp. Which of the following actions should the nurse include in the plan?
A. Apply a thin layer of lotion to the newborn skin every 8 hrs.
B. Give the newborn 1oz of glucose water every 4 hrs
C. Ensure the newborn eyes are closed beneath the shield.
D. Dress the newborn in a thin layer of clothing during therapy
48. A nurse is caring for a client following a vaginal delivery of a term fetal demise. Which of the following statement should the nurse make?
A. “You can bathe and dress your baby if you’d like to.”
B. “If you don’t hold the baby it will make letting go much harder.”
C. “You should name the baby so she can have an identity.”
D. “I’m sure you will be able to have another baby when you’re ready.”
49. A nurse is providing teaching to a client who is at 38 weeks of gestation and has a prescription to receive misoprostol intravaginally. Which of the following statement should the nurse make?
A. “you will need to stay in a side-lying position for 30 minutes after each dose.”
B. “You will receive an IV infusion of oxytocin 1 hour after your last dose.”
C.” You will receive a magnesium supplement immediately following therapy.”
D.” You will need to have a full bladder before the therapy begins.”
50. A nurse is assessing a newborn who was born Postterm. Which of the following findings should the nurse expect?
A. Nails extending over tips of fingers
B. Large deposits of subcutaneous fat
C. Pale, translucent skin
D. Thin covering of fine hair on shoulders and back
51. A nurse is planning to teach a group of clients who are about breastfeeding after returning to work .Which of the following infection should the nurse include in the teaching?
A. “Thawed breast milk can be refrigerated for up to 72 hours.”
B. “Breast milk can be stored in a deep freezer for 12 months.”
C. Breast milk can be stored at room temperature for up to 12 hours.”
D. “Thawed breast milk that is unused can be refrozen.”
52. A nurse on postpartum unit caring for four clients. Which of the following clients should receive Rh,(D) Immune globulin to prevent Rh- is immunization?
A. An Rh negative mother who has an Rh- positive infant
B. An Rh –positive mother who has an Rh- negative infant
C. An Rh-positive mother who has an Rh- positive infant
D. An Rh- negative mother who has an Rh- negative infant
53. A nurse is caring for an infant who has signs of neonatal abstinence syndrome. Which of the following actions should the nurse take?
A. Provide a stimulating environment
B. Monitor blood glucose level every hr.
C. Intiate seizure precautions.
D. Place the infants on his back with legs extended.
54. A nurse is reviewing signs of effective breathing with a client who is 5 days postpartum. Which of the following information should the nurse include in the teaching?
A. “You should feel a tugging sensation when the baby is sucking.
B. You should expect your baby to have two to three wet diapers in 24hour period
C. “Your baby’s urine should appear dark and concentrated”.
D. “Your breast should stay firm after the baby breastfeeds”.
55. A nurse is teaching a client who is at 41 weeks of gestation about a non stress test. Which of the following information should the nurse include in the teaching?
A. “This test will confirm fetal lung maturity “.
B. “This test will determine adequacy of placental perfusion”.
C. “This test will detect fetal infection”.
D. “This test will predict maternal readiness for labor”.
56. A nurse on the labor and delivery unit is assessing four clients. Which of the following clients is a candidate for an induction of labor with misoprostol?
A. A client who has active genital herpes
B. A client who has gestational diabetes mellitus
C. A client who has a previous uterine incision
D. A client who has placenta previa
57. A nurse is monitoring a client who has preeclampsia and is receiving magnesium sulfate by continuous IV infusion. Which of the following findings should the nurse reports to the provider?
A. Blood pressure 148/94mm Hg
B. Respiratory rate 14mm
C. Urinary output 20 mL/hr
D. 2+deep tendon reflexes
58. A nurse is caring for a client who is in the transition phase of labor and reports a pain level of 7 on a scale of 0 to 10. Which of the following actions should the nurse take?
A. Instruct the client to use effleurage
B. Apply counter pressure to the client sacral.
C. Assist the client with patterned-paced breathing.
D. Teach the client the technique of biofeedback.
59. A nurse is caring for newborn immediately following birth and notes a large amount of mucus in the newborn’s mouth and nose. Identify the sequence the nurse should follow when performing suction with a bulb syringe. (Move the streps into the box on the placing them in the selected order of performance. Use all the streps.)
Assess the newborn for reflex bradycardia.
Compress the bulb syringe
Place the bulb syringe in the newborn’s mouth.
Use the bulb syringe to suction the newborn’s nose.
60. A community health nurse is providing education on gestational diabetes mellitus (GDM) to a group of clients who are pregnant when discussing risk factors, which of the following ethnicities should the nurse identify as having the lowest incidence of GDM?
A. Asian
B. Non-Hispanic White American
C. Hispanic
D. African American
61. A nurse is assessing a client who is at 37 weeks of gestation. Which of the following statement by the client requires immediate intervention by the nurse?
A. “It burns when I urinate
B. “My feet are really swollen today”.
C. “I didn’t have lunch today, but I have breakfast this morning”.
D. “I have been seeing spot this morning”
62. A nurse is providing teaching about expected changes during pregnancy to a client who is at 24 weeks of gestation. Which of the following information should the nurse include?
A. “Your stomach will empty rapidly”
B. “You should expect your uterus to double in size”
C. “You should anticipate nasal stuffiness.”
D. “Your nipples will become lighter in color”.
63. A nurse is teaching a prenatal class regarding false labor. Which of the following information should the nurse include?
A. “your contraction will become more intense when walking”
B. “you will have dilation and effacement of the cervix”
C. You will have bloody show”
D. “Your contraction will become temporally regular”
64. A nurse is caring for a client who is receiving an epidural block with an opioid analgesic. The nurse should monitor for which of the following findings as an adverse effect of the medication?
A. Hypnosis
B. Polyuria
C. Bilateral crackles
Hyperglycemia
65. A nurse is caring for a client who is receiving prenatal care and is at her 24-week appointment. Which of the following laboratory tests should the nurse plans to conduct?
A. Group B strep culture
B.1-hr glucose tolerance test
c. Rubella titer
D. Blood type and Rh
66. A nurse is caring for a client who has bacterial vaginosis. Which of the following medication should the nurse expect to administer?
A. Metronidale
B. Fluconazole
C. Acyclovir
67. A nurse is caring for a client who is experiencing sore nipples from breastfeeding. Which of the following actions should the nurse take?
A. Place a snug dressing on the client’s nipple when not breastfeeding.
B.Eusure the newborn’s mouth is wide open before latching to the breast.
C. Encourage t
D. Instruct the client to begin the feeding with the nipple that is most tender.
68. A nurse is assessing a preterm newborn who is at 32 weeks of gestation. Which of the following finding should the nurse expect?
A. Minimal arm recoil
B. Popliteal angle of less than 90
C. Creases over the entire sole
D. Sparse lanugo
69. A nurse on a labor and delivery unit is providing teaching to a client who plans to use hypnosis to control labor pain. Which of the following information should the nurse include?
A. Focusing on controlling body functions
B. “Synchronized breathing will be required during hypnosis”
C. “Hypnosis can be beneficial in you practiced it during the prenatal period”
D. “Hypnosis does not work for controlling pain associated with labor”.

The primary goal of your last assignment is to reflect on what you have learned about yourself as a result of this class and how you will use this knowledge to succeed in future courses. Reflecting on your thoughts, feelings, and actions and making appropriate connections will help you plan for your future success.
Review the Model Essay document in the online classroom. Use the sample as a guide to complete your own. Then, in a five-paragraph essay that is three to four pages in length, address the following:
• Paragraph 1: Learning at the college level involves accumulating experiences, growing through feedback, exchanging ideas, and revisiting learning challenges. How can awareness of your Learning Patterns, skills, and experiences help you be competitive in your chosen career?
• Paragraph 2: In Week 1, you explored the concept of mindset. In the Week 5 Instructor Guidance, this concept was revisited as you explored how it can be applied outside an academic setting. What does it mean for you to have a growth mindset? Aside from being a student, consider other roles that you have (parent, employee, manager, etc.) and choose one. How can having a growth mindset help you further develop and positively impact others in the role you chose?
• Paragraph 3: Thinking, reading and writing critically are essential skills that contribute to academic, personal, and professional success. For this paragraph, choose either critical reading or critical writing and address the following – Identify two specific strategies to enhance your critical reading skills OR your critical writing skills. Select strategies presented in Chapter 4 and explain how you will apply each of the strategies both in and outside the classroom. Finally, describe how academic integrity is supported by critical thinking, critical reading, and critical writing.
• Paragraph 4: Metacognition refers to your internal talk or, as Vygotsky described it, “learning to direct one’s own mental processes with the aid of words.” Throughout this course, you have engaged in a metacognitive forum that challenged you to think about how you processed the learning from the previous week. Describe how you approached the metacognitive forums. How did your approach change from week to week? How was value added to your learning process by participating in the metacognitive forums? Explain how continuing to complete these reflective sentence starters can enrich your learning.
• Paragraph 5: Reflect on the past five weeks. What were your expectations when you began this course? Were they met? Why or why not. If you could change one thing about this course, what would it be? Considering the course content, online learning platform, and interactions with your peers and instructor, what advice would you give to someone who is just starting this course to maximize their learning experience?
This assignment must be double spaced, written in Times New Roman 12-pt. font, and submitted to Waypoint as a Microsoft Word document.

In this transcription assignment, you will demonstrate your ability to apply advanced counseling skills, theory, and critical analysis. After conducting the video recording for observation 2, select a 15-minute segment of that session to transcribe for this assignment. This segment can be one that you find critical or necessary to analyze for your growth as a counselor-in training. Please transcribe verbatim (continuous) in the template provided. Include 1) Verbatim transcription of a 15-minute video for observation #2, 2) analyze each column for skills and competencies, 3) analysis of critical thinking, and 4) evaluation of responses
100 points.
You must watch the counseling video that was recorded with the student in order to complete this assignment. The 13 year old student is always getting in trouble with her mother for breaking the house rules. Her mother expects her to act older and be more responsible. She occasionally gets angry and punches her pillows.
PLEASE, PLEASE, PLEASE READ AND FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS THOROUGHLY! I’M NOT ACCEPTING ANYMORE INCOMPLETE ASSIGNMENTS BECAUSE THE INSTRUCTIONS WERE NOT READ AND FOLLOWED. I AM NOT ADJUSTING THE DUE DATE! I HAVE ATTACHED THE FORMAT THAT SHOULD BE FOLLOWED WITH DETAILED INSTRUCTIONS.

Mark 8:29 Worksheet
Name:
Course:
Date:
Instructor:
Please address each question below with complete sentences and clear, specific explanation. The total word count (including all questions and answers combined) should be between 900-1400 words. For questions one and two, use a total of one to three resources, in addition to the Bible. Include sources in the reference list at the end of the assignment. If you have your own Bible commentary, you may use that, or use the sources in the “Other Biblical Sources on the Internet” found in the topic materials.
Sample citation:
Keener, C. S. (n.d.). IVP New Testament Commentary Series: Matthew. Downers Grove, IL: InterVarsity Press. Retrieved from https://www.biblegateway.com/resources/ivp-nt/toc/
1. Select one teaching of Jesus from one of the following Bible verses (underline the passage chosen): Matthew 5:21-24; Matthew 5:43-48; Matthew 6:19-24; Matthew 7:15-23; Luke 15:1-32; John 13:1-17, 34-35; John 15:1-11. Answer the following questions:
a. What was Jesus’ point in the teaching?
b. What sort of relevance does this teaching have for other worldviews?
c. What does this teaching reveal about Jesus?
2. Identify at least one claim that Jesus made about his nature and/or the purpose of his ministry (such as in Matthew 9:1-8; Matt 9:9-13; Luke 7:18-23; John 5:16-18; John 10:25-38; or John 14:5-11). Underline the passage chosen. What is the significance of this claim?
3. How would you personally answer Jesus’ question, “But who do you say that I am?” (Mark 8:29 ESV). Describe your own beliefs about Jesus.

As the book explains, “Vincent, Cari, and Duane all lack an understanding of how to be mindful, intentional learners. …they are not headed for success, because they lack a personalized set of study strategies. Each [student] requires skills to turn their internal thoughts (metacognition) into external actions (personalized learning techniques).” For this journal, you will explain what they could have done to be successful and identify personalized learning techniques to be more intentional learners. You will also identify personal learning techniques to help you be a more intentional learner.
To prepare for this journal, return to Chapter 3 and review Sections 3.1 and 3.4, paying careful attention to Tables 3.10-3.12. Then, download the Personal Learning Strategies Journal Reflection template and respond to each section. Save the completed template to your computer and upload it to Waypoint. Be sure to double check that it was properly saved and uploaded successfully.
Submit your work below using Waypoint and verify your submission was successful.
Late Policy: Waypoint assignments are due on the specified days in the course. Waypoint assignments will be subject to a late penalty of up to 10% per day up to three days late. If Waypoint assignments are submitted after 72 hours past the due date, instructors can give a penalty up to and including a grade of 0 for the assignment.
Carefully review the Grading Rubric (Links to an external site.)Links to an external site. for the criteria that will be used to evaluate your assignment.

Part 1
1.How did you score on the assessment, and what was your initial reaction to your score and interpretation?

2.Remember that even excellent leaders have room for improvement. Consider two areas you scored low on and research ways to help you grow in those areas. What can you do to improve your score?

3.Think of someone you consider to be an excellent leader. What characteristics does this person possess that cause you to perceive him or her as an excellent leader? Does your definition of what makes this person a good leader coincide with the characteristics presented to you in Unit 1?

Part 2
You are an up and coming leader in your organization. You have worked hard for years and are well-liked by management because you are dedicated and trustworthy. Recently, you were privy to a confidential meeting where the CEO announced that layoffs are likely to happen within the next 4 months. One of the names on the list is your longtime friend and subordinate, Sarah. You have maintained the confidentiality of the meeting for over a month now, but Sarah has just confided in you that she and her husband are considering buying a much larger house with a much higher house payment. You know that Sarah’s income will be imperative to this purchase.

1. What do you do?
2. Is the decision about whether to tell Sarah about the impending layoffs an ethical one? If so, in what ways?
3. Is it ever ok to lie to an employee? What factors go into this decision-making process?

BUSINESS INTEGRATION AND STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT
BUSINESS INTEGRATION AND STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT
1. A firm has many goals and a set of _____ that shape the achievement of the goals.
\
2. The difference between goals and objectives is that goals are ____ and objectives are ____.
3. The five stage strategic management process is comprised of mission and vision, objectives, strategy formulation, _____, and _____.
4. Cinnabon and Kopi Luwak are examples of a _____ strategy.
5. Checkers Drive In and Redbox are examples of a _____ strategy.
6. Strategic leadership is about _____ in the process of exploiting opportunities.
7. Ken Olson of DEC failed to _____ the change occurring in the industry, focused too much on engineering precision, and brought about the downfall of the company.
8. Organizational change is any ____ that requires a change in ____ .
9. Strategic leaders can mitigate people-oriented resistance to change by ____.
10. Leaders can mitigate take-oriented resistance to change by aligning _____.
11. Segmentation is the process of dividing a _____ market into _____ clusters, each of which have some common characteristics.
12. Positioning maps show ____ of brands versus competing brands on important buying decisions.
13. Which of the following is most likely to lead to customer loyalty?
Reducing the effort required by customers
14. Service quality is characterized by intangibility, heterogeneity, and _____.
15. Service quality is a comparison between ____ and ____.
16. The three key elements of enterprise performance management are ______, processes, and people.
17. A low performance orientation with low psychological safety leads to _____.
18. A low performance orientation with high psychological safety leads to _____.
Complacency
19. A strategy map outlines the _____ along each of the four dimensions of the balanced scorecard.
20. Supply Chain Management flows are comprised of product or service flows, data and information flows, and ____.
21. The three step continuous improvement methodology is comprised of Assess, ____, and ____.
22. The Japanese Method of continuous improvement is called ____.
23. At the heart of the Six Sigma is the ____ process.
24. DMAIC is an acronym for Define, Measure, Analyze, ____, and _____.
25. The focus of Lean is a bias for ____ while the focus of Six Sigma is a bias for ____.
26. Inbound logistics is sometimes synonymously used with _____.
27. Operations refers to the transformation process of converting ____ into _____.
28. In terms of value chain integration, leadership provides the mission, vision, _____, and _____.
29. In terms of the value chain concept, the ultimate differentiator is ______.
Service
30. Firms following a differentiation strategy need to focus on ______.
Innovation and marketing
31. _____ is a support activity of the value chain.
Procurement
32. While evaluating alternatives, one needs to look at whether the proposed course of action is legal, ethical, ____, and _____.
33. Organizations are generally good at strategy_____ but fail at strategy ____.
Formulation; implementation
34. According to Ansoff, a firm that introduces new products into new markets is engaged in____.
Diversification
35. Suppose INTEL acquires its competitor AMD. This would be an example of _____.
Horizontal integration
36. Return on investment in the realm of quality denotes the ratio of ____ to ____ resulting from the improvement initiatives.
37. The three major perspectives along which segmentation is carried out are demographic, ____ and _____.
38. People resist change due to several factors. One of the factors is the perception that change _____.
39. An adaptive strategic leader combines resoluteness with _____.
Flexibility
40. APPLE having their showrooms and retail outlets with experts to help customers is an example of______.
41. Helpful techniques to define a problem are flow charts to depict the process and ____ to identify the root cause.
42. The ultimate goal of an organization is to _____ and _____ value its customers.
Create; provide
43. ______ and the willingness to share information in time is a critical success factor in business.
44. ______ is a primary activity of the value chain.
45. ______ leadership is about positively impacting others through clear vision, stretch goals, personal example, humility, and intellectual stimulation.
46. The components of the PDCA cycle are ______, ______, _______, and ______.
47. The concepts of supply chain management and ______ go together.
Just in time
48. Givenchy and Rolex are examples of a _______ strategy.
49. Competitive rivalry is high in industries with a ____ number of ______ players.
50. Lean processes focus on ______ and support Six Sigma processes.
51. A performance orientated system embedded in an organizational culture of ______ leads to a learning environment.
52. Quality can be considered to be the ______ at the start of use of a product or service.
53. A copper producing company acquiring copper ore mines to ensure a steady supply of raw materials is pursuing a _____ strategy.
54. By focusing on cost drivers, Activity Based Costing isolates activities that_____.
55. Optimizing an enterprise’s strategic value is dependent on the _____ between various levels and across domains.
56. Strategic leaders challenge the _____.
57. Firms such as eBay and Tophatter offer a ______ value proposition.
58. Performance management provides the ______ and ______ integration of different elements that make up an organization.
59. Who are an organization’s internal customers?
Employees whose work is impacted by or dependent on the work of others in the organization.
60. To be instruments for purposeful change, strategy maps should be part of _____.
61. The Balanced Scorecard Links organizational vision and strategy to financial, internal process, organizational capacity and ______.
62. The firm attempts to achieve its goal through a combination of resources and _____.
63. A compelling unique value or unique selling proposition is the building block of _____.
64. _______ refers to the state of a product or service after an interval of time.
65. The ability to manufacture a small number of units without increasing costs is a feature of _______.
66. Southwest Airlines has consistently followed a ______ strategy.
67. A(n) _______ is a set of integrated parts or processes working towards a common objective.
68. Strategic leaders can prepare people for change through _______.
69. If we remove all technicalities, performance management is all about _____.
70. Today’s competitive environment is characterized by rapid change, _____, and ambiguity.
71. When leaders are unable to achieve competitive advantage through either cost leadership or differentiation, the organization _____.
72. A fearless analysis of organizational failures – What happened? What should have happened? Where did we go wrong? – leads to ______.
73. Abell’s framework provides a valuable understanding of the _____, ______, and _____ of business.
74. Quality reduces waste and network thereby reducing costs. A perception of superior quality allows the firm a _____ price relative to its competitors.

IEP Goals Sample
Elementary Individualized Education Program (IEP)
Measureable Annual Goals, Progress Report
Directions: Use this sample as a guide for all of the key elements of a correctly written goal. This sample will help you with the IEP Goals assignment and the Final IEP assignment. This sample should not be replicated within your IEP Goals assignment or Final IEP assignment.

1. MEASURABLE ANNUAL GOAL:

GOAL: By the next annual review [remember this is a full calendar year], when given a reading at the 2nd grade level [always be specific about the grade/level of words/reading/problem], Elli [always include the student’s name] will correctly answer 80% [include the percentage of accuracy] or higher on an assessment of reading comprehension in 4 of 5 trials [always include the number of trials, as one assessment can look very different from an average of assessments].

Write the SOL number related to this goal: Refer to the English Standards of Learning

How will progress toward these annual goals be measured? (Check all that apply)

2. MEASURABLE ANNUAL GOAL:

GOAL:

Write the SOL number related to this goal:

How will progress toward these annual goals be measured? (Check all that apply)

3. MEASURABLE ANNUAL GOAL:

GOAL:

Write the SOL number related to this goal:

How will progress toward these annual goals be measured? (Check all that apply)

____ Classroom Participation
____ Checklist
____ Class work
____ Homework
____ Observation
____ Special Projects
____ Tests and Quizzes
____ Written Reports
____ Criterion-referenced test:_____________________
____ Norm-referenced test: _______________________
____Other:____________________________________
English Standards of Learning for Virginia Public Schools – January 2010 Grade Two Reading continues to be a priority in second grade. The student will be immersed in an environment filled with fiction and nonfiction texts, which relate to all areas of the curriculum and interest. The student will expand vocabulary by speaking and listening effectively in classroom discussions, use a combination of strategies when reading, and read familiar selections with fluency and expression. The student will learn comprehension strategies for fiction and nonfiction texts. The student will be asked to identify main ideas, to make and confirm predictions, and to formulate questions about learning in all subjects, with emphasis on materials that reflect the Standards of Learning in mathematics, science, and history and social science. The student will write stories, letters, and simple explanations; apply simple grammatical principles to writing; and locate information in reference materials. Oral Language 2.1 The student will demonstrate an understanding of oral language structure. a) Create oral stories to share with others. b) Create and participate in oral dramatic activities. c) Use correct verb tenses in oral communication. d) Use increasingly complex sentence structures in oral communication. e) Begin to self-correct errors in language use. 2.2 The student will expand understanding and use of word meanings. a) Increase listening and speaking vocabularies. b) Use words that reflect a growing range of interests and knowledge. c) Clarify and explain words and ideas orally. d) Identify and use synonyms and antonyms. e) Use vocabulary from other content areas. 2.3 The student will use oral communication skills. a) Use oral language for different purposes: to inform, to persuade, to entertain, to clarify, and to respond. b) Share stories or information orally with an audience. c) Participate as a contributor and leader in a group. d) Retell information shared by others. e) Follow three- and four-step directions. f) Give three- and four-step directions. 2.4 The student will orally identify, produce, and manipulate various units of speech sounds within words. a) Count phonemes (sounds) within one-syllable words. b) Blend sounds to make one-syllable words. c) Segment one-syllable words into individual speech sounds (phonemes). d) Add or delete phonemes (sounds) to make words. e) Blend and segment multisyllabic words at the syllable level. 1 English Standards of Learning for Virginia Public Schools – January 2010 Reading 2.5 The student will use phonetic strategies when reading and spelling. a) Use knowledge of consonants, consonant blends, and consonant digraphs to decode and spell words. b) Use knowledge of short, long, and r-controlled vowel patterns to decode and spell words. c) Decode regular multisyllabic words. 2.6 The student will use semantic clues and syntax to expand vocabulary when reading. a) Use information in the story to read words. b) Use knowledge of sentence structure. c) Use knowledge of story structure and sequence. d) Reread and self-correct. 2.7 The student will expand vocabulary when reading. a) Use knowledge of homophones. b) Use knowledge of prefixes and suffixes. c) Use knowledge of antonyms and synonyms. d) Discuss meanings of words and develop vocabulary by listening and reading a variety of texts. e) Use vocabulary from other content areas. 2.8 The student will read and demonstrate comprehension of fictional texts. a) Make and confirm predictions. b) Relate previous experiences to the main idea. c) Ask and answer questions about what is read. d) Locate information to answer questions. e) Describe characters, setting, and important events in fiction and poetry. f) Identify the problem and solution. g) Identify the main idea. h) Summarize stories and events with beginning, middle, and end in the correct sequence. i) Draw conclusions based on the text. j) Read and reread familiar stories, poems, and passages with fluency, accuracy, and meaningful expression. 2.9 The student will read and demonstrate comprehension of nonfiction texts. a) Preview the selection using text features. b) Make and confirm predictions about the main idea. c) Use prior and background knowledge as context for new learning. d) Set purpose for reading. e) Ask and answer questions about what is read. f) Locate information to answer questions. g) Identify the main idea. h) Read and reread familiar passages with fluency, accuracy, and meaningful expression. 2 English Standards of Learning for Virginia Public Schools – January 2010 2.10 The student will demonstrate comprehension of information in reference materials. a) Use table of contents. b) Use pictures, captions, and charts. c) Use dictionaries, glossaries, and indices. d) Use online resources. Writing 2.11 The student will maintain legible printing and begin to make the transition to cursive. 2.12 The student will write stories, letters, and simple explanations. a) Generate ideas before writing. b) Organize writing to include a beginning, middle, and end for narrative and expository writing. c) Expand writing to include descriptive detail. d) Revise writing for clarity. 2.13 The student will edit writing for correct grammar, capitalization, punctuation, and spelling. a) Recognize and use complete sentences. b) Use and punctuate declarative, interrogative, and exclamatory sentences. c) Capitalize all proper nouns and the word I. d) Use singular and plural nouns and pronouns. e) Use apostrophes in contractions and possessives. f) Use contractions and singular possessives. g) Use knowledge of simple abbreviations. h) Use correct spelling for commonly used sight words, including compound words and regular plurals. i) Use commas in the salutation and closing of a letter. j) Use verbs and adjectives correctly in sentences. 2.14 The student will use available technology for reading and writing.

Present Level of Academic Achievement and Functional Performance (PLAAFP)
The Present Level of Academic Achievement and Functional Performance summarizes the results of assessments that identify the student’s interests, preferences, strengths, and areas of need. It also describes the effect of the student’s disability on his/her involvement and progress in the general education curriculum, and for preschool children, as appropriate, how the disability affects the student’s participation in appropriate activities. This includes the student’s performance and achievement in academic areas such as writing, reading, math, science, and history/social sciences. It also includes the student’s performance in functional areas, such as self-determination, social competence, communication, behavior, and personal management. Test scores, if included, should be self-explanatory or an explanation should be included, and the Present Level of Academic Achievement and Functional Performance should be written in objective, measurable terms, to the extent possible. There should be a direct relationship among the desired goals, the Present Level of Academic Achievement and Functional Performance, and all other components of the IEP.
Student’s Strengths, Preferences, and Interests
Elli Smith is an 8-year-old girl currently in the 2nd grade. Elli was found eligible for service for Specific Learning Disability. Elli also has asthma and needs access to her inhaler, as well as regular check-ins with the school nurse.
According to the psychological evaluation, Elli demonstrates an overall ability in the average range. She demonstrates substantially less developed long-term retrieval associative memory and auditory processing, specifically phonemic awareness. These relative weaknesses coupled with difficulties in the aspect of auditory processing, such as phonemic awareness, which is the understanding of the smallest units of sound (phonemes), might make the acquisition of reading difficult. Also, the spelling of unfamiliar words might also prove to be a challenging task. Elli’s social functioning, as assessed through rating scales, teacher interviews, and direct observation appears to be a challenging area. According to achievement assessment, Elli demonstrates average oral language skills, mathematics and written expression in the low average range with significant deficient range. Teacher reports indicate that Elli demonstrates an independent reading level of pre-primer 1. Her auditory comprehension is very good, but her word attack is very poor. She has received PALS remediation and Title I supports for reading for a period of 6 months and has made very minimal progress despite supplemental instruction interventions targeting her identified areas of deficit.
Student’s Areas of Need (Deficits that Require Supports)
Elli’s areas of need resulting from her disability related deficits include:
Decoding
Reading
Spelling
Written language
Prolonged or moderate/heavy physical activity (Asthma)
Effect of Disability on Student
Elli demonstrates substantially less developed long-term retrieval, associative memory, and auditory processing, specifically phonemic awareness. These relative weaknesses coupled with difficulties in aspects of auditory processing, such as phonemic awareness, which is the understanding of the smallest units of sound (phonemes), makes the acquisition of reading difficult as well as the spelling of unfamiliar words.
Academic Performance
Wechsler Individual Achievement Test – Third Edition (WIAT–III)
Subtests with age-based scores:
Listening Comprehension 90, Early Reading Skills 92, Reading Comprehension 79
Math Problem Solving 80, Alphabet Writing Fluency 96, Sentence Composition 90
Word Reading 72, Pseudoword Decoding 77, Numerical Operations 93
Oral Expression 95, Oral Reading Fluency 63, Spelling 80, Math Fluency – Addition 83, Math Fluency – Subtraction 89, Oral Reading Accuracy 61
Oral Reading Rate 78,
Listening Comprehension
Receptive Vocabulary 81 Below Average
Oral Discourse Comprehension 103 Average
Sentence Composition
Sentence Combing 98 Average, Sentence Building 84 Below Average
Oral Expression
Expressive Vocabulary 85 Average, Oral Word Fluency 107 Average
Sentence Repetition 97 Average, Oral Language 91 Average
Total Reading 69 Low, Basic Reading 75 Below Average
Written Expression 85 Average
Mathematics 85 Average, Math Fluency 86 Average
Total Achievement 82 Below Average
Teacher Educational Information
Reading instructional level (1st); independent level (Readiness); Elli’s comprehension is good as long as it is tested orally. She can recall story elements and information when the story is read to her. Her word attack skills are extremely limited. She knows sounds when they are isolated but has difficulty putting the sounds together. Her retention of words (sight words) is very weak. She is currently receiving Title 1 and Pals Remediation, but she has made very little growth. Language instructional level (below grade level); She has memorized certain sentence structures and adapts it to the current topic. Elli is an excellent speller, but she cannot read the words she is spelling. She memorizes the spelling features. Math: She is very good at adding and subtracting and has caught on well to the strategies she has been taught. She does a great job deciding which operation should be used and then working out a word problem. Social Studies and Science: Elli does very well in both classes. Movement Ed.: She follows directions and does all activities; seems to get along with everyone during class and seems to enjoy PE. She does need access to her inhaler during PE and recess, as well as regular check-ins with the school nurse. She appears to love Art and Library and works well with other students.

*subject: HCM520: Quality and Performance Improvement in Healthcare
*Homework: Critical thickening
*Note: 1-attached book and articles required to read ,2- Need the plagiarism below 18%
Required:
• Chapters 16 & 17 in The Healthcare Quality Book: Vision, Strategy, and Tools
• Chapter 20 in Patient Safety and Healthcare Improvement at a Glance
• Bishop, A. C., & Cregan, B. R. (2015). Patient safety culture: Finding meaning in patient experiences. International Journal of HealthCare Quality Assurance, 28(6), 595-610.
• Webair, H. H., Al-assani, S. S., Al-haddad, R. H., Al-Shaeeb, W. H., Bin Selm, M. A, & Alyamani, A. S. (2015). Assessment of patient safety culture in primary care setting, Al-Mukala, Yemen. BMC Family Practice, 16, 1-9.
• ===========================================Assignment :Implementing Quality as the Core Organizational Strategy
Case Study: Ministry of Health (MOH) Vision and Strategy (100 points)
For this assignment, you will write a research paper exploring the Ministry of Health’s vision and strategy to improve healthcare delivery for all citizens throughout the Kingdom.
Choose three out of the four topics below:
o Interoperable electronic health records,
o Equitable care standards,
o Quality and performance standards, or
o Governance and accountability.
o For each selected topic:
o Provide an overview of the MOH vision and strategy for that topic.
o Explain the importance of the topic and how it will improve healthcare quality and safety in Saudi Arabia.
o Your well-written paper should meet the following requirements:
o Four to five pages in length, not including the cover or reference pages.
o Formatted per APA and Saudi Electronic University standards.
o Provide support for your work with in-text citations from a minimum of four scholarly articles. Two of these sources may be from the class readings, textbook, or lectures, but two must be external. The Saudi Digital Library is a good place to find these references.
o Provide full APA references for the sources used, along with appropriate in-text citations.
o Utilize headings to organize the content in your work.

The purpose of this research project is for you to write a professional, graduate-level research paper in current APA format.

You will research and write a paper analyzing the cultural perspectives of doing business in another nation. (Italy)

After reading your paper, the reader should be able to comprehensively answer the following research questions. Thus, the research questions form the major aspects (APA Level 1 headings) of your outline.
-What are the major elements and dimensions of culture in this region? (See Chapter 2 of the textbook for a list of the required dimensions.)
-How are these elements and dimensions integrated by locals conducting business in the nation?
-How do both of the above items compare with US culture and business?
-What are the implications for US businesses that wish to conduct business in that region?

Important Points to Consider
This paper must be written in strict conformance to current APA format, and contain a minimum of 24 pages of content (first nine pages have been provided) (excluding the title page, abstract, and references) utilizing at least 24 references from reputable professional and/or scholarly journals and/or informational venues that deal with the content of the course (i.e., not blogs, Wikipedia, newspapers, etc.).
-Use the following as the exact title of your paper, Global Business Cultural Analysis: (insert nation selected)
-The paper must consist of only 4 sections, as indicated above. Do not add sections, or revise the research questions.
-Three levels of current APA headings must be used throughout the paper, as this is a graduate-level research paper.

PLEASE FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS…READ ALL INSTRUCTION….COMPLETE EXCEL SPREAD SHEET THAT I HAVE UP LOADED….MUST BE DONE IN 5HRS….ALL ORGINAL WORK…
Part 1
Three hundred consumers between 21 and 49 years old were randomly selected. After sampling a new wine cooler, each was asked to rate the appeal of the phrase: “Not sweet like wine coolers, not filling like beer, and more refreshing than wine or mixed drinks” as it relates to the new wine cooler. The rating was made on a scale from 1 to 5, with 5 representing “extremely appealing” and with 1 representing “not at all appealing”.
As a manager overseeing the development of the concept, you bottle the wine cooler and placed it into distribution in one test store.
Your manager has asked you to assess the data and determine the most likely customer based on the ratings. Additionally, your manager would like you to review sales in the test store.
Use the Week 3 Data Set to create and calculate the following in Excel®:
1. Estimate the probability that a randomly selected 21 to 49 year old consumer:
o Would give the phrase a rating of 5
o Would give the phrase a rating of 3 or higher
o Is in the 21-24 age group
o Is a male who gives the phrase a rating of 4
o Is a 35 to 49 year old who gives the phrase a rating of 1
o Based on the probabilities for the ratings of 4 and 5, which age/gender demographic would be the best target audience for the new concept?
2. Create a probability distribution using the data which shows how many cartons of the wine cooler were bought per customer in a month.
o Calculate the mean and the standard deviation of your probability distribution.
o Calculate the probability that exactly 3 six packs will be bought in a month.
o Calculate the probability that between 4 and 8 six packs will be bought in a month.
o Calculate the probability that at least 5 six packs will be bought in a month.
o Calculate the probability that no more than 5 six packs will be bought in a month.
3. Create a relative frequency distribution based on the wine cooler drinking temperatures.
o Create 6 bins with the same interval in each.
o Create a histogram
4. Considering the mean and standard deviation for the ideal drinking temperature:
o Calculate z values then refer to Table 6.1 – Cumulative Areas Under the Standard Normal Curve
o Calculate the probability of the wine cooler being less than 45 degrees.
o Calculate the probability of the wine cooler being greater than 60 degrees.
o Calculate the percentage of wine coolers served at the ideal temperature, between 49 and 55 degrees.
Part 2
Reference your Excel® spreadsheet from Part 1.
Complete the Week 3 Case in Connect.
Note: You have only 1 attempt available to complete assignments.

Effective classroom management allows for maximum time for learning in a positive, supportive, and well structured environment. In an effective classroom the teacher and the students look forward to each day of learning.
In the Fred Jones text, read chapters 1 and 2 to complete a 1 page reflective response to the following:
1. What “aha” did you have as a result of this reading?
2. Describe how you will implement concepts learned from these chapters to establish a classroom management system for your classroom.
3. Provide an example of a motivating activity.

Prompt: Your second course project is an observation journal. You have already gathered your advertisements and completed your comparison template to determine the social science approaches that are relevant to your ads. For this assignment you will use that information to write an observation journal that will ask you to draw conclusions from the ads and, eventually, devise a social science question that you might like to investigate.
The critical elements of this assessment will be evaluated in your observation journal. Specifically, the following critical elements must be addressed and will be graded using the rubric at the end of this document:
I. Explain why you chose these advertisements for social scientific and personal study. For instance, what aspects of them intrigued you and made you curious?
II. Explain the assumptions and observations about human interactions and behaviors you made about the advertisements. These are some questions you might want to consider in your explanation:
a. Who do you believe the audiences for the ads might be?
b. What messages do you think the ads are sending?
c. What do you think the nature of the relationship is between or among the people in theads?
d. What relationship(s) do you see between or among the people and the product or service being advertised?
e. How effective are the ads in influencing your own consumer decisions?
III. Identify topics in this course that are relevant to the human behaviors in your advertisements and explain how they are relevant. This is your social science evidence for your observations. For instance, what ideas and people have you studied so far that apply to your observations?
IV. Taking all of your observations and objective conclusions about human behavior in your advertisements into account, assume the role of a social scientist. What question would you ask about the advertisements that you, as a social scientist, could seek to answer? What observations and objective conclusions lead you to this question?
PLEASE REFER TO THE 3 ATTACHMENTS
1ST ATTACHMENT: Advertisement of ads that were chosen to do this project.
2Nd ATTACHMENT: Answers to the questions that are being asked. (about chosen ads)
3Rd ATTACHMENT: Example how the assignment should look.

Submit an evaluation of at least four leadership theories in the form of a properly formatted, APA-compliant taxonomy table. For each of the theories you select, you should include the following:
• The name of the theory
• The year the theory was introduced
• The theorist/author
• Key components of the theory
For each theory presented, be sure to include a minimum of two references to peer-reviewed, scholarly resources, as well as appropriate in-text citations.
Note: Be sure to use the Leadership Theory Taxonomy Template to complete this Assignment.
Northouse, P. G. (2016). Leadership: Theory and practice(7th ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
• Chapter 7, “Leader–Member Exchange Theory” (pp. 137–160)
• Chapter 9, “Authentic Leadership” (pp. 200–224)
• Chapter 10, “Servant Leadership” (pp. 225–256)

Early childhood and special education teachers should understand their role as advocates for children who may have exceptionalities. Teachers can promote professional practice by taking part in professional development opportunities to explain this role and other responsibilities to their colleagues. Professional development enables teachers to stay informed of current practices and ethics associated with the discipline.
Part 1: Advocacy Presentation
For Part 1 of this benchmark assignment, create a 15-20 slide presentation in digital format (e.g., PowerPoint, Prezi) using relevant, current research to inform early childhood and special education teachers about their role as advocates for young children and their families. Address the following within your presentation:
• Specify the importance of detecting possible exceptionalities (including disabilities and giftedness) in Pre-K through Grade 3 children.
• Include at least three laws or policies related to identifying or providing services to children with exceptionalities.
• Relating to the early detection of possible exceptionalities, provide at least three examples of ways in which advocating for students and families optimizes learning opportunities for young children, strengthens learning environments, and advances the early childhood profession.
• Provide 3-5 talking points that teachers could use to inform paraeducators, tutors, and volunteers about some of the more important legal and ethical practices regarding students who may have exceptionalities and how to interact with their families (e.g., confidentiality).
Include presenter’s notes, a title slide, in-text citations, and a reference slide that contains 3-5 scholarly sources from the required readings or the GCU Library.
Part 2: Ethical Analysis
For Part 2 of this benchmark assignment, write a 250-500 word statement regarding how the advocacy role of early childhood educators (as described in your presentation) promotes compassion, justice, and concern for the common good of students, families, and colleagues and reflects the GCU College of Education’s Professional Disposition of Advocacy (provided below). Beneath the Professional Disposition of Advocacy description is a section of the GCU Statement on the Integration of Faith, Learning, and Work, which you may also (but are not required to) refer to in your response.
GCU College of Education’s Professional Disposition of Advocacy
Educators should promote positive change in schools and communities that benefit the welfare of others.
• Actively building positive relationships with the students.
• Engaging students in conversations beyond the scope of the classroom.
• Taking time to understand student issues and concerns.
• Assisting students in finding resolutions to their problems.
• Guiding students through the problem-solving process.
• Seeking to understand the issues and challenges facing students.
• Sincerely getting to know the students’ interests and needs in their context.
GCU Statement on the Integration of Faith, Learning and Work:
“WE BELIEVE that Jesus Christ is both Savior and Lord and that all who follow Jesus should seek His Kingdom and His righteousness in relation to all aspects of human experience, including culture and society. Therefore, we have resolved to carry out our work within the public arena with compassion, justice and concern for the common good.”
While APA format is not required for the body of this assignment, solid academic writing is expected, and in-text citations and references should be presented using APA documentation guidelines, which can be found in the APA Style Guide, located in the Student Success Center.
This assignment uses a rubric. Review the rubric prior to beginning the assignment to become familiar with the expectations for successful completion.
You are required to submit this assignment to LopesWrite.
Standards and program competencies assessed in this assignment:
COE 5.1: Engage in ongoing, collaborative professional development from the early childhood education/special education field to inform practice in order to maximize learning outcomes for all students. [CEC 6.4; NAEYC 6a, 6c; InTASC 9(a), 9(b), 9(c), 10(a), 10(b), 10(f)]
COE 5.2: Model the expectations of the profession by upholding ethical standards, professional standards of practice, and relevant laws and policies. [CEC 6.1; NAEYC 6b; InTASC 9(o), 10(i)]
COE 5.3: Analyze ethical decisions that promote the common good for students, families, and colleagues that are consistent with the Christian worldview. [MC 3]
COE 5.5: Integrate relevant, research-based perspectives on early childhood education/special education to promote professional practice. [CEC 6.2; NAEYC 6d; InTASC 10(h)]
COE 5.6: Engage in informed advocacy to optimize the learning opportunities for young children, strengthen the learning environment, and advance the early childhood profession. [CEC 6.5; NAEYC 6e; InTASC 10(j), 10(k); MC 2]
COE 5.7: Provide guidance and direction to paraeducators, tutors, and volunteers. [CEC 6.6; InTASC 10(n); MC 2, MC 3]

1. Being prepared for an emergency is important at all ages. Identify an emergency policy needed for all children to learn and share how preparation will vary from each different age group.
2. Identify and describe two safety activities that K-grade 3 students could teach their families at home. Rationalize your recommendations.

Health and Safety Mini-Lessons
As part of the benchmark assignment for this course, you will be organizing and designing an upcoming Wellness Fair for your kindergarten class. To prepare for this Wellness Fair, you will develop four mini-lessons in the areas of health, safety, nutrition, and fitness throughout the course. In addition, you will research community organizations to be represented in booths at the Wellness Fair that will provide your school community with information related to health, safety, nutrition, and fitness.
For this assignment, use the “Mini-Lesson Template” to design one health mini-lesson and one safety mini-lesson for the event. Lesson topics may include, but are not limited to:
• Oral health
• Specific health issues
• Lead poisoning
• Allergies
• Accident prevention
• Fire/natural disaster safety
• Hygiene
• Hand-washing
• Emotional safety
Make sure each lesson is developmentally appropriate and addresses strengths and needs of the students depicted within the “Class Profile.”
In addition, select two community organizations to host a booth at the Wellness Fair. One organization should support your health mini-lesson and one should support your safety mini-lesson. In 250-500 words, summarize the chosen organizations and why each should be featured at the school community Wellness Fair.
As part of the benchmark assignment for this course, you have been asked to organize and design an upcoming Wellness Fair for your kindergarten class. To prepare for this Wellness Fair, you will develop four mini-lessons in the areas of health, safety, nutrition, and fitness throughout the course. In addition, you will research community organizations to be represented in booths at the Wellness Fair that will provide your school community with information related to health, safety, nutrition, and fitness.
For this assignment, use the “Mini-Lesson Template” and design one nutrition mini-lesson and one fitness mini-lesson for the event. Lesson topics may include, but are not limited to:
• Meal planning
• School garden
• Recycling
• Label reading
• Food safety
• Healthy choices
• Healthy lifestyle
• Muscle strength
• Being active
Make sure each lesson is developmentally appropriate and addresses strengths and needs of the students depicted within the “Class Profile.”
In addition, select two community organizations to host a booth at the Wellness Fair. One organization should support your nutrition mini-lesson and one should support your fitness mini-lesson. In 250-500 words, summarize the chosen organizations and why each should be featured at the school community Wellness Fair.
Prepare this assignment according to the guidelines found in the APA Style Guide, located in the Student Success Center. An abstract is not required.
4
Use the attached document titled “Your GCU Experience” in order to gain insight into your community and college experience.
5
Use the attached document titled “Time Management” in order to gain insight into your daily schedule and weekly time management.

Write a 3-4-page paper that includes the following 3 parts & respond to the questions. Include smart goals in 3 parts of the paper. Using APA style and references.
Part 1: Classroom Management Self-Inventory include the following paper.
Part 2: Motivation and Engagement include the following in paper
Part 3: Final Conclusion Reflection include the following in paper.
(View assignment attachment and respond to questions)
follow the directions

Teachers must work collaboratively with colleagues, school staff, and parents to develop and implement behavior plans for students engaging in challenging behaviors. All stakeholders need to have a clear understanding of the plan and the steps to take to ensure the student is learning behaviors that are more appropriate. Each member of the team must also know how to implement the consequences when/if a student does not engage in appropriate behavior. In some cases, behavior can be severe; all members of the team need to be aware of how to respond to a student in crisis.
Review the scenario below to inform the assignment:
Michael is a seventh grader who is in his first year of rotating from class to class. Michael has shown that he really enjoys his homeroom teacher, Mrs. Thomas, who also happens to be the special education teacher. Mrs. Thomas takes Michael out of his reading class, for half of the class time, to provide his reading minutes according to his IEP. While Michael is serviced in reading only, Mrs. Thomas will take Michael out during all testing to provide a quiet, more 1:1 environment for testing. All of Michael’s teachers are male aside from Mrs. Thomas.
Mrs. Thomas was called into a team meeting to discuss Michael’s behaviors in his other classes.
All of the other teachers reported during the meeting that Michael is disruptive in class. His social studies teacher has noted that Michael is redirected at least three times each class period for talking with other students or being out of his seat. His social studies teacher also noted that Michael enjoys talking about baseball and video games with his classmates rather than participating in class or completing tasks. When redirected a few times last week, Michael asked to use the restroom and was out of the classroom for at least 15 minutes each time.
Michael’s math teacher also reported that periodically Michael shouts out during class or talks with others during instruction and independent work time. The math teacher has tried to redirect his behavior, but like his social studies teacher mentioned when redirected, Michael will ask to use the restroom or see the nurse and remain out of the classroom for the duration of the period. This causes Michael to miss instruction and not complete work.
Both teachers report that Michael will often doodle with highlighters or pencils on his assignment when redirected to get on task. Mrs. Thomas was shocked since Michael does not display any of these behaviors during the times he is with her.
Use the “Student Goals and Intervention Template” to complete this assignment.
Part 1: Intervention Plan
Referring to the scenario provided, identify an operational definition of the target behavior, outline 3 aligning function of behavior goals, and an intervention plan for these goals.
Using the “Student Goals and Intervention Template,” identify and outline the following within Michael’s intervention plan:
• Replacement behavior and specific steps to be implemented that will change the behavior based on information from teacher data
• Strategies to manage (reduce target behavior) situations and consequences based on information from observations .
• Any rewards and reinforcements.
• Progress monitoring (what data will be collected and in what manner).
• Steps to respond to any escalation of behavior.
Part 2: Crisis Plan
A crisis intervention plan are procedures to follow when reducing the target behavior is ineffective. The goal to maintain safety for all students and staff. Many schools and districts have crisis plans to follow with the goal of maintaining safety for all students and staff.
Create a descriptive crisis plan in a way that others can easily follow once it is determined that reducing the target behavior has been unsuccessful. Consider the following if the target behavior escalates:
• How long should a staff member allow the target behavior to continue before implementing the crisis plan?
• At what point should the student exhibiting the target behavior be removed from the classroom or when should other students be removed for safety? Where does the student or students go?
• When should administration be involved?
• At what point should local authorities or the school‐based officer be contacted?
• At what point should parents/guardians be contacted?
• How will you know the crisis is over and full de‐escalation has occurred? What happens then?
Part 3: Summary
After completing the intervention plan, include a 50‐100 word summary describing the role Mrs. Thomas has in communicating Michael’s needs to and collaborating with his general education teachers .
Support each scenario response with 1‐2 scholarly resources specific to current engagement theories and strategies.

The four lessons in this course have explored the best ways to set up healthy and safe environments for children and how to promote a healthy lifestyle. Early childhood professionals are advocates for children and their families. They must make sure that they’re providing families with healthy choices, ideas, and resources to help families better understand how to live healthy lives.
In this assignment, imagine yourself in the role of a preschool classroom teacher preparing to send home with students a Healthy Take Home Bag that offers families the opportunity to work, play, explore, and learn together regarding health, safety, and nutrition. You’ll complete this assignment in theory; in other words, it isn’t necessary to create a real Take Home Bag. However, you’ll plan your bag, your letter to families, and your essay responses as if you were putting together a real Take Home Bag.
Instructions
As an early childhood professional, building a home-school connection is an important part of teaching and learning. As we teach three-, four-, and five-year-old children about healthy lifestyles, nutrition, safety, and wellness, we also must offer support and education to families at home. This graded project involves developing a themed Healthy Take Home Bag to be sent home each week with a different child throughout the school year. It should contain important ideas and activities that provide families and children with knowledge about becoming and staying healthy and fit. These bags allow family members to be involved in a child’s learning.
Follow these steps to begin your assignment:
Choose one of these four themes and plan your Healthy Take Home Bag around your selected topic:
a. Germs, Handwashing, and Staying Healthy
b. Nutrition and Healthy Food Choices
c. Fire Safety and Emergency Preparedness
d. Dental Health and Hygiene
Search online and select an image of the ideal book bag, backpack, or tote bag you would send home with children in your class. Copy the image of the bag and paste it into your assignment. Cite the source of the image on your references page in APA format, and explain in five to seven sentences which theme you’ve selected and why. Then, share why you selected this particular bag to serve as your Healthy Take Home Bag.
From the teacher’s perspective, write a letter to families of your students explaining what the bag is about and why their children are receiving the bag to take home. In your letter, include a greeting and closing, and follow proper spelling, punctuation, grammar, and formatting rules. Your letter should motivate and excite families to receive the bag, provide a detailed explanation of each item included in the bag, suggest how to use each item appropriately, and include any other directions, suggestions, or guidance you wish to express. Before writing your letter, imagine what questions, concerns, or apprehensions families might have as they receive the Healthy Take Home Bag. Then include your answers and any additional information that might lessen their confusion or reluctance.
Research ideas as you plan the bag’s contents, which should include materials in each of the following categories:
Games. Include a description of at least one game families would play together that promotes understanding of your chosen theme. Describe the materials needed to play each game, and share a summary of how each game is played. Finally, indicate what the child will learn from playing each game at home with their family. This portion of your assignment is expected to be one fully developed paragraph of at least five to seven sentences.
Children’s literature. Identify and describe two books that promote children’s understanding of your chosen topic. Provide the title, author’s name, publisher, date, and a summary of each book. Then, identify two reasons for selecting each book to be included within your Healthy Take Home Bag.This portion of your assignment is expected to be two fully developed paragraphs of at least five to seven sentences each (one paragraph per book).
Manipulatives. Describe at least one manipulative set you would include in the Healthy Take Home Bag. Tell about the materials included and how they’re to be used. Then explain how the manipulatives extend the child’s understanding of your selected theme. This portion of your assignment is expected to be one fully developed paragraph of at least five to seven sentences.
Dramatic play. Share ideas for costumes, puppets, or other dramatic play materials you would send home in the Take Home Bag. Be specific by sharing the manufacturer’s name of each item, describing the items themselves, and explaining how they’ll be used. Describe how the dramatic play items you’ve included relate to your chosen theme and advance the child’s understanding of your selected topic. This portion of your assignment is expected to be one fully developed paragraph of at least five to seven sentences.
Sensory play. Describe one sensory play experience you would include in the Take Home Bag to help teach children and families about your selected topic. Explain how this sensory experience would benefit the family. This portion of your assignment is expected to be one fully developed paragraph of at least five to seven sentences.
Science experiment. Describe one age-appropriate science experiment included in the Take Home Bag that supports your selected topic. Explain the materials needed, the steps of the experiment, and the expected outcome. Then, explain how this experiment would benefit the family. This portion of your assignment is expected to be one fully developed paragraph of at least five to seven sentences.
Recipes for healthy snacks. Share at least one recipe for a kid-friendly snack that’s healthy, nutritious, and relates to the topic you’ve chosen. Identify the ingredients you would send home in the bag or expect the family to have on hand. Describe the procedure of making the snack, and explain how and why the snack contributes to the family’s experience in learning together about the bag’s theme. This portion of your assignment is expected to be one fully developed paragraph of at least five to seven sentences.
Additional resources. Provide at least one resource—such as a website, book, magazine, movie, or other resource—that would extend the family’s exploration of your chosen theme. Explain what the resource is and how it would benefit the family. Make sure this is a credible source that families will find beneficial and easily accessible. This portion of your assignment is expected to be one fully developed paragraph of at least five to seven sentences.
As you complete these portions of your assignment, click on the links below and consider some of the ideas pinned for you on your ECE instructors’ Pinterest boards:
ECE130 Health, Safety and Nutrition
Healthy Take Home Bag Ideas
Submission and Grading
Formatting Your Assignment
Begin by creating a title page in APA format. Format your paper using a standard font, such as 12-point Times New Roman. Set the margins at a standard 1 inch on all sides. Set your line spacing as double. Because you’ve given your information on the title page, no header is necessary. The standard style format for citations, if required, is American Psychological Association (APA). For more information on this citation style, refer to this site.
Prior to Submitting Your Assignment for Grading
Before submitting your ideas for your Healthy Take Home Bag:
Watch the video on your student portal for this assignment, as it offers greater insight and advanced instructions on how to successfully complete this exam.
Visit the recommended Pinterest boards and related websites for ideas about age-appropriate and developmentally appropriate activities to include in your Take Home Bag.
Proofread your work for any spelling, punctuation, grammatical, or formatting errors.
Review the grading rubric below to ensure all portions of the assignment are satisfied.
Save your assignment as one continuous file in Microsoft Word or another rich-text format.
Read the statement below.
I declare that the assignment submitted here is original except for source material explicitly acknowledged in APA formatted, in-text citations and references.
I acknowledge that I am aware of the College’s policy and regulations on honesty in academic work, and of the disciplinary guidelines and procedures applicable to breaches of such policy and regulations, as contained in my Student Handbook.
I submit this assignment for grading as my best efforts, resulting from my careful consideration of the assignment’s instructions as explained in my lesson material and in the assignment’s video on my student portal. If, after considering the lesson material and the video, I was unsure of the assignment’s requirements, I have already contacted my instructor via phone or email to seek guidance and clarification.
In submitting this work for a grade, I accept that my work will not be returned ungraded.
Submitting Your Assignment for Grading
Note: Each project is individually graded and therefore could take up to five to seven business days to grade. Follow this procedure to submit your assignment online:
Be sure that your document contains:
Your name
Your student number
Course name and number
Project number (580803)
Go to http://www.pennfoster.edu and log in to your student portal.
On your student portal, click on Take an Exam.
In the box provided, enter the examination number. (The number for this exam is 580803.)
Click on Submit.
On the next screen, enter your email address. (Note: This information is required for online submission.)
If you wish to tell your instructor anything specific regarding this assignment, enter it in the Comments.
Attach your file as follows:
Click on the first Browse box.
Locate the file you wish to attach.
Click on Submit. Be sure to keep a backup copy of any files you submit to the school!
Grading Criteria—Healthy Take Home Bag Project
Grading Criteria
Exemplary Proficient Fair Poor Not Evident
Image of ideal Healthy Take Home Bag is provided. Selected bag is appropriate, and bag and chosen theme are explained in a fully developed paragraph. 10 8 6 4 0
One or more games are provided. Games are age- and developmentally appropriate, and are explained in a fully developed paragraph. 10 8 6 4 0
Two or more children’s books are provided. Books are age- and developmentally appropriate, and are explained in two fully developed paragraphs. 10 8 6 4 0
One or more sets of manipulatives are provided. Manipulatives are age- and developmentally appropriate, and are explained in a fully developed paragraph. 10 8 6 4 0
One or more dramatic play sets are provided. Dramatic play activities are age- and developmentally appropriate, and are explained in a fully developed paragraph. 10 8 6 4 0
One or more sensory play experiences are provided. Sensory play activities are age- and developmentally appropriate, and are explained in a fully developed paragraph. 10 8 6 4 0
One or more science experiments are provided. Science experiments are age- and developmentally appropriate, and are explained in a fully developed paragraph. 10 8 6 4 0
One or more recipes for healthy snacks are provided. Recipes are age- and developmentally appropriate, and are explained in a fully developed paragraph. 10 8 6 4 0
One or more additional resources are provided. Resources are appropriate and easily accessible to families, and are explained in a fully developed paragraph. 10 8 6 4 0
APA references page, title page, in-text citations, spelling, grammar, punctuation, and format are appropriate. 10 8 6 4 0

Using the English Language Proficiency Standards (ELP) from Arizona or from your state, select a stage (grade level) for a group of students of your choosing. Create a content objective and a language objective using the English Language Arts Standards from AZ or from your state for your group of ELLs at the Basic Proficiency Level for each of the following domains:
1. Listening and Speaking
2. Reading
3. Writing
Include a 500-750-word summary below the chart (within the same document) that contains rationales for each of the three domains that describes how the objectives you wrote address the characteristics of a basic ELL level and accounts for the theoretical language acquisition principles mentioned in your required reading.

art 1: Intervention Plan
Referring to the scenario provided, identify an operational definition of the target behavior, outline 3 aligning function of behavior goals, and an intervention plan for these goals.
Using the “Student Goals and Intervention Template,” identify and outline the following within Michael’s intervention plan:
• Replacement behavior and specific steps to be implemented that will change the behavior based on information from teacher data
• Strategies to manage (reduce target behavior) situations and consequences based on information from observations .
• Any rewards and reinforcements.
• Progress monitoring (what data will be collected and in what manner).
• Steps to respond to any escalation of behavior.
Part 2: Crisis Plan
A crisis intervention plan are procedures to follow when reducing the target behavior is ineffective. The goal to maintain safety for all students and staff. Many schools and districts have crisis plans to follow with the goal of maintaining safety for all students and staff.
Create a descriptive crisis plan in a way that others can easily follow once it is determined that reducing the target behavior has been unsuccessful. Consider the following if the target behavior escalates:
• How long should a staff member allow the target behavior to continue before implementing the crisis plan?
• At what point should the student exhibiting the target behavior be removed from the classroom or when should other students be removed for safety? Where does the student or students go?
• When should administration be involved?
• At what point should local authorities or the school‐based officer be contacted?
• At what point should parents/guardians be contacted?
• How will you know the crisis is over and full de‐escalation has occurred? What happens then?
Part 3: Summary
After completing the intervention plan, include a 50‐100 word summary describing the role Mrs. Thomas has in communicating Michael’s needs to and collaborating with his general education teachers .
Support each scenario response with 1‐2 scholarly resources specific to current engagement theories and strategies.

Teachers must employ a variety of assessments, instructional strategies, and intervention techniques to support their students who are displaying behaviors that are getting in the way of successful learning in the classroom. If initial classroom management efforts are unsuccessful in helping such a student, then it is often determined that the situation warrants a behavior plan. For a behavior plan to be successful, it is imperative that stakeholders collaborate to support the student in reducing the occurrence of challenging behaviors and increasing appropriate behaviors. When appropriate, the student should also be involved in the development of the behavior plan. Providing students with choices and involving them in decision‐making aids in the development of self‐advocacy and self‐determination.
For this benchmark, you will propose a behavioral intervention plan for a student based on the information provided in “Student Scenario: Joseph.” Use the “Proposal for Behavior Change Template” to complete this assignment.

Part 1: Data Collection and Definition of Student Behavior
Describe Joseph’s behaviors on the ABC chart using the “Proposal for Behavior Change Template” provided. Create one measurable, observable operational definition for Joseph’s challenging behavior.
Part 2: Analysis of Data
The hypothesis is a best guess of the cause of the function of behavior that summarizes the observations. It includes the when (antecedent or trigger), the what (behavior of student), and the why (outcome student’s target behavior: attention, tangible, or escape).
Part 3: Intervention Ideas and Replacement Behaviors
Based on your analysis of the FBA data and the operational definition for Joseph’s behavior, identify an appropriate replacement behavior.
Part 4: Proposed Intervention Plan
Propose an intervention plan that outlines one goal for Joseph and includes the following:
• Replacement behavior and specific steps to be implemented that will help Joseph reach each goal.
• Strategies to manage activities and social interaction through collaboration with general educators and other colleagues .
• Rewards and reinforcements you will use with Joseph.
• A plan to monitor progress by gathering ongoing data from colleagues and student’s family .
• Steps to resolve any escalation of behavior safely and appropriately .
Be sure to incorporate appropriate intervention and replacement behavior ideas identified in Part 3.
Part 5: Reflection
In a 250‐500 word summary reflect upon how you, in your future professional practice, will ensure formal and informal assessments of student behaviors are unbiased and technically sound, considering culture, language, gender, and ability differences.
Support your template responses with 1‐2 scholarly resources.
While APA format is not required for the body of this assignment, solid academic writing is expected, and in‐text citations and references should be presented using APA documentation guidelines, which can be found in the APA Style Guide, located in the Student Success Center.

Case 1: Read the Case Study entitled The School Board at the end of Chapter 10 of Saks, A., and Haccoun, R. (2015). Managing performance through training and development, 7th ed. Toronto: Nelson. Assume the role of a training consultant who has been hired by the company to assess where this training initiative went wrong and how to move forward.
Write a 1000-word memo that answers the five Questions in the case study. Ensure that you incorporate the concepts and ideas learned, and that you properly cite any materials you paraphrase or directly quote using APA 6th edition format.
CASE STUDY- THE SCHOOL BOARD
For years, parents, students, and teachers complained that nobody listened, that decisions were made without participation, and that good ideas went unacknowledged. A needs analysis that involved a survey of teachers and students confirmed that these problems were widespread. Carlos DaSilva, who was recently appointed trainer at the school board and had a strong background in teaching, had to address the communications problem as his first assignment. He designed what he considered to be an excellent three- day communications program. He spent months on the design: finding videos, exercises, and games that taught active listening, upward communication, brain- storming, and other areas identified in the survey. Carlos was excited to deliver his new training program and was sure that the participants would like it. On the first day, Carlos began with a brief introduction on the importance of communication, followed by a lecture on communication channels. Afterwards, he showed a video about manager–employee communication problems and how to improve communication. This was followed by a discussion of the key points in the video and what the trainees might do to improve their communication skills. On day two of the training program, Carlos began with a lecture on brain- storming. He then had trainees participate in a group brainstorming exercise. Each group had to brainstorm as many ideas as possible for improving communication in the school board. Afterwards, the groups presented their ideas followed by a discussion of the most creative ways to improve communication with teachers, students, and parents. On the third day of the training program, Carlos began with a lecture on active listening. Trainees then participated in an exercise in which they had to develop a message and then communicate it to the other trainees. At the end of the exercise, each trainee had to recall the message sent by the other trainees. This was followed by a discussion of how to be a more effective listener and tips on active listening. Carlos ended the training program by having trainees participate in a communication game. First, he had trainees complete a self-assessment of how they send messages and the channels they use for communication. Then groups of trainees had to develop a message that they would communicate to the other groups. Each group had to determine the best way for their message to reach the other groups as accurately and quickly as possible. At the end of the game, each group read out the message they received from the other groups. Carlos then scored each group in terms of the accuracy of the message received by the other groups and how long it took for each group to receive the message. The game was a lot of fun for the participants, who left the training program on a high. Carlos thanked them for attending the program and encouraged them to apply what they learned in training when they returned to work. The trainees applauded Carlos and thanked him for providing such an enjoyable training experience. Two months after the training program, Carlos was sitting at his desk, thinking about his meeting scheduled for 2 p.m. with the school board superintendent. He was looking forward to the meeting, knowing that he would be praised for the successful interactive communications program he had designed and delivered.
However, the meeting with the superintendent went poorly. Although some participants had loved the exercises and games in the communications course, most had not changed their work behaviour. Furthermore, a review of the situation showed that the old problems persisted and communication remained a serious problem at the school board. Carlos did not know what to say or what he should do. Several days later, Carlos approached some of the participants who had attended the training program and asked them how things were going. One participant laughed and said, “Well that was a lot of fun, but training is training and work is work. Besides, nothing ever changes around here.” Carlos asked her what she meant and she explained to him that supervisors don’t get it and continued to call the shots. “The only thing they know about communication is downward,” she said. “Maybe they should have attended your training program!” QUESTIONS
1. What are some reasons that Carlos’s training program did not transfer?
2. Discuss some of the barriers to transfer that might be operating at the school board. Who is responsible for these barriers and when do they occur during the training process?
3. Describe some of the things that Carlos might have done before, during, and after the training program to improve the transfer of training. What could the trainees and supervisors have been asked to do before, during, and after training to improve transfer?
4. Discuss the training transfer climate and the transfer system at the school board. How might they have contributed to the transfer problem?
5. What should Carlos do about the transfer problem at the school board? What changes should he make next time he delivers a training program?
Case 2: Read the Case Study entitled The Alcohol/Drug Abuse Prevention Program (ADAPP) at the end of Chapter 11 of Saks, A., and Haccoun, R. (2015). Managing performance through training and development, 7th ed. Toronto: Nelson. Assume the role of a training consultant who has been hired by the company to assess where this training initiative went wrong and how to move forward.
Write a 1000-word memo that answers the four Questions in the case study. Ensure that you incorporate the concepts and ideas learned, and that you properly cite any materials you paraphrase or directly quote using APA 6th edition format.
CASE STUDY- THE ALCOHOL/DRUG ABUSE PREVENTION PROGRAM (ADAPP)
The North American Transportation Company (NATC) is a very large organiza- tion that provides continent-wide facilities for the shipping of goods, from tonnes of wheat and iron ore to individual parcels. Headquartered in Canada, the com- pany uses all forms of heavy equipment to load, transport, and deliver goods and materials for its clients. In recent years, a number of accidents and near-accidents have occurred. In some cases the accidents caused injuries to people (mainly employees, though some injuries were sustained by bystanders). They also caused substantial material damage to prop- erty and/or the environment. In three cases in the last five years, people were killed. Investigation of these accidents indicated that drug and/or alcohol abuse by company personnel was relatively common and that these may have been contributing factors to the accidents. This analysis also uncovered that absenteeism and job performance problems were also the result of drug/alcohol use by employees. The CEO of the company asked the HR department to solve the problem. In response, the department formulated a zero-tolerance policy toward workplace alcohol and drug abuse. The policy outlawed alcohol/drug use on the job and made the implementation and enforcement of the policy the direct responsibility of all supervisory personnel in the company. They further developed and imple- mented a training program to instruct all supervisors on the policy, the means to implement it, and the specific behaviours expected of them. This training program became known as the Alcohol/Drug Abuse Prevention Program (ADAPP). The day-long training program explained that it was the responsibility of super- visors to be vigilant with respect to drug/alcohol use on the job and to act imme- diately when there was a problem. There were three main aspects to the ADAPP policy that supervisors were to learn and to transfer to the job: (1) explain the policy to their employees as a group; (2) watch for employees who show signs of being “under the influence”; and (3) choose the specific supervisory action required correctly. Supervisor were instructed to (a) assess the situation with the employee; (b) immediately relieve the employee from his/her post should the impairment prevent safe and effective job performance; and (c) direct the person to the Employee Aid Program for further investigation and treatment. Supervisors who failed to implement the procedure would face disciplinary actions including, in some cases, immediate dismissal. The training program consisted of lectures and video presentations, followed by various role-playing exercises and discussions designed to help supervisors learn the policy, motivate them into implementing it, and enhance their confidence in their ability to do so.
Questions
1 . Design a training evaluation for the ADAPP. The training evaluation must be both summative (Has ADAPP led to an increase in the desired supervisory behaviours and to a decrease in employee absence and work- place accidents and injuries?) and formative (What aspects of the training program, if any, should be improved?).
2. What model or models of training evaluation would seem appropriate in this case? Explain your answer.
3. What variables should be measured and how should this be done? a. Determine the main variables to measure. b. Determine the information to be collected to address potential improvements to the program, if necessary.
4. What data collection design or designs would you consider most appropriate for the evaluation? Explain your reasoning.

Create a graphic organizer, or use the “Instructional Strategies for ELLs” resource, to identify and describe oral, reading, and writing strategies appropriate for each ELL proficiency label. Include a justification as to why each strategy is applicable to the specific ELL proficiency label, citing references.
While APA format is not required for the body of this assignment, solid academic writing is expected and in-text citations and references should be presented using APA documentation guidelines, which can be found in the APA Style Guide, located in the Student Success Center.
You are required to submit this assignment to Turnitin.

For this final assignment, you will write a 750-1,250 word research paper on a controversial topic involving a cultural identifier and the implications for K-12 public education.

Review the list of cultural identifiers.

Identify a controversial topic in K-12 education that involves one or more of the cultural identifiers, already done in week 2 assignment. This topic should include two or more viewpoints that are for and against the issue.

Using a minimum of three scholarly journal articles from the last 12-36 months complete your paper on the following points:
1. Describes the cultural identifiers discussed in the articles.
2. Summarizes the historical background of the cultural identifiers and associated controversial topic in K-12 education.
3. Identifies arguments presented for and against the issue.
4. Discusses any associated injustices arising from the issue.
5. Identifies 3 stakeholder groups that are most affected and where they fall on the cultural competence continuum
6. How future teachers and students are affected by the identified cultural identifier(s).
7. Summarizes solutions and/or proposed solutions to associated injustices.

Prepare this assignment according to the guidelines found in the APA Style Guide, located in the Student Success Center. An abstract is not required.

This assignment uses a rubric. Review the rubric prior to beginning the assignment to become familiar with the expectations for successful completion.

links:
Becoming a Multicultural Educator: Developing Awareness, Gaining Skills, and Taking ActionRead Chapter 7 in Becoming a Multicultural Educator: Developing Awareness, Gaining Skills, and Taking Action.
http://gcumedia.com/digital-resources/sage/2016/becoming-a-multicultural-educator_developing-awareness-gaining-skills-and-taking-action_ebook_2e.php
Ten Quick Ways to Analyze Childrens Books for Sexism And RacismRead “Ten Quick Ways to Analyze Childrens Books for Sexism And Racism ” by Derman-Sparks and the A.B.C. Task Force, located on the Teaching for Change website.
http://www.teachingforchange.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/08/ec_tenquickways_english.pdf
1. Cultural Competencies: Essential Elements of Caring-Centered Multicultural EducationRead “Cultural Competencies: Essential Elements of Caring-Centered Multicultural Education,” by Pang et al., from Action in Teacher Education (2011).
https://lopes.idm.oclc.org/login?url=http://search.ebscohost.com.lopes.idm.oclc.org/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ofs&AN=71524035&site=ehost-live&scope=site

Assessment
Time to put your knowledge of the evolving role of the media in political messages to work! You’ve been asked by a popular news organization to create a web article for their official website that will help the public understand the role that media plays in politics. Your product will first explain your analysis of a media item and then describe how the role of media in politics has changed over time.
Steps
1. Choose a visual, text, or other media item that is political in nature. This list provides some examples of media items you may use and guidance on where to locate other examples on the Internet. Be sure to include the media item, or directions on how to access it, with your assessment.
2. Analyze the political message delivered by your chosen media item. In two well-written paragraphs, explain the background of the image, text, or video and explain what bias the message reveals and how.
o The background paragraph should include who created the media item, when, for whom, and for what purpose.
o The analysis paragraph should explain the bias in the media item. What strategies does the media item use to persuade people? (examples are symbolism and emotional appeal)
3. Write a third well-written paragraph that answers the following question, in your own words. How have the media changed over time, and how has this affected political communication?
4. List
________________________________________
Select one of the following media items for your assessment. Remember, you must provide the source or information on how to access the source with your assessment.
1.
1. TV Commercial
Television advertisements from recent elections are readily available from multiple internet sources, such as the

YOU ARE TO REPLY TO THIS STUDENT POST NO LESS THAN 250 WORDS NO MORE THAN 300 WORDS. NO PLAGIARISM. I AHVE ATTACHED THE ORIGINAL

Ken Ewert’s article Moral Criticisms of the Market (1989) explores the subject of religion and economics, and rebuts the leftist views of the “Christian Socialists” in regards to the free market system. He does a phenomenal job of breaking down the morality of the free market and examining the traits of selfishness, materialism, impersonalism and individualism, community relationships, economic power, and economic ability to please.
With regards to selfishness, Ewert made a great distinction that a self-directed action can happen in one of two ways: “through mutually beneficial economic exchanges, or through predatory political actions” (1989). This cuts to the core of selfishness in a free market. We have the ability to choose our actions, and selfishness is not a requirement for success. I slightly disagree, however, with his views on materialism. While advertisement does give customers important information about products, it can equally be misleading. A consumer may receive just as much misleading information from an advertisement as sound material. I do agree with Ewert’s (1989) assertion that materialism is a problem of all economic systems, as well as his views on impersonalism and individualism. I worked as a waitress for quite a while, and formed many personal relationships with customers; my tips were better if I had a personal relationship with the customer. A free market definitely doesn’t always encourage impersonalism and individualism, nor does it discourage community relationships. Ewert’s (1989) stance on how economic intervention, not the free market, has actually disintegrated family bond is interesting, and a claim I am not sure I agree with, however I am not able to refute his statements on the subject. Ewert’s (1989) comments about economic power were thought-provoking, as I had never thought much into the subject. He made a great point in that an employee chooses to work for an employer because the benefits, even if seemingly small, outweigh the consequences, such as moving costs and loss of local friendships. The last subject Ewert (1989) touches on is economic ability to please. I agree with everything he says in this section, especially his comments about politicians and the “powerful oppressing the weak” (Ewert, 1989).
Overall, I think Ewert did a fantastic job refuting the claims that “Christian Socialists” make about the free market. His statements assume that people have the ability to delve down into the root of what causes our behaviors and thoughts. God has given us that ability, although sometimes it may be hard to put into practice.

Research paper instruction.
Each student will write a five page research paper on their assigned topic within their designated group theme (case study). The individual research paper will be in APA 6th ed. Format (no abstract), 12 pt. Times New Roman font and include at least three additional references to the base document/article.
My Topic
Accidental Statesman Base
Mission Command: Visualize
This is your small group for collaboration on your group project and peer review of your research paper, as well as working on collaborative PEs. View the The Accidental Statesman Base Document topic.(attached) To assist you in your research I have attached the advanced sheets for those lessons.
All document attached.

Now that you are familiar with the judicial decision-making process, you will use your experience with it to write a judicial opinion.
Steps
1. Reflect on your decisions in the cases of T.M. v. State of Florida and Hazelwood v. Kuhlmeier using the following questions:
o Did your opinion reflect the majority or minority opinion on each case?
o Did you tend to favor loose or strict interpretation of the laws and rights for each case?
o What factors most influenced your decision and interpretations in each case?
2. Use your answers to the questions above to write a judicial opinion for each case using this Template. Explain your answers to each question in detail and use information from the lesson and the court’s minority and majority opinions. Be sure to check your work for proper spelling and grammar, and revise as needed to ensure your writing is clear and understandable.
3. Instructions: Replace the information in parentheses with your own work according to the assessment instructions.

template
T.M. v. State of Florida
I, (your name), write this opinion to (support the majority opinion or dissent with the majority opinion) on the case of T.M. v. State of Florida.
(First paragraph—Explain why your opinion reflects the majority or minority opinion. Give details of each side of the case.)
(Second paragraph—Explain whether you tended to favor loose or strict interpretation of the laws and rights in this case. Give specific examples of where you used each type of interpretation in this case. Explain your reasons for favoring one or the other.)
(Third paragraph—Describe the factors that most influenced your decision and interpretations in this case. Explain why you thought each was significant.)
Hazelwood v. Kuhlmeier
I, (your name), write this opinion to (support the majority opinion or dissent with the majority opinion) on the case of Hazelwood v. Kuhlmeier.
(First paragraph—Explain why your opinion reflects the majority or minority opinion. Give details of each side of the case.)
(Second paragraph—Explain whether you tended to favor loose or strict interpretation of the laws and rights in this case. Give specific examples of where you used each type of interpretation in this case. Explain your reasons for favoring one or the other.)
(Third paragraph—Describe the factors that most influenced your decision and interpretations in this case. Explain why you thought each was significant.)

Select ONE of the following topics to answer for the Lesson Writing Assignment. The writing assignment should be a minimum of 500 words. You should find most of the information you need to complete the assignment in the chapter, but you are allowed to use outside sources as well (such as news articles or government websites). DO NOT simply copy the information word for word from your sources. If you use information directly from the textbook or another source, it should be cited and the properly formatted citation should be provided at the end of the assignment. All assignments will be analyzed with SafeAssign to identify possible plagiarism.
1. Read Chapter 8, including “You Decide: Voices of Texas: A Plural or Single Executive?” and write an essay answering the following questions:
• How does the power of the governor in Texas compare to other states?
• What is a plural executive? What is the single executive model?
• What are the arguments for and against a plural executive?
• Do you believe that the plural executive is more democratic than the single executive model? Why or why not?
• Does the plural executive lead to more efficient and accountable government? Why or why not?
• Do you believe the power of the governor should be increased, decreased or remain the same? Why or why not?
2. Read Chapter 10, including “You Decide: Voices of Texas: Houston’s ‘Bathroom Ordinance’” and write an essay answering the following questions:
• According to the graphic “Who Governs Texas’s Cities?”, which city council best reflects the racial/ethnic composition of its population? Which council diverges the most from its city’s population?
• Do you think it is important that the city councils do reflect the racial/ethnic composition of their communities? Why or why not?
• Why are there so many special districts in Texas? Do you feel cities and counties should do the jobs that special districts do? Why don’t they?
• Do you think cities and counties should more closely monitor the activities of special districts? Who do you think should be in charge of oversight?
• In recent years, local ordinances relating to hydraulic fracking, ride hailing services, and discrimination have led to conflict with the state government. Should cities’ lawmaking powers be limited to concerns such as traffic or animal control issues, rather than broader issues?
• Should the state have the power to preempt or invalidate local ordinances in order to ensure consistency in regulations across the state?
3. Read Chapter 11, including “You Decide: Voices of Texas: What to Do with a Budget Surplus” and write an essay answering the following questions:
• Do you think that sales and use taxes are a fair way for the state to generate revenue? Why or why not?
• How should policy makers deal with a projected budgetary surplus? Should taxes be cut or spending increased?
• In the case of a budget surplus, what arguments would you make to the legislature to increase spending? Where would you increase spending? Why?
• In the case of a budget deficit, what areas would you target for cuts? Why?
• Under what circumstances should the legislature tap into the Rainy Day Fund?
• Why did the Texas Legislature give up the ability to set tuition at state universities and how has this decision impacted you?

Think about two environments you have experienced.
1. The first environment is one that did not confront the brutal facts, where the people (and the truth) were not heard.
2. The second environment is one that did confront the brutal facts, where people had a tremendous opportunity to be heard.
Whataccounts for the difference between the two environments? If you do not havethis life experience you are not off the hook—you will need to interview aleader who has these experiences and report on that. What does the contrastteach us about how to construct an environment where the truth is heard? Usingstrong Biblical support, explain how you relate this to your ChristianWorldview? Does your Christian Worldview help you develop this environment? Howdoes this relate to the ethical components of the Meese and Ortmeier text?
These replies are from a previous discussion boards
#1 from Ryan Collins
n today’s society, technology is advancing as fast as the population is growing. The constant change in society dictates the organizations structure and path to either success or failure. Leadership is vital in the initiation and process of moving an organization forward in keeping up with competition or even being the leader in the respective market. To answer the question if Collins was incorrect regarding Wells Fargo is debatable due to the circumstances of the behind the scene aspects, which were not public knowledge until publicized.
As Paul stated in Titus 1:7 (NIV) “Since an overseer manages God’s household, he must be blameless not overbearing, not quick tempered, not given to drunkenness, not violent, not pursuing dishonest gain.” This passage is relevant to the Wells Fargo leadership and initial perspective of Jim Collins. In the initial research of Collins, the apparent facts to including the Dow along with the profits reported, I believe Collins was on point pertaining to the initial research and facts present. The perspective of Collins on the reporting of Wells Fargo’s successes after 2001 derives from his statement of “build enduring greatness through a paradoxical blend of personal humility and professional will” (Wexler, Wycoff, & Fischer, 2007, p. 6).
Looking at the imperative events which took place during the early 2000’s changed the banking aspect and societies approaches on life in general. The devastating event of terrorism on September 11 may have been the trigger event. This event may have encouraging the spike in Wells Fargo’s success due to diversion of the public to enact the lack of integrity triggering uncommon business practices which came back to haunt Wells Fargo. Even if Collins misinterpreted the success of Wells Fargo, the discrepancy was hidden, and the facts apparent to Collins allowed for Wells Fargo to be a part of the 11 successful companies.
According to Collins (2001), the hedgehog concept derives a cycle from good to great insinuating success to the doom loop which is the downfall of an organization relevant to leadership or practices (p.16). The internal structure of Wells Fargo was an imminent result for the Hedgehog Concept to go awry due to the lack of integrity and core values demonstrated by the leadership. The Hedgehog Concept went awry, as soon as the organization strayed from the mission statement enabling scandals and the destruction of organizations reputation to include the lack of trust from clients/customers. In reference to the Hedgehog Concept, Collins stated “It is an understanding of what you can be the best at. The distinction is absolutely crucial” (Wexler, Wycoff, & Fischer, 2007, p. 15), which is the total opposite result of the path Wells Fargo leadership ran the operations.
The downward fall of Wells Fargo derived from internal criminal aspects deriving from the top down. The leaderships lack of knowledge or worse case knowledge of criminal intents within one’s organization lead to the failure to the organization. The deviation of mission statement and goals of the leadership led to the decline of profit per employee. The loss of profit as a top bank in the respective arena along with the loss of confidence to the investors of the bank is a perfect equation for failure contradicting the reporting.
#2 from Shockley
In September 2016, Wells Fargo’s scandalous practices came to be known. It was revealed that bank employees were opening bank accounts, transferring money, and signing up for different services in customers’ names without the customers consenting to these activities. These extra accounts were generating fees payable to the bank. It is alleged that these illegal and unethical activities were done due to aggressive, impossible to meet sales quotas placed on employees. Employees were also trained to use fake email addresses and phone numbers when customers failed to provide one. There was a culture permeating Wells Fargo that if an employee was not cheating then he would not meet the numbers required to remain employed at the company (Cavico & Mutjaba, 2017, p. 4).
Jim Collins’ research focused on the numbers, so he was not wrong, but he did misinterpret the root of the numbers. When he did his examination, he saw a company that utilized the Hedgehog Concept and started producing exemplary numbers. “Then the Wells Fargo team asked itself, ‘What can we potentially do better than any other company?’ The brutal fact was that Wells Fargo would never be the best global bank in the world – and so the leadership team pulled the plug on the vast majority of the bank’s international operations” (Collins, 2001). This action appears to be the perfect example of the Hedgehog Concept. The company abandoned something it knew it would never be able to become the best at. The company then focused on “profit per employee” which they appeared to be the best at until their fraudulent activities surfaced.
Profit per employee practices can be a recipe for disaster without attentive leadership. “Without proper safeguards, incentive-based compensation arrangements in financial institutions may encourage excessive risk-taking by employees, leading to serious financial loss for financial institutions…These compensation arrangements were based on short-term revenue, and thereby incentivized employees to expose the financial institution to more risk” (Mims, 2017, p. 429). The executive leadership at Wells Fargo pushed employees to meet sales quotas and open numerous, superfluous accounts for customers or be subject to disciplinary action. This produced a cutthroat environment that eventually led to unethical activities on the part of the employee (Cavico & Mutjaba, 2017, p. 5). Culture of an organization is developed at the top of the organization and is implemented by the bottom. The leadership of Wells Fargo failed in two main ways. “The astute and agile leader should not be blind-sided by any weaknesses or improprieties in the company or organization, such as in the case of Wells Fargo, employees acting in an illegal and immoral manner to meet the unrealistic sales goals set by the bank…Moreover, the leader must be proactive, not a mere reactor, which sadly, appears to be the case with Wells Fargo” (Cavico & Mutjaba, 2017, p. 16). Had Wells Fargo’s leadership noticed the sales goals it was setting on its employees was turning into a weakness, it could have been proactive in preventing any unethical or immoral practices that would harm its customers.
Leaders with a Christian worldview should refrain from participating or allowing their employees to participate in any unethical business practice. It is important to always remember God will provide enough for those who believe in Him and trust Him. “God is able to bless you abundantly, so that in all things at all times, having all that you need, you will abound in every good word (2 Corinthians 9:8).

Term Paper Requirements
The paper must be written in accordance with APA standards using the current edition. The required length is 4-5 pages excluding the cover page, charts, tables, graphs, diagrams, photographs, the reference page, or the appendix. The format will be double-spaced, 1-inch margins, Times New Roman, and 12pt font.
Term Paper Topics
Topics for the term paper are required be directly related to aviation or aerospace legislation. You must have selected a topic from one of the Statutes or Cases listed here. The instructor may approve a topic from the Rhoades text which must be directly related to aviation or aerospace legislation.
The instructor may also approve an alternative topic suitable for your location in a jurisdiction outside the United States but only if it is directly concerned with aviation or aerospace legislation.
Plagiarism
Papers submitted to Turnitin may be compared against billions of Internet documents, archived Internet data that is no longer available on the live web, a local repository of previously submitted papers, and subscription repository of periodicals, journals, and publications. The comparison may be against any or all of these repositories as set on a specific assignment by the instructor of the class.

Paper half written as follows. No plaigarism. Need an advantage or disadvange two more pages in microsoft word double spaced.
Abstract
In the years leading up to 1978 there were five major airlines that dominated the market as well as the skies. These major airlines were regulated under the Civil Aeronautics Board (CAB), by 1978 there was a demand for lower airfares. There were several factors and courses of actions for the US Government to consider. Two of these courses of action will be presented here as well as advantages and disadvantages of each. In conclusion, the purpose of the Airline Deregulation Act of 1978 is presented.
Keywords: CAB, aviation, revenue, deregulation

I need help in writing an EXPOSITIONARY ESSAY on a contemporary issue facing the U.S. Army in one of three categories; Leadership, Operations, or Management, using your personal experience and at least three references (Wikipedia IS NOT an acceptable reference) to support your context. This paper must set forth an argument concerning your own experience, in one of those three categories, in a clear and concise manner; using correct grammar, sentence structure, and word usage. Provide a coherent transition from one topic to the next using structure, and transition sentences. Your essay should be in Times New Roman, 12pt font, APA 6th edition format with no abstract, and must be three to five pages in length not including your title and reference page. the recommended online resource for APA style writing is the Purdue University Owl website@ https://owl.english.purdue.edu/owl/resource/560/01/.
Note: I want the paper based on leadership, if possible out of the three categories ( Leadership, Operations, or Management)
Note: I need three REFERENCE you can use FM 6 – 22 Leader Development as one of three sources.
This is helpful information to understand the basic knowledge in helping to write the EXPOSITIONARY ESSAY
What is leadership?
Leadership is the process of influencing people by providing purpose, direction, and motivation to accomplish the mission and improve the organization.
What is an Army Leader?
An Army leader is anyone who by virtue of assumed role or assigned responsibility inspires and influences people to accomplish organizational goals.
How can leaders mitigate resistance?
Leaders can mitigate resistance by anticipating what others value, their reactions to influence, their shared understanding of common goals, and their commitment to the general organization or the purpose of the mission and their trust in the organization and the leader.
What conveys the expectations that the Army wants leaders to meet?
The Leadership Requirements Model
What are the leader attributes?
Character, presence and intellect.
What are the three categories of competencies?
The Army leader serves to lead others.
The Army leader serves to develop the environment, themselves, others and the profession as a whole.
The Army leader serves to achieve organizational goals.

Reflective Writing: Texas Legislative Branch, Redistricting, Campaigns and Elections under Federalism
Requirements and Completion Instructions
When completing your essay, you must provide in-text citations for any work that is directly quoted or paraphrased. However, you do not need to put the direct citation next to each piece of information that you include in your chart. A bibliographic citations on your bibliography will suffice. When writing your essay, respond to the prompt thoroughly, and completely.
Your response should be your own thoughts and analysis. Citations may be formatted in MLA as long as they are consistent throughout. Research and resources should be incorporated with scholarly application. I.e. used as examples or evidence to support your analysis. Make sure to use complete sentences, and proper grammar. Your response to the prompt should focus on analyzing the information you gather and use to complete the constitutional chart through application. Incorporate the information you gathered by using it to provide examples and support for your response to the prompt.
Your analysis and essay must be at least 2 pages, in length. This does not include the bibliography. The bibliography should be incorporated, on a separate page.
My expectations of a complete assignment are that information is organized clearly and in detail with specific examples. Quality is preferred to quantity.
Prompt:
Copy and paste the link below, to access and stream the movie The Big Buy: How Tom Delay Stole Congress, free online. http://www.dailymotion.com/video/x6rzv (Links to an external site.)Links to an external site.
Choose from one of the prompts below, to respond to
1. Thinking about federalism and the how power is distributed between multiple levels of government, including the federal and state level, identify current federal and Texas laws that regulate elections, such as those that provide for determining electoral processes, eligibility to participate in an election, selection methods, winning requirements, candidate qualifications, determining when and where election is held. Discuss inconsistencies and provide some possible examples to explain the potential effects these could have on electoral outcomes, of who is deemed winner, and ultimately achieving democratic representation of the appropriate people (constituents) who will be electorally linked and impacted by the winner of a political office.
2. In your own opinion, is re-redistricting, before the decennial census, a crime, based on statutory and constitutional law? Or, given the nature and number of state level elections, across a wide geography made up of an extremely demographically heterogeneous population, make it democratically necessary that re-mapping between census’s be a reserved power of the states, in order to maximize representative democracy. How could the remapping of Texas be applied to example and explain the state’s Don’t Mess With Texas, age old attitude, and individualistic political culture.
3. How could you defend an argument that re-redistricting was not illegal, and how could you defend the argument that re-redistricting violated the Voting Rights Act. Despite, the Texas remapping controversy, should the federal judicial system be involved, in what Justice Felix Frankfurter called the “political thicket” of partisan redistricting? Especially, since the power to redistrict is a power reserved to for the state, and its people. If political gerrymandering is a problem, should its resolve be left to the voters, state by state, and jurisdiction by jurisdiction, or to the federal government (i.e. oversight, regulation, intervention, law…what do you think).

The subject for the first of three larger written assignments in the course is the interaction between Congress and the Executive branches, topics from Modules 4-6.
ASSIGNMENT OVERVIEW
A recent presidential election, new Administration, unified government, and renewed interest in separation of powers between co-equal branches, executive authority over the bureaucracy, the role of congressional oversight all point to a relevant range of subjects for you to select a topic, engage in research and analysis, and compose an essay addressing a current topic that illustrates executive-legislative relations.
Washington, D.C. is an extremely competitive, political town and you must work hard to govern — whether it is via legislation, an executive order, or to keep or increase your agency funding — it is an important part of government. No matter when on the legislative calendar or President’s agenda, you sell your ideas and compete for attention, staff, funding.
Choose an issue of contemporary relevance to the federal government — it may be an issue of primarily legislative oversight or initiative or executive branch purview. However, in particular, identify a current issue of contention between the branches and present a reasoned argument or analysis describing the problem or conflict and how the branches work (or fail).
DETAILS
1. Submit a written analysis on a current topic of your choice. If you have any questions about relevant topics, please reach out to your Instructor.
2. A quality report will be between 750-1000 words (3-4 content pages).
Clarity and detail, as well as connections to the structure and powers of each branches, are more important than length.
3. You should use at least 5 quality sources to research and clarify your thoughts. When appropriate, the sources should be cited within the body of your analysis (using MLA (Links to an external site.)Links to an external site. or APA (Links to an external site.)Links to an external site.style). A complete bibliography or Works Cited should be and the end of your submitted document and will include all sources from which you gathered information. URLs alone are NOT a sufficient citation (See MLA (Links to an external site.)Links to an external site. or APA (Links to an external site.)Links to an external site. style guides).
4. Be sure to check for clarity and appropriate word usage; complete sentences; correct grammar, spelling and punctuation.
5. You should demonstrate substantial understanding about your topic and the current state of play on the issue.
6. Be sure to follow all guidelines as outlined in the full Writing Assignment Rubric (click here) .

The purpose of this paper is to provide practical application of material learned by developing concepts presented in the presentations. The body of the paper must be at least 6 pages (double spaced, 12-pt font). In addition to the body there must be a separate title page and a page of references. A separate abstract is not necessary and must be omitted.

Do not attempt to write the paper without carefully studying the related presentations. To achieve more than a passing grade, you must demonstrate a mastery of the presentations and factual information and incorporate those ideas into your papers. Naturally, stylistic points such as grammar and spelling will be considered in grading. Your paper must be in current APA format. Doing the minimum amount of work does not guarantee a perfect score.

Topic: Becoming an Informed Voter – Researching Your Congressional Delegation

The research paper has 2 steps. First, you will analyze the background of your congressional district and your U.S. Representative. Second, you will analyze the political background of your state and 1 of your U.S. Senators. You may choose which senator to study; however, if one senator is newly elected and does not have interest group ratings, choose the other one. Note that these are United States Representatives and Senators. Do not use members of your state legislature.

Begin by reviewing the presentation on “Becoming an Informed Voter.” The example of Congressman Bob Goodlatte of Virginia is used. If you live in the Sixth Congressional District of Virginia, you will have to adopt another Virginia congressional district as your temporary home and write about that one, since you have already been given some of the information on Bob Goodlatte. If you have a newly elected representative who has not yet received interest group ratings, get the interest group ratings of a representative from a neighboring district.

After reviewing the presentation, you will write an essay with 2 parts. The first part will deal with your congressional district and congressman; the second part will deal with your state and senator. As explained in the presentation, interest group scores may be found at http://www.votesmart.org.

A helpful source to find information for this paper is The Almanac of American Politics by Michael Barone and Chuck McCutcheon.

This essay will address a number of questions:

• What is the recent political history of your district and state?
• How have they voted in recent presidential and congressional elections?
• Can your district or state be considered to be leaning Republican or leaning Democratic?
• Are the parties relatively even or does one party dominate the elections?
• Does your district have a long tradition of supporting one party or has it been changing in recent years?
• How did your representative and senator come to power? (Thoroughly describe their backgrounds.)
• How do the interest groups (ADA, ACLU, ACU, CC or FRC) rate your representative and senator? (Note: If the Christian Coalition score is not available, you may substitute the Family Research Council score. Include the exact scores from each of these groups. The rationale for this is explained in the presentation.)
• Based on these ratings, would you classify your representative and senator as conservative or liberal? Justify your answer.
My state is north carolina so I will need senator and congressman from North Carolina

Prepare: Since this is the first step in developing your Final Paper, it is recommended that you review POL201 Assignment GuidePreview the document before beginning this assignment. A model POL201 Final Paper templatePreview the document and the POL201 Research Guide are both provided for you within the online classroom to utilize when completing your Final Paper. You should also review the Week 2 Policy and Your Life discussion and the list of some possible policies found in the Week 2 DQ and Final Paper Policy ExamplesPreview the document in your online classroom, before completing this assignment. The first step to researching your Final Paper is selecting a specific policy for your paper, which was part of the Week 2 Policy and Your Life discussion. Your paper must focus on a specific policy that focuses on an aspect of the United States government and ideally, that relates to your major and future career. You should be able to find research that will allow you to support your ideas. If you have questions or would like your instructor to approve your policy, please email them directly and/or discuss with your instructor and colleagues in the Week 2 Policy and Your Life discussion forum.
Reflect: Once you have found a topic that interests you, you will begin the research for your Final Paper this week. In addition to establishing your topic and the thesis for your paper, you will also provide an Annotated Bibliography (Links to an external site.)Links to an external site. for four of the sources you intend to utilize to support your Final Paper. Each annotation should be a minimum of one full paragraph (five sentences) in length and should explain what the source discusses and how this links to your Final Paper topic. While your textbook can be utilized as a source, it does not count towards your four sources for this assignment. As your paper progresses, it is expected that you will find more sources to support your ideas for a minimum of eight sources are required for the final, with a minimum of five of those sources from the Ashford University Library databases. This research is necessary to develop a strong Final Paper. The following resources will help you to use the library effectively to find sources for your paper: For guidance on using library databases to locate scholarly, peer-reviewed articles click on Help! Need Article (Links to an external site.)Links to an external site.and then click the “How Do I Search for Articles” button from the Main Menu. For guidance on identifying the types of sources you can use for academic research, watch this interactive tutorial on Evaluating Sources. The Scholarly, Peer Reviewed, and Other Credible Sources (Links to an external site.)Links to an external site. table offers additional guidance on appropriate source types. Additionally, the POL201 Research Guide, located within the online classroom, is designed to help you find sources for your paper. If you have questions about whether a specific source is appropriate for this assignment, please contact your instructor. Be sure that the sources you are utilizing to support your ideas are valid, reliable, and not overly bias. For information on identifying information bias, watch this interactive tutorial on Subjective and Objective Statements (Links to an external site.)Links to an external site..
Write: To complete the assignment, download the Week 2 Annotated Bibliography WorksheetPreview the document from the online classroom to your computer, fill it out, and submit it via Waypoint. Within the worksheet, you will address your policy, find four scholarly sources to support your policy, and explain the significance of each of your four sources. Please be sure that each section is at least a full paragraph (minimum of five sentences) in length and fully addresses the questions presented. All references should be listed in full APA format and cited appropriately.

Select ONE of the following topics to answer for Writing Assignment 1. The writing assignment should be a minimum of 750 words. You should find most of the information you need to complete the assignment in the textbook, but it may improve your submission by using additional sources (such as news articles or government websites).
• Discuss how the population has changed in Texas and how it is projected to change in the future. (Hint: Look at the charts and graphs in Chapter 1.) In what ways might Texas’ politics change in the future based on its racial and ethnic makeup? Based on the population growth, urbanization and economic transformation of the last two decades, how might Texas change in the next two decades? Which areas will grow in population, and what might Texas’ government have to do to respond to that growth? (Be specific)
• Compared to the US Constitution, why is the Texas Constitution so frequently amended? How does the turnout for elections dealing with constitutional amendments compare to turnout for presidential elections? (Refer to “Who are Texans?” in Chapter 2). Do you think the level of turnout influences the legitimacy of the amendments that are passed or rejected? Do you think that more people should participate in constitutional amendment elections? Why or why not? Is there anything the state can do to increase turnout for constitutional amendment elections?
• Has the evolving relationship between the federal government and the states changed for the better or worse? Why? How has Texas generally responded to mandates from the federal government? Do you think the federal government should be allowed to enact “unfunded mandates” on the states? What state issues, if any, do you feel the federal government should be involved in? Why these and not others?
• Do you think political parties serve an important function in Texas? Why? What are some of the barriers to third parties in Texas? Do you think Texas should make it easier for minor parties to gain political power? Why or why not? What changes would you make in order to improve the visibility and power of minor parties in Texas?
• What are some of the past and more recent barriers to voting in Texas? (Be specific) What accounts for the low level of voter participation in Texas? What can be done to increase voter participation? (Specifically discuss at least two policy proposals that election officials could adopt.) Under legislation passed in 2017, Texas will be eliminating straight-ticket voting beginning with the 2020 elections. Do you agree with this? Why or why not?
• What are some of the positive and negative consequences of former members of the Texas Legislature lobbying current members of the legislature? People in the legislature and outside observers have discussed putting limitations on lobbying by former members. Should Texas enact laws to limit the ability of ex-legislators to lobby? What major proposal was put forward in the 2019 legislative session? How far did the bill go in the Texas Legislature? (Note: The Texas Tribune is a good source for information on the legislative session.)
• Discuss the gender, racial and educational makeup of the Texas Legislature. (Refer to “Who are Texans?” in Chapter 7.) Does it adequately represent the population of the state? If the legislature had more people of color, more women, or more people of varying levels of education, do you think it would pass different policies? If so, what kinds of policies might they pass? (Be specific here.) Does the part-time nature of the Texas legislature encourage or discourage people from particular occupations to run? Do you think a full-time legislature could make the legislature more representative? Why or why not?

Ch. 6 & 7 discuss the influence gender and family have on delinquency. In addition, you have read briefly about gender and the juvenile justice system.

Write a 700- to 1,050-word paper answering the following questions:

How does gender affect delinquency?

What are some current explanations for gender differences as they relate to delinquency?

How does family affect delinquency?

How does family makeup affect delinquency?
How does family behavior influence delinquency?

Are delinquent females treated differently than delinquent males by members of the juvenile justice system?

Are they treated unfairly?
Do they benefit from being female? Why or why not?

Format your paper consistent with APA guidelines.

For this assignment, you will write a 2–3-page essay (double-spaced, 1-inch margins) providing examples of how some facet of “process philosophy” has impacted American government and/or society. You may focus on just 1 example, or you may discuss 2–3 examples.

Options include the following topics:
• A specific piece of legislation.
• The “party platform” of either the Republican Party or the Democratic Party (or both).
• Family and marriage.
• Economics.
• Civil rights.
• Education.

In discussing one of these topics, the goal is to relate how a particular political perspective derives from process philosophy (such as socialism). In making the connection, incorporate clear references from the required reading.

The following questions are based on assigned textbook readings. Answer each question as completely as possible. Be sure to proofread your work carefully for correct spelling, grammar, and usage. Creative thinking and your own wording are important aspects of an effective answer.
Do not merely copy sentences or paragraphs from the readings. However, you should use ideas from the readings if they support your answer. When you do, be sure to acknowledge the source of the quotation or paraphrase.
1.Interest groups attempt to influence politicians and public policy in a variety of ways. Define the term interest group, distinguishing it from a political party, and briefly describe some of the ways interest groups seek influence. [MO4.1, MO4.2]
2.Discuss the differences between economic groups and citizen groups. Which areas does each try to influence, and why? From which sources does each of these groups receive the funds needed to function? [MO4.1, MO4.2]
3.Through inside lobbying, groups seek to gain direct access to officials in order to influence their decisions. Describe key elements and tactics of the process of inside lobbying. Define outside lobbying. Who is involved, and who are the targets? What tactics are used, and what relationship is there with elections? [MO4.1, MO4.2]
4.Political action committees (PACs) are the financial arm of interest groups. Discuss PACs and super PACs. Discuss some of the controversies surrounding PACs. [MO4.1, MO4.2]
5.Define a pluralist approach to group theory and the elite critique. [MO4.1, MO4.2]
6.Summarize the historical development of the news media from the nation’s founding to today. What has been happening to the news audience and the news media in recent years, and how has that affected the information levels of the American public? Why is it important for citizens to be attentive and informed? [MO4.3]
7.Define and explain the media functions of agenda setting, promoting the public good, watchdogs, and corporate revenue generator. Why is the media referred to as the fourth estate, and what are the other three? Explain your answer. [MO4.3]
8.Discuss divided government. Does redistricting have any effect? What is gerrymandering? [MO4.3]

Book Critique on Martin’s, Prevailing Worldviews of Western Society Since 1500. The Book Critique must be 3–5 pages, not including the title and reference page. Format the body of your critique in 4 main sections: summary, critique, application, and policy review. Do not summarize or critique the chapters chronologically. Consider the book as a whole. Avoid excessive quotations. State the authors’ viewpoints in your own words and give specific page references when paraphrasing. Be sure to review the Book Critiques Grading Rubric before starting this assignment. Each submission must be in a Microsoft Word document.
• Summary
Summarize the main theme of the book. What is the overall perspective, purpose, or argument of the book? If the author wanted you to get 1 idea from the book, what would it be?
• Critique
This section needs to balance the book’s strengths and weaknesses in order to unify your evaluation. What strikes you as noteworthy? What has the book accomplished? In what ways was the book effective or persuasive? Challenge assumptions, approaches, or arguments made by the author. Does the argument make sense? You can offer agreement or disagreement as well as identifying where you find the work exemplary or deficient in its knowledge, judgments, or organization. Provide concrete evidence for your assertions. Support judgments with references from the textbook readings in this course and other scholarly resources. The paper must include at least 2 references in addition to the course textbooks and the Bible. All citations must be in current Turabian format. Be sure that your evaluation is balanced, respectful, and fair. Control the tone of your critique.
• Application
This section must demonstrate how the book has enhanced your understanding of current public policy issues. Why is this topic important today? How can this information be used in forming and maintaining a strong foreign policy?
• Policy Review
Identify and assess a current public policy issue in current events in light of the theories presented in this material. Do not merely state what the policy is. Explain the policy and provide a short but detailed briefing on the policy. Additionally, state if the policy is good or bad based on the perspective you gained in reading this book. You must also introduce new ideas that go beyond the book if they complement ideas you have gleaned from reading in the book.

Read the John D. Rockefeller Standard Oil Trust case study as well as pp. 145–150 –> Exxon and the Control of Oil. In your paper, you are to support the position of the dominance theory of business power.
From the perspective of the dominance theory which you have been assigned, consider the following prompts in your paper:
1. Regarding the seven levels of corporate power, how did the power of Standard Oil change society?
2. Was the power exercised in keeping with the social contract of Rockefeller’s era?
3. Does the story support the position of the dominance theory of business power?
4. Did the arguments you read in this case study change your perspective?
Paper Requirements
12-font, Times New Roman, 1-3 pages, APA style (scholarly reference citations)

Worldview Analysis Paper Instructions
You will write a 2-page paper (double-spaced, 1-inch margins, 2 full pages) providing examples of how some facet of “process philosophy” has impacted American government and/or society. You may focus on just 1 example, or you may discuss 2–3 examples.

Options include the following topics:

• A specific piece of legislation
• The “party platform” of either the Republican Party or the Democratic Party (or both)
• Family & Marriage
• Economics
• Civil Rights
• Education

The required reading and study material for Module/Week 4 must be cited, specifically:

• Martin: chs. 8–13
• Either 1 or more of the presentations from Module/Week 4, or Lecture Notes 4.1
• Several (2–4) additional outside sources which provide specifics on your chosen topic
• I can email the lecture notes and anything else that I have if you need them.

Assignment 1: Forces and Public Issues in Industry
Introduction
In this module we explored business, government, and society as an interrelated system made up of primary and secondary stakeholders. In additional to stakeholder forces, we also introduced some of the broader forces influencing this system. In this assignment, you will demonstrate your understanding of stakeholder relationships and influences (including that of government and the media) on industry and public issues.
This assignment will comprise 15% of your total course mark. Part A is a case study on land development, and Part B is a report on public issues relating to the tobacco industry. Each question carries the marks as stated for a total of 100 marks.
Part A: A Brawl in Mickey’s Backyard
Read the Discussion Case, “A Brawl in Mickey’s Backyard,” on pages 22–23 of your textbook.
• Question 1: In a chart, diagram, or paragraph form, identify the primary and secondary (or market and nonmarket) stakeholder groups influencing or influenced by SunCal’s plans to develop a 26-acre site in the resort district. (5 marks)
• Question 2: Explain why each stakeholder group identified in question 1 is in favour of, or opposed to, SunCal’s plans to build condominiums in the resort district. (15 marks)
• Question 3: Identify possible solutions to this dispute that might emerge if SunCal was to work collaboratively with its stakeholders to address their concerns. (10 marks)
Part B: The Tobacco Industry
The tobacco industry is constantly in the media. Choose one or more public issue(s) relating to the tobacco industry (banning of smoking in public places, secondary smoke health issues, controls on tobacco advertising and corporate sponsorship, youth or women as a tobacco industry target markets, etc.) Write a 2500-word double-spaced report containing the following:
• Section 1. Context: Introduce the issue(s) you have selected and list primary and secondary stakeholders influencing or influenced by this issue(s). Be specific in naming individuals, groups, associations, and/or government bodies and describe these stakeholders’ roles. (15 marks)
• Section 2. What does this mean to my family? Identify your own stakeholder role(s) in relation to the tobacco industry and cigarette smoking in our society. Describe the biases, perspectives, or experiences that may influence your position on this public issue. (10 marks)
Note: There is no right or wrong perspective, but it is important to recognize your own stakeholder positions and how they influence your perspectives.
• Section 3. What does this mean to my company? Imagine yourself as a tobacco industry executive and describe management of the public issue(s) from this perspective. (15 marks)
• Section 4. What does this mean to my country? Discuss the role(s) of government in this issue(s) and how it is influencing both the industry and the public. (15 marks)
• Section 5. Media impact: Describe the media’s role in this issue(s) and the perspective it is presenting to the public. Discuss both industry-sponsored media communications, as well as government communications and reporting in the popular press. Cite specific examples using references. (15 marks)
Completion Guidelines
• Submit your assignment by WebCT mail. Be sure to save your assignment as a Word document and name it BBUS_3031_Module_1_Assignment.
• Did you scan the document for viruses?
• Did you complete all the required elements?
• Did you use information and terminology learned in this course?
• Did you support your statements with specific examples and external resources?
• Did you cite references, using correct referencing format?
• Is your report grammatically correct, clear, and well organized?
• Did you demonstrate your ability to evaluate sources of information?
• Send your assignment to your Open Learning faculty member.

Options include the following topics:

• A specific piece of legislation
• The “party platform” of either the Republican Party or the Democratic Party (or both)
• Family & Marriage
• Economics
• Civil Rights
• Education

The required reading and study material for Module/Week 4 must be cited, specifically:

Assessment task details:
You are required to choose one (1) of the following three contemporary ethics issues (Topics 1, 2 or 3) for analysis and produce a board briefing paper for tabling at the next meeting of the company’s board of directors.
Board members gain a great deal of information about the decisions they need to make through the papers they receive prior to a board meeting. Board papers are often prepared by non-board members. Papers cover a variety of functions, from providing general information to a call for action. For example, section 180 of the Australian Corporations Act 2001 outlines that directors have a statutory duty of care to have read the board papers to be able to contribute effectively to board meetings.
In this briefing paper you will argue either in the affirmative (for) or the negative (against), providing a critical argument with evidence to support your argument.
Whilst the tone of this writing is slightly different to an essay, this briefing paper must have essay-like qualities. That is, you are required to formulate an argument, undertake research to locate academic references, and support your argument with theories covered in this course.
You are also required to table recommendations for the board to consider based on your analysis of the issue, including future action and possible barriers (these must be theory driven/evidence based).
To formulate your argument, you are required to undertake research to locate academic references using online databases (e.g. EBSCO, Proquest, Emerald, Science Direct etc). You must to use at least 12 academic references to support your argument.
Literature pointers will be provided on the Ethics & Governance Canvas site. Also, please read the Ethics & Governance – Guide to Assessment 1: Research Essay for details on essay writing, research and referencing requirements for this assessment.
E&G Assessment Guide
See also the Australian Institute of Company Directors (AICD) Directors Tools on Board Papers Meeting Effectiveness (Links to an external site.)
Topic 1: Walmart and Foreign Corruption
Walmart has agreed to pay $US282 million (AUD $407 million) to settle US federal allegations of overseas corruption. Once upon a time it was possible to get away with having differing ethical stances in different jurisdictions. In a globalised world is it ethical and still possible to practice ethical relativism? (Answer with reference to course literature, theory, concepts and research.)
Literature pointers:
• Barakat, M 2019, ‘Walmart to pay $407m over foreign corruption charges’, Australian Financial Review, 21 June, https://www.afr.com/business/retail/walmart-to-pay-407m-over-foreign-corruption-charges-20190621-p51zys (Links to an external site.) [viewed 27 June 2019].
• Hartman, LP & Desjardins, J 2008, Business ethics: Decision making for personal integrity & social responsibility, McGraw-Hill irwin, Boston, pp 63-109. see Chapter 3: Philosophical ethics and business https://equella.rmit.edu.au/rmit/file/0815e3d6-0fcf-3116-63ae-98e378546eae/1/31259007731461.pdf (Links to an external site.)
• (Links to an external site.) (Links to an external site.)Jones, TM & Ryan, LV 1998, ‘The effect of organizational forces on individual morality: Judgment, moral approbation, and behavior’, Business Ethics Quarterly, vol. 8, no. 3, pp. 431-45.
• Scherer, AG & Palazzo, G 2011, The new political role of business in a globalized world: A review of a new perspective on CSR and its implications for the firm, governance, and democracy, Journal of Management Studies, 48(4), 899-931.
• Trevino, LK and Nelson, KA 2011, Managing business ethics : straight talk about how to do it right, Chapter 3: Deciding what’s right: a psychological approach, pp. 71-110, 5th ed. Hoboken, NJ : John Wiley.
I want to 2000 words and it should be Harvard format no plagiarism.
I chose Walmart and Foreign Corruption Topic. I also attached all the articles and the course slides you may need it.
the course name : Ethics & governance

APA format, properly formatted cover page, double-spaced text, Times New Roman 12pt font, 1-inch margins, as well as full endnote-style citations for paraphrasing and quotations. Eight references (minimum) 1,600 word paper addressing the following topic:
The integration and application of airpower in warfare has been debated throughout history with a variety of perspectives and opinions on its proper use. Many of the key ideas, theories, and doctrine regarding the use of the military instrument of power—particularly the use of airpower. Reflecting on the Airpower, describe and explain the capabilities and limitations of military power in the air domain.
Objectives
1. Analyze the different perspectives on the application of airpower in warfare.
2. Apply the principles of airpower to warfare.
3. Relate historical changes in the perspectives on the proper use of airpower in warfare to contemporary events.
4. Apply an understanding of the patterns and trends in airpower to the modern debate

Assignment Details
As recent events have shown, the rapid pace in which technology advances has created complicated legal questions that are being litigated before the courts today. Likely, one of the most controversial of these advances is the relationship between DNA, probable cause, and issues of privacy. In this activity, you are provided two research documents. Research Document 1 provides an overview of the legal issues associated with compulsory DNA collection and was prepared by the Congressional Research Service. Research Document 2 contains a detailed overview of the legal and ethical issues associated with DNA. Read both documents, and then write an argumentative essay explaining your position on the issue of DNA that is discussed in these documents.
Complete the following for this assignment:
1. Read the following 2 research documents:
o Henning, A. C. (2008). Compulsory DNA collection: A Fourth Amendment analysis. Washington, D.C.: Congressional Research Service, Library of Congress.
 Click here to access the article.
o Strutin, K. (2014). DNA without warrant: Decoding privacy, probable cause and personhood. Rich. JL & Pub. Int., 18, 319.
 Click here to access the article.
2. Summarize the key legal and privacy concerns discussed by Henning.
3. Summarize the key legal and privacy concerns discussed by Strutin.
4. Form an argumentative essay supporting your position relating to those issues raised by Henning and Strutin. Indicate whether you agree with one author over the other, whether you disagree with both, or have other ideas on this topic. Explain your position in detail.
Be sure to cite all references in APA format.

Texas Government Essay Questions (3)

Please answer following three essay questions. Each essay must be at least two pages long (double-spaced and font size of 12). You are more than welcome to write more than two pages for each essay. Please make sure to give proper citations if you utilize any sources. MLA format is a must (work cited page, in-text citations, etc.). I will use TURNITIN when grading your essays. .
1. Describe the particular historical conditions under which the Constitution of 1876 was drafted. What were some of the main principles behind the Constitution of 1876? What are some of the most important aspects of the constitution that reflect the political philosophy of its framers?
2. Describe the character of federal–state relations today. How much influence does the federal government wield over the states? What tools can it use to coerce state compliance with federal measures? What means do states have to resist federal initiatives?
3. Describe the history of Texas as a one-party state. Which party dominates Texas politics today, and what are the historical origins behind this dominance? What were some of the ramifications of one-party rule? What caused the rise of a two-party system in Texas?

Liz Claiborne, Inc. (Claiborne), is a large maker of sportswear in the United States and a wellknown name in fashion, with sales of over $1 billion per year. Claiborne distributes its products through 9,000 retail outlets in the United States. Avon Products, Inc. (Avon), is a major producer of fragrances, toiletries, and cosmetics, with annual sales of more than $3 billion per year. Claiborne, which desired to promote its well-known name on perfumes and cosmetics, entered into a joint venture with Avon whereby Claiborne would make available its names, trademarks, and marketing experience and Avon would engage in the procurement and manufacture of the fragrances, toiletries, and cosmetics. The parties would equally share the financial requirements of the joint venture. During its first year of operation, the joint venture had sales of more than $16 million. In the second year, sales increased to $26 million, making it one of the fastest-growing fragrance and cosmetic lines in the country. One year later, Avon sought to “uncouple” the joint venture. Avon thereafter refused to procure and manufacture the line of fragrances and cosmetics for the joint venture. When Claiborne could not obtain the necessary fragrances and cosmetics from any other source for the fall/Christmas season, Claiborne sued Avon for breach of contract, seeking specific performance of the contract by Avon. Is specific performance an appropriate remedy in this case? Liz Claiborne, Inc. v. Avon Products, Inc., 141 A.D.2d 329, 530 N.Y.S.2d 425, Web 1988 N.Y.App. Div. Lexis 6423 (Supreme Court of New York) (Cheeseman 260)

1. Consider the topic of the “American Politics in Comparative Perspective” feature. What areas of domestic or foreign policy would be impacted if the United States were to split the head of state and head of government roles?
2. Consider the topic of the “American Politics in Comparative Perspective” feature. In parliamentary systems, both the prime minister and the Cabinet are ultimately accountable to parliament. In the U.S., the executive and legislative branches are separate and co-equal. What are the major advantages and disadvantages of each system?

Give your views in 3-4 sentences each.
1. Do you believe the Tea Party movement revitalizes the Republican Party? Should they incorporate the Republican Party?
2. How would a representative treat the issue of immigration if his/her district were located in a large city such as Houston or Dallas?
3. How would the budget shortage be treated if a representative represented a high-income district in Texas?
4. As a legislator, what argument is most compelling to you about addressing unemployment benefits?
5. As a lobbyist, what specific argument would you make to a legislator about addressing air quality in Texas?
6. As a legislator in the Texas House, what must you consider when you support your party and constituents over the Speaker?
7. As a legislator in the Texas House, what must you consider when you support the Speaker over your party and constituents?

Your success with the City of Palms landed you a new consultant job. The organization that suffered the hazard you chose in Week Two hired you to further explore its disaster. This week, the organization asked you to review its preparedness and mitigation strategies.
Review Figure 4.1, Preparedness Cycle, in Introduction to Emergency Management (6th ed.). (ATTACHED)
Write a 1 1/2- to- 2-page paper containing at least 750 words in which you conduct an analysis of the way the organization handled the hazard you chose in Week Two based on the elements outlined in the Preparedness Cycle figure.
Research mitigation tools applicable to a potential response plan.
Include the following sections in your analysis:
• Where does the organization fall on the Preparedness Cycle? Why?
• What are the organization’s Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities, Threats (SWOT) analysis results?
• What mitigation tools are applicable to a potential response plan for the organization?
Format your sources according to APA guidelines; provide at least two references.

UNDERSTANDING THE ASSIGNMENT: ESSAY – EXPLORING ANCIENT MYSTERIES
Write a 3-4 paragraph essay (of at least 250-500 words) which adequately address the topic and requirements stated below.
Format your essay according to the Strayer University Writing Standards as detailed in the formatting instructions below.
STEP 1: TOPIC SELECTION
Select a topic from the list below and include this topic on your title page.
Pyramids at Giza
There have been many theories regarding how the pyramids at Giza were constructed. Most experts agree that they were constructed as burial monuments for pharaohs, but “how” these ancient people constructed monuments of such great size without modern machinery is a mystery which is still being debated.
Tutankamen
Tutankhamen died young, at approximately eighteen (18) years of age. However, his cause of death has been the subject of quite varied scholarly theories and conclusions. Did he die of an injury, of illness, of murder, or something else?.
Great Zimbabwe
Great Zimbabwe is an enormous complex of structures in East Africa. Since the builders and occupants left no written records, several theories have developed as to the identity of its builders and the functions of the structures. Which theory makes the most sense?
Tomb of Shihuangdi
The monumental size and complexity of the Tomb of Shihuangdi is astounding, yet its location and construction details were to be kept secret. What was the emperor’s purpose for such an elaborate, secret burial place?.
STEP 2: MYSTERY & THEORIES
Describe the mystery as though someone is hearing it for the first time.
Provide a brief summary of at least 2 reasonable and scholarly theories which could explain the mystery. Because some theories may sound far-fetched, include the source or promoter of each theory – such as a scientist, a historian, a theologian, etc.
STEP 3: EXAMINING THE MOST PLAUSIBLE
Identify 1 of the theories that you summarized above as the most plausible.
Provide at least 2 convincing reasons why the theory you have chosen is the best one to explain the mystery.
STEP 4: REFERENCES & CITATIONS
Include a reference page that identifies at least 3 references. The class text may be included in the list of 3 or more.
In-text citations are required when paraphrasing or quoting another source. (i.e., STEPS 2 and 3 above)
STEP 5: DOUBLE CHECK FORMATTING
Formatting and writing standards are part of your grade. Align your formatting to the Strayer University Writing Standards.
View the: Strayer University Writing Standards (SWS)

Select ONE of the following topics to answer for the Lesson Writing Assignment. The writing assignment should be a minimum of 500 words. You should find most of the information you need to complete the assignment in the chapter, but you are allowed to use outside sources as well (such as news articles or government websites). DO NOT simply copy the information word for word from your sources. If you use information directly from the textbook or another source, it should be cited and the properly formatted citation should be provided at the end of the assignment. All assignments will be analyzed with SafeAssign to identify possible plagiarism.
1. Read Chapter 1 in the textbook, including “You Decide: Voices of Texas: Immigration in Texas,” and write an essay that addresses the following questions:
• How is the population changing in Texas?
• What are some of the possible political implications of the changing population in Texas?
• After reading the “You Decide” passage, do you agree with Dan Patrick or Julian Castro? Should undocumented immigrants be given a pathway to citizenship or be sent back to their country of origin?
• What are the pros and cons of illegal immigration in regards to both the U.S. and Texas economies? Consider how illegal immigrants have positively or negatively affected the economy.
• Do you believe compromise is possible on immigration? Are the only two options deportations and amnesty? Is there a third option?
• What role should the state of Texas play in the immigration policy?
2. Read Chapter 2 in the textbook, including “You Decide: Voice of Texas: Proposition 2 and Same-Sex Marriage,” and write an essay that addresses the following questions:
• As compared to the US Constitution, why is the Texas Constitution so frequently amended?
• How does the turnout for elections dealing with constitutional amendments compare to turnout for presidential elections?
• Do you think the level of turnout influences the legitimacy of the amendments that are passed or rejected?
• Is Proposition 2 a violation of the equal protection clause of the U.S. Constitution?
• Should Proposition 2 be deleted from the Texas Constitution? Why or why not?
• Must the state recognize same-sex marriages that have been licensed and performed lawfully in another state? If so, why? If not, why not?
• Do you believe that religious freedom gives people the right to deny their services for same-sex marriages? If so, why? If not, why not?
3. Read Chapter 3 in the textbook, including “You Decide: Voices of Texas: Voting Rights and Redistricting,” and write an essay that addresses the following questions:
• Has the evolving relationship between the federal government and the states changed for the better or worse? Why?
• How has Texas often responded to mandates from the federal government?
• With regards to voting rights, is this an area where the federal government should have more or less influence on the states?
• What is Section 5 of the Voting Rights Act?
• Does preclearance violate the Tenth Amendment and give the federal government too much power, or is it a necessary check on the states to make sure that minorities are not discriminated against?
• Texas argued that it is unconstitutional to impose preclearance unless a state’s racial discrimination was as bad as what existed in 1965. In 2013, then-Attorney General Gregg Abbott argued that voter discrimination is no longer a problem in Texas and consequently is exempt from federal oversight. Do you agree? If yes, why? If not, why not?
• What are two other areas where Texas is at odds with federal laws or mandates?

A student notifies you that she has been subjected to bullying through a classmate’s Facebook page. In 500-750-words, address the following:
1. Steps you are required to take that are consistent with state statutes, your district’s school board policies, faculty handbook, and the student handbook;
2. Any First Amendment arguments you think the student with the Facebook page may raise; and
3. Responses you could make to the First Amendment arguments that are consistent with the cases in the assigned readings.
APA format is not required, but solid academic writing is expected.
This assignment uses a rubric. Please review the rubric prior to beginning the assignment to become familiar with the expectations for successful completion.

After reviewing the ‘boom in bust’ case
What would you consdier to be the pros and cons for entrepreneur friendly bankruptcy laws?
Why can bankruptcy laws become an entry/exit barrier for an entrepreneurial firm?
Having studied this case, how would you respond to a friend’s comment: “Recent news about the boom in bankruptcies is so depressing”?

The American system of government has historically been referred to as an “experiment in democracy” that blends elements of thought on self-rule with historical and philosophical thought.
(a) Describe two historical examples of self-rule or democratic rule from which the Framers of the US Constitution drew inspiration. Connect each example to one of these elements of American democracy.
Voting and elections
Limits on government power
(b) Explain how Enlightenment philosophy influenced the Framers in their drafting of these key documents.
The Declaration of Independence
The US Constitution
(c) Explain the purpose of government as accepted by the Framers, and identify one major influence on the development of that purpose.

Please before you understand that this bid requires a forum post along with 2 forum post responses below, both must be done. The budget is what it is posted, please do not try to raise the price, either you will do it or the next person will. The forum post is due by Thursday and the responses by Sun; I will annotate this posting with responses once I get them and contact you
Your readings this week also goes on to discuss the capabilities-based assessment (CBA) process, which is the “backbone” of JCIDS Defense Acquisition University, 2010, p. 35). There is an excellent chart on page 36 of your textbook that details the CBA process. The CBA is an analytical approach utilized by the DoD to identify the needs of the warfighter. The purpose of the process is to find out what requirements the warfighter has. “Requirement” is just the acquisition way of saying needs, supplies, or equipment. In a DoD contracting activity, the “requirement” is the item or service that is being acquired.
The ground work discussed in the lesson for this week is imperative to set the stage for the acquisition process. Without solid research and analysis early on, the acquisition process will go down the wrong path and result in lost money and time.
So, your question for this week, and some of what we discussed last week, is “What is wrong with the requirements” analysis that goes into our federal or defense contracts today? Bring in examples of any problems you have experienced to help round out the discussion this week.
Instructions: Your initial post should be at least 250 words. Please respond to at least 2 other students. Responses should be a minimum of 100 words and include direct questions.

Complete Case 28, Foster Pharmaceuticals: •Review Case 28, pages 193–196, in your Cases in Healthcare Finance text. You will find a case spreadsheet model via the Student Spreadsheets link in the Resources area. (Select Case 28 to download the Excel spreadsheet.) •Write a case review that addresses receivables management. Your review should be approximately three pages.

SCORING GUIDE:
Evaluate case and identify decisions to be made pertaining to receivables management. 18%
Determine quantitative factors pertaining to receivables management. 18%
Analyze qualitative factors pertaining to receivables management. 18%
Conclude findings of a receivables management case. 18%
Recommend best practices for effective receivables management. 18%
Recommend best practices for effective receivables management. 18%

Word count: minimum 1,500, maximum 2,000 (approximately 5-7 pages).
2021 Iran Nuclear Test: Ends, ways and means
You are a member of the National Security Council staff asked to recommend an appropriate United States response to the notional 2021 Iranian nuclear test crisis. Develop a strategy proposal using the “Ends, Ways and Means” model. Ensure that your actions are consistent with US policy and the state of international affairs in the notional 2021 scenario. Keep in mind that you are writing recommendations, not directions. Write from the perspective of a staff official presenting a report to the President.
The paper must also have these elements accomplished:
• Have I demonstrated adequate justification for each recommendation?
• Have I integrated my recommendations?
• Have I integrated the instruments of national power in my recommendations

Denial and deception are attempts by those you are collecting intelligence against to either prevent collection or to provide signals that are are misleading and deceptive.
The question for this week is two-fold for collectors:
1) How can you tell whether your collection is being targeted for disinformation or deception? Research and include real-life examples!
–AND–
2) What measures as a collector can you take to reduce the effects of that disinformation/deception?
Must be 500 words before any sources. Sources must be in Chicago Style format

Choose a topic from one of the reading given, and write an anaytical essay about a topic that builds upon issues.
What is your perspective about the topic you’re interested in? Your essay must demonstrate that you are able to synthesize between historical, theoretical and practical knowledge, and their relations to the field of design.
Your writing must contain an arguable point, in a tone that is formal and objective. Ensure that credible sources of information are used, and that any sources quoted or paraphrased are cited.
Module Learning Outcome(s):
– Construct an argument and defend your opinions with supporting information and references .
– Demonstrate research and analytical skills in the application of design theories and movements .
Requirements:
1) 2500-3500 words
2) Arial 10.5 pts, 1.5 spacing
3) References and Bibliography according to the MLA standard
I have attached files below:
1) Project brief
2) 4 Readings: Pallasmaa, Ando, Frampton and Ryan

Book used: Fagel, M. J. (2011). Principles of emergency management and emergency operations centers (EOC). Boca Raton, FL: CRC Press.
Using the reading material from the textbook (pp. 139-162), Components of an Emergency Operations Plan, analyze the components of the Emergency Operations Plan (2013) for Holderness, New Hampshire. Write a two-page essay (500 words). In the analysis, discuss the following: 1. Does the plan include the components of an Emergency Operations Plan? 2. What are the strengths and weaknesses of the plan? 3. Could the plan be improved and how? All sources used, including the textbook, must be referenced; paraphrased and quoted material must have accompanying citations. Submit the assignment in APA style (6th ed.) format to include a title page, content (2 pages), and a references page.

Respond to the three questions below. EACH response should be at least 500 WORDS in length. Type your responses in Word. The only source that should be used on the quiz is the ebook attached below. DO NOT USE INTERNET SOURCES ON THIS PAPER. Be sure that your name is included and save your files as .doc or .rtf and submit to the drop box by the due date.
Essay Questions
1. In what respects did various strands of the “new psychology” emerging in the Progressive Era provide support for innovations in schooling, including differential curricula and extracurricular activities? Defend your position with support and examples.
2. Charles Eliot and other social-efficiency liberals believed that they were serving the interests of democracy with their vision of progressive education. Explain their point of view according to their conception of democracy. Next, evaluate their educational and political points of view by using your definition of the educational requirements of democracy.
3. The debate about education for its own sake versus education for a particular role in society continues today. What are some of the ways you see this disagreement being played out in today’s educational environment? In your experience, how do you think schools today tend to orient themselves—towards a classical educational model, or towards a more vocational one—and what are your thoughts about this?
•

Texas Legislature – H.B 21
Every August, Texas has a “tax free weekend.” School supplies and school clothes can be purchased for a few days without the addition of Texas’ 6 1/4 % sales tax – which, around Houston, is really 8 1/4% because of the additional penny for the City of Houston and the additional penny for METRO.
What about college textbooks? Have you priced them lately? Ours isn’t too bad, but some of my students pay nearly $300 for some science and engineering books.
Representative Terry Canales (D-Edinburg) – (https://house.texas.gov/members/member-page/?district=40) wants to cut college textbook customers in on the action before each regular semester.
Go to the Texas Legislature’s website, https://capitol.texas.gov/Home.aspx and look up House Bill 21.
Hint: Make sure you use the little pull-down menu to select the current legislative session (86R-2019 – that’s the 86th Regular session of the Texas Legislature) and just type HB21 in the search window.
What do you think?
Write a 2 – 5 page essay explaining this bill and the problem it’s trying to solve. Explain the advantages and disadvantages with this approach. Do you think it will pass? If you were a legislator, how would you vote on this bill?
Submit in Word. Cite your sources.
Resources
For anything to do with the Texas Legislature, start with the Texas Legislature’s website: http://www.capitol.state.tx.us/
Here’s Rep. Canales’ website: http://www.terrycanales.com/
CBS News writes that textbook costs are rising faster then inflation: https://www.cbsnews.com/news/whats-behind-the-soaring-cost-of-college-textbooks/
It probably doesn’t help that 80% of the textbook industry is controlled by five companies: https://www.businessinsider.com/why-college-textbooks-expensive-textbook-publishing-2018-12

Discussion Forum format – not a paper: 250+ words
Choose one of the two topics:
1) Why is the development and presentation of finished strategic analysis products, primarily the NIE and PDB, so complex, and often fraught with contradictions and nuanced conclusions?
-or-
2) What are the impediments to strategic intelligence analysis and why have they persisted for so long?

Objective: Use examples from the movie to explain the politics of Texas’ justice system in application of criminal proceedings and the nature of corrections policy to illustrate meaning of the statement “lock em up” mentality; and create an argument supporting rehabilitation or incarceration as the best correctional policy approach to dealing with criminals in Texas.
Instructions:
When writing your essay, respond to the prompt thoroughly, and completely. Essays must be a minimum of 1.5 – 2 pages in length, double spaced, 1 inch margins, 12 point font, and written in Times New Roman.
Your response should be your own thoughts and analysis. Citations may be formatted in MLA , as long as they are consistent throughout. Research and resources should be incorporated with scholarly application. I.e. used as examples or evidence to support your analysis. Make sure to use complete sentences, and proper grammar. Your response to the prompt should focus on analyzing the information you gather and used to provide examples that support your assessment
“A” papers should include a critical analysis of the video’s by applying at least 1 example from each film to support your position.
A bibliography, references or works cited page, must accompany submission. This page does not count towards the minimum length, of the paper. Students must provide proper in-text (parenthetical) citations. Failure to cite paraphrased work or direct quotes, from the original work, thoughts and/or ideas of someone, other than your own, will result in an automatic 0, with no make-up work being accepted.
PART 1: Video Access and Viewing
The video you are required to watch, in order to complete this assignment is 50 minute in length. The video is over the Todd Willingham Case. The video is publicly accessible through PBS Frontline’s official website. You can access the video one of two ways, following the instructions provided below
1. Click the link below, or copy and paste the link , into a new tab, in your internet browser.
http://www.pbs.org/wgbh/pages/frontline/death-by-fire/ (Links to an external site.)Links to an external site.
PART 2: Video Reflection, Analysis and Submission Instructions
Write a reflective analysis of crime, justice and punishment under application of the Death Penalty, in Texas, based on application of what you learned from the Todd Willingham Case Video.
Write an essay that addresses each of prompt’s 2 components,Issue Position and Explanation and Application, outlined below
Issue Position:
First, Identify whether you are for, or against use of the death penalty as a form of criminal punishment (there is NO right or wrong answer). Successful completion of this assignment, and it’s learning objective, require your compliance in identification or your personal position, and perspective, towards the issue of the “death penalty”. Responses are confidential and will be graded objectively, based on student’s independent, reflective analysis of their own individual personal perspectives, and application of the information.
Explanation and Application
Then, Discuss, and describe, the nature of political debate, surrounding the issue of the death penalty, and explain how your personal position toward the issue has changed or been reinforced, with regard to application to crime, punishment and justice in Texas, based on what you learned from the movie.

why is your topic a national health priority areas and how is this being addressed’
Attached the assignment details.
1. define the health priority and state why it is a priority
2. include information on what it is and whom it affects
3. in the priority area, show evidence or credible and current research data to illustrate that this is a valid arguement (IMPORTANT)
4. Which specific target groups are impacted eg. youth(12-18yrs), young adults (18-30yrs), or seniors (60+)
5. illustrate the positioning of the priority within the frameworks of welling being ( you can use erikson framework)
6. how are fundamentals of health promotion addressing this area of concern?
7. Discuss in relation to action and strategies of health promotion, are there any gaps name at least 1 or 2.
8. reference in text (APA) format include reference list as per APA Format
Format of Individual Assessment:
Introduction
– Set the context
– define the national health priority area
– Why is it important? Economic? Society?
– Sub content of your main body
Main Body
– Evidences to support priority
– target group/ areas (erikson framework) https://goo.gl/images/bKVg4u
– Compare and Contrast policy with Ottawa Charter
Conclusion
– Demonstrate understanding that you have answered assignment questions: “why is your topic a national health priority area and how is this being addressed.”
Basically you have to collect alot of data and cross reference each other

Topic: International Organizations Making a Difference
Question/Prompt: In this module/week’s Reading & Study materials, you were educated on many facets of international engagement. The assignment this module/week is to research an international group, NGO, or other similarly situated group and explain how this group is helping to engage an international audience. If this is an area of interest or passion for you that should also be noted.

Citizenship is defined in the text as “enlightened political engagement.” List at least five ways mentioned in the assigned textbook for this course by which citizens can participate politically. Explain which one you consider most important and why?
Note: Your response should be a minimum of 50 words and include the citation of your source, using MLA style (including “in-text” citation). Citation will not be included in the word count.
Example of MLA In-Text and Work Cited Citation
The text list 1) voting, 2) serving on a jury, 3) lobbying, 4) writing a letter to the local newspaper, and 5) engaging in a public rally or protest as ways by which citizens can influence their government. Voting is characterized in the text as the building block of citizenship, as it is the one activity by which everyone can participate (Ginsberg et al. 8).
Work Cited
Ginsberg et al. We the People: An Introduction to American Politics. W. W. Norton & Company. 2019.

Instructions
Part 1- students will find a current event related to topics in Texas government: state and local politics. Whats a summary analysis, you say? The grandaddy of all political science, Harold Lasswell, is known for defining Politics. , Ideological values, beliefs, and opinions, aside, when it comes to government and politics, his definition of the word (ironically) is probably the only thing that all mankind can agree on. Lasswell, defines politics, as “who, gets what, where, when, and how”. Apply that definition to the article’s information, or the article’s information to that definition, and write a 10 sentence summary that focuses on critically evaluating what is going on, from your personal perspective. Interject your opinion. You should be making a statement, argument, and your opinion about the subject matter, should be known. However, this needs to be done in a scholarly and academic manner. Focus on explanation, reason and rationalization, to provide a clear opinion statement and discussion of their personal perspective and political position towards the event or issue in their article. In addition, to receive full credit, students MUST include a direct link to the original article’s text that they are using to complete this assignment.
Part 2- students will review summary analyses submissions, made in part 1, and offer a rebuttal to a classmate’s current event analysis, which opposes their own. MOST IMPORTANTLY, BE CONSTRUCTIVE in your critiques; and RATIONAL in your explanation of your perspective. Rebuttals must be 5-10 sentences in length.
Both parts are to be submitted to this discussion bored. Reply directly to the original post of your peer, when completing part 2. .
You must complete part 1, and post your article with the summary analysis, before you will be able to review and respond to the post’s of your peers.

“Hot Coffee at McDonald’s” Please respond to the following:
• Read Case 6.2: Hot Coffee at McDonald’s, located here or on page 231 in your textbook.
CASE 6.2
Hot Coffee at McDonald’s
TO AFICIONADOS OF THE BEAN, THERE’S NOTHING like a piping-hot cup of Java to get the day off to a good start, and nothing more insipid than lukewarm coffee. That’s what McDonald’s thought, anyway—until it learned differently, the hard and expensive way, when seventy-nine-year-old Stella Liebeck successfully sued the company after she was burned by a spilled cup of hot coffee that she’d bought at the drive-through window of her local McDonald’s. The jury awarded her $160,000 in compensatory damages and a whopping $2.7 million in punitive damages. After the trial judge reduced the punitive damages to $480,000, she and McDonald’s settled out of court for an undisclosed sum.105
Unlike the outcome of most other lawsuits, the hot-coffee verdict received nationwide attention, most of it unfavorable. To many ordinary people, the case epitomized the excesses of a legal system out of control. If hot coffee is dangerous, what’s next: soft drinks that are too cold? To conservatives, the case represented the all-too-familiar failure of consumers to take responsibility for their own conduct, to blame business rather than themselves for their injuries. More policy-oriented pundits used the case as an occasion to call for reform of product liability law—in particular, to make winning frivolous suits more difficult and to restrict the punitive awards that juries can hand down.
However, those who examined the facts more closely learned that the Liebeck case was more complicated than it first appeared. For one thing, Liebeck suffered third-degree burns on her thighs and buttocks that were serious enough to require skin grafting and leave permanent scars. After her injury, she initially requested $10,000 for medical expenses and an additional amount for pain and suffering. When McDonald’s refused, she went to court, asking for $300,000. Lawyers for the company argued in response that McDonald’s coffee was not unreasonably hot and that Liebeck was responsible for her own injuries.
The jury saw it differently, however. First, McDonald’s served its coffee at 185 degrees Fahrenheit, significantly hotter than home-brewed coffee. The jury was persuaded that coffee at that temperature is both undrinkable and more dangerous than a reasonable consumer would expect. Second, before Liebeck’s accident, the company had received over seven hundred complaints about burns from its coffee. In response to the complaints, McDonald’s had in fact put a warning label on its cups and designed a tighter-fitting lid for them. Ironically, the new lid was part of the problem in the Liebeck case because she had held the coffee cup between her legs in an effort to pry it open.
Although the jury found that Liebeck was 20 percent responsible for her injuries, it also concluded that McDonald’s had not done enough to warn consumers. The jury’s $2.7 million punitive-damage award was intended, jurors later said, to send a message to fast-food chains. Although the judge reduced the award—equivalent to only about two days’ worth of coffee sales for McDonald’s—he called McDonald’s conduct “willful, wanton, reckless, and callous.”
DISCUSSION QUESTIONS
1. Is hot coffee so dangerous, as the jury thought? Should a reasonable consumer be expected to know that coffee can burn and to have assumed this risk? Is a warning label sufficient? Is our society too protective of consumers these days, or not protective enough?
2. In serving such hot coffee, did McDonald’s act in a morally responsible way? What ideals, obligations, and effects should it have taken into consideration?
3. McDonald’s claims that most consumers would prefer to have their coffee too hot rather than not hot enough. After all, if it’s too hot, they can always wait a minute before drinking it. Suppose this is true. How does it affect McDonald’s responsibilities? Given that McDonald’s serves millions of cups of coffee every week, how important are a few hundred complaints about its coffee being too hot?
4. Was Liebeck only 20 percent responsible for her injuries? Do you agree with the amount of compensatory and punitive damages that the jury awarded her? If not, what would have been a fairer monetary award?
5. Should juries be permitted to award punitive damages in product liability cases? If so, should there be a limit to what they can award? Is it right for a jury to award punitive damages against one company in order to send a message to a whole industry?
• Next, watch the video titled, “Woman Burned by McDonald’s Hot Coffee, Then the News Media | Retro Report | The New York Times” (12 min 17 s), located at https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pCkL9UlmCOE.

After reviewing the video and case study, choose two (2) of the five (5) discussion questions located at the end of the case. Formulate your response and post to the Week 5 discussion.

Assignment Details
You are a victimologist assigned to a multijurisdictional fusion center. The Department of Homeland Security would like an evaluation on the community response to a recent raid by Homeland Security agents on a druid religious compound just outside of a major urban area.
Druids are easily recognizable because they wear long robes with hoods. The raid was conducted in response to a sect of the druid religion that planned to destroy a major furniture-producing factory that was clearing a nearby forest to produce their furniture. The radical druids were concerned over the damage to the forest and the spirits that they believed resided in the trees.
The agents who conducted the raid discovered the following in the druid compound:
• Several drums of homemade napalm
• The floor plans of the furniture factory
• A time table for the planned attack
Your are tasked with evaluating the community’s response to the raid on the druid compound.
Focus your evaluation on the following:
• Explain how you would help the community understand that it was a small radical group in the druid community that planned the attack.
• Assess the impact that the community would have felt if the radical druid sect successfully destroyed the furniture factory. Determine how this might have impacted the economic base of the local community.
• Identify who the potential victims are in the community, not just for loss of income or injury but also for the relationships between the druid and non-druid members of the community.
• Explain to your fusion center leadership how the community has been impacted by the potential attack and what the community feels about the remaining druids in the community who are not directly tied to the radical element that planned the attack.
• Is there an impending possibility of racial profiling by authorities when observing members of the druid community?

WK5 – #4 Case Study – New Belgium Brewing
Answer the following questions related to Case 5 in Business Ethics in a 2-page essay:
• Is there a possible conflict between an industry that sells a product that can have negative consequences from the use of its product and the industry’s ability to engage in socially responsible activities?
• What perks do you see in the New Belgium Brewery that could be an added plus to your work environment? Identify at least two of those perks.
• What are the dangers any company might face if its sole focus is the bottom line? Identify at least five of those dangers.
Read the following sections of Business Ethics:
• Ch. 7, “Organizational Factors: The Role of Ethical Culture and Relationships”
• Ch. 8, “Developing and Effective Ethics Program”
• Case 5, “New Belgium Brewing: Ethical and Environmental Responsibility,” on pp. 437–446
Read the following sections of Conscious Capitalism:
• Ch. 15, ”Conscious Cultures”
• Ch. 16, ”Conscious Management”
• Ch. 18, ”The Power and Beauty of Conscious Capitalism”
• “The Conscious Capitalism Credo” on p. 273
Required Course Materials
Title: Business Ethics: Ethical Decision Making and Cases
Edition: 11th
Authors: Ferrell, O. C., Fraedrich, J., & Ferrell, L.
ISBN-13: 9781305500846
Title: Conscious Capitalism: Liberating the Heroic Spirit of Business
Authors: MacKay, J., & Sisodia, R.
ISBN-13: 9781422144206

BOS 3525, Legal Aspects of Safety and Health Unit I to Unit VIII Assignment
Unit I Assignment
Hi Jerry! This is your OSHA’s Area Director.
We received a non-formal complaint recently from one of your current employees. The complaint alleges that employees there are performing welding operations on stainless steel in an area with inadequate ventilation.
This employee also states that they frequently “cough up” black sputum, and that they are worried about the health consequences caused by this lack of ventilation.
The complaint further states that no air sampling has been performed to evaluate the employees’ exposures to welding fumes. And, that when asked for respirators, they were given “dust masks” with one strap, which were purchased at the local hardware store. The effectiveness of these dust masks for the exposure that is present is also in question.
I will also be sending you an email summarizing this non-formal complaint, so that you can respond accordingly.
Thanks Jerry! Goodbye.
Part 1
Draft a letter in response to the complaint. Your letter should summarize why you believe the complaint is invalid and no on-site inspection is required. Keep in mind, simply stating that the complaint is invalid is not adequate. You must support your opinions in the letter.
Part 2
(Answer the following question on the page 2 of your word document) Answer the questions below in a few sentences.
1. Where does this type of complaint fit on OSHA’s Priority criteria?
2. What factors could have made this complaint non-formal rather than formal?
3. What steps could you take as the employer to identify the employee who filed the complaint? 4. What factors could result in this complaint being reclassified as a formal complaint?
Save both parts of this assignment in one word document to submit for grading.
Unit II Assignment
Discussion Question
Question 1
Under what conditions can an employee be denied access to the opening conference, walk-around, and closing conference? Your response should be at least 75 words in length.
Question 2
If the OSHA compliance officer requests documents that are not related to a formal complaint, what options do you believe the employer has? Your response should be at least 75 words in length.
Question 3
If OSHA determines that an employer’s response to a non-formal complaint is adequate, what options does the employee filing the non-formal complaint have? Your response should be at least 75 words in length.
Question 4
Can an employee request that an attorney or union representative attend a private conference with the compliance officer? If the union demands to have a representative present, does the employee have to comply? Your response should be at least 75 words in length.
Unit II Assignment
You receive a follow-up call from the area director saying the employee filing the original non-formal complaint has provided additional information about the alleged health situation and submitted a formal complaint using the OSHA-7 form, making the complaint a formal complaint. A few days later, an OSHA compliance officer shows up at your facility to perform a comprehensive inspection. The compliance officer presents the proper credentials, and you verify that the compliance officer is employed by OSHA and assigned to the local office.
During the opening conference, the compliance officer provides you with the formal complaint, alleging that employees are exposed to hazardous concentrations of metal fumes in welding areas of the plant, that you have not performed any air sampling to determine exposure levels, that adequate ventilation is not present in welding areas, and that adequate respiratory protection has not been provided to welders. As a part of the inspection, the compliance officer requests the following documents:
• Chemical inventory list;
• OSHA 300 logs;
• Hazard Communication Program, including training records;
• any sampling data that you have;
• Respiratory Protection Program, including medical clearance letters and training records;
• written hazard assessment for personal protective equipment (PPE) used at the facility;
• Safety Data Sheets (SDSs) for the metals you use in the production process and any welding rods/wire used in the welding area; and
• any other written programs you have that are required by an OSHA regulation.
The compliance officer takes a walk-through tour of the facility, spending extra time in the welding areas. During the walk-through, the compliance officer points out several issues believed to be apparent violations. The issues are as follows:
• Heavy haze is present in the welding area.
• Individuals wearing half-mask air-purifying respirators have full beards.
• Employees are using chemicals that could be injurious to the eyes, and no emergency eyewash is present.
• Eyewash is present in another area of the plant that is covered in dust, and there is no indication of recent operation or inspection.
• Employees are using chemicals that could be absorbed through the skin and are not using any gloves.
• Employees are performing maintenance inside a press with no lock-out/tag-out applied.
• No written lock-out/tag-out program is available at the time of the inspection.
• Welding operation is performed near flammable materials, and no fire watch present.
• There is no record of training for fork truck drivers.
• Extension cords are stretched across walkways.
• Three containers are present in the plant with no label present on any of the containers.
• An employee could not find a SDS for the chemical he or she was using.
The compliance officer asks for a private conference room and a list of non-managerial employees. He tells you that he intends to interview four non-managerial employees before leaving for the day. He also states that he will return the next day to collect some air samples at the facility.
You are worried about the number of citations and penalties that you may face. Provide a document summarizing the steps you would take as soon as the compliance officer leaves, and the steps you believe you could have taken during the walk-through that may have resulted in a quick-fix penalty reduction.
Your document must be at least three pages in length, not counting the title or reference pages. You must also include at least one reference using appropriate APA style.
Information about accessing the Blackboard Grading Rubric for this assignment is provided below.
Unit III Assignment
You receive a document (linked below) by certified mail. After reading the document, prepare a response that summarizes the approach you would take to the citations and penalties that have been proposed. Be sure to include the following in your response:
• Steps you are required to take,
• Options available to you,
• Contacts you would make, and
• Documentation necessary to respond to the citations and penalties.
Your response must be a minimum of two pages in length, using at least one reference. All sources must be cited and a reference provide using APA style. Click here to access the OSHA citation document for this assignment. Information about accessing the Blackboard Grading Rubric for this assignment is provided below.
Unit IV Assignment
Based on the Citation and Notification of Penalty letter you received in Unit III, prepare a document that summarizes at least five actions you would take as soon as possible after you reviewed the letter. For each of the actions, you must state the following:
• the exact action,
• why you believe the action is required for the citations and penalties,
• how you believe the actions will assist in responding to the citations and penalties, and
• resources you would use to accomplish the action.
You must support your actions with reliable sources. Your response must be a minimum of two pages in length, using at least one reference. All sources must be cited, and a reference must be provided using APA style.
Information about accessing the Blackboard Grading Rubric for this assignment is provided below.
Unit V Assignment
You managed to schedule an informal conference with the area director at the regional OSHA office four days after you receive the Notice of Citations and Penalty. Based on the citations and penalties you received in Unit III, prepare a document that lists the citations and penalties you wish to discuss with the area director.
You should summarize what you are trying to accomplish in regard to each citation/penalty you choose, to include:
• The information you will use to try and accomplish your goal,
• The information you will take with you to the meeting, and
• Who will accompany you to the meeting.
You must support your actions with reliable sources. Your grade will be based on your ability to present a case to your professor (serving as the area director) to reduce either the severity of some citations, or the amount of some penalties. If you simply state that you accept the citations and penalties as written, you will receive a minimal score on the assignment.
Your response must be a minimum of two pages in length, not including the title page and reference page. You must use at least one reference in the paper. All sources must be cited in the text and on the reference page, using APA style.
Unit VI Assignment
You fail to reach an informal settlement agreement with the area director. You file a Notice to Contest within the required 15-day period. Your case is assigned to an administrative law judge (ALJ). Prepare a document summarizing the case you will submit to the ALJ. The document should discuss the following at a minimum:
• Which citations and penalties you would contest,
• the reasoning behind each contested citation and/or penalty,
• Documents you would bring to the hearing,
• Individuals you would use at the hearing,
• How the case before the ALJ differs from the informal conference,
• What information will be presented before the ALJ that was not presented in the informal conference, and
• What information you would request from OSHA as part of discovery.
You must support your actions with reliable sources. Your grade will be based on your ability to present a case to your professor, serving as the ALJ, to reduce or vacate either the severity of some citations or the amount of some penalties. If you simply state that you accept the citations and penalties as written, you will receive a minimal score on the assignment.
Your response must be a minimum of two pages in length, using at least one reference. All sources must be cited in the text and on the reference page, using APA style.
Unit VII Assignment
Assume that a fatality occurred at your facility one month prior to the OSHA inspection. Review the citations and penalties that were assessed to your facility, and respond to the following questions:
• Which of the citations could be referred to the U.S. DOJ for criminal proceedings?
• What conditions would have to be met before the citations could be referred for criminal proceedings?
• Which individuals working at your facility could face criminal charges under the Act?
• What would be the maximum prison sentence and fines that any individual would face?
• What would be the maximum fine that the company would face?
• If you were facing criminal charges under the Act, what would be your best defense?
• How could you involve the OSHRC in the criminal case(s)?
Your response must be a minimum of two pages in length, using at least one reference. All sources must be cited in the text and on the reference page, using APA style.
Unit 8- Question Answer
1. Summarize the procedures required to achieve Star status under OSHA’s Voluntary Protection Program (VPP).
2. Describe the role that Challenge Administrators play in the OSHA Challenge voluntary cooperative program.
3. Provide your opinion as to which OSHA voluntary cooperative program would be the most beneficial to a small business that prints business cards and letterhead.
4. Discuss the benefits that OSHA alliances provide to employers and workers in general industry.

Each of your textbook chapters has a “Bring It Home” conclusion naming personal choices you can make to help our world be more sustainable. Please list 4 personal choices, from any 4 different chapters (one each per any 4 of the 25 chapters) that have meant the most to you, and explain how you can personally make lifestyle changes that will have an impact on sustainability. What challenges do you face with these changes? For instance, if you want to use more public transportation, are the schedules and routes adequate? If you want to be a vegan, do you have the support of your roommates, friends or family who may be enthusiastic carnivores? Do you have international efforts underway, or want to start or join a larger movement? Choose the four ways you can personally be more sustainable, and if you’ve already made some changes, write about challenges you’ve faced to make these changes and/or rewards you experienced.
You must answer within a word-count (no less than 200 words, maximum count 350 words for entire essay (all four lifestyle choices are within one essay), citation sources do not count towards the wordcount, albeit words you cite within quotes do count, citing material from the course content, and using proper English grammar. A minimum of four different course reference sources from the course content (at least one chapter reference and at least one course video reference) are required to support your ideas for the entire essay. For textbook chapter references, you must provide author and page number(s), as example: (Karr, et al, p.57). For video references, you must provide video name with a minutes:seconds timestamp, as example: (The Future of Food: A Looming Crisis, 33:54) Outside-course citations may be used but will not be counted towards the four required. There is no need for a separate works cited page, please credit your sources within the body of your essay. Do NOT cite Wikipedia in this assignment.
If the formatting is off when you copy and paste, no worries, as long as you have the word count, good grammar and correct spelling, I won’t delete points if the formatting is off (this occasionally happens when you copy and paste). Be sure to read the rubric below to earn as many points as possible:
Your grading rubric is as follows:
30pts if within wordcount requirement (no less than 200, no more than 350) 80pts lifestyle changes to support sustainability (20 each of 4) 40pts course material citations from different sources – use different chapters, include at least one video source (10pts each of 4)
Points will be deducted if necessary as follows: -5 poor grammar -10 typos/spelling errors
Reference:
http://www.unfpa.org/video/state-world-population-2013-motherhood-childhood

Imagine your area is in a state of emergency and you are concerned about the balance of liberty and security as people try to return to their normal lives, recover what was lost, and rebuild what was destroyed. Compose an email you could send to elected officials to voice your concerns. Your email should include positions on two of the potential issues related to civil liberties found below.
Template
Instructions: Replace the information (in parentheses) with your own thoughts and information from the lesson.
Hello ________ (name of one of your elected officials at the local, state, or national level) ____,
(Write paragraph one here. Paragraph one should address why rights are not absolute. Explain how the Constitution safeguards and limits individual rights.)
(Paragraph two should address one of the ten situations from the list. Be sure to include the following information in the paragraph:
the Constitutional amendment that relates to the situation
arguments that could be made for or against the action that took place
your position on the situation and the reasons you think officials should agree with you)
(Paragraph three should address a different situation from the list. Address the bulleted items again for this second situation.)
(Short summary conclusion with points made in your email and appreciation expressed for the officials’ time.)
Sincerely,
(Your Name)
Imagine that the following situations have occurred in your community following the disaster. Select two of the following situations to address and evaluate in your email:
© 2012 BananaStock/Thinkstock
The government suspended the right of habeas corpus (the right to see a judge after arrest to determine if imprisonment is lawful).
The government forced people to evacuate from their homes.
The press accessed the disaster area and published a story in a national newspaper about the event.
The government allowed federal and state troops to be quartered in private residences to assist residents and protect order.
Citizens were denied the right to bring legally owned firearms to storm shelters.
The government made certain dangerous areas off-limits, which prevented residents from accessing their homes and personal property.
Prisoners were kept in prisons that lacked power, supplies, and plumbing during the emergency.
The federal and state courts postponed scheduled criminal and civil trials due to the emergency.
The government prevented the press from publishing graphic photos of victims of the natural disaster to protect the privacy of the victim’s family.
The federal government stated that local and state governments are solely responsible for the disaster recovery efforts and that it will not be providing assistance.
Once you have chosen the concerns you wish to address, compose a well-written response to each situation with the following information:
the Constitutional amendment that relates to the situation
arguments that could be made for or against the action that took place
your position on the situation and the reasons you think officials should agree with you
Save your email and check it for spelling and grammar.

For this assignment, you will write a 2–3-page paper (double-spaced, 1-inch margins) providing at least 1 example of how government has overstepped biblical principles in some form of economic policy.
Options include the following topics:
A specific piece of legislation relating to business regulation or taxation.
The “party platform” of either the Republican Party or the Democratic Party (or both).
The role of the Federal Reserve.
The budget process.
In discussing one of these topics, incorporate clear references from the required reading.
The required Reading & Study material for Module/Week 7 must be cited specifically, and you must include outsides sources as well. You must include at least 2 sources in your essay, cited in current APA formatting.

Best Homework Help Website for College Students OCT 2019. Where Can I pay Someone to do My Assignment. Hire A Tutor At Homework Nest (www.homeworknest.com) for your all college assignments help in just minutes! Get a solution to your homework in just minutes! Homework Help in Minutes. Chat Live Homework Help!

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Questions1: Mathematics

An investor is considering purchasing a bond with a 7.89 percent coupon interest rate, a par value of $1,000, and a market price of $1019.06. the bond will mature in nine years. Based on this information, answer the following questions:

What is the bond’s current yield?
What is the bond’s approximate yield to maturity?
What is the bond’s yield to maturity using a financial calculator?

Question2: Business

Search the internet for financial statements of publicly traded companies. Students are required to utilize different financial statements from the Week 2 Individual Assignment.

Analyze the financial ratios of the identified publicly traded company in a minimum 1,400 words including the following:

Review week 2 graded assignment feedback and restate/revise the uses for each of the three classifications of ratios: liquidity, solvency, and profitability.
Calculate the current ratio, profit margin, and after tax ROE, of an additional (different company from week 2) publicly traded company—then compare this second company ratios with the ratios you computed for the company from week 2 “Revenue Forecast” assignment). Include both verbiage and a chart to compare the company’s ratios from week 2assignment with the ratios from the company for this week’s assignment.
Display your calculations.

Question 1: Statistics

Though 70% of women with children younger than 18 years participate in the labor force, society still upholds the stay at home mother as the traditional model. Some believe that employment distracts mothers from their parenting role, affecting the well-being of children.

Question 1: In the GSS 2024, respondents were asked to indicate their level of agreement to the statement, “A working mother hurts children”. Of the 435 male respondents who answered the question, 18% strongly agreed that a working mother does not hurt children. Construct a 90% confidence interval for this statistic.

Question 2: of the 566 female respondents who answered the question, 40% strongly agreed that a working mother does not hurt children. Construct a 90% confidence interval for this statistic.

P.S. these questions are on chegg

Question 3: Business

1What are some ways that social media has changed your daily life? What can marketers take advantage of for their promotional purposes?

Choose a local business that is utilizing social media effectively. Analyze what they are doing by conducting your own social media monitoring. What tools can you use? What are the company’s objectives? What are they doing right?

1.3 Provide some examples of brands that have garnered success with social media. Provide some examples of some brands that have not been successful with social media. Based on this comparison, what are the key ingredients to getting customers to engage with a brand?

1.4 Assume you are starting a new yogurt store on campus. Develop a profile of your likely target market. What social media tools do you think will be most effective at reaching that audience? Why?

Question 4: Business

Topic: Is it ever moral to break a promise? A rational analysis and conclusion.

Thread: The Reading & Study materials this module/week discuss the complex issue of poverty, and the moral imperative of promise-keeping is mentioned several times. After reviewing the Reading & Study materials, compose a 500-600 word argument that is objective, carefully-constructed, and free of emotion (and hence it should not contain any exclamation points) in support of your opinion on each of the following questions.

Why is promise-keeping morally important?
Is it ever morally permissible to break a promise?
If you answer “yes” to #2, then what are the conditions that render promise-breaking morally acceptable?
If you answer “no” to #2, then explain why you believe it is never permissible. How would you handle difficult scenarios wherein someone has made a promise the keeping of which would have significant undesirable consequences?
Is it ever morally obligatory to break a promise?
If you answer “yes” to #5, what are the conditions that render promise-breaking morally obligatory?

Be sure to carefully define your terms. You are encouraged to support your position with rational arguments, fitting examples, and expert sources. Any quotes or information used from sources other than yourself must be cited using footnotes in current Turabian format and will not count towards the total word count.

You will be penalized for falling short or exceeding the word count. This is a university-level writing assignment and therefore it must be carefully proofread, free of grammar, spelling, and punctuation errors. Do not use slang, emoticons, or abbreviations (as if you are texting or sending an email to a friend).

Reply: After reading your classmates’ threads, choose one to which you will respond, then write a reply that interacts with your classmate’s thread and presents a well-reasoned alternative to his or her approach to the issue. You do not have to defend a position that is diametrically opposed to your classmate’s position, but you do need to either defend a position that is significantly different from his/hers or defend the same position in a very different way. If possible, you must reply to a classmate to whom no one else has yet replied. Treat your classmate’s opinion with sensitivity and respect.

This is a university-level writing assignment. Therefore it must be carefully proofread, free of grammar, spelling, and punctuation errors. Do not use slang, emoticons, or abbreviations (as if you are texting or sending an email to a friend).

Your reply must be 500–600 words. You will be penalized for falling short or exceeding the word count. Any quotes or information used from sources other than yourself (including your classmate’s thread) must be cited using footnotes in current Turabian format and will not count towards the total word count.

Question 5: Business

Respond to the following in a minimum of 175 words:

Explain how training can be an organizational competitive strategy.

Question 6: Business

Imagine that your training plans are not yielding the expected results in learning according to the data that you’ve analyzed. There has been discussion with the leadership team about issues with employees not being motivated to learn, and employee surveys have confirmed that employees are not sufficiently motivated. Your team has been asked by the HR Director to investigate what may be causing the lack of motivation. Your investigation should consider barriers to learning, motivational theories, and alternatives for enhancing employee motivation.

Create a report of no more than 700 words that summarizes various motivational theories.

Write a report that includes the following components:

A comparison of motivational theories
Alternatives that should be considered to enhance learner motivation
The impact on self-efficacy on learning
Recommendations for improving motivation for learning
Data that you will collect to determine whether or not your recommendations are having a positive effect upon employee motivation
Strategies for enhancing the retention of learning
Post-implementation surveys and analysis to determine the effectiveness of training on motivation

Cite any outside sources according to APA formatting guidelines.

Question 7: Business

As people become increasingly comfortable posting their lives online via social networks like Facebook or through microblogs like Twitter, some companies have begun to build Web dossiers of consumers. They do this by mining the social Web on Facebook, Twitter, blogs, and online forums. Then they sell it to other companies. And here is the deal . . . most consumers have no idea that this is being done.

While the use of customer data has been around for a few years (especially through companies like Amazon who use algorithms based on customer searches and purchases to make product recommendations), there are some privacy advocates who feel that mining and using data from the social Web crosses ethical lines. For their part, the companies that aggregate this information say that they are using this information to detect behavioral patterns in order for companies to provide better products and customer service.

SOURCE: “How Companies Are Using Your Social Media Data,” http://mashable.com/2010/03/02/data-mining-social-media.

Instructions:

Document your activities and exercise in this application exercise assignment. Keep good notes that you will submit as part of this assignment. Answer the following three question!

Questions

Do think that this practice violates privacy, or is it acceptable since it uses information that a person has posted voluntarily?
What are some promising ways that companies can use this data?
What are some questionable ways that companies can use this data?

Question 8: History

According to Khrushchev’s address to the 20th Congress of the Communist Party in February 1956, what were Stalin’s major crimes? To what degree were these problems resolved under later Soviet leaders? How would Russia’s current leaders react to this speech? Follow these guidelines: Write an essay of 500 words (or more) responding to the prompt Use complete and accurate sentences, avoid showing bias or using “I/me” statements, and avoid text-message writing Your paragraphs need to be at least four to six sentences long Include at least one APA-style citation (Author, year, p. #) with each paragraph, placing it immediately after a sentence with evidence

Question 9: Language

Differences between Urdu and Modern Standard Arabic

Topic: consonants :

Form: essay form

Compare and contrast consonants inventory in â€‹two languagesâ€‹ by following these criteria: (Write the paper using essay form)

(introduction)

Start the essay with a paragraph of the â€‹historyâ€‹ of the two languages. Do they have a common origin?

(body)

The â€‹numberâ€‹ of consonants these languages have.
consonants inventory in terms of: Phonetic description â€“ consonants quantity â€“ consonants quality
Include a consonants quadrilateral â€œgraphâ€
Are there any special features associated with â€œlanguage1â€ which are not present in â€œlanguage

?â€2

(conclusion)

End the essay by relating the first paragraph with the rest of the paragraphs by stating how these two languagesâ€™ origins resulted in similar or different consonants inventory, â€‹highlighting the biggest similarities or differences.
Citation using â€‹APA style.
Maximum 3 pages. â€‹Minimum: cover the criteria assigned in 3 paragraphsâ€‹.

*note: use consonants IPA symbols for consonants

Questions 10: History

Choose one of the following topics and answer the questions based on what you learned from the readings and resources for this week: 1) What were the global forces that influenced the civil rights movement within the United States? 2) What reasons have been advanced to explain why the Soviet system collapsed in 1991? Which do you think are the most persuasive? Your response to the discussion question should: Be at least 150 words in length Be thoughtful and substantive Respond to the discussion prompt and demonstrate critical thinking Follow APA formatting and documentation guidelines when referring to course readings and other materials Use proper spelling, grammar, and punctuation Respond to at least two of your classmates. Each response should: Be at least 50 words in length and include more than one’s agreement or disagreement with another student’s post React to the classmate’s post and demonstrate higher-order thinking (challenge, connect, suggest, question, or expand) Follow APA formatting and documentation guidelines when referring to course readings and other materials Use proper spelling, grammar, and punctuation

Question 11: Business

It’s a 2 part assignment. First part is to write a profile of a wine consumer, like who is the type of person that consumes wine, age, loyalty to a particular brand? Is there a preference to certain types of wine? any difference between a younger wine consumer vs an older consumer. something general like that.

2nd part is what is the image of wine from Chile, locally and internationally

Question 12: Political Science

how has the war on drugs affected living in Latin America and in the US”.

Question 13: Psychology

Answer in complete sentences. Chapter 11 A. What neurotransmitters are active during any emotional output? B. How do appraisals impact our emotional experiences? Chapter 12 D. In what way can intrinsic motivation be more powerful than extrinsic motivation for achieving something? E. Explain the attachment theory as it pertains to the romantic relationship.

Question 14: History

HIEU 201 LECTURE QUIZ 1

Question 1

According to “Empire Builders of the Near East,” which empire brought conflict to Egypt and were the first to fashion iron weapons?

Question 2

According to “Empire Builders of the Near East,” who built the very first, world empire?

Question 3

According to “Empire Builders of the Near East,” who were considered a “deadly force of ruthless attackers”?

Question 4

According to “Earliest Civilizations of the Near East,” Sumer, the foundation for Mesopotamian culture, was located in which region?

Question 5

According to “Empire Builders of the Near East,” which of the following is NOT one of the legacies of the Persian Empire?

Question 6

According to “Earliest Civilizations of the Near East,” where did most civilizations rise up?

Question 7

According to the lecture, “Earliest Civilizations of the Near East,” which seafaring people, mentioned in the Old and New Testaments, gave us the writing system based on sound, rather than pictures?

Question 8

According to “Earliest Civilizations of the Near East,” which of the following peoples contributed the greatest legacy to Western civilization?

Question 9

True or False: According to “Earliest Civilizations of the Near East,” the purpose of this course is to consider all important civilizations from around the world.

Question 10

According to “Empire Builders of the Near East,” who was the greatest Chaldean ruler, who sacked Jerusalem and took many Israelites into captivity?

Question 15: Mathematics

How much will a $7,500 EE savings bond cost when you initially purchase it? Assuming the bond earns 4.13 percent annually, approximately how long will it take for the bond to reach its stated face value?

When you initially purchase it, the EE saving bond will cost $ 3750

Assuming the bond earns 4.13 percent annually, the length of time it will take for the bond to reach its stated face value is ___ years.

Question 16: Biology

NUR 602 Midterm Study GUIDE – Chanberlain College of Nursing

Question 17: Psychology

A criticism of the use of anesthesia during childbirth is that it

A baby is defined as post mature if it

Question 18: Education

Which of the following are traits that effective teachers demonstrate in their dealings with peers, administrators, and parents?

According to Gary Borich, which of the following is a characteristic behavior of effective teachers?

Question 19: Health Care

Nutritional Principles in Nursing: Evaluating Diets Module 11

NURSING: NUR1172 N Garcia NUT Mod11 Diets

Question 20: Health Care

Bparker Module 01 PowerPoint Carbohydrates Proteins Lipids Vitamins Minerals Water

Question 21: Health Care

Walden NURS6660 Final Exam ( 2019)

Question 22: Health Care

Question 1

1 out of 1 points

Rashidah is a 55-year-old female who is experiencing acute chest pain and shortness of breath. She describes the pain as “pressure and squeezing.” When she becomes nauseous and light-headed, her son insists that he take her to the emergency room.

Health History: She started smoking when she was 18, attempted to quit several times in her 40s, and had her last cigarette on her 50th birthday. She has been overweight for most of her adult life, but has gained 20 pounds in the last few years, which increased her BMI to 34. The last time she had a physical exam was when she turned 50. Her vital signs and blood test results from that exam are listed below.

BP: 178/90

HDL: 62 mg/dl

LDL: 190 mg/dl

Triglycerides: 174 mg/dl

Total cholesterol: 252 mg/dl

Fasting blood glucose: 128 mg/dl

Which of these statements is most likely correct?

Selected Answer:

Question 2

1 out of 1 points

In the emergency room, multiple tests are performed. Which of these results would confirm myocardial damage?

Selected Answer:

Question 3

1 out of 1 points

Which of Rashidah’s physical exam lab test results was within normal limits for her age and sex?

Selected Answer:

Question 4

1 out of 1 points

Given her last physical exam results, Rashidah’s physician believes she has likely had undiagnosed atherosclerosis for years. Briefly describe the pathophysiology of atherosclerosis.

Selected Answer: Atherosclerosis is the narrowing of arteries from plaque build up on the arterie walls. When there is a build up of plaque it makes it harder for the body to get oxygen rich blood through out the body. If there is too much build up in the ateries it can cause a blockage which can make it more likely to have blood clots

Question 5

1 out of 1 points

Rashidah’s most recent Body Mass Index indicates that she is:

Selected Answer:

Obese

Question 6

1 out of 1 points

Which of the following statements is true?

Selected Answer:

Question 7

1 out of 1 points

A coronary angiography is performed and shows a complete blockage of the LAD. Briefly describe what this means.

Question 8

1 out of 1 points

Which of the following treatments would help correct Rashidah’s condition?

Selected Answer:

Question 9

1 out of 1 points

Rashidah quit smoking 5 years ago, but still suffered a myocardial infarction. She is tempted to start smoking again since quitting “obviously didn’t make me healthier.” What does research tell us about her future health risks if she resumes smoking?

Question 10

1 out of 1 points

Before Rashidah is discharged from the hospital, her care team informs her that she may experience stable angina, a form of chest pain, in the future. Briefly explain how angina is different from the pain associated with a myocardial infarction.

Question 11

1 out of 1 points

Roberto is a 78-year-old male who has recently been diagnosed with Class III Congestive Heart Failure (CHF). His physician told him that his left ventricle has become stiff and cannot relax. Although there is no current treatment that can “fix” Roberto’s condition, he is prescribed two medications- an ACE inhibitor and beta blockers.

There are multiple types of CHF. Which of these types does Roberto have?

Selected Answer:

Question 12

0 out of 1 points

Which of these statements is most likely true of Roberto’s current symptoms?

Selected Answer:

Question 13

0 out of 1 points

Because of the dysfunction of Roberto’s left ventricle, which of these findings is most likely?

Selected Answer:

Question 14

1 out of 1 points

Briefly describe how beta-blockers will influence Roberto’s heart function, specifically the physiology of the ventricles.

Question 15

1 out of 1 points

Briefly describe how ACE-inhibitors will influence Roberto’s heart function.

Question 16

1 out of 1 points

Roberto’s doctor orders several tests of his heart function, including “ejection fraction.” Briefly explain what an ejection fraction measures. (Include what a normal measurement would be.)

Question 17

1 out of 1 points

Which of the following conditions may have led to Roberto’s CHF?

Selected Answer:

Question 18

1 out of 1 points

Which of the following choices is NOT a risk factor for developing CHF?

Selected Answer:

Question 19

0 out of 1 points

Which heart valve opens to allow blood to leave the left ventricle?

Aortic valve

Question 20

1 out of 1 points

Further testing reveals that Roberto has hypertrophy of the left ventricle. How does this finding relate to his diagnosis?

Question 23: Health Care

BSC 2347 Module 1 Case Study / BSC2347 AP 2 Module 1 Human Anatomy and Physiology II Case Study

Question 1

1 out of 1 points

Correct Jasper is a 7-year-old boy who has had flu-like symptoms for several weeks. It was mild at first, but his parents notice that he has been getting worse. They took him to his pediatrician last week, but he was sent home with suggestions to use OTC medication to treat his symptoms while his body recovered from what appeared to be a mild infection. Jasper appears weak, has lost 3-4 pounds in the last month, and has been complaining of headaches. Jasper’s parents have now brought him back to the clinic and another physician orders a CBC.

What is a CBC? In your own words, briefly describe why it is useful.

Question 2

1 out of 1 points

Correct The physician suspects that Jasper may have leukemia. Which of the lab results most likely lead the physician to this conclusion?

Question 3

1 out of 1 points

Correct Jasper exhibits many symptoms that could relate to a diagnosis of leukemia. List and briefly explain 2 other symptoms of leukemia that are NOT mentioned in this case study.

Question 4

1 out of 1 points

Correct Because of Jasper’s age, which type of leukemia is the most likely?

Selected Answer:

Question 5

1 out of 1 points

Correct

If Jasper has ALL, which of the following lab results is most likely?

Question 6

1 out of 1 points

Correct What is the most common type of childhood leukemia? In your own words, briefly describe the pathophysiology of the disease.

Selected Answer:

Question 7

1 out of 1 points

Correct Which of these tests would NOT be helpful in diagnosing leukemia?

Selected Answer:

Question 8

1 out of 1 points

Correct In your own words, briefly describe the difference between myelogenous and lymphocytic leukemia.

Selected Answer:

Question 9

1 out of 1 points

Correct Which of the following is NOT a treatment option for ALL?

Selected Answer:

Question 10

1 out of 1 points

Correct Assuming that Jasper has the most common type of childhood leukemia, what is his prognosis?

Selected Answer:

Question 11

0 out of 1 points

Incorrect Elsa is an 11-month-old girl. Her parents have brought her to her pediatrician because they have noticed she seems lethargic and pale. Both parents have noticed that she appears bloated, doesn’t want to eat as much as she has before, and is tired and “cranky all the time.” They suspected she might be suffering from anemia, since she was being fed a low-iron formula, so they had switched to a high-iron formula. The change made no difference in her symptoms. The pediatrician notes that Elsa’s belly appears swollen. Her vital signs show that her temperature is normal and her heart rate is on the low end of the normal range for her age. She has dropped from the 50th percentile in height and weight (at her last check-up) to the 10th percentile in both height and weight.

Blood test results:

Hemoglobin: 5 g/dl

RBC: 4.6×106 cells/ml

MCV: 65

WBC 15,000 cells/ml

Platelet count: 250,000

Which of Elsa’s symptoms is NOT typical of anemia in infants?

Selected Answer:

Question 12

1 out of 1 points

Correct In your own words, briefly describe why Elsa’s parents changed her formula to the high-iron baby formula.

Question 13

1 out of 1 points

Correct Which of her blood test results is within normal range?

Selected Answer:

Question 14

1 out of 1 points

Correct Elsa’s blood sampled was analyzed under a microscope and it was determined that her red blood cells were “hypochromatic” and “microcytic.” Explain, in your own words, what these terms mean.

Selected Answer:

Question 15

1 out of 1 points

Correct Elsa’s pediatrician suspects that she has thalassemia. Which of the following statements is true of thalassemia?

Selected Answer:

Question 16

1 out of 1 points

Correct In your own words, explain why hemoglobin is important in hematology.

Selected Answer:

Question 17

1 out of 1 points

Correct It is determined that Elsa is experiencing beta-thalassemia major. Which of the following statements is NOT true regarding this diagnosis?

Selected Answer:

Question 18

1 out of 1 points

Correct Because Elsa has received a confirmed diagnosis of beta-thalassemia major, which of the following statements is true about her parents?

Selected Answer:

Question 19

1 out of 1 points

Correct As Elsa gets older, which of the following choices is NOT a likely complication of her disorder?

Question 20

1 out of 1 points

Correct In your own words, briefly describe how thalassemia is related to Elsa’s failure to thrive.

Selected Answer:

Question 2: Psychology

Introduction Guided Response#1 This is what i wrote i have to response back to students and the Teacher

Hello everyone. It is my sincere congratulations to you for making it this far and for being part of this class. I am again looking for a fun and exciting time together and with our instructor. My name is Tishawn Thomas I am 42 years old and reside in Easton, Pennsylvania. I come from Brooklyn, New York. I have a Bachelor of Arts in Social Science and Master of Arts in Special Education from Ashford University. I am kind of old school because I love jazz and classical rock. Currently, I have joined this class to take a master’s program in psychology to enable me become a licensed counselling psychologist.

When navigating the left I found this course very interesting. I have reviewed the major theoretical approaches, research methods, and assessment instruments that will be covered in the course and I must say that this course will be interesting. I am looking forward to learning how the theoretical approaches and research methods can be combined with the assessment instruments to assist personality analysis.

The model of personality that I am more interested in researching further is the five-factor model (FFM) of personality. The FFM is a set of five personality trait dimensions, often called the Big Five: Extraversion, Agreeableness, Conscientiousness, Neuroticism, and Openness to Experience. The initial model was advanced by Raymond Christal and Ernest Types in 1961. In 1990, J.M. Digman advanced the five-factor personality model, which was later extended by Lewis Goldberg, making Goldberg the father of FFM. This model is important in my current and future careers because it provides me with a basis of judgement and personality analysis. As an educator, the five-factor model provides an opportunity for understanding students and engaging them appropriately.

References

Choca, J. P. (1999). Evolution of million’s personality prototypes. Journal of Personality Assessment, 72(3), 353-364

Jung, C. G. (1933). Psychological Types. New York: Harcourt, Brace.

Carl Jung. Jung Journal, 6(2), 86-102. doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.1525/jung.2012.6.2.86

Guided Response#1

Glad to be in class with you. I too enjoy the Big Five as it tends to show up in the entertainment industry. One simply has to look to Harry Potter to see the how the Big Five and in extension psychology affects people without them knowing. People subscribe and find out their ‘houses’ on a daily basis by taking a personality test that places them in one of the five houses of Harry Potter. It’s simply amazes me how much we use psychology daily. There are many ways the Big Five may be used even when assisting persons with PTSD. Each personality handles stressors differently and would need to be assisted in a different way. I’m glad to be in class with you.

Guided Response#2

Welcome to the course and I am excited to about you. As a Marriage and Family Therapist here in California I can attest to the very rewarding and challenging nature of the job and how important self care is. My favorite part of the work is finding a way to engage the client to access their own resources to solve their problems. I am curious how you will balance all you do?

Question 3: Biology

ESOH 315 Soil Sampling Lab

PURPOSE:

Soil Sampling

To introduce students to:

Bucket auger sampling
Head space analysis
Sieve soil sizing procedure and plotting
Soil moisture by difference method
The soil texture by feel procedure

INTRODUCTION

For this lab you will be taking samples using a bucket auger which you will then analyze using head space analysis, soil moisture by difference and by moisture probe, and perform soil texture by feel protocol. In addition, you will analyze a pre-dried soil sample using sieve analysis.

Headspace analyses done in the field typically use a photoionization detector (PID). The PID uses ultraviolet light to irradiate the sample, thus ionizing it. The analysis chamber is composed of two plates between which an electric field is established by application of a difference in potential on each plate. Since the plates are not in contact, electricity can only flow through the circuit by bridging the electric field. When a sample is introduced, UV light ionizes gaseous molecules present, and the ions travel to the charged plates. When the ions reach the charged plates, an electric current is produced. The magnitude of the current is proportional to the concentration of ions preset (and, by extension, the concentration of molecules present). Although the exact response of the detector depends on the lamp ionization energy and the ionization potential of the molecules present, the PID responds to almost all VOCs – though not equally. Consequently, both false positives and under reporting of VOC concentrations are relatively common.

Refer to the accompanying slides for instructions on sieve analysis and workup.

ESOH 315 Soil Sampling Lab

METHODS Equipment List:

Bucket auger
Sample container
Temperature probe
Soil moisture probe
4×8’ sheet of plastic (optional)
Mason jar with foil lid
Weigh boats or pieces of aluminum foil
PID air sampler
Sieve stack and shaker
Small shovel for backfill

Procedure:
Sample Collection
Using a decontaminated bucket auger, you will collect a soil sample from a depth of at least 3” below ground surface (bgs).

Use the decontaminated bucket auger to remove the top 3” of soil
One individual from each table, measure the temperature of the soil and the soil

moisture using the soil moisture probe (both at 3” bgs)

Collect soil sample with bucket auger

o Place in clean container and seal immediately, place on ice o Be sure to collect enough for:

Head space analysis
§Texture by feel protocol
§Moisture analysis (at least 3 samples)

Headspace Sampling

Weigh a small portion of your soil sample and place in a clean mason jar:

Should be enough to completely cover the bottom of the jar to a depth of at

least 1 inch

Place a square of aluminum foil over the opening of the jar (shiny side up)

and screw the retaining ring down to seal

Allow sample to rest in jar at room temp for at least 5 minutes, and take a

reading of the headspace in the jar (using PID)

o Pierce the foil with the sampling probe, being careful not to tear too

large of a hole
o Insert the probe approximately 4 cm (1.5 in) and sample until the

reading has stabilized
·Place tape over the opening you created with the sampling probe and allow

sample to rest another 10 minutes, then sample headspace again

ESOH 315 Soil Sampling Lab

In addition to the sample you collected, there will be 2 additional soil samples provided upon which you should perform headspace analysis. You are only required to measure each of the additional samples once.

Moisture Determination

Each table will perform a moisture determination

Place at least 3 samples of your soil into either weigh boats or pieces of foil
Weigh samples (and container)
Place in oven for 24 hours (record start time)
After 24 hours remove samples and weigh again (record end time)
Determine % water content (by mass)

Sieve Sizing

Follow directions and analysis instructions found in the accompanying slides

REPORT

Include all of the normal sections, be sure to include:

Analyses

Be sure to complete and include in your report (I expect all to be professionally formatted):

All analyses included in the sieve slides (size distribution plot, sizing, coefficients of uniformity and gradation, etc.)
Soil moisture analysis
Headspace analysis

Discussion Questions:

What kind of soil did you have by the ‘Soil Texture by Feel’ test? What color was the soil? What does that tell you?
Compare the soil moisture by difference value to that obtained from the soil probe – provide a quantitative analysis.
How did the headspace analysis of your sample compare to those of the provided samples?
What are the Coefficients of Uniformity and Gradation for your soil sample? What does that mean about the variability in grain size for your sample? What about the soil’s ability to drain effectively?
Compare the results of the Soil Texture by Feel test and Coefficients of Gradation and Uniformity – are they contradictory?
What percent of your soil sample was lost during the sieve procedure? Is any explanation required?

What two reagents are used in preparation of the chloride complex

Question 2: Psychology

University of Phoenix Material

Week Four Homework Exercise 1

PSYCH/610 Version 2

Answer the following questions, covering material from Ch 8–10 of Methods in Behavioral Research:

What is a confounding variable and why do researchers try to eliminate confounding variables? Provide two examples of confounding variables.
What are the advantages and disadvantages of posttest only design and pretest-posttest design?
What is meant by sensitivity of a dependent variable?
What are the differences between an independent groups design and a repeated measures design?
How does an experimenter’s expectations and participant expectations affect outcomes?
Provide an example of a factorial design. What are the key features of a factorial design? What are the advantages of a factorial design?
Describe at least four different dependent variables.
What are some ways researchers can manipulate independent variables?
What is the difference between main effects and interactions?
How do moderator variables impact results? Provide an example.
A researcher is interested in studying the effects of story endings on preference ratings. He randomly assigns participants into two groups: predictable ending or surprise ending. He instructs them to read the story and provide preference ratings. The experimenter’s variation of story endings is a __________ (straightforward or staged) manipulation.
A researcher was interested in investigating the vocabulary skills of 6th graders in a program for gifted students. She gave a group of participants a test of vocabulary that was aimed at the 7th-grade level. She quickly discovered that there was limited variability in the scores because nearly all the students answered 90% or more of the questions correctly. This outcome is called a _______ effect.

Question 3: Chemistry

The fuel for your car is a mixture of octane and several other hydrocarbons. What mass of CO₂ will be produced when 219 g of C₈H₁₈ react completely in the following equation?

2 C₈H₁₈ + 25 O₂ → 16 CO₂ + 18 H₂O

Question 4: Computer Science

Using C, write a simple program to exhaustively list (generate) all binary strings of length N. Your program should read N > 5

Question 5: Computer Science

THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES

ASSIGNMENT 1
SEMESTER I, 2019/2020
Code and Name of Course: COMP2201 – Discrete Mathematics

Assignment 1 – Individual Assignment
AREA	DESCRIPTION
Objectives	To have a student apply the knowledge garnered during the first few weeks of the course
Title	Assignment 1 – Individual Assignment
Deliverable	The answers for the questions which follow the given case
Instructions	1. 2. 3. Review Lectures of the first three weeks of the course, the COMP2201 Text and any other related Discrete Mathematics material Read the Assignment 1 Sheet thoroughly Submit the gradable solution by using the COMP2201 Assignment 1 – Individual located within the ASSIGNMENTS Section of the OURVLE COMP2201 Course Environment. This may also be accessed by choosing the Assignments section below “Activities”
Format	The solution for this assignment must be submitted as a Microsoft Word document. Your ID number should form part of the Microsoft Word file name. The file name should take the format “COMP2201 Assignment 1 Semester 1 2019- 2020 XXXXXXXX” where XXXXXXXX represents the student ID number.
Upload Constraint	The solution for this assignment should be uploaded in the relevant space provided in OURVLE (See “Instructions” section above). A message indicating “File uploaded successfully” will acknowledge that the file has been sent successfully. Do NOT assume your project has been received if you do not get this acknowledgement.
Scoring Rubric	Your electronic submission will be evaluated on: Your attempt of the compulsory questions 1, 4 and 7 The response submitted for each question (See detail individual marks below) – Maximum 50 marks The actual grade of 50 marks will be displayed. The actual grade allocated is the percentage of the maximum marks (5 points)
Late Assignments	Late assignments are accepted. These are however graded then 25% deducted for each day of late submission.
Expectation	It is expected that students will discuss means to a solution. The actual work written is expected to reflect each student’s uniqueness. Where replication of work is identified, each paper will be graded. The allocated grade to each student’s piece of work for where this anomaly is identified will be the grade divided by the number of replications discovered.
Due Date	Sunday, October 6, 2019

Question 1 [10 marks] – COMPULSORY

[The fraction of the marks attained for this question determines the fraction of the attained marks to be allocated for questions 2 and 3.]
Given a sequence with n objects where there are n1 indistinguishable objects of type 1, n2 indistinguishable objects of type 2, …, nt indistinguishable objects of type t

(a) Where the number of repetitions of each object is known as in the string

PNOUMONOULPRAMICROSCOPICSILICOVOLCANOCUMARSIS

show why the formula for the number of unordered k-selections of t types is 𝑘+𝑡−1𝐶 𝑜𝑟 𝑘+𝑡−1𝐶 [3]

𝑘 𝑡−1

(b) Using the word from question (a) as an example, show that the reason given for question (a) holds. [2]
(c) Hence, determine the number of unordered 3-selection of the said string PNOUMONOULPRAMICROSCOPICSILICOVOLCANOCUMARSIS [2]
(d) Using your formula in (b), state a simplified formula for the number of unique codewords, assuming a codeword such as

PNU276(*#*$!dqjb

is made up of the letters of the word in (a) , 3 distinct digits where order is not important, 6 special characters (allowing repeats with order not being important), and 4 lowercase letters of the English alphabet where order is important, all in the same order. For ease of reference, it is accepted that there are 32 special characters. [3]

Question 2 [2 marks]

By applying Pascal’s Identity, determine the row of Pascal’s triangle containing the following binomial coefficients (8) , 0 ≤ 𝑘 ≤ 8 [2]

𝑘

Question 3 [6 marks]

Solve the following question using Tree Diagrams.
A seven-person committee composed of Tian, Uber, Vera, Weir, Xylo, Yani and
Zoey is to select a president, treasurer and liaison officer. How many selections are
there in which either Tian is treasurer and Zoey is not an officer, or Weir is president
or Vera is treasurer? [6]

Question 4 [5 marks] – COMPULSORY
[The fraction of the marks attained for this question determines the fraction of the attained marks to be allocated for questions 5 and 6.]

(a) Why is the study of modular arithmetic important? [2]
(b) Construct the Addition and Multiplication Tables in Z10. [3]

Question 5 [3 marks]
Expand the following expression using the binomial theorem: ( –2p2 + 3q – 4r2 )4 [3]

Question 6 [5 marks]

(a) If any nine letters (of the 23-letter Latin alphabet) could be used to form a ten-letter words, how many words would have at least one repeated
letter? [3]
(b) A computer access password consists of from four to nine letters chosen from
the 26 in the alphabet with repetitions not allowed. How many different passwords are possible? [2]

Question 7 [10 marks] – COMPULSORY
[The fraction of the marks attained for this question determines the fraction of the attained marks to be allocated for questions 8 and 9.]

(a) Use modular arithmetic to explain why a date that falls on Saturday this year

will fall on Tuesday eight years from now. [2]

(b) The Greek Mathematician Euclid developed an algorithm to determine the

Greatest Common Divisor (GCD) also known as the Highest Common Factor (HCF). Develop an algorithm to determine the Least Common Multiple
(LCM). [3]

(c) Using the algorithm provided for section (b) of this question, illustrate how
your algorithm would find the Least Common Multiple of 55692 and 119340. [3]
(d) Using the Euclidean Algorithm, illustrate how the Highest Common Factor of 55692 and 119340. [2]

Question 8 [5 marks]

The function This_Is_Not_A_Fib_Chkr takes a list of integers, int_list and returns
True if they are NOT consecutive numbers within the Fibonacci sequence; False is returned otherwise. Using any programming language taught in your first year at the university, write the function This_Is_Not_A_Fib_Chkr . [5]

Question 9 [4 marks + Bonus 5 marks (to an assignment maximum of 50 marks)]

Let f(n) be defined by

𝑓(1) = 2

𝑓(𝑛) = 32𝑓 (𝑛) + 3𝑛5 2

if n > 1 and n = 2m, where m is a positive integer.

(a) By using the principles of Recurrence Relation, find a general formula

for f(n)

(b) Hence show that f(n) = Θ (n5 log 2 n).

[4] [Bonus – 5]

Question 6: General Question

Question 4: Engineering

High resolution digital TV broadcasting (HDTV) uses a form of SSB-AM for signal transmission. 2. Regular sinusoidal AM is often called double-sideband AM (DSB-AM). WHY??? 3. When AM and FM are used? 4. What are the advantages and disadvantages of FM and AM?

Question 5: Business

ACCT. 510 – Accounting for Business Decisions

TEAM PROJECT

FALL 2019

The basic financial statements of a company include the balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement. Each statement contains specific information about the company. When viewed together, much can be learned about how the company operates and the impact of decisions made during the period.

Obtain the 2017 and 2018 annual reports for Starbucks. Use the information in the financial statements to respond to the following questions:

Write out the basic accounting (balance sheet) equation and provide the values reported by Starbucks at September 30, 2018.
Did total assets increase or decrease in 2018 over the previous year?
How much inventory did the company have at September 30, 2018?
What are the major operating revenue accounts? What percentage is each to total revenues?
What are the major operating expense accounts? What percentage is each to total operating expenses?
Describe the company’s revenue recognition policy, if reported. (See significant accounting policies).
What is Starbuck’s gross margin in 2018? Was this an increase or decrease from 2017?
What type of costs do you think is included in Starbuck’s ‘Cost of Sales?’
How do ‘cost of sales’ differ from ‘operating expenses’
What inventory valuation method does the company use?
What were cash flows from operating activities?
What were cash flows from investing activities?
What were cash flows from financing activities?
What was the increase/decrease in cash in 2018 from 2017?
Ratio Analysis: Compute the following ratios for 2017 and 2018 for Starbucks?
1. Current Ratio
2. Quick Ratio
3. Accounts Receivable Turnover Ratio
4. Inventory Turnover Ratio
5. Debt-to-Equity Ratio
6. Return on Equity
7. Return on Assets
8. Quality of Net Income (Cash Flows from Operating Activities/Net Income)
9. Profit Margin
What does each ratio measure and what does your results suggest about the company?
If available, find the industry ratios for the most recent year, compare to your results, and discuss why you believe your company differs or is similar to the industry.
Were there any economy, industry or company-specific factors that impact Starbuck’s future income and growth? If so, briefly discuss.

Question 6: Other

Hotel Rwanda

How does this film illustrate the concepts of “forward-looking” and “backward-looking” justice? How is the problem of personhood discussed in this film?

Question 7: Other

Unit V Case Study

Case studies are an important learning strategy in business classes as they provide an opportunity for you to critically analyze events that have taken place in real-life businesses. This develops your critical thinking and research skills as you research the competition and industry in which your business resides with an end goal of formulating a recommendation for the challenges faced by the company.

Select one of the three case studies listed below, which can be found in your textbook. Evaluate the case of your choice, and respond to each of the questions below using both theory and practical managerial thinking as well as supporting research.

Option 1: Procter & Gamble (pp. 332–333)

Using segmentation strategies, what are the target market(s) for P&G? How does this relate to the company’s brand management strategies?
Who are the top three competitors of P&G, and what are their advantages/disadvantages with respect to their competitive product/service strategies?
P&G’s impressive portfolio includes some of the strongest brand names in the world. What are some of the challenges associated with being the market leader in so many different categories?
With social media becoming increasingly important and with fewer people watching traditional commercials on television, what does P&G need to do to maintain its strong brand images?
What risks will P&G face in the future?

Option 2: Caterpillar (pp. 394–395)

Using segmentation strategies, what are the target market(s) for Caterpillar? How does this relate to their brand management strategies?
Who are the top three competitors of Caterpillar, and what are their advantages/disadvantages with respect to their competitive product/service strategies?
What were some of the key steps that made Caterpillar the industry leader in earth-moving machinery? Explain how Caterpillar’s products differ from competitors.
Discuss Caterpillar’s future. What should it do next with its product line? Where is the future growth for this company?

Option 3: The Ritz-Carlton (pp. 424–425)

Using segmentation strategies, what are the target market(s) for The Ritz-Carlton? How does this relate to their brand management strategies?
Who are the top three competitors of The Ritz-Carlton, and what are their advantages/disadvantages with respect to their competitive product/service strategies.
How does The Ritz-Carlton match up to competing hotels? What are its key differences?
Discuss the importance of the “wow stories” in maintaining top quality customer service for a luxury hotel like The Ritz-Carlton.

In formatting your case analysis, do not use the question-and-answer format; instead, use an essay format with subheadings. Your APA-formatted case study should be a minimum of 500 words in length (not counting the title and reference pages). You are required to use a minimum of three peer-reviewed, academic sources that are no more than 5 years old (one may be your textbook). All sources used, including the textbook, must be referenced; paraphrased material must have accompanying in-text citations.

Unit 5 DB AM

Consider the many means of differentiating products and services. Which technology brand does the best at impacting consumer buying decisions? Why? In an attempt to maintain diversity in this discussion forum, please bring a different brand example into this discussion than your fellow classmates.

Question 8: Finance

A project requires an initial investment of $700,000 depreciated straight-line to $0 in 10 years. The investment is expected to generate annual sales of $400,000 with annual costs of $120,000 for 10 years. Assume a tax rate of 30% and a discount rate of 15%. What is the NPV of the project?

Question 9: Psychology

So, imagine you are a researcher trying to find a new medication to treat depression.

What would be a type 1 errors?

What would be a type 2 error?

You don’t have to tell us the research and null hypotheses, just tell us what happened, (ex: what you thought you found, and what you really did find).

Question 10: Finance

A Bank has $100 million in capital, and $900 million of checkable deposit. The bank currently maintains a total reserve of $100 million dollars, $200 million in T-bills, and rest in loans. A new corporate customer opens a checkable deposit account, and deposit $100 million.

1a. Please show the T-Account of the bank after the deposit?

1b. If the required reserve ratio is 10%, what is likely to happen?

1c. If the required rate for reserves increase to 11%, what should the bank do? How much can the bank lend out after the adjustment? Assume the bank want to maximize return.

1d. What is the equity multiplier?

1e. If the bank collects an average interest of 7.8% on their loan, and T-bill yield 1.44% return. What is the Return on Equity (ROE)? (Assume the profit margin is 8%)

1f. Suppose there is a reserve outflow of $ 20 million, and the reserve ratio is 11% for the bank. Assume the bank decides to borrow from the Fed to meet reserve requirement. How much they will borrow? Please also show the new the T-account.

1g. Suppose the bank is reconsidering to generate more profit. They want to restructure their assets. After the restructuring, they want have 10% second reserve, 40% residential mortgage, 30% corporate loans or securities, and 20% inter-bank loan to OECD banks. In addition, there is $600 million of off-balance activities for the bank. What is the risk-weighted capital ratio?

1h. Can this bank be classified as well capitalized bank?

1i. Suppose the T-bill yield 1.44%, the Libor is 1.83%, average residential mortgage rate is 5.5%, and average corporate loan is 7%. What is the new ROE? Assume the new structure yield a profit margin of 13%.

1j. Recently, 20% of checkable deposit is still in checking accounts. 40% of them becomes saving account, and 40% of them becomes CDs. If interest will increase by 2%, what is the financial result for the bank?

1k. If there is a terrible news hits the mortgage markets, and mortgage rate jump by 6%, which cause the value of the residential mortgage drop by 25%. What does the bank’s balance sheet look like? What will happen for this bank?

Discuss an experiment that you would like to perform. State 1. the population that you wish to study and 2. what the factor (or factors) would be. 3. How would you sample your subjects from that population? 4. How would you set up the experiment (Block design? Matched pairs? Double-blind?) How you would ensure 5. control, 6. randomization, and 7. replication? 8. What sort of conclusion could be drawn from the results

Question 7: Finance

Answer the following question regarding the price of a five percent coupon bond with the face value of $1000, which matures in three years from today. Coupon is paid annually at the end of the year. Your investment plan is to purchase the coupon bond today and hold it to the maturity.

a) Assuming the market price of bond is $1000, what would be the yield to maturity?
b) Suppose that you can reinvest your coupon at the annual rate of return of 3%. What is your effective

annual rate of return on the bond investment. Why is your effective rate of return different from the yield to maturity, if it is different? Under what circumstance, effective rate of return is equal to yield to maturity?

c) Now suppose the market price of bond drops to $900 right after the purchase. Would you expect higher or lower effective rate of return on the bond investment than the yield to maturity you compute in a? Explain why.

Question 11: Finance

1d. What is the equity multiplier?

1e. If the bank collects an average interest of 7.8% on their loan, and T-bill yield 1.44% return. What is the Return on Equity (ROE)? (Assume the profit margin is 8%)

1h. Can this bank be classified as well capitalized bank?

Question 12: Mathematics

Describe using pseudocode as described in class an algorithm that takes a list of n integers a1, a2, …, an, and returns a count

Question 13: Engineering

The University has recently leased a building for new campus. The building will
house some Administrative offices, classrooms, library, and computer labs.
There will be four computer labs that will be used for instruction. Each of these
labs will have 32 computers (30 student computers and 1 instructor computer). Each
of these labs will also have a server in the closet located inside the lab.
In addition to the six regular labs, there will also be a Additional Computer Lab
that will provide computer access to students to do their assignment. There will be
63 computers in this lab and a server in the closet.
The library will also have some computers to allow students access to the library
resources. There will be 64 computers for students to read digital resources.
In this project you are required to design a network for a typical academic
institution that requires its computers to communicate with each other and on the
internet. It aims to provide student labs, provide computers for its education and
administrative staff and also set up a web server. The institution has just purchased
one T1 connection providing 1.5Mbps for upload and download. It has also
purchased the network address 12.22.32.0/24 from its ISP.
Additionally, make sure that all sub-networks are split up allowing them the
fastest access possible depending on their requirements. Also keep the design as
simple as possible allowing efficient troubleshooting while guaranteeing the least
downtime in the system.
As a Network Administrator, Design and Draw the network including
topology and Subnet for this institution with proper explanation/justification and
wherever the data necessary proceed with your assumption.

Question 14: Economics

Explain how the following changes in aggregate demand or short-run aggregate supply, will affect the level of total output and the price level in the short run.
An increase in aggregate demand
A decrease in aggregate demand
An increase in short-run aggregate supply
A reduction in short-run aggregate supply
In the Keynesian framework, which of the following events might cause a recession? Which might cause inflation? Sketch AD/AS diagrams to illustrate your answers.
An increase in government purchases
An increase in nominal wages
A major improvement in technology
A reduction in net exports

Question 15: Psychology

The relationship between social media use and narcissistic personality trait

Question 16: Economics

Your submission should include the screenshots of the STATA outputs (graphs, summary tables, regression tables) along with your answers to the questions.

Stata file Growth.dta contains contains data on average growth rates over 1960-1995 for 65 countries, along with variables that are potentially related to growth. These data were provided by Professor Ross Levine of Brown University and were used in his paper with, Thorsten Beck and Norman Loayza “Finance and the Sources of Growth” Journal of Financial Economics, 2000, Vol. 58, pp. 261- 300.

Using this dataset, we would like to study determinants of GDP growth rate.

Variable	Definition
Country name	Name of country
growth	Average annual percentage growth of real Gross Domestic Product (GDP)* from 1960 to 1995.
rgdp60	The value of GDP* per capita in 1960, converted to 1960 US dollars
Years school	Average number of years of schooling of adult residents in that country in 1960

1) Report a summary table where you have the mean, median, standard deviation, etc. of the outcome variable (growth) and the explanatory variables listed above (rgdp60 and years school). Interpret these results.
2) Construct a scatterplot of average annual growth rate of real GDP on the variable rgdp60. Does there appear to be a relationship between the variables?

4) Construct a scatterplot of average annual growth rate of real GDP on the variable years school. Does there appear to be a relationship between the variables?

3) Run a regression of growth on rgdp60.

a) Comment on the sign, magnitude and the significance of the slope coefficient.
b) Does the intercept coefficient have a meaningful interpretation?
c) Provide an economic interpretation to this regression model.

5) Run a regression of growth on years school.

a) Comment on the sign, magnitude and the significance of the slope coefficient. b) Does the intercept coefficient have a meaningful interpretation.
c) Provide an economic interpretation to this regression model.

Question 17: Psychology

University of Phoenix Material

Correlation

A researcher is interested in investigating the relationship between viewing time (in seconds) and ratings of aesthetic appreciation. Participants are asked to view a painting for as long as they like. Time (in seconds) is measured. After the viewing time, the researcher asks the participants to provide a ‘preference rating’ for the painting on a scale ranging from 1-10. Create a scatter plot depicting the following data:

Viewing Time in Seconds	Preference Rating
10	3
12	4
24	7
5	3
16	6
3	4
11	4
5	2
21	8
23	9
9	5
3	3
17	5
14	6

What does the scatter plot suggest about the relationship between viewing time and aesthetic preference? Is it accurate to state that longer viewing times are the result of greater preference for paintings? Explain. Submit your scatter plot and your answers to the questions to your instructor.

Last assignment!! Please use the word document to get data from scatter plot. Whoever chooses part 1 needs to create plot for everyone to be able to answer the other 3 questions. Please be mindful of that before selecting part one. It would need to be in before everyone else completes their part.

Part 1 – create scatter plot–Dawn

Part 2 – What does the scatter plot suggest about the relationship between viewing time and aesthetic preference?

Part 3 – Is it accurate to state that longer viewing times are the result of greater preference for paintings?

Part 4 – Please explain why or why not?

Part 5 – Separate parts for assignment – Put completed parts together – edit – submit – Tanya

Correlation

Viewing Time in Seconds	Preference Rating
10	3
12	4
24	7
5	3
16	6
3	4
11	4
5	2
21	8
23	9
9	5
3	3
17	5
14	6

Question 18: Business

Exercise A

Barney Company makes and sells stuffed animals. One product, Michael Bears, sells for $28 per bear. Michael Bears have fixed costs of $100,000 per month and a variable cost of $12 per bear. Howe many Michael Bears must be produced and sold each month to break even?

Exercise B

What is meant by the term break-even point? What are two ways in which the break-even point can be expressed? What is the relevant range?

Question 19: Chemistry

Using equations 1 and 2 and their respective equilibrium constants, K, determine the equilibrium constant for the third equation:

A –> B K1=0.10
3A + C –> D K2=0.020
D –> C +3B K=?

Question 20: Psychology

University of Phoenix Material

Week Eight Homework Exercise

Answer the following questions covering material from Ch. 14 of Methods in Behavioral Research:

What is replication, and what role does it play in increasing the external validity or generalizability of a study? In what way is the IRB involved in using participants in a research study?

What are the advantages and disadvantages of using college students as participants in research studies?

What potential problems can arise from generalization of results to different cultures or ethnic groups?

What is meta-analysis, and how is it useful to practitioners and scholars?

True or false: In many cases, meta analyses involves calculating an average effect size for a relationship between variables.

True or false: Many constructs, such as physical attractiveness and self-esteem, appear constant across cultures; thus, external validity is less of a concern when conducting research on such constructs. Provide a brief explanation of your answer.

Summarize the main points of the course, emphasizing the importance of research to the psychology profession.

Question 21: Psychology

University of Phoenix Material

Week Seven Homework Exercise

Answer the following questions, covering material from Ch. 13 of Methods in Behavioral Research:

Define inferential statistics and how researchers use inferential statistics to draw conclusions from sample data.

Define probability and discuss how it relates to the concept of statistical significance.

A researcher is studying the effects of yoga on depression. Participants are randomly assigned to one of two groups: yoga and medication (experimental group); or support group and medication (control group). What is the null hypothesis? What is the research hypothesis?

In the scenario described in the previous question, the researcher implements two programs simultaneously: a 6-week yoga program coupled with medication management and a 6-week support group program coupled with medication management. At the end of the 6 weeks, participants complete a questionnaire measuring depression. The researcher compares the mean score of the experimental group with the mean score of the control group. What statistical test would be most appropriate for this purpose and why? What is the role of probability in this statistical test?

In the scenario described in the previous questions, the researcher predicted that participants in the experimental group—yoga plus medication—would score significantly lower on measures of depression than would participants in the control group—support group plus medication. True or false: A two-tailed test of significance is most appropriate in this case. Explain your response.

Explain the relationship between the alpha level (or significance level) and Type I error. What is a Type II error? How are Type I and Type II errors different?

A researcher is studying the effects of sex—male and female—and dietary sugar on energy level. Male and female participants agree to follow either a high sugar or low sugar diet for eight weeks. The researcher asks the participants to complete a number of questionnaires, including one assessing energy level, before and after the program. The researcher is interested in determining whether a high or low sugar diet affects reported energy levels differently for men and women. At the end of the program, the researcher examines scores on the energy level scale for the following groups: Men – low sugar diet; Men – high sugar diet; Women – low sugar diet; Women – high sugar diet. What statistic could the researcher use to assess the data? What criteria did you use to determine the appropriate statistical test?

Question 22: Chemistry

Consider the following calculation:

x=(b−c)/a

The following experimental values and their errors are obtained:

a = 22.1, Δa = 1.4

b = 29.6, Δb = 1.2

c = 25.7, Δc = 1.2

What is the absolute error in x (Δx)?

Note we are not asking for the value of x itself, only its error. Report your answer to 2 significant figures.

Question 23: English

Last week I went to visit Atlantic College, an excellent private college in Wales. Unusually, it gives people much needed experience of life outside the classroom, as well as the opportunity to study for their exams. The students, who are aged between 16 and 18 and come from all over the word, spend the morning studying. In the afternoon they go out and do a really useful activity, such
as helping on the farm, looking after people with learning difficulties, or checking for pollution in rivers.
One of the great things about Atlantic College students is that they come from many different social backgrounds and countries. As few can afford the fees of £20,000 over two years, grants are available. A quarter of students are British, and many of those can only attend because they receive government help. “I really admire the college for trying to encourage international understanding among young people”, as Barbara Molenkamp, a student from the Netherlands, said. ”You learn to live with people and respect them, even the ones you don’t like. During the summer holidays my mother couldn’t believe how much less I argued with my sister.”
To sum up, Atlantic College gives its students an excellent education, using methods which really seem to work.

What is the writer trying to do in the text?

give an opinion about a particular student
give an opinion about his own experience of education
describe the activities the student
s do in their free time
describe his own experience of education

Question 24: Economics

1a. Please show the T-Account of the bank after the deposit?

1b. If the required reserve ratio is 10%, what is likely to happen?

1c. If the required rate for reserves increase to 11%, what should the bank do? How much can the bank lend out after the adjustment? Assume the bank want to maximize return.

1d. What is the equity multiplier?

1e. If the bank collects an average interest of 7.8% on their loan, and T-bill yield 1.44% return. What is the Return on Equity (ROE)? (Assume the profit margin is 8%)

1h. Can this bank be classified as well capitalized bank?

Question 25: Computer Science

Define an array of 100 ints, and write a loop (including the body) to initialize every element in the array to 0. You can name the array whatever you’d like.

Question 26: Physics

Design a digital circuit that receives a 4 bits BCD-coded(*) number X = abcd and returns a signal M7=1 if X ≥ 7, and M7=0 otherwise. The algorithm below shows the functional description of the circuit (“dc” means a “don’t care” combination).

Inputs and outputs of the circuit must be named as: a, b, c, d, and M7. Respect the upper and lowercases.

(*): BCD code (Binary Coded Decimal) encodes any base-10 number from 0 to 9 in base-2, using 4 bits. That is, 0 is coded by 0000, 1 by 0001, 2 by 0010 and so on until 9, which is encoded by 1001. Base-10 numbers higher than 9 require at least 2 digits and, consequently, they will never enter to the circuit.

if X > 1001 then M7<=dc; else if X > 0110 then M7<=1; else M7<=0; end if; end if;

Question 27: Other

Power-flow programs are used to analyze large transmission grids and the complex interaction between transmission grids and the power markets. Historically, these transmission grids were designed primarily by local utilities to meet the needs of their own customers. But increasingly there is a need for coordinated transmission system planning to create coordinated, continent-spanning grids. Describe in detail some of the issues associated with such large-scale system planning

Question 28: Physics

a) What is an island in an interconnected power system?	[3]
(b)Why is a micro grid designed to be able to operate in both grid-connected and
standalone modes?	[4]
(c) When operating in the stand-alone mode, what control features should be
associated with a micro grid?

Question 29: Other

Write a three to four (3-4) page paper in which you:

Analyze how standardizing procedures and documenting steps can improve outcomes when performing a complex procedure. Review the peer-reviewed journal article, The Next Wave of Hospital Innovation to Make Patients Safer. Articulate your position as the top administrator concerned about the importance of professional conduct and negligence in SCIP quality guidelines.
High Reliability Organizing emphasizes the varying actions that can affect patient safety given that standardized systems ignore the fact that each patient is different. Ascertain the major ramifications when the health care team “fails to rescue” the patient. Identify what hospital policies should be in place and identify previous case laws.
Analyze the four (4) elements required of a plaintiff to prove medical negligence.
Discuss the overarching duties of the health care governing board in mitigating the effects of medical non-compliance as they apply to the rules of practice set forth in the We Care Hospital governing board’s manifesto.
Use at least five (5) quality academic resources in this assignment. Note: Wikipedia and similar websites do not quality as academic resources.

Question 30: Mathematics

Let T:R^3->R^3 be the transformation that reflects each vector x=(x_1, x_2,x_3) through the plane x_3=0 onto T(x)=(x_1,x_2,-x_3). Prove that T is a linear transformation

Question 31: Geology

Name the five factors that involve in soil formations. With regard to each of these factors of soil formation compare a forested rocky mountain slope to the semi-arid grassland plains.

Question 32: General

GUIDELINES FOR WRITING A RESEARCH ESSAY

The Objective

The overall objective of a research paper is to present a thesis (a coherent and substantiated/evidence-supported argument) about a topic. The ideas that inform the paper are often those of the researcher and other people. It is the student’s responsibility to faithfully and meticulously acknowledge other people’s ideas by citing the sources. Quotation marks must be used for direct quotes.

The Requirements
The research paper should be a maximum of 8-10 double-spaced typed pages/2000- 2500 words (of text). Font size should be 12 points. Margins should be a minimum of 1 inch. Papers that significantly depart from these requirements will be given a lower grade. Students may discuss the assignment, but the essay must be the student’s own work. Plagiarism and any other form of academic dishonesty will be heavily penalized.

The Assignment

Regions across the world are deeply entwined in economic, political, cultural, and environmental processes and activities. The term globalization is used to describe these transcontinental and interregional flows, processes and activities that bind the world’s regions. What are the impacts of globalization in our world of stark regional and social inequalities? “Globalization invites a fundamental questioning of the prospects for developing economies and the world’s poorest people in an era marked by powerful forces of world-wide economic, political and cultural interconnectedness, over which they have little direct political control”, according to McGrew (2000: 346) (McGrew, A., 2000. Sustainable globalization? The global politics of development and exclusion in the new world order. In Allen, T. and Thomas, A. (eds.), Poverty and Development into the 21st Century. Oxford: Oxford University Press). China is a key driver of globalization. There is a narrative that “China is quietly reshaping the world.” For example, China has, since 2013, spent US$300 billion, and plans to spend another US$1 trillion on an infrastructure project called the “Belt and Road” project (the largest ever infrastructure project) connecting countries across the globe from East Asia, to Southeast Asia, South Asia, Central Asia, Russia, Southwest Asia, Northeast Africa, and Europe. The regions in which this project occur comprise 65% of the world’s population and one-third of the world’s economic activities. The project is expected to increase interregional trade and economic cooperation. Beyond this massive infrastructure plan, China’s political, cultural and economic relations with other regions of the world have escalated at an astounding speed since the 1980s. Ninety-two countries in the various world regions have China as their largest international trade partner. Africa is a region which is experiencing rapid and deepening regional ties with China. McGrew (2000) invites us to fundamentally question which region and its people are (or are not) the primary beneficiaries of the increasing and deepening ties between China and Africa, and why. Write an explanatory research essay on: China-Africa Relations: Who Benefits, Who Loses, and Why.

Note: This assignment will be the subject of one of the questions posed in the final exam

The essay must be informed by the research of scholars and specialists, which is typically published in peer-reviewed academic journals and books. There are multiple academic journals and book resources in the University of Regina library, including electronic databases, which report the findings of research. Do subject and key word searches for the topic, for example, China and Africa economic relations, in order to identify the relevant journals and other sources of information. Seek the assistance of the librarians if you need help!

To help you with this assignment and to provide a solid context for a comprehensive explanation of China-Africa relations, please proceed as follows:

Read:
a) The journal article by Rich, T.S. and Recker, S. (2013) entitled

“Understanding Sino-African Relations: Neocolonialism or a New Era?” in Journal of International and Area Studies, Vol.20. No.1,pp. 61-76, as an example of “a middle-of-the-road/win-win” discussion of China-Africa relations. Note that there are other perspectives that question the balanced/win-win approach and instead emphasize the skewed benefits of this relationship for China, and the heavy costs for African countries.

b) The short article by Manuel, Anja (2017) entitled “China is quietly reshaping the world” https://www.theatlantic.com/international/archive/2017/10/china- belt-and-road/542667/ that describes the emerging scale of China’s ties with the rest of the world and some of the implications.

Do further library research to gather the key research-based material that would substantiate and support your arguments and discussion relating to the topic;

Prepare a one-page research proposal/plan that outlines:
a) The title of the essay;
b) The thesis statement (central idea/overall argument) of the essay. The thesis

statement is the overall (overarching) assertion/point regarding the topic, and

the rationale for making that assertion/point;
c) The objectives/goals that would be met by the essay in order to

comprehensively address the topic and its related thesis statement;
d) The argument/discussion you intend to make under each objective/goal and

the sources you intend to use in support of each argument/discussion.

An excellent exercise would be to identify the thesis statement (and rationale), and the objectives of the journal article by Rich, T.S. and Recker, S. (2013) entitled “Understanding Sino-African Relations: Neocolonialism or a New Era?” in Journal of International and Area Studies, Vol.20. No.1,pp. 61-76;

Append a reference list to the plan. Note that a minimum of 5 reputable academic sources, e.g. academic journal articles, is required;

Submit the proposal to your professor for comments, no later than Tuesday October 29; and

Finally, after careful consideration of the proposal and the Professor’s comments, start preparing the essay.

A sample of a research proposal is posted in URCOURSES

Writing Tips

Your final essay must reflect a thesis—an organized, well-structured, and coherent argument focused on the topic. The common rule is to have an introduction, main body, and a conclusion.

Introduction: provide a context for the topic, and a statement of the thesis and objectives of the paper.

Main body: present, in full, the analysis of evidence to support/substantiate arguments and systematically organize the discussion in paragraphs. Section headings are useful for improving the coherency of arguments (see example of journal articles, such as the journal article by Rich, T.S. and Recker, S. (2013) entitled “Understanding Sino-African Relations: Neocolonialism or a New Era?” in Journal of International and Area Studies, Vol.20. No.1,pp. 61-76).

Conclusions: summarize the thesis and highlight any related issues.

Grading

First class papers (A- to A+; 80% and above) will score very high on each of the criteria below. Lower grades will be inadequate in one or more of these criteria.

Research
a) Has the student provided relevant references, and a cited references list

and a bibliography that follow carefully the citation rules*?

b) Are there enough sources and are these sources actually used in a

substantive manner in the paper?

c) Are most of the sources academic refereed sources?
d) Are the references relatively recent or dated?

*Reference citations should conform to the APA (American Psychological Association) style. See PDF of summaries and samples of APA citation style in URCOURSES.

Argument: organization, logic, and coherence

a) Is a thesis (central idea/claim/assertion) clearly expressed and is it set in an

appropriate larger context?

b) Is the topic effectively limited in its scope?
c) Are the aims and objectives of the essay outlined clearly?
d) Is an analytical, easy to follow, and convincing argument sustained

throughout the essay?

e) Are ideas well developed and logical?
f) Does the essay have a clear structure with smooth transitions of sentences

and paragraphs?

g) Does the essay have a strong introduction and conclusion?
h) Does the conclusion follow from the evidence?

Argument: depth and breadth of evidence

a) Is sufficient evidence (specific empirical examples from specific research

in specific locations) provided to support the thesis and arguments?

b) Is the evidence factually correct, substantive, and precise?
c) Is the evidence provided relevant to the thesis?
d) Are there relevant facts and alternative arguments that are ignored?

Writing: style and mechanics
a) Are sentences clear, well-structured, focused, and meaningful?
b) Are grammar, spelling, and punctuation of excellent quality?
c) Does the paper demonstrate careful proof-reading and superior editing?

ANY CHALLENGE TO THE ASSIGNED GRADE MUST BE IN WRITING, AND MUST CLEARLY INDICATE THE SPECIFIC REASONS FOR DISSATISFACTION, AND MUST PROVIDE EVIDENCE TO SUPPORT THE REQUEST FOR CHANGE.

Question 33: History

Instruction

How did the societies discussed in this chapter deal with the political, economic, and social challenges that they faced after World War I? How did these challenges differ from one region to another? Your response to the discussion question should: Be at least 150 words in length Be thoughtful and substantive Respond to the discussion prompt and demonstrate critical thinking Follow APA formatting and documentation guidelines when referring to course readings and other materials Use proper spelling, grammar, and punctuation

Question 34: History

Instruction

Review the telegrams under “Opposing Viewpoints” titled “Communications Between Berlin and Saint Petersburg on the Eve of World War II.” Based on these documents, what was the chief issue that led to the outbreak of war? Was Emperor William II correct when he told Tsar Nicholas II that the latter would “have to bear the responsibility for war or peace”? What do these telegrams suggest about why wars happen? Follow these guidelines: Write an essay of 500 words (or more) responding to the prompt Use complete and accurate sentences, avoid showing bias or using “I/me” statements, and avoid text-message writing Your paragraphs need to be at least four to six sentences long Include at least one APA-style citation (Author, year, p. #) with each paragraph, placing it immediately after a sentence with evidence

Question 35: History

Instruction

Choose one of the following topics and answer the questions based on what you learned from the readings and resources for this week: 1) How have historians answered the question of whether the United States or the Soviet Union bears the primary responsibility for the Cold War, and what evidence can be presented on each side of the issue? 2) How did the Cold War impact the nations of Southeast Asia? Your response to the discussion question should: Be at least 150 words in length Be thoughtful and substantive Respond to the discussion prompt and demonstrate critical thinking Follow APA formatting and documentation guidelines when referring to course readings and other materials Use proper spelling, grammar, and punctuation

Question 8: Other

Unit II Essay

Marketing Plan: Part I

Throughout this course, you will compile a comprehensive marketing plan using one of the product/service scenarios listed below. (Note: You will use the same scenario throughout the course.) This scenario will be the basis of your start-up company and will be the catalyst for the three parts of the marketing plan that you will compose in Units II (Part I), IV (Part II), and VII (Part III). The company that you choose to submit a marketing plan for is a fictional start-up company (not an existing company).

Scenarios for your start-up company are explained below. (Note that these descriptions are basic, and you will need to be creative and develop the business idea/model for your selected scenario.)

Scenario #1

Travel Supreme is a start-up travel organization with the mission of assisting customers with travel planning. While today’s customers enjoy developing their vacations themselves, Travel Supreme believes there are travel services that are still in demand. Initial research needs to develop what types of travel services are in demand by this target market.

Scenario #2

IT to Seniors is a start-up company interested in ensuring a positive experience for seniors (65 and older) with respect to the use of technological gadgets, software, the Internet, and/or any additional aspects of technology. Initial research will provide an idea of the business model that would be in most demand for this target market.

Scenario #3

Galaxy Restaurant is a start-up restaurant developed with the idea of providing the customer with a unique dining experience. This could extend from the product offering, service offering, atmosphere, or a host of other unique experiences. Initial research will provide an idea of what this unique dining experience would look like.

Scenario #4

Women on the Go is a startup company targeted at women who need assistance with the selection and purchasing of their clothing/accessories. This service is aimed at the more affluent customer who simply does not have the time and/or knowledge to dress to the business or social setting that they are expected to fulfill. Initial research will provide insight into the types of services that this particular target market would be interested in.

Remember to choose one of the aforementioned scenarios to use for the entire course. Submissions will be completed in Units II, IV, and VII and, together, will comprise a full marketing plan. While this is a cumulative marketing plan, submit only the designated unit’s work.

This unit’s submission should consist of the items listed below.

Include an introduction/overview of the company.
- This section of the marketing plan should introduce the company and business model along with a brief description of the products/services.
Discuss market research strategies.
- This section of the marketing plan should discuss the research strategies that will be used by your company to understand the target market(s), industry, competition, and/or any other aspects of the company that will provide valuable insight into profitable operations.
Describe the macro environment through a political, economic, social, and technological (PEST) analysis.
- In this section, you will compile a PEST analysis of your company. You will analyze how the changes in the macro environment as described in the PEST will impact the company and, specifically, the marketing decisions.

Ensure you provide an introduction for this assignment that is engaging and provides a clear background to the purpose of the assignment. The format of the submission should be in essay format using subheadings. Use APA format. Additionally, you need to include a minimum of five sources, three of which must be peer-reviewed, academic sources that are no more than 5 years old. The submission should be a minimum of three pages in length (not counting the title and reference pages).

Select an existing company, and think about applying the political, economic, social, and technological (PEST) analysis to this company. Discuss with your fellow students how using the PEST tool best assists marketers in analyzing the external environment in which they are operating. Review the Unit II Lesson in order to better understand the PEST analysis tool. Please bring forward a company that fellow students have not previously discussed.

Question 9: Economics

(a) The specific-factors model holds that an increase in the relative price of a good lead to real gains for the specific factor used in that sector, losses for the other specific factor, and an ambiguous change in the real wage for labour, whereas the Heckscher Ohlin model predicts unambiguous real gains for one factor and losses for the other. In other words, the industry of employment should not matter in Heckscher Ohlin model but it does in the alternative model. Discuss the underlying causes of these different predictions.

(b) Think about an extension of the specific-factors model, in which, in addition to their wage, labour also earns some part of the rental on specific factor in their industry, i.e., farmers who own their own land and manufacturing workers who salary includes a profit based bonus. Discuss how this extension affects the conclusion of the model.

*Found two sources on course hero

Question 10: Health Care

Promotional Plan Assignment
In this assignment, you will complete another key section of your marketing plan: Write a 2-3 page recommendation for the integrated promotional plan necessary to successfully market your health care product or service. Describe the audience you hope to reach with the promotion efforts, the primary message to be delivered across all media, and the rationale for your media choices. Take into consideration the geographic reach of your target market, and adapt your media choices accordingly. Also, be realistic in cost considerations – do not plan a $2 million ad campaign for a product that will only create $1 million in revenue. The U.S. Small Business Administration suggests spending 7-8% of sales revenue on marketing and advertising each year. So, a new product expected to produce $10 million in sales annually might have a $700,000–$800,000 ad budget for the first year. You will need to research the costs of local media and other communications such as public relations or special events to create an estimated budget for your total promotional plan. Much of this information can be found on the websites of local media outlets (search “ad rates”). For purposes of this assignment, estimated costs are acceptable. Within this section draft, please demonstrate your grasp of the marketing terminology and concepts related to promotion and advertising. Be sure to include the use of traditional media and interactive/social media that you feel are the best choices to reach your target consumers. Explain why you have chosen these media, using the concepts of market segmentation and consumer buying behavior.

Question 11: Finance

Westlake Corporation has the following information (obtained) from its balance sheet, income statement and statement of retained earnings.

Increase in current assets	$50
Operating income	$75
Interest expense	$25
Increase in accounts payable	$35
dividends	$15
Increase in common stock	$20
Increase in net fixed assets	$23
Depreciation expense	$12
Income taxes	$17

Calculate the free cash flow from operations. (Answer found on chegg)

Question 12: Business

Provide a description of the company at which you work. The Company will be a government agency and primary product is travel arrangements. The system is called Defense travel system. (DTS)
Describe an “agency problem” (not just any problem) within the firm and discuss what you think is causing the problem and how the problem might be better controlled.
Describe the job dimensions of the firm and discuss whether or not you believe the current design is appropriate for the firm. Discuss any suggestions you might have for improving the job design.
Describe the compensation package for executives/employees within the firm and discuss whether or not you believe that the compensation package is effective. Discuss any suggestions that you might have for improving the compensation package.
Describe the individual performance measures for executives/employees within the firm and discuss whether or notyou believe that the performance measures are effective. Discuss any suggestions that you might have for improving the performance measures.

Question 13: Psychology

Survey discussion (please engage in the discussion the professor will be looking at this discussion thread. Please respond to this thread with your comments.

Team, why is it important to write good survey questions? and who is it important to?

Question 14: Other

Option 1: Nike (pp. 30–31)

How has the industry in which Nike resides been doing over the last 5 years?
What are the pros, cons, and risks associated with Nike’s core marketing strategy? How have they managed to develop a strong customer relationship with their target market?
Who are the top three competitors of Nike, and what are their advantages/disadvantages with respect to their product/service development?
Looking at the competitors you discussed in question #3, what would you recommend as being the next steps for these competitors and, subsequently, the next steps for Nike to combat these competitors?

Option 2: Cisco (pp. 58–59)

How is building a brand in a business-to-business (B2B) context different than that of a business-to-consumer (B2C) market? How has Cisco managed to develop a strong customer relationship with their target market?
How has the industry in which Cisco resides been doing over the last 5 years?
Who are the top three competitors of Cisco, and what are their advantages/disadvantages with respect to their product/service development?
Is Cisco’s plan to reach out to consumers a viable one? Why, or why not? As a marketing manager for Cisco, what would you recommend to be the next steps?

Option 3: Intel (pp. 59–60)

Discuss how Intel changed ingredient-marketing history. What did it do so well in those initial marketing campaigns? How did Intel manage to develop a strong customer relationship with their target market?
How has the industry in which Intel resides been doing over the last 5 years?
Who are the top three competitors of Intel, and what are their advantages/disadvantages with respect to their product/service development?
Evaluate Intel’s greatest risks and strengths as the industry moves out of the personal computer (PC) era. Identify the next steps that Intel needs to employ in order to maintain its competitive advantage.

Discuss an example of an organization that you believe does either a good job or a not-so-good job of marketing. Explain your rationale. For the sake of diversity within the class discussion, please do not duplicate organizations that have already been discussed by your fellow classmates.

Question 15: History

SLO #2 The 2020 Elections in Texas

Research the current candidates running for state offices in 2020.

Create a table listing candidates and party affiliations for the following offices being elected in November 2020:

Only list candidates for YOUR district. Don’t list all candidates for every office, just ones you could vote for.

Find your representatives here: https://wrm.capitol.texas.gov/home

You may not be able to find all challengers (it’s early) but at least list the incumbent.

S. Senator
S. House of Representatives
Texas State Senator
Texas State Representative
Some School Board Members
Texas Railroad Commissioner
Texas Supreme Court
Texas Court of Criminal Appeals
Pick ONE of the offices above. Analyze and evaluate the candidate’s platforms. What goals or positions do they share? Where do they differ? In your opinion, which candidate is more aligned with Texas’ changing demographics? In your opinion, which candidate do you think will win the election? In your opinion, will the “best” candidate win?
If you can’t find a challenger, at least evaluate the incumbent’s background and platform and determine if he/she should face a challenger.

Resources:

You should be able to find most, if not all, of the information you need here:

https://www.sos.texas.gov/elections/candidates/guide/2020/offices2020.shtml

https://ballotpedia.org/Texas_elections,_2020

By following links on the site above, you should be able to learn more about the candidates, including following links to candidates’ websites, Facebook profiles and Twitter pages.

My area: location for representatives is:

4900 Valley Ridge Drive

Irving, Texas 75062

Question 16: Economics

Based on your findings in the readings, place yourself in the role of a person determining the U.S. currency rate. Recently, you found that the U.S. dollar appreciated against the New Zealand dollar and depreciated against the Chinese yuan. If your goal was to promote U.S. exports, what would be your strategies? Address the concepts below within your essay submission.

Discuss the operation of the foreign exchange market.
Explain how traders benefit from the forward exchange market.
Describe how exchange rates are determined in a free market.

In addition to addressing the bullets listed above, your essay should be comprised of the sections listed below.

Introduction: Include an engaging paragraph or two on the important concepts that the reader will learn about while reading your essay assignment.
Discussion: Provide a brief summary of one article by comparing and contrasting the advantages and disadvantages of promoting U.S. exports. Then, briefly state your position in light of the article. The online databases listed below are recommended in order to find articles for the essay assignment.
- Business Source Complete
- ABI/INFORM Collection
Conclusion: Summarize the main results, and provide policy recommendations to promote U.S. exports.

Your APA-style essay should be a minimum of 500 words in length, not counting the title and reference pages. You are required to use a minimum of two sources; at least one source must come from the CSU Online Library (one source may be your textbook). All sources used, including the textbook, must be referenced; paraphrased material must have accompanying in-text citations.

Question 17: Engineering

We have a piece of cardboard that is 50cm by 20 cm and we are going to cut out the corners and fold up the sides to form a box. Determine the height of the box that will give the maximum volume.

Question 18: Mathematics

Find two positive number whose product is 750 and and for which the sum of one and ten times the other is a minimum

Question 19: English

Write an exemplification essay in which you argue the internet and social media (facebook,instagram,twitter,etc.) helps people feel good about themselves through sharing images, comments,stories,confessions,etc., or bad about themselves, for instance because it as an invasion of privacy. Some topics you could include are online bullying, the many internet challenges ( tide pod challenge, the Kylie Jenner Challenge, the cinnamon challenge,etc.) or on the other side how the internet and social media helps people stay connected.

If you use any quotes from an outside source cite it both in the, for example (Jones 56) and on the last page as a works cited listing.

Question 20: Economics

A monopolist is operating at an output level where |ε| = 3. The govern- ment imposes a quantity tax of $6 per unit of output. If the demand curve facing the monopolist is linear, how much does the price rise?

Question 21: History

Compare and contrast the steamboats of the antebellum years with technologies today. In your estimation, what modern technology compares to steamboats in its transformative power?

This answer is on Chegg

Question 22: English

One paragraph that explains why the industrial revolution is described as the “antithesis to romantic literature.”

Question 23: Business

Instruction

CASE STUDY Nissan Company Nissan Motor Company, Ltd, shortened to Nissan, is a Japanese multinational automaker. Head quartered in Japan, founded 1932. It formerly marketed vehicles under the “Datsun” brand name and is one of the largest car manufacturers –revenue appx $90 billion USD (2007) and Employees 190,000 (2008). Nissan continues its quest to optimize product development and deliver highly innovative technology. Today, in various countries and regions around the world they enjoy a reputation for creating truly innovative vehicles and service programs. With facilities around the world, the Qashqai, Micra, Micra C+C and Note are produced by Nissan Motor Manufacturing (UK) Ltd in Sunderland, Tyne & Wear. • Answer the following questions on the above case, you should review about this company through secondary available information and use APA style references 1) Describe the nature of operations management in the organization. In doing this, first describe the operation process of the production system. Second, identify operations decisions and responsibilities. Finally, write a short paper on some of the challenges facing operations management.? (Marks 2) (word count maximum:500) 2) Evaluate Nissan Motor Company in terms of its emphasis on the operations strategy objectives? What are the order winners and the order qualifiers? (Marks 1) (word count maximum:300) 3) What is the proper role of the operations function in product design? (Marks .05) (word count maximum:100) 4) How to manage production and operation issues in the context of demand uncertainty and fluctuation? (Marks 1) (word count maximum:300) 5) Suppose that Nissan Motor Company has considering moving from a batch process to an assembly-line process to better meet evolving market needs. What concerns might the following functions have about this proposed process change: marketing, finance, human resources, accounting, and information systems? (Marks 0.5) (word count maximum:150).

Question 24: Other

Instruction

Conduct research on behavior skills assessments. Then, complete a self-evaluation using information you gained or realized through this week’s Books and Resources. Prepare a written appraisal of your own specific skills and behaviors, and then examine how these can be beneficial to guide organizational change as a leader/coach. Determine how these findings would affect your personal relations and those of others within an organization. Then, provide real world examples of the application to support your assessment. Support your assessment with at least five scholarly resources. In addition to these specified resources, other appropriate scholarly resources, including older articles, may be included. Length: 5-7 pages, not including title and reference pages Your assessment should demonstrate thoughtful consideration of the ideas and concepts presented in the course by providing new thoughts and insights relating directly to this topic.

Question 25: Mathematics

With only a part-time job and the need for a professional wardrobe, Rachel quickly maxed out her credit card the summer after graduation. With her first full-time paycheck in August, she vowed to pay $210 each month toward paying down her $7,424 outstanding balance and not to use the card. The card has an annual interest rate of 24 percent. How long will it take Rachel to pay for her wardrove? Should she shop for a new card? Why or why not?

If Rachel continues to pay $210 per month, it will take her 62 months to pay for her wardrobe. Answer is 62 how did we get 62?

Question 26: Business

Refer Attachment for questions. Pls refer the YouTube links.

Requirements Note: Answer each question briefly and include the references. (12 pt. 1.5 spacing)

Case: Discussion on Australian Auto Industry

Some videos related to the event covered in the case:

Toyoda Announcing the closure:

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2xTioEnSuSM

Speech to the Parliament about Tony Abbott’s inaction on Toyota (Note he mentioned the loss of jobs in US between 2007-2009)

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qbrEOPkerD0

Workers reacting to closure:

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LFh4q-S7tGI

Discuss in detail:

1) What caused the decline of auto industry in Australia? Does it make sense to have an auto industry in Australia in the first place?

2) Should the government adopt more protective trade policies to save the auto industry in Australia? What kind of policies would work?

3) What do you think of the on-going trade conflicts between US and China?

Note: Answer each question briefly and include the references. (12 pt. 1.5 spacing)

Case : Global Capital Market and Foreign Exchange Risks

The risks and rewards of global capital market

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VEq04xjxfyY

this topic, we will focus more on the flow of capital globally. Obviously, the global capital market provides opportunities as well as risks for investors & companies looking for financing. However, a major development over the past 2 decades — a rather worrisome one in my mind — has been the dominance of financial institutions (the ultimate handlers of capital) in the world economy. Financial industry emerged to serve the “real” industries. For instance, the creation of install payments allowed the exponential sales growth for Singer sewing machines. The innovative mortgage products allow us to enjoy the ownership of a house before we save up enough to buy one. But now, the servant has become the master — CEOs of companies now listen to Wall Street and try to meet the earnings estimate of some analysts who may have never set foot on the floor of any factory. Private equity fund managers buy and sell companies, often destroying the core competencies and the culture of a company while dressing up the balance sheet and then they exit with 100% to 300% returns in 1 to 3 years. A newly college-minted investment banker can make $200k plus while a senior engineer makes half of that. Smart graduates from MIT go to Wall Street to do financial engineering rather than real engineering. With their ingenious engineering, we now have all kinds of financial products. While the real-world economy is about $70 trillion, outstanding derivative contracts are estimated to be more than 10 times that, some of which we don’t know what they are and how they work or how risky they are and whether they will lead to another financial crisis like 2008 again. With my rather “biased” negative view of Wall Street out in the open (Mind you, I have an MBA in finance),

I would like that you think about the following:

1) In what ways can a company be exposed to foreign exchange risks? What are some of the ways to hedge? Should companies try to make money from such hedging activities?

2) What are the causes of the global financial crisis of 2008? What caused the crisis in Greece a few years back? Have we (governments, financial institutions, investors etc.) made enough changes (or any changes at all) to prevent future crises?

Note: Answer each question briefly and include the references. (12 pt. 1.5 spacing)

Question 27: Religious Studies

Please imagine, that you are the architect of a new society. It is up to you to determine the social order, the culture, the norms and values of this totally new world. You are indeed creating a religion, but you are not limited to theological tenets. Your goal is to influence the way that your community interacts with one another. Therefore, it is important to think about what you want people to believe. How should individuals interact with one another, and what boundaries and rules will govern those interactions? Is there a sacred space that encourages community in this new society like a church, synagogue, or the Kaaba in Muhammad’s day? What holidays are important if there are any? Does your religion believe in a spiritual realm, or how does it deal with death, life, and the afterlife if at all?

Please think about all of the religious teachers that we have discussed such as the Buddha, Confucius, Lao Tzu, Moses, Jesus, and Muhammad, to name a few and their stories. Think about what they taught and the challenges they faced in influencing others to believe and behave in a certain manner. Like them, …others will be dissecting your “Religion” centuries from now, and they will determine if what you’ve organized and constructed is a good and logical system to follow. Nevertheless, your goal is to achieve the common ends of promoting social cohesion, or helping people to achieve an eternal reality, or simply the best “good” within the individuals that encounter your religion. This is your world, and the fate of it will lie in your system of beliefs.

Below are a few elements to include and/or consider for your new society. Just remember…its success depends on the health of your socio-religious ideas that you put forward.

Name of Religion:

Founder:

The story of the Founder:

Circumstances of Birth, Childhood, Adult Life (Ex: Story of Buddha in the Palace & the Four Passing sights; Jesus’ virgin birth narrative)
Country and the realities of their day, etc. (Confucius and the Warring States of China; Buddha and the caste system)

Religious Creed: a written formal statement of beliefs that highlight central tenets of your religion.

Nicene Creed (Catholicism)
Shahadah (Islam)

Major Tenets of Belief: Primary characteristics, practices, or beliefs that define a follower of your religion. You can include your Ten Commandments extra credit for this.

Ten Commandments (Judaism)
Eight Noble Truths (Buddhism)
5 Pillars (Islam)

Denominations: Give at least 2-3 variations of your initial belief system and how they differ from original, or orthodox belief. What happened? What caused the split?

Theravada, Mahayana, Vajrayana (Buddhism)
Catholicism, Eastern Orthodox, Protestantism (Christianity)
Sunni, Shia, Sufi (Islam)

Religious Symbols: Think of a symbol that already exists, or that you can create, that represents your religion and belief system.

Re-visit your Iconography assignment from Lesson 9

Other Things to Consider:

What is your religion’s view of God?
What is your religion’s view of the afterlife?
How can someone be initiated into your religion?
Is this religion the only way to truth?
Does your religion address any social realities like politics, social order, and behavior? Is there a Caste system, or other social programs? Think Confucius’ deliberate tradition
Is there a day of the week that your religion congregates? What does this look like?
What holidays are important, and how are they relevant to your religion? (Feel free to create a holiday)

Question 28: Education

Research a health care organization or network that spans several states with in the United States (United Healthcare, Vanguard, Banner Health, etc.). Assess the readiness of the health care organization or network you chose in regard to meeting the health care needs of citizens in the next decade.

Prepare a 1,000 word paper in APA format that presents your assessment and proposes a strategic plan to ensure readiness. Include the following:

Describe the health care organization or network.
Describe the organization’s overall readiness based on your findings.
Prepare a strategic plan to address issues pertaining to network growth, nurse staffing, resource management, and patient satisfaction.
Identify any current or potential issues within the organizational culture and discuss how these issues may affect aspects of the strategic plan.
Propose a theory or model that could be used to support implementation of the strategic plan for this organization. Explain why this theory or model is best.

Question 29: English

One paragraph that explains why the industrial revolution is described as the “antithesis to romantic literature.”

Question 30: Chemistry

An ice freezer behind a restaurant has a Freon leak, releasing 42.39 g of C2H2F3Cl into the air every week. If the leak is not fixed, how many kilograms of fluorine will be released into the air over 6 months? Assume there are 4 weeks in a month.

Question 31: Chemistry

The compound known as butylated hydroxytoluene, abbreviated as BHT, contains carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen. A 3.876 g sample of BHT was combusted in an oxygen rich environment to produce 11.61 g of CO2(g) and 3.803 g of H2O(g).

Question 1: Engineering

Research Paper

Solid fuel and component recovery from tetra-pak
waste using hydrothermal treatment

Question 2: Computer Science

Java Tutor-A*

COSC 520/CPMA 580: Artificial Intelligence

Assignment #2: 19-Puzzle

Points: 100

Consider a variant of the 8-puzzle where there are 19 tiles plus a blank, arranged in the shape of a cross. An example would be:

+———+
| 2| 1| +———+
| 6| | +—————————–+ | 4| 5| 7| 3| 8| 9| +—————————–+ | 10 | 11 | 12 | 13 | 14 | 15 | +—————————–+ | 16 | 17 |

+———+

| 18 | 19 |

+———+

The rules of the puzzle are the same as that of the 8-puzzle. A tile may be moved to the blank space in each move (or you can think of it as moving the blank). The goal is to get all the tiles in the following order using the fewest number of moves:

+———+
| | 1| +———+
| 2| 3| +—————————–+ | 4| 5| 6| 7| 8| 9| +—————————–+ | 10 | 11 | 12 | 13 | 14 | 15 | +—————————–+ | 16 | 17 |

+———+

| 18 | 19 |

+———+

Write an program using the A* algorithm to solve this puzzle.

The program should use a consistent heuristic measure for h. One possible function is the Manhattan distance: For any non-blank tile, find the difference in the x-direction from where the tile is to where it should be in the solution and add that to the difference in the y-direction from where the tile is to where it should be. Sum up these numbers for all the non-blank tiles to calculate h.

The program should read in the starting state from standard input and print out the states that lead to the goal to standard output. The input and output will consist of just the numbers, not the lines as shown above. The number 0 will indicate the blank in the input and the output.

Allowable Code

You may use any code from the book or from class. You may use the APIs for a PriorityQueue, HashMap or HashTable, and ArrayList, or similar code for these data structures (and accredit the code.) You must write your own A* algorithm code or use the book’s code.

Sample Run

java Puzzle

Start State:

63
4 11 5 7 0 8

10 12 13 14 15 9

16 17

18 19

63
4 11 5 7 8 0

10 12 13 14 15 9

16 17

18 19

63
4 11 5 7 8 9

10 12 13 14 15 0

16 17

18 19

63
4 11 5 7 8 9

10 12 13 14 0 15

16 17

18 19

63
4 11 5 7 8 9

10 12 13 0 14 15

16 17

18 19

63
4 11 5 7 8 9

10 12 0 13 14 15

16 17

18 19

63
4 11 5 7 8 9

10 0 12 13 14 15

16 17

18 19

63 405789

10 11 12 13 14 15

16 17 18 19

63 450789

10 11 12 13 14 15

16 17

18 19

03 456789

10 11 12 13 14 15

16 17

18 19

23 456789

10 11 12 13 14 15

16 17

18 19

Question 3: Engineering

suppose first and second ball drawn from urn are red and black what is the probability you have presented with urn c2

Question 4: Engineering

Acetone is typically produced in commercial quantities as a by-product during the formation of phenol. Benzene is alkylated to cumene, which is further oxidised to cumene hydro peroxide and finally cleaved to yield phenol and acetone. However, acetone manufactured thus generally contains small amounts of the reactant benzene and the desired product phenol. In the past, these impurities were deemed to be within allowable limits. However, recent downward revisions of these limits, particularly in the pharmaceutical industry, has made alternative processes (which do not involve benzene) more attractive. You are required to design one such alternative process, using isopropyl alcohol as the reactant and appropriate catalyst(s) that will achieve minimal effluent discharge. Assume an operating period of 8000 hrs on stream and 95% purity of the final product.

Question 5: Computer Science

COMP 2412
Fall 2019
Assignment 1#
Total Marks: 30

Notes:

For each assignment question submit program files (C/C++).
Make a document file and write pseudocodes for all three

program.

Each question has 10 marks (5 for pseudocode and 5 for the

implementation)

Your program should have well documented too. If your code is

not well documented (commented), you will recive 20% (1 mark) penalties on each question.

Final Deliverables:

Three program files for three tasks and one document file which will have pseudocodes. And finally compressed all files in one assignment1.zip file.

Write the C/C++ program that uses a recursive function to print the elements of a list in reverse order.
Write a C/C++ program for the recursive algorithm that removes all occurrences of a specific character from a string.
Write down a program which will create a list (simple linear linked list) of nodes. Each node consists of two fields. The first field is a

pointer to a structure that contains a student id (integer) and a grade- point average (float). The second field is a link. The data are to be read from a text file. Your program should read a file of 10 students (with student id and grade point average) and test the function you wrote (by printing student’s information on screen).

Question 6: Engineering

6-13. As a junior field engineer, you have been asked to assist the contractor on your job in resolving the following problem. A 4.9 kW motor and gear drive rated at 175 rpm has been shipped with the four impellers described below. The baffled rapid mix tank into which it is to be installed is 3.0 m3 in volume (1.56 m diameter by 1.56 m deep). Which impeller should be used? Assume a water temperature of 10°C, a G = 1,000 s–1, a water density of 1,000 kg/m3, and that the motor power to water power efficiency is 80%. Show the calculations to justify your decision.

Impellers

Propeller, pitch of 2, 3 blades, diameter = 0.48 m, Np = 1.0
Propeller, pitch of 2, 3 blades, diameter = 0.61 m, Np = 1.0
Turbine, 6 flat blades, vaned disc, diameter = 0.48 m, Np = 6.3
Turbine, 6 flat blades, vaned disc, diameter = 0.61 m, Np = 6.3

Question 7: English

having read rachel harveys essay my serenity. Write a paragraph describing your serenity. Like the author,you should convey an impression not just of the feeling itself or of the setting that produces it ,but both

Question 8: Mathematics

Suppose that, historically, April has experienced rain and a temperature between 35 and 50 degrees on 20 days. Also, historically, the month of April has had a temperature between 35 and 50 degrees on 25 days. You have scheduled a golf tournament for April 12. If the temperature is between 35 and 50 degrees on that day, what will be the probability that the players will get wet?

estion 9: Accounting

Laurie Manufacturing Pty Ltd., manufactures grass collection attachments for Lawn Mowers that are sold in the market. The income statement for 2018 indicated an operating loss of $420,000 details of which are given below: Laurie Manufacturing Pty Ltd. Sales (30,000 attachments @$500 each) 15,000,000 Fixed Costs 5,670,000 Variable Costs 9,750,000 Operating income (420,000) Mr Samuel (cost accountant) and Mr Martin, his assistant, have been asked by the owners of Laurie Manufacturing to see if there are ways to reduce costs. After some thinking and some analysis, Martin proposes to Samuel the following two options: 1.Option 1 – To reduce the variable costs by 70%, by procuring cheaper direct raw materials. 2.Option 2 – To reduce the company’s variable costs by 60%, by reducing the costs it currently incurs for safe disposal of wasted plastic resulting from the manufacture of the grass collection attachments. Samuel is concerned that this would expose Laurie Manufacturing to potential 3 environmental liabilities. He requests Martin to factor into his analysis an estimation of potential environmental liabilities. Samuel responds by saying: “We are not violating any laws. There is some possibility that we may have to incur environmental costs in the future, but if we bring it up now, this proposal will not go through because the owners will always assume that these costs could be larger than they turn out to be. We may be in danger of the company closing down and costing our jobs. The only reason our competitors are making money is because they are doing exactly what I am proposing.” REQUIRED: 1. Show calculations for break even revenues for 2018. 2. Show calculations to determine the break even revenues for 2018, if variable costs are at 70% and 60% of revenues as per options 1 and 2. 3. Show calculations to determine the operating income for 2018, if variable costs were at 70% and 60% of revenues as per options 1 and 2. 4. Evaluate Martin’s comments in line with the ethical standards as advanced by the Institute of Management Accountants. 5. How would the non-inclusion of environmental costs impact Laurie Manufacturing in the future.

Question 10: Business

Excel has the capability to convert/summarize numbers into visual representation through various charts. Share with the class why charts are important. Are there particular types of charts for specific purposes? For instance, when is the right time to use a pie chart instead of a line chart or a bar chart?

Question 11: Other

You are a manager in charge of a marketing research project. Your goal is to determine what effects different levels of advertising have on consumption behavior. Based on the results of the project you will recommend the amount of money to be budgeted for advertising different products next year. Your supervisor will require strong justification for your recommendations, so your research design has to be as sound as possible. However, your resources (time, money, and labor) are limited. Develop a research project to address this problem. Focus on the kind of research designs you would use, why you would use them, and how you would conduct the research.

Question 12: Computer Science

Let us consider the following Elliptic Curve Equation y 2 = x 3 + x + 6 mod 11 over the
Prime field of 𝑍ଵଵ
∗ and solve the following questions
a. Find the list of points lies on the elliptic curve
b. Assume that 𝑃 = (5,2), Calculate 5. 𝑃 = (𝑥, 𝑦) and find (𝑥, 𝑦)

Question 13: Statistics

Name: _____________________________________________________

Directions: (1) For each set of variables provided, please form a research question, (2) next, create a Research and Null hypotheses, (3) identify which variable is the independent variable and which variable is the dependent variable, (4) provide a conceptual definition for each variable, (5) lastly, create five indicators for each of your conceptual definitions (if needed).

I have done the first one for you as an example.

Cash Incentives and Test Performance

RQ: Will cash incentives increase test performance?

H_A: Cash incentives will increase test performance.

H_O: There is no relationship between cash incentives and test performance.

IV: Cash incentives

DV: Test performance

Conceptualization 1: For the purposes of this research cash incentives will be defined as a cash award for grades received on an examination.

Indicators for conceptualization 1: $50 for an A, $40 for a B, $20 for a C, $0 for D or F.

Conceptualization 2: For the purposes of this research, test performance is defined as grade received on an exam.

Indicators for conceptualization 2: None needed. The conceptualization does not require operationalization as it already specifies exactly how the concept will be measured.

Attractiveness of Person and Perceived Credibility

RQ:

H_A:

H_O:

IV:

DV:

Conceptualization 1:

Indicators for conceptualization 1:

Conceptualization 2:

Indicators for conceptualization 2:

Academic Stress and Prescription Amphetamine Abuse

RQ:

H_A:

H_O:

IV:

DV:

Conceptualization 1:

Indicators for conceptualization 1:

Conceptualization 2:

Indicators for conceptualization 2:

Intelligence and Assertiveness

RQ:

H_A:

H_O:

IV:

DV:

Conceptualization 1:

Indicators for conceptualization 1:

Conceptualization 2:

Indicators for conceptualization 2:

Number of Hours of Daylight and Suicide

RQ:

H_A:

H_O:

IV:

DV:

Conceptualization 1:

Indicators for conceptualization 1:

Conceptualization 2:

Indicators for conceptualization 2:

Question 14: Business

Select one element of the Marketing mix and discuss how marketing research could help that area. Be specific in your recommendations.

Your original response is due, and then reply to another student’s post . The required length for your original posting is 350 words, and your reply should be a minimum of 250 words.

Question 15: Communications

This week you will have the opportunity to write a letter to the editor as a way to explore your research topic. If you have never read any letters to the editor, you might find reading a few as a way to see what it is you will be writing. The source you choose to read them from will not matter since the content and guidelines for letters to the editor are quite similar. As I wrote in the syllabus, the letters are short (usually about 200 words so one typed page double spaced) and are to the point with a specific focus. This means you will want to write about an aspect of your research topic.

Question 16: Psychology

I just need an introduction paragraph for the paragraph below… 100 words

A well-known researcher at a major university has two graduate student assistants. He conducts three studies in his laboratory, all of which involve very labor-intensive procedures. The graduate research assistants complete all of the data collection. They also assist in writing the Discussion section of the final article, adding their thoughts and suggestions to the various drafts. The article is accepted into a leading journal for publication. The primary researcher lists only himself as author of the article, claiming that he wrote at least 75% of the final paper.

Describe the ethical consideration(s) involved with the scenario.
Has the primary researcher committed an ethical violation?

Question 17: Physics

In a cycling road race consisting of a flat section and an uphill section, a particular cyclist pedals with an average power of 324 Watts for 5.50 hrs on the flat section of the course, and an average power of 418 Watts for 30.0 mins while climbing the uphill section, which has an average grade of 6%. Potentially useful information: power=energy/time; 1 watt= 1 joule/sec; 1kcal= 4186 J; 1kcal = 1 food Calorie.

(A) calculate the average mechanical power output of the cyclist over the whole race.

(B) given that the human body has an efficiency of 25.0% at converting foo energy into mechanical output, how many kcal of food energy must the cyclist consume to replace the mechanical energy expended during the race?

Question 18: Mathematics

Find The Limit As X Approaches 0 Of (5x-tan(5x))/x^3 Using L’Hospital’s Rule.

Question 19: Health Care

Objectives & Target Market Assignment

In this writing assignment, you will complete the following steps:

Write at least two marketing objectives to be accomplished by this marketing plan. Be sure that your objectives are stated in a way to meet the criteria for “S.M.A.R.T.” goals, which means they are:

Specific — answer the who, what, when, where, why questions

Measurable – include a numeric objective (“increase sales to $10 million”)

Attainable – within your reach, even if optimistic (you are willing to commit)

Realistic – have a reasonable likelihood of being met (you are able to commit)

Timely – have a deadline or time period attached

Based on your analysis of the market data, and a comprehensive understanding of the customer and the buying processes, write a 2-3 page description of the major segments of the market and the specific target market segment you have chosen to serve. Be sure to include a discussion of demographic and psychographic factors if you are targeting a consumer segment, or for business targets, a discussion of whether you are serving a producer, reseller, institution or government unit. Include your reasons for concluding that this is the target market segment that is most likely to be served profitably by your firm.

Please combine all sections of this draft (Marketing Objectives and Target Market Strategy) into a single document, along with citation of sources.

Question 20: Economics

On September 6, Sam Goldfarb reported for the Wall Street Journal that the “average yield on double-B bonds, the highest-rated type of speculative-grade debt, has fallen to 4.07% from 4.69% at the start of May, according to Bloomberg Barclays data. The average yield on a tiple-C bond, close to the lowest-rated type of speculative-grade debt, has increased to 10.89% from 9.64%”. Explain why the average yield on double-B bonds has decreased, while the average yield on triple-C bonds rose?

Question 21: Economics

Visit WSJ.com Bond Benchmark page, and calculate the risk premium on the latest Baa corporate bond relative to AA corporate bonds.

Question 22: Accounting

Need to completely answer three accounting case questions. Please take a look at the attached document and answer the case study questions completely and accurately.

Accounting discussion Questions

Case A Revenue Recognition

Smooth Blend, Inc., a calendar year company, produces several blends of whiskey. Maturing whiskey is stored for 3 years in a large, dark aromatic warehouse owned by Smooth Blend. Smooth Blend sells the whiskey to Distributor Company at the beginning of the aging process (January 1, 2011). Distributor Company will pick up the whiskey at the end of the aging process (December 31, 2013) and take it to its facilities for bottling. Distributor Company pays the full purchase price to Smooth Blend on January 1, 2011 to protect itself against price increases.

When should Smooth Blend recognize revenue? Why?

Would your answer change

If the quality control manager of Distributor Company had the right to taste the whiskey on December 31, 2013 and receive a full refund if not satisfied with the quality of the liquor?

If there was no right of return but Smooth Blend promised to help Distributor Company attract customers?

If Smooth Blend acquired a fixed price option from Distributor Company to repurchase the whiskey in 6 months?

How would your answer change if Smooth Blend sold the whiskey to Friendly Bank, agrees to oversee the aging process on the bank’s behalf, and acquires a fixed price forward from Friendly Bank to repurchase the whiskey in 6 months?

Case B: Revenue Recognition: Timing

Accountants from Construction Company, Boat Builder Company and BMW are discussing revenue recognition. All are calendar year companies. A description of the production process of each company follows.

Construction Company builds homes on lots it owns. It currently is building a home for Billy Bob (BB). The terms of the contract required BB to pay the entire $200,000 price of the home on the date the construction contract was signed (October 1, 2012). The advance payment protects BB from a forecasted increase in home prices. The contract promises BB that he can move into the house no later than 9 months from when he signs the contract (June 30, 2013). The total expected cost of completing the house is $150,000. If the house is not completed by June 30, 2013 Construction Company must pay BB a $1,500 penalty each week until he can move into the house. Construction Company spends

$20,000 to lay the foundation for the house in 2012. It completes the house for $2,000 under budget on July 1.

Boat Builder Company currently is completing work on a boat that a customer contracted for on September 30, 2012 and expects to take delivery of on August 1, 2013. The $200,000 fixed price contract does not obligate the customer to pay Boat Builder until the boat is delivered and the title transfers to the customer. The boat is a basic design offered by Boat Builder. Customers individualize the basic boat by selecting custom trim, accessories and other finish details. Boat Builder typically fulfills specific customer orders rather than holding boats in inventory. If the customer cancels the contract prior to delivery, Boat Builder must be paid for any work completed up to that date. Boat Builder incurs initial design and selling costs of $10,000. Boat Builder’s actual and expected building costs are

$150,000, which consists of raw materials of $50,000 and labor costs of $100,000. The raw materials are purchased on October 1, 2012. Raw materials are consumed and direct labor costs are incurred evenly over the construction period.

BMW agrees to sell Joe Customer a new BMW 650i for $85,000 on December 4, 2012 through one of its company-owned dealerships. The cost to BMW to produce the car is $60,000. Because of the highly specified nature of the options requested by this customer, BMW must build the car from scratch, a process that will take 8 weeks. BMW anticipates delivering the vehicle on February 1, 2013.

Under current GAAP, how much revenue should Construction Company, Boat Builder and BMW recognize in 2012 and 2013? Please answer in a minimum of 200 words

Case C: Cellular Telephone Contract

XTel runs a promotion in which new customers who sign a two-year contract receive a free phone. There is a one-time activation fee of $50 and a monthly fee of $40 for the ongoing service. The same monthly fee is charged by XTel regardless of whether the free phone is provided. Each phone costs XTel $100.

XTel frequently sells the phone separately for $120. XTel is not required to refund any portion of the fee paid for any reason. XTel is a sufficiently capitalized, experienced and profitable business. There is no reason to believe the two years of service will not be provided.

How should XTel account for this transaction? Please answer completely with a minimum of 150 words.

Question 23: Mathematics

https://www.chegg.com/homework-help/wildlife-management-wildlife-manager-crocodile-lengths-worki-chapter-1.6-problem-24e-soluti

Question 24: Business

Friedman identifies 10 ‘Flatteners” in part 2 of TWIF that he believes have accelerated the pace of Globalization. For this discussion assignment, you should rank what you believe to be the top 3 of these 10 flatteners in order of their impact. In other words, identify your first, second and third most important Flattener based on TWIF or other observations or information you may have. Give a brief explanation for why these particular flatteners are so important and a rationale for your ranking as part of your contribution. Feel free to comment on the responses of your peers.

Question 25: Business

Current position of the organisation: Provide an outline of goals and the philosophy of the
organisation. Present the current target market and performance of the organisation. (10 Marks)
2. Analysis of the business environment: Effectively assess the Micro-Environment, Market /
Task environment and Macro-Environment of your organisation. (20 Marks)
3. Roles and skills of managers: To discuss the overlapping roles of managers and the skills
required of them in order to take the organisation. The management style of the management
team and its relevance to the achievement of the organisational goals. (15 Marks)
4. Human Resources: An assessment of the organisations human resources in terms of skills,
motivation and retention. (15 Marks)
3
5. Change Management: Ways in which management can react to the changing business
environment. Discuss the inter-related approaches which the organisation can adopt in reacting
to the environment. (10 Marks)
6. Organisation Design: The fundamental principles underlying organisation design should be
discussed. Evaluate the organisational structure of the organisation and its suitability for the
growth and expansion of the organisation. (15Marks)
7. Recommendations: Present possible recommendations and critical success factors that the
organisation should implement to achieve the desired goals.

Question 26: History

Instruction

In one paragraph, identify which 3 colonies you feel were the best examples of what would become the United States. Then explain why for each in 1-2 sentences. Total length of paragraph should be 5-8 sentences. Consider values important to us today as Americans, which colonies really influenced these core values the most?

Question 27: Health Care

(Title of the paper): Identify the prevalence of tick-borne diseases from existing data and the risk of co-infection in the United States for the last two decades then provide public health recommendations to increase awareness regarding the tick-borne diseases

Nature & scope of proposed paper:

Tick-borne diseases have been a significant public health problem in the last two decades. Climate change and global warming are two crucial factors affecting the growth of tick-borne pathogens that should be controlled to maintain humans and domestic animals’ health (Sutherst, 2004). According to the CDC report (CDC, 2016) listed that top five tick-borne diseases in the United States: anaplasmosis, babesiosis, Lyme disease, spotted fever rickettsiosis, and ehrlichiosis. Regarding to the geographical distribution to TBD, the CDC demonstrated in the 2016 report that cases have been found of Babesiosis in the east coast states, west coast states, southern states, northern states; additionally, anaplasmosis cases have been found in Colorado, Idaho, New Mexico, Alaska, and Hawaii in (2016, CDC). The US Department of Health and Human Services has released in ‘Tick-borne Disease Working Group 2018 report’ (HHS,2018) to the Secretary and the Congress that Lyme disease has raised by 300% in the northeastern states and 250% in the north-central states.

There are three significant tick-borne diseases in the northeast states, including, Lyme disease, babesiosis, and anaplasmosis according to the (CDC, 2018). The Lyme disease profile contains the disease agents: Borrelia burgdorferi and B. mayonii; as well as the mode of transmission: a lone star tick bite; also, the disease has two stages localized stage and disseminated stage; additionally, the incubation period: 3 days to a month (CDC, 2018). The second TB disease is babesiosis including the agents: Babesia microti and other Babesia species; also, the disease could be transmitted by the vector Ixodes scapularis ticks and the signs of the disease are mostly asymptomatic, however, sometimes it could be lethal; lastly, the incubation period is one to more than nine weeks (CDC, 2018). The third tick-borne disease profile is anaplasmosis. The anaplasmosis’ agent is Anaplasma phagocytophilum also the diseases could transfer by a bite from an infected tick and a contaminated blood transfusion (CDC, 2018). In addition to the epidemiological profile of the tick-borne disease, the risks of co-infection consider a significant health problem that concerns the public health community. In a retrospective cohort study conducted by (Fida, 2019) stated that 37% of patients with babesiosis developed non-fatal co-infection of Lyme diseases and anaplasmosis.

In conclusion, this project aims to identify the magnitude of tick-borne disease in the US, create a geographical map of at least four of tick-borne diseases in the US, compose an epidemiological profile of 4 TB diseases, finally develop public health recommendation of the prevention and public education of tick-borne diseases.

TBD- Tick-borne disease TB- Tick-borne

Objectives (please list a minimum of three):

By 9/12/19, conduct literature reviews with a minimum of 15 evidence-based article of the top 5 tick-borne diseases in the US.
By 9/19/19, identify the prevalence of a minimum 4 of tick-borne diseases in the United States specifically the northern states of the US from existing data.
By 9/25/19, distinguish prevalence of co-infection and the risk of tick-borne diseases co-infections from existing data.
By 10/10/19, create geographical map of the top 5 tick-borne diseases in the northern states or in the US by using existing maps
By 10/20/19, arrange epidemiological profile of 5 tick-borne diseases in the north east states.
By 11/1/19, develop minimum of 4 public health recommendations focusing on prevention and public education of tick-borne diseases in the US.
By 11/15/19, finalize and submit the report, portfolio, and the poster.

Strategies to be used:

Review of the literature (primary studies, case studies) and public health sites including the CDC, MMWR, https://www.cdc.gov/ticks/diseases/index.html to identify tick borne diseases in the US, prevalence, and epidemiological profiles.

Site resources to be used (if special permission is needed to gain access to data, records, etc. how it will be arranged):

Identify which competencies you will be developing during the course of your APE (please identify a minimum of five competencies, of which three must be foundational competencies):

FC1: Apply epidemiological methods to the breadth of settings and situations in public health practice
FC2: Select quantitative and qualitative data collection methods appropriate for a given public health context
FC3: Analyze quantitative and qualitative data using biostatistics, informatics, computer-based programming and software, as appropriate.
FC4: Interpret results of data analysis for public health research, policy or practice
FC7: Assess population needs, assets, and capacities that affect communities’ health
EPIC1: Identify key sources of data for epidemiologic purposes.
EPIC2: Describe a public health problem in terms of magnitude, person, time and place.
EPIC3: Apply the basic terminology and definitions of epidemiology.
EPIC4: Draw appropriate inferences from epidemiologic data.

References: (AMA or APA formatting)

Fida, M., Challener, D., Hamdi, A., O’horo, J., & Abu Saleh, O. (2019, June). Babesiosis: A Retrospective Review of 38 Cases in the Upper Midwest. In Open forum infectious diseases (Vol. 6, No. 7, p. ofz311). US: Oxford University Press.

Hersh, M. H., Ostfeld, R. S., McHenry, D. J., Tibbetts, M., Brunner, J. L., Killilea, M. E., … & Keesing, F. (2014). Co-infection of blacklegged ticks with Babesia microti and Borrelia burgdorferi is higher than expected and acquired from small mammal hosts. PloS one, 9(6), e99348.

Sutherst, R. W. (2004). Global change and human vulnerability to vector-borne diseases. Clinical microbiology reviews, 17(1), 136-173.

Tick-borne disease of the United States a reference manual for healthcare providers Fifth Edition, 2018. Retrieved from https://www.cdc.gov/ticks/tickbornediseases/TickborneDiseases-P.pdf

Tick-borne disease working group 2018 report to congress. Retrieved from https://www.hhs.gov/sites/default/files/tbdwg-report-to-congress-2018.pdf

Practice-based products that demonstrate MPH competency achievement
Specific products in portfolio that demonstrate application or practice	List competency name and number as defined in the APE Guidelines (see Appendix A, Appendix B)
Epidemiological profile of the top 3 Tick-borne diseases in the northern east states	EPIC2, EPIC3, FC1,FC2,FC3,FC4
Create geographical map of 4 tick-borne diseases	EPIC2, FC1, FC2, FC4, EPIC4
Provide 3 public health recommendations on prevention and public education	FC1, FC7
Practicum Report	FC1, FC2, FC3, FC4, FC7, EPIC1, EPIC2, EPIC3, EPIC4
Practicum Poster	FC1, FC2, FC3, FC4, FC7, EPIC1, EPIC2, EPIC3, EPIC4

Final products (Each student must include two products. Students must match their identified competencies to their products. A specific deliverable can cover more than one competency

Question 28: Sociology

Instruction

Based on your reading of Ghetto, and other materials we have covered in this course, your essay will outline forces that influence the lives of those residing in ghettos and how the activities of people affect life in the ghetto. You will accomplish this by answering the following questions: 1. What political, economic, and cultural forces influence life in ghettos? In answering this question, you will want to outline the economic and political forces that influenced people’s pursuit of livelihood opportunities in the economy (both formal and informal). More specifically, you will want to discuss the economic, cultural and political factors that contributed to overall condition and the day to day lives of the residents. 2. How do race, class, and gender differences play a role living in the ghetto? In answering this question, you will relate specific examples from the book on how differences in race, class, and gender influence interactions between different types of people. Are these differences causes of tension or sources of unfairness? You will also describe how ideas about race and class influence outsider’s perceptions and, in turn, how those perceptions influence institutional ‘solutions’ to the perceived problems. Are the tactics used to address the (perceived) problems effective (or not)? 3. How does space affect the life of the residents and the city? In answering this question, you will use evidence from the book to argue whether the people and their activities are positive or negative influences on the life of the city as a whole. In other words, you will use specific evidence from the book to evaluate whether outsiders’ negative perceptions of street people are accurate (or not). FORMAT : Your essay should be 4 pages long, not including your bibliography (a cover sheet is not necessary). It should be in 12-point font, double-spaced, and with 1 inch margins. Writing much less than 4 pages will hurt your grade. You must use the APA system for references.

Question 29: Education

Instruction

Using Leverage Leadership 2.0: A Practical Guide to Building Exceptional Schools 2nd Edition as a tool to complete the paper. (this book is mandatory in writing this paper) The paper should be on building school culture and a vision that would be beneficial to the entire school. (Staff, students and parents) Research project or research paper: Topics for the research project/paper may come from any listed in the course training materials, review of literature, the textbook, or a topic of interest to the individual consistent with the content of this course. The research paper should be eight to ten pages in length and utilize the American Psychological Association (APA) documentation and include at least 8 sources. Projects may be done in PowerPoint, Publisher or other 21st-century software appropriate for the task, but should contain internal citations and end with a reference list that is matched to the sources cited in the project.

Project Grading Rubric

SCALE	1	2	3	4	Total Points
Organization (Focus and rationale)	No focus/no rationale	Information somewhat relates to the topic and rationale	Information tied to topic and supports rationale	Information presented in logical and engaging sequence, closely tied to topic/supports rationale
Content knowledge	No research evident (e.g. power point slides only with no elaboration)	Some research evident (e.g. power point slides with limited elaboration)	Research evident (e.g. power point slides with some elaboration)	Extensive research evident (e.g. explanation and elaboration in notes of power point)
Introduction	Introduction does not convey the topic.	Introduction provides a general thesis.	Introduction delineates subtopics and general thesis.	Introduction clearly delineates subtopics, intended audience, key questions(s), terms, and specific thesis.
Closure	Conclusion is not evident.	Review of key elements with some connection to thesis/purpose of project.	Review of Key elements with a strong connection to thesis/purpose of project.	Strong review of key elements, insightful integration with thesis/purpose of project.
Grammar & Mechanics	Grammar and mechanics substantially detract from the project.	Grammar and mechanics interfere with the project.	Grammar and mechanics are minimal and do not detract from the project.	The project is free from grammar and mechanical errors.
APA Style	Does not follow APA style.	Errors in APA style are noticeable.	Minimal errors in APA style.	No errors in APA style.
Requirements 8-9 pages (research paper) 15-19 slides (project)	No sources 3-4 pages (research paper) No sources 8-10 slides (project)	2-3 sources 5-6 pages (research paper) 1-3 sources, 11-12 slides (Project)	5-6 sources 7 pages (research paper) 4-5 sources 13-14 slides (Project)	8+ sources, 8-10 pages (research paper) 6+ sources 15-19 slides (Project)

Question 30: Education

Write a narrative (3,750-4,000 words) that summarizes the important information about the 10 articles you selected and describes how the studies form the research gap that your dissertation will fill. Your narrative should include the following: A summary of the key points of each article (purpose, research method, research design, sample, data collection instrument, results). A description of how these studies individually lead to the research gap that your dissertation study will fill.

Instruction

With the construction of the 10 Strategic Points for your dissertation study, you began to draft the literature review (Point 2) of the study to illuminate an identified gap in the literature to be filled by your dissertation study. While the literature review ultimately requires more than simply summarizing studies in some logical order, summarizing and paraphrasing are the beginning points of a solid literature review. In this assignment, you will summarize several studies from Point 2 (Literature Review) of your 10 Strategic Points document and the references to studies related to your dissertation topic that you added to the Literature Review Resources assignment in the final week of RES-850. From those summaries, you will describe how the studies form the gap that your dissertation will fill. Remember, to illuminate a gap in the research, the articles surveyed must have been published within the last 5 years General Requirements: Use the following information to ensure successful completion of the assignment: Refer to the draft of the 10 Strategic Points that you developed for your dissertation study in Topic 5 of RES-850. You may also use a more recent version of this document if one is available. Refer to the list of 10 references to studies related to your dissertation topic that you added to the Literature Review Resources assignment in the final week of RES-850. Instructors will be using a grading rubric to grade the assignments. It is recommended that learners review the rubric prior to beginning the assignment in order to become familiar with the assignment criteria and expectations for successful completion of the assignment. Doctoral learners are required to use APA style for their writing assignments. The APA Style Guide is located in the Student Success Center. You are required to submit this assignment to LopesWrite. Refer to the directions in the Student Success Center. Directions: Locate the draft of the 10 Strategic Points from Topic 5 of RES-850 (or a more recent version if one is available) and the 10 references to studies that you added to the Literature Review Resources assignment in the final topic of RES-850. Choose five articles from your draft of the 10 Strategic Points and 5 articles from those you added to the Literature Review Resources assignment in the final week of RES-850. The articles you choose must have been published within the last 5 years. I have all the articles and reference

Question 1: General Question

Chamberlain NR283 Test Question Bank (Exam 1, Exam 2, Exam 3, Final Exam) graded A

Question 2: History

Background to the assignment: Who “owns” the past? Who has the right to define what the past means for us today? This assignment asks you to reflect on these questions. In the course of this assignment, you will discover that ancient history can sometimes be very contemporary, reminding us that the past is always present with us. Many of the conflicts in our world today have ancient roots, which is one of the reasons studying the past is important.

Description of the assignment: Go online and find some information about the “Elgin Marbles” (also called the “Parthenon Marbles”). Read a little about the controversy between the British and Greek governments concerning the ownership of these marbles. In a 2-paragraph essay, first summarize the controversy in your own words, and then take a clear position by supporting either the Greek or British side. Discuss 2 main reasons that support your position. You do not need to do extensive research or reading to complete this assignment well. However, if you include sources, cite them in current APA format. This assignment must be 250–300 words and must include the word count in parentheses. Submit a draft of your Learning Activity to Safe Assign for feedback a few days before the assignment is due.

Question 3: Business

What is your favorite brand of sandwich cookie? If you’re like most Americans, chances are its Oreo. In fact, Oreos are so popular that many people think Oreo was the original sandwich cookie. But they’re wrong. Sunshine first marketed its Hydrox sandwich cookie in 1908. Hydrox thrived until 1912, when Nabisco (now part of Kraft) launched Oreo. With Nabisco’s superior distribution and advertising, Hydrox was soon outmatched. By 1998, Hydrox sales totaled $16 million, while Oreo’s revenues were at $374 million. Hydrox has been purchased by Keebler (subsequently purchased by Kellogg), whose elves are trying to give the cookie a major facelift. You are part of the Keebler team deciding what to do with the Hydrox brand.

Purpose: To show students how important branding can be to product success. Students try to relaunch the Hydrox cookie brand (the original chocolate sandwich cookie) by investigating branding issues, including brand name and brand mark, determining the role of packaging, and assessing the feasibility of brand extensions

Instructions:

Document your activities and exercise in this application exercise assignment. Keep good notes that you will submit as part of this assignment.

Activities and questions to answer:

Can you re-create Hydrox through a name change? What kind of brand name could go head-to-head with Oreo? (Most people unfamiliar with Hydrox think it is a cleaning product.) Make a list of five possibilities to be submitted with this assignment.
Next, how can you package your renewed sandwich cookie to make it more attractive on the shelf than Oreo? What about package size? Draft a brief packaging plan for the new Hydrox (or whatever name you chose).
Can you modify the original formula to make something new and more competitive? Will a brand extension work here? Why or why not?

Question 4: Business

Firm/Product Selection: Introduce the company and the product or service for which you wish to propose to engage in an international activity.

Proposed Company: https://www.shinola.com (Made in Detroit USA)

Brief about the history of the company through to current situation.
What needs does this product/service satisfy?(e.g., Harley Davidson motorcycle is often not a means of transportation, but satisfies a buyer’s desire for freedom/power/ escape from mundane rule-bound life)
How does the firm provide this product/service and satisfy needs?(e.g., Harley Davidson builds this American icon with often retro-style and powerful engine product, effective branding)

Minimum 2 pages’ word report (12pt).

Question 5: Business

Complete the Internal Versus External Candidates worksheet

University of Phoenix Material

Internal vs. External Candidates Worksheet

Compare in a total of 525 to 700 words the strategies used to evaluate internal versus external candidates.

Strategy	Pros	Cons

Assess in 175 words the factors that should be considered when deciding whether to hire from within to seek external candidates.

Select a position with which you are familiar.

Determine in 175 words whether you would hire using an internal or external process.

Defend your recommendation.

References

APA-formatted citation

Question 6: Business

Respond to the following in a minimum of 175 words:

Discuss non-traditional applicant pools. To what extent is this population hired at your current or previous organization?

Question 7: Business

Read the opening vignette, “Sourcing Top Talent at McAfee” on page 143 in Strategic Staffing, Ch. 6.

Assess the following in 150 words: Introduction

Just an introduction is need
Determine three metrics that McAfee should use to evaluate the effectiveness of its talent community in sourcing top talent.
Explain your rationale for selecting these three metrics.
Propose other ways in which McAfee can keep its talent pipeline full of high-quality potential job applicants.

Question 8: Business

Watch the below two videos and Read Netflix in India.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=s0YjL9rZyR0 (Eric Li)

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jsZDlBU36n0 Why nations fail?

Discuss:

1) What are the key differences between USA and China, both formal (political economical and legal systems etc. ) and informal (culture, social norms etc.) institutions? What do you have to say to Eric Li?

2) Identify the major macro-environment factors in India that impact Netflix’s operation in India. What do you recommend to Netflix to achieve better performance in India?

Question 9: Business

How tightly do you fit into a particular market segment? Do you think you can be neatly classified? If you think your purchasing habits make you an enigma to marketers, you may need to think again.

Instructions: Document your activities and exercise in this application exercise assignment. Keep good notes that you will submit as part of this assignment.

Purpose: This exercise quickly shows students the limitations of using only demographics to describe their customers, and really clarifies the process of segmentation and positioning for them.

Activities

Visit the following website located in this folder named: Segments

Click on the link above and then type in your zip code. The database will generate many cluster descriptions based on your ZIP code. Depending on the functionality of the Web site at the time you access the database, you may need to reenter your ZIP code multiple times if you want to read all the cluster descriptions.
Now review the demographic and psychographic data for the segments. Please provide insights on their life stage, lifestyle, and others things that they like such as automobiles, music, health, books, magazines, beauty products, and income. Then think about which products in that category would appeal to each of the clusters generated by your ZIP code search. Please name 3 to 4 of the groups identified and provide feedback on similarities between the groups. For example, a car that appeals to a cluster titled “Young Bohemians” may not be the car of choice for the cluster “Pools and Patios.” If your search generated only one cluster type, you may wish to enter other ZIP codes for your area of town or for your region.
Write a short statement that describes what you have learned about the most common segments for your zip code.

https://claritas360.claritas.com/mybestsegments/#zipLookup

Question 10: Business

Respond to the following in a minimum of 175 words:

Considering the internal labor market at your organization ( Marshalls), what competency or skill gap needs to be closed? What’s the approach to doing so?

Question 11: Business

Use a position that you would like to obtain (CEO) to create job duties and at least three KSAOs (knowledge, skills, abilities, and other characteristics).

Answer the following questions in 350 words for each KSAO:

Is the KSAO necessary prior to hiring, or can it be trained?
What is the importance of each characteristic relative to the others?
What is the approximate time the employee will spend on each duty?

Question 12: Economics

Matching Definitions

( ) Shows the amounts households plan to spend for consumer goods at different levels of disposable income.
() The share of the additional dollar a person decides to save.
() Percent of disposable income that household spend on consumer goods.
() Tendency for people to increase or decrease consumption spending when the value of their financial assets changes.
() Shows the amounts households plan to save at different levels of disposable income.
() The share of the additional dollar a person decides to devote to consumption expenditures.
() Percent of disposable income that household save
() Increased savings may be both good and bad for the economy.
() The ratio of a change in equilibrium GDP to the change in investment.
() The line along which the value of output is equal to the value of aggregate expenditures.

Consumption schedule
Marginal propensity to save (MPS)
Average propensity to consume (APC)
Wealth effect
Savings schedule
Marginal propensity to consume (MPC)
Average propensity to save (APS)
Paradox of thrift
Multiplier
45 degree line

Question 13: Economics

Matching Definitions

( ) the percentage of adults who are in the labor force and thus seeking jobs,

but who do not have jobs

( ) unemployment that occurs because individuals lack skills valued by

employers, or the job is no longer there.

( ) those who have stopped looking for employment due to the lack of suitable

positions available.

( ) the unemployment rate that would exist if cyclical unemployment were 0%.

( ) a contractual provision that wage increases will keep up with inflation.

( ) “Take this job and shove it!” results in this.

( ) When demand rises faster than supply, causing price to rise.

( ) the adults in an economy who are either employed or who are unemployed

and looking for a job

( ) unemployment closely tied to the business cycle, like higher unemployment

during a recession.

( ) Rising production costs cause the supply of goods and services to decline and prices to rise..

Unemployment rate
labor force
Discouraged workers
frictional unemployment
COLAs
cyclical unemployment
structural unemployment
Natural rate of unemployment
Demand-pull inflation
Cost-push inflation

Question 14: Economics

Matching Definitions

value of a country’s output found by adding up C + Ig + G + Xn

value of a country’s output found by adding the costs incurred and income (including profits) generated by production of goods and services during the period

a measure of inflation

value of a country’s output expressed in the current year’s dollars.

output provided to other businesses at an intermediate stage of production, not for final users.

output used directly for consumption, investment, government, and trade purposes.

Increase in worth of a good or service provided at each stage of production

=100

value of a country’s output expressed in the base year’s dollars.

the value of the output of all goods and services produced within a country in a year

GDP

Intermediate goods

Final goods

Value added

Expenditure approach

Income approach

Nominal GDP

Real GDP

Price index

Base year

Question 15: Psychology

Read the Research Paper Instructions and Research Paper Rubric. Decide which specific DSM disorder you plan to research for the Research Paper assignment. Go to the LU Online Library and begin researching for your paper, locating one journal article to share with the class. Share your chosen topic with the class and your reasoning behind your interest in the selected topic. Within your post, provide a 150-word summary of one journal article that you are interested in using for your research paper. Provide the journal (full text) as an attachment. Include at least one direct quote from the journal article (not more than 25 words). (Note that the entire post should be 200-250 words. For this assignment, the direct quote is included in the required word count). All citations should be in APA format. As per assignment directions and rubric, include a Bible verse and application and an outside source cited in APA format.

Research a specific mental disorder within the realm of Abnormal Psychology. The topic must be one which is discussed in the course textbook and described in the current edition of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM). The length of the body of the paper must be at least 7 pages, and must not exceed 10 pages of summarized research findings in current APA format. All sources used must be scholarly journals. In addition to this, include a current APA-style title page, abstract, and references; these do not count toward the minimum number of pages required. The paper must be organized with sub-headings reflecting the required sections (I–IX).

The research paper will address the following aspects, organized in this order:

* Title Page: APA-style

* Abstract: APA-style

Introduction: Introduce and describe the topic. Discuss the DSM classification for the disorder, including a discussion of the specific criteria as described in the DSM (1/2 page).
Historical: Describe the disorder in a historical context (how the view of disorder has changed over time, how cause/treatment options have changed, etc). (1 page).

III. Cause of the Illness: Current research as to the cause of the illness (1 page).

Treatment: Various treatment approaches for this disorder, including the benefits of the treatment (1 page).
Prevention: Research as to the prevention of the illness (1 page).
Cross Cultural: Cross-cultural issues pertaining to the topic (1 page).

VII. Biblical Worldview: Discuss the topic from a Christian worldview perspective, including disorder’s cause, treatment, and prevention. Utilize the Bible and a journal source written from a biblical/theological perspective on the topic (1 page).

VIII. Conclusion: Include a closing summary of the research, including ideas for future research on the topic (1/2 page).

References: APA-style. See also References Grading Rubric and instructions.

* Organize the paper according to directions. Include current APA-style Level 1 sub-titles. Do not use Roman numerals.

* The use of 3^rd person point of view is expected for this type of scholarly research assignment.

* Correct spelling, grammar, and punctuation is expected in writing at this level.

* Include not more than ½ page of directly quoted material. Directly quoted material in excess of ½ page would not count towards length/content requirements of the paper.

* Current APA formatting is required.

* Course textbook is not permitted as a source.

* All sources must be journal articles dated within the past 10 years.

Research Paper Grading Rubric

Criteria

Levels of Achievement

Content 70%

140 points

Advanced 90-100% (A)

Proficient 70-89% (B-C)

Developing 1-69% (< D)

Not present

Content (20 points each)

126 to 140 points

The paper exceeds content requirements:

Introduction/Conclusion

Intro: Detailed DSM information for the disorder and a full 1/2 page. Conclusion: thoughtful content and ideas for future research. Content is a full 1/2 page.

Historical: detailed Historical content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.

Cause: detailed Causal content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.

Treatment: detailed Treatment content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.

Prevention: Detailed Prevention content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.

Cross-Cultural: Detailed Cross-Cultural content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.

Biblical Worldview

Detailed Biblical content and is a full page. Contains content based on 1 or more Bible type sources and also includes a Bible verse and application to the topic.

98 to 125 points

The paper meets content requirements:

Introduction/Conclusion

Intro: Detailed DSM information for the disorder and a full 1/2 page. Conclusion: thoughtful content and ideas for future research. Content is a full 1/2 page.

Historical: Detailed Historical content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.

Cause: Detailed Causal content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.

Treatment: detailed Treatment content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.

Prevention: Detailed Prevention content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.

Cross-Cultural: Detailed Cross-Cultural content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.

Biblical Worldview

Detailed Biblical content and is a full page. Contains content based on 1 or more Bible type sources and also includes a Bible verse and application to the topic.

1 to 97 points

The paper meets some of the content requirements:

Introduction/Conclusion

Intro: Detailed DSM information for the disorder and a full 1/2 page. Conclusion: thoughtful content and ideas for future research. Content is a full 1/2 page.

Historical: Detailed Historical content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.

Cause: Detailed Causal content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.

Treatment: Detailed Treatment content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.

Prevention: Detailed Prevention content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.

Cross-Cultural: Detailed Cross-Cultural content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.

Biblical Worldview

Detailed Biblical content and is a full page. Contains content based on 1 or more Bible type sources and also includes a Bible verse and application to the topic.

0 points

Not present.

Structure 30%

60 points

Advanced 90-100% (A)

Proficient 70-89% (B-C)

Developing 1-69% (< D)

Not present

Organizational Elements

9 to 10 points

The paper exceeds structure requirements:

Organizational Elements as outlined in instructions were followed, including APA style Level 1 sub-titles

7 to 8 points

The paper meets structure requirements:

Organizational Elements as outlined in instructions were followed, including APA style Level 1 sub-titles

1 to 6 points

The paper meets most of the structure requirements:

Organizational Elements as outlined in instructions were followed, including APA style Level 1 sub-titles

0 points

Not present.

General APA

18 to 20 points

The paper exceeds structure requirements:

Content displays correct APA format in all required paper sections (Historical, Cause, Treatment, Prevention, Cross-Cultural, Biblical Worldview) with citations throughout matching the References page.

14 to 17 points

The paper meets structure requirements:

1 to 13 points

The paper meets most of the structure requirements:

0 points

Not present.

Title page, abstract, reference page formatting

27 to 30 points

The paper exceeds structure requirements:

Title page is in proper APA format.

Abstract is in proper APA format, contains 150-250 words, and includes keywords.

References page is free of APA errors, contains 5 or more scholarly sources in correct APA format (books or journals only). Textbook is not used as a source as per directions. Sources contain Bible type book/journal source.

21 to 26 points

The paper meets structure requirements:

Title page is in proper APA format.

Abstract is in proper APA format, contains 150-250 words, and includes keywords.

1 to 20 points

The paper meets most of the structure requirements:

Title page is in proper APA format.

Abstract is in proper APA format, contains 150-250 words, and includes keywords.

0 points

Not present.

Question 16: Education

SEJPME Final Exam | Complete Solution | Scored 100%

SEJPME Pre Test and Post Test (Study Guide) / SEJPME Final Exam (Study Guide)

SEJPME I POST TEST

1) In the name of strategic mobility, the Marine Corps adopted prepositioning for which of the following purposes? [objective81]

speed and dispersion

provide materiel needed to sustain a brigade for 30 days in a potential combat zone

amphibious assault

——————————————————————————–

2) The most well-known Coast Guard mascot during World War II, who provided a morale boost to his crew, was named? [objective88]

Skipper

Aladdin

Sinbad

Smoky

——————————————————————————–

3) With over half of its forces in the Reserve Components, the Army relies heavily on _____. [objective92]

none of the answers are correct

the Army Reserve

both the Army National Guard and Army Reserve

the Army National Guard

——————————————————————————–

4) Which of the following options represent the Statutory Advisors of the National Security Council? [objective63]

Chief of Staff to the President, Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, and the Director of National Intelligence

Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff and Director of National Intelligence

President, Vice President, Secretary of State, and Secretary of Defense

Secretary of the Treasury and Secretary of Homeland Security

——————————————————————————–

5) Between 1777 and 1778, Baron Friedrich Willhelm von Steuben taught the Continental Army what aspects of war? (Select all that apply.) [objective79]

rifle cartridges loading

drill formations

proper care of equipment

bayonet usage

——————————————————————————–

6) What is the role of the U.S. Armed Forces today? (Select all that apply.) [objective72] [Remediation Accessed :N]

to train forces

to retain forces

to equip forces

to organize forces

——————————————————————————–

7) The first step in solving a problem is to _____. [objective58]

gather multiple perspectives on the problem

report the problem to the commanding officer

define the problem

draft an action plan

——————————————————————————–

8) Derived from the integration of Service cultures and competencies and requires teamwork amongst all Services and Military Departments to accomplish objectives in the best interest of national security unfettered by parochialism. _____ best describes this concept. [objective96] [Remediation Accessed: N]

Integration

Interdependence

Diversity

Jointness

——————————————————————————–

9) Deliberations involving the possible use of force must include the Reserve Component at what point in the planning process? [objective90]

after all of the planning is completed

early in the planning process

somewhere – early, mid, or later – as long as they are included

late in the planning process

——————————————————————————–

10) One of the three approaches within the Total Force Fitness (TFF) Program includes preventative strategies which include addressing and eliminating the stigma and other factors that prevent Service members (and their families) from seeking help early and focus on achieving increased performance. [objective105]

False

True

——————————————————————————–

11) Who are the caretakers of naval customs, traditions, honors, and ceremonies? [objective85]

commanders

chief petty officers

admirals

——————————————————————————–

12) Ice Operations and Marine Environmental Protection fall under which role of the Coast Guard? [objective77] [Remediation Accessed :N]

maritime stewardship

maritime safety

maritime security

——————————————————————————–

13) Flexibility in aerospace power allows forces to exploit mass and maneuver simultaneously to a far greater extent than surface forces can. [objective76]

False

True

——————————————————————————–

14) The multinational force commander must resolve or mitigate sovereignty through which of the following? (Select all that apply.) [objective70] [Remediation Accessed :N]

compromise

communication

coordination

consensus

——————————————————————————–

15) _____ is key to successful employment, readiness, and use of Reserve Component forces. [objective91]

Adaptability

Transformation

Predictability

Training

——————————————————————————–

16) Leaders at all levels should be vigilant and consistent in the prevention, identification, and fraud, waste, and abuse (FWA). [objective102]

True

False

——————————————————————————–

17) In a traditional cake-cutting ceremony the first piece of cake is given to the youngest Marine present, and the second piece of cake is given to the oldest Marine present. [objective86] [Remediation Accessed :N]

True

False

——————————————————————————–

18) While its missions might include forcible entry operations and peace enforcement, humanitarian assistance is not within the Marine Corps’ purview. [objective75] [Remediation Accessed :N]

False

True

——————————————————————————–

19) Service members contribute to force readiness by being focused, alert, and prepared for new tasks, behaving responsibly and ethically, and _____. [objective103]

limiting the number of times they take vacations

remaining single

maintaining dental health and hygiene

being able to engage in critical thinking

——————————————————————————–

20) Each geographic combatant command has a _____ to plan and control special operations and other Special Operations Forces activities. [objective95]

Regional Special Warfare Command (RSWC)

Theater Special Operations Command (TSOC)

Joint Special Operations Command (JSOC)

Joint Special Operations Task Force (JSOTF)

——————————————————————————–

21) The statutory members of the National Security Council are _____. [objective60]

President, Vice President, Secretary of Defense, and Secretary of Homeland Security

President, Vice President, Secretary of State, Secretary of Defense, and Secretary of Energy

President, Vice President, Secretary of Defense, and Secretary of State

President, Vice President, Secretary of State, Secretary of Defense, and Secretary of Treasury

——————————————————————————–

22) Taking steps and precautions to reduce the likelihood of something negative or hazardous happening, or reducing the extent of the exposure to a risk, is called risk modification. [objective100]

False

True

——————————————————————————–

23) What are the fundamental roles of the U.S. Navy, Marine Corps, and Coast Guard in the implementation of the National Naval Strategy (NNS)? (Select all that apply.) [objective74] [Remediation Accessed :N]

establish favorable security conditions

secure strategic access and retain global freedom of action

strengthen existing and emerging alliances and partnerships

secure the United States from direct attack

——————————————————————————–

24) Within joint command organizations, leadership and ethics considerations require us to _____ and consider not only personal experiences, but also the lessons learned from others’ experiences – both positive and negative. [objective101]

seek out professional assistance

acknowledge our own prejudice

know all of the facts

critically think about

——————————————————————————–

25) _____ warfare is a violent struggle among state and non-state actors for legitimacy and influence over the relevant population(s). It favors indirect and asymmetric approaches, though it may employ the full range of military and other capacities, in order to erode an adversary’s power, influence, and will. [objective59]

Irregular

Asymmetric

Joint

Traditional

——————————————————————————–

26) Units that support military commanders by working with civil authorities and civilian populations in the commander’s area of operations during peace, contingency operations, and war are known as _____ teams. [objective94]

civil affairs

foreign area officers

special forces

political advisors

——————————————————————————–

27) What Services were established as precursors to the Coast Guard? (Select all that apply.) [objective83]

Lighthouse and Revenue Cutter Service

Bureau of Navigation

Steamboat Inspection Service

Transportation Security Administration

Life Saving Service

——————————————————————————–

28) Upon a declaration of war the Coast Guard may be transferred to and operate as a service of the U.S. Navy? [objective78]

False

True

——————————————————————————–

29) National Security Agency (NSA) provides the following support: (Select all that apply.) [objective57] [Remediation Accessed :N]

timely, relevant, and accurate geospatial intelligence

signals intelligence

solutions, products, and services

information systems security

——————————————————————————–

30) Joint _____ is the component of joint force development that entails collecting observations, analyzing them, and taking the necessary steps to turn them into changes in behavior that improve the mission ready capabilities of the joint force. [objective97] [Remediation Accessed :N]

lessons learned

concepts

education

doctrine

——————————————————————————–

31) What is the purpose of sending someone to the Grog Bowl? [objective87]

as a reward for attendance

recognition for a job well done

as punishment for violating the rules of the mess

——————————————————————————–

32) The major challenge in working toward unity of effort often comes from _____. [objective62]

disjunctions in the three levels of interagency coordination

the news media reporting on governmental and military actions

a lack of sufficient resources applied to the problem

bipartisan politics and infighting in Congress

——————————————————————————–

33) The ______ is an interagency staff group that establishes or enhances regular, timely, and collaborative working relationships between other government agency (e.g., CIA, DOS, FBI) representatives and military operational planners at the combatant commands. [objective64]

JIACG

HAST

CMOC

POLAD

——————————————————————————–

34) The _____ is a joint force that is constituted and so designated by the Secretary of Defense, a combatant commander, a subordinate unified commander, or an existing Joint Task Force commander to accomplish missions with specific, limited objectives and which do not require overall centralized control of logistics. It is dissolved when the purpose for which it was created has been achieved or when it is no longer required.

subordinate unified command

combatant command

joint task force

Service component command

——————————————————————————–

35) The offering of ceremonial toasts is a traditional Army custom at a formal Dining-In, which includes passing the wine, “over the water,” an historical reference to King James I, who was exiled by Oliver Cromwell. [objective84]

False

True

——————————————————————————–

36) What are the Army’s primary missions? (Select all that apply.) [objective73] [Remediation Accessed :N]

shaping the international environment

responding to crises

preparing now for an uncertain future

secure the United States from direct attack

——————————————————————————–

37) In the Chairman’s White Paper, “Mission Command” (2012), “. . .requires leaders at every echelon to be _____.” [objective98] [Remediation Accessed :N]

impartial

adaptable

decisive

strict adherents to doctrine

——————————————————————————–

38) _____ and _____ are two key structural enhancements that should improve the coordination of multinational forces. [objective71]

Liaison network, coordination centers

Rationalization, training

Interoperability, liaison network

Training, interoperability

——————————————————————————–

39) Reserve Components now comprise almost what percent of the Total Force and are an integral part of the Armed Forces of the United States? [objective89]

50 percent

60 percent

30 percent

40 percent

——————————————————————————–

40) After the attacks of 9/11, U.S. Special Operations Command assumed an operational role in synchronizing the DoD effort in _____. [objective93]

combating weapons of mass destruction

cyberspace operations

support of the U.S. government response to pandemic influenza

global operations against terrorist networks

——————————————————————————–

41) Unlike the military, most U.S. Government agencies and nongovernmental organizations are _____ to create separate staffs at the strategic, operational, and tactical levels, with the result that Joint Task Force personnel interface with individuals who are coordinating their organization’s activities at more than one level. [objective65]

not equipped and organized

usually willing, but hesitant

not educated and trained

not eager

——————————————————————————–

42) Operations designed to demonstrate U.S. resolve and involve the appearance of a credible military force in an attempt to defuse a situation that, if allowed to continue, may be detrimental to U.S. interests are known as _____ operations. [objective67]

enforcement

nation assistance

economy of force

show of force

——————————————————————————–

43) The post-Vietnam Maritime Strategy called for the positioning of strong Naval forces along the seaward flanks of the Soviet Union in what locations? (Select all that apply.) [objective80] [Remediation Accessed :N]

the Far East

the Black Sea

the Mediterranean Sea

northern Europe

——————————————————————————–

44) Successful teamwork requires _____ commensurate with responsibility. [objective99]

delegation of authority

experience

maturity

rank

——————————————————————————–

45) The difficulty some units face adapting their mindset to vastly changed conditions on their third or fourth deployment to the same location is known as _____ challenges. [objective66]

rotation

transition

situational awareness

influence

——————————————————————————–

46) The Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff provides a channel of communication between the President/SECDEF and the combatant commanders. [objective56]

False

True

——————————————————————————–

47) Resilience-based training contributes to the overall mission readiness of the Armed Forces. [objective104]

False

True

——————————————————————————–

48) During the 1930s, which essential building blocks for an effective air force fell into place? (Select all that apply.) [objective82]

a vision of a long-range, four-engine bomber that became reality with the first B-17

a comprehensive doctrine of air warfare

clear tactics, techniques, and organization for air-ground cooperation

——————————————————————————–

49) To promote their mutual national interests and ensure mutual security against real and perceived threats, nations that form partnerships must understand the impacts of _____. [objective69] [Remediation Accessed :N]

techniques, tactics, and procedures (TTPs)

culture and economics

non-governmental agencies

internally displaced personnel (IDPs)

——————————————————————————–

50) The principle of joint operations designed to limit collateral damage and prevent the unnecessary use of force is _____. [objective68] [Remediation Accessed :N]

proportionality

perseverance

restraint

legitimacy

——————————————————————————–

ADDITIONAL POST TEST QUESTIONS

1) The primary function of the Air Force is to provide prompt and sustained offensive and defensive air operation. [objective72]

False

True

——————————————————————————–

2) The U.S. employs the military instrument of national power at home and abroad in support of its national security goals. The ultimate purpose of the U.S. Armed Forces is to _____. [objective96]

deter aggressors from attacking the U.S.

support and defend U.S. allies and partners

defend the homeland

fight and win the Nation’s wars

——————————————————————————–

3) What are the peacetime roles of the Coast Guard? (Select all that apply.) [objective77]

maritime security

maritime stewardship around the U.S. and U.S. territories

maritime stewardship around the globe

maritime safety

——————————————————————————–

4) During the conduct of military operations, multinational personnel must be able to _____. [objective70]

develop guidance for detainee operations in a joint environment according to their respective laws

enforce local rules of engagement (ROE) without regard to approved coalition ROE

properly control, maintain, protect and account for all detainees according to applicable domestic law, international law, and policy

target only a small percentage of individuals who fall into different categories under the law of war

——————————————————————————–

5) While it is appropriate and strongly recommended to greet a person by name and grade, if you are unsure of an enlisted Marine’s name or grade, “Marine” is as appropriate as, “Good morning, Sir,” in the case of an officer. [objective86]

True

False

——————————————————————————–

6) Which of the following are primary functions of the Marine Corps according to DoD Directive 5100.01? [objective75]

conduct prompt and sustained combat operations at sea, including sea-based and land-based aviation

all of the answers are correct

organize, equip, and provide Marine Corps forces to conduct joint amphibious operations and train all forces assigned to joint amphibious operations

provide detachments and organizations to serve on armed vessels of the Navy and provide security detachments for naval stations and bases

——————————————————————————–

7) The Cooperative Strategy for 21st Century Seapower is the application of maritime forces to support the United States’ Security Strategy. [objective74]

True

False

——————————————————————————–

8) Which branch of the armed forces operates within the Department of Homeland Security? [objective57]

Navy

Army

Coast Guard

Air Force

Marines

None of the branches

——————————————————————————–

9) Joint _____ prepares individual members and units of the Armed Forces to field a joint force that integrates service capabilities in order to execute assigned missions. [objective97] [Remediation Accessed :N]

force development

force planning

force training

doctrine

——————————————————————————–

10) The Army aids in shaping the international environment through an extensive forward presence in which of the following? [objective73]

Europe, Southwest Asia, the Korean Peninsula, and Japan

Balkans, Middle East, Europe, Southwest Asia, the Korean Peninsula, and Japan

Europe, Asia, the Korean Peninsula, and Japan

——————————————————————————–

11) In the Chairman’s White Paper, “Mission Command” (2012), with the advent and increase of command and control (C2) capabilities, networked-enabled leaders are cautioned against the lure to _____. [objective98]

micromanage

delegate authority

second-guess

provide guidance

——————————————————————————–

12) In 1798, the U.S. Navy and U.S. Marine Corps were created. [objective80]

False

True

——————————————————————————–

13) A(n) _____ is a relationship that results from a formal agreement between two or more nations for broad, long-term objectives, while _____ is an ad hoc arrangement between two or more nations for common action, usually for a single occasion. [objective69]

partnership, coalition

alliance, partnership

coalition, alliance

alliance, coalition

——————————————————————————–

14) The purpose of the _____ principle of joint operations is to concentrate the effects of combat power at the most advantageous place and time to produce decisive results. [objective68]

offensive

mass

objective

maneuver

Question 17: Health Care

NR 222 Unit 3 EXAM 1 Practice

Chapter 01: Nursing Today

Potter et al.: Fundamentals of Nursing, 9th Edition

Chapter 01: Nursing Today

Potter et al.: Fundamentals of Nursing, 9th Edition

MULTIPLE CHOICE

Which nurse most likely kept records on sanitation techniques and the effects on health?
The nurse prescribes strategies and alternatives to attain expected outcome. Which standard of nursing practice is the nurse following?
An experienced medical-surgical nurse chooses to work in obstetrics. Which level of proficiency is the nurse upon initial transition to the obstetrical floor?
A nurse assesses a patient’s fluid status and decides that the patient needs to drink more fluids. The nurse then encourages the patient to drink more fluids. Which concept is the nurse demonstrating?
A nurse prepares the budget and policies for an intensive care unit. Which role is the nurse implementing?
The nurse has been working in the clinical setting for several years as an advanced practice nurse. However, the nurse has a strong desire to pursue research and theory development. To fulfill this desire, which program should the nurse attend?
A nurse attends a workshop on current nursing issues provided by the American Nurses Association. Which type of education did the nurse receive?
A nurse identifies gaps between local and best practices. Which Quality and Safety Education for Nurses (QSEN) competency is the nurse demonstrating?
A nurse has compassion fatigue. What is the nurse experiencing?
A patient is scheduled for surgery. When getting ready to obtain the informed consent, the patient tells the nurse, “I have no idea what is going to happen. I couldn’t ask any questions.” The nurse does not allow the patient to sign the permit and notifies the health care provider of the situation. Which role is the nurse displaying?
The patient requires routine gynecological services after giving birth to her son, and while seeing the nurse-midwife, the patient asks for a referral to a pediatrician for the newborn. Which action should the nurse-midwife take initially?
The nurse has a goal of becoming a certified registered nurse anesthetist (CRNA). Which activity is appropriate for a CRNA?
A nurse teaches a group of nursing students about nurse practice acts. Which information is most important to include in the teaching session about nurse practice acts?
A bill has been submitted to the State House of Representatives that is designed to reduce the cost of health care by increasing the patient-to-nurse ratio from a maximum of 2:1 in intensive care units to 3:1. What should the nurse realize?
A nurse is using a guide that provides principles of right and wrong to provide care to patients. Which guide is the nurse using?
A graduate of a baccalaureate degree program is ready to start working as an RN in the emergency department. Which action must the nurse take first?
While providing care to a patient, the nurse is responsible, both professionally and legally. Which concept does this describe?
A nurse is teaching the staff about Benner’s levels of proficiency. In which order should the nurse place the levels from beginning level to ending level?

Chapter 06: Health and Wellness

Potter et al.: Fundamentals of Nursing, 9th Edition

MULTIPLE CHOICE

A nurse is teaching about the goals ofHealthy People 2020. Which information should the nurse include in the teaching session?
A nurse is following the goals ofHealthy People 2020 to provide care. Which action should the nurse take?
A nurse is using the World Health Organization definition of health to provide care. Which area will the nurse focus on while providing care?
The nurse is preparing a smoking cessation class for family members of patients with lung cancer. The nurse believes that the class will convert many smokers to nonsmokers once they realize the benefits of not smoking. Which health care model is the nurse following?
A nurse is using Maslow’s hierarchy to prioritize care for an anxious patient that is not eating and will not see family members. Which area should the nurse address first?
The patient is reporting moderate incisional pain that was not relieved by the last dose of pain medication. The patient is not due for another dose of medication for another 2 1/2 hours. The nurse repositions the patient, asks what type of music the patient likes, and sets the television to the channel playing that type of music. Which health care model is the nurse using?
A nurse is assessing internal variables that are affecting the patient’s health status. Which area should the nurse assess?
The nurse is admitting a patient with uncontrolled diabetes mellitus. It is the fourth time the patient is being admitted in the last 6 months for high blood sugars. During the admission process, the nurse asks the patient about employment status and displays a nonjudgmental attitude. What is the rationale for the nurse’s actions?
The nurse is working on a committee to evaluate the need for increasing the levels of fluoride in the drinking water of the community. Which concept is the nurse fostering?
The nurse is working in a clinic that is designed to provide health education and immunizations. Which type of preventive care is the nurse providing?
The patient is admitted to the emergency department of the local hospital from home with reports of chest discomfort and shortness of breath. The patient is placed on oxygen, has labs and blood gases drawn, and is given an electrocardiogram and breathing treatments. Which level of preventive care is this patient receiving?
A patient is admitted to a rehabilitation facility following a stroke. The patient has right-sided paralysis and is unable to speak. The patient will be receiving physical therapy and speech therapy. Which level of preventive care is the patient receiving?
Upon completing a history, the nurse finds that a patient has risk factors for lung disease. How should the nurse interpret this finding?
The nurse is caring for a patient who has been trying to quit smoking. The patient has been smoke free for 2 weeks but had two cigarettes last night and at least two this morning. What should the nurse anticipate?
The nurse is working in a drug rehabilitation clinic and is in the process of admitting a patient for “detox.” What should the nurse do next?
A female patient has been overweight for most of her life. She has tried dieting in the past and has lost weight, only to regain it when she stopped dieting. The patient is visiting the weight loss clinic/health club because she has decided to do it. She states that she will join right after the holidays, in 3 months. Which stage is the patient displaying?
Upon completion of the assessment, the nurse finds that the patient has quit drinking and has been alcohol free for the past 2 years. Which stagebestdescribes the nurse’s assessment finding?
The patient had a colostomy placed 1 week ago. When approached by the nurse, the patient and spouse refuse to talk about it and refuse to be taught about how to care for it. How will the nurse evaluate this couple’s stage of adjustment?
A patient has had emphysema (lung disease) for many years. When approached by the nurse, the patient states “I would be better off dead.” The patient supports the family, and now because of oxygen dependency the patient must quit work. The patient’s spouse will have to go to work. Which action should the nurse take?
A nurse is teaching about the transtheoretical model of change. In which order will the nurse place the progression of the stages from beginning to end?

Chapter 16: Nursing Assessment

Potter et al.: Fundamentals of Nursing, 9th Edition

MULTIPLE CHOICE

The nurse is using critical thinking skills during the first phase of the nursing process. Which action indicates the nurse is in the first phase?
A nurse is using the problem-oriented approach to data collection. Which action will the nurse takefirst?
After reviewing the database, the nurse discovers that the patient’s vital signs have not been recorded by the nursing assistive personnel (NAP). Which clinical decision should the nurse make?
The nurse is gathering data on a patient. Which data will the nurse report as objective data?
A patient expresses fear of going home and being alone. Vital signs are stable and the incision is nearly completely healed. What can the nurse infer from the subjective data?
Which method of data collection will the nurse use to establish a patient’s database?
A nurse is gathering information about a patient’s habits and lifestyle patterns. Which method of data collection will the nurse use that willbest obtain this information?
While interviewing an older female patient of Asian descent, the nurse notices that the patient looks at the ground when answering questions. What should the nurse do?
A nurse has already set the agenda during a patient-centered interview. What will the nurse donext?
The nurse is attempting to prompt the patient to elaborate on the reports of daytime fatigue. Which question should the nurse ask?
A nurse is conducting a nursing health history. Which component will the nurse address?
While the patient’s lower extremity, which is in a cast, is assessed, the patient tells the nurse about an inability to rest at night. The nurse disregards this information, thinking that no correlation has been noted between having a leg cast and developing restless sleep. Which action would have beenbest for the nurse to take?
The nurse begins a shift assessment by examining a surgical dressing that is saturated with serosanguinous drainage on a patient who had open abdominal surgery yesterday (or 1 day ago). Which type of assessment approach is the nurse using?
Which statement by a nurse indicates a good understanding about the differences between data validation and data interpretation?
Which scenariobest illustrates the nurse using data validation when making a nursing clinical decision for a patient?
While completing an admission database, the nurse is interviewing a patient who states “I am allergic to latex.” Which action will the nurse takefirst?
A patient verbalizes a low pain level of 2 out of 10 but exhibits extreme facial grimacing while moving around in bed. What is the nurse’sinitial action in response to these observations?
The nurse is interviewing a patient with a hearing deficit. Which area should the nurse use to conduct this interview?
A new nurse is completing an assessment on an 80-year-old patient who is alert and oriented. The patient’s daughter is present in the room. Which action by the nurse will require follow-up by the charge nurse?

Chapter 22: Ethics and Values

Potter et al.: Fundamentals of Nursing, 9th Edition

MULTIPLE CHOICE

Four patients in labor all request epidural analgesia to manage their pain at the same time. Which ethical principle is mostcompromised when only one nurse anesthetist is on call?
The patient reports to the nurse of being afraid to speak up regarding a desire to end care for fear of upsetting spouse and children. Which principle in the nursing code of ethics ensures that the nurse will promote the patient’s cause?
The patient’s son requests to view documentation in the medical record. What is the nurse’sbest response to this request?
When professionals work together to solve ethical dilemmas, nurses must examine their own values. What is the bestrationale for this step?
A nurse is experiencing an ethical dilemma with a patient. Which information indicates the nurse has a correct understanding of the primary cause of ethical dilemmas?
The nurse questions a health care provider’s decision to not tell the patient about a cancer diagnosis. Which ethical principle is the nurse trying to uphold for the patient?
The nurse finds it difficult to care for a patient whose advance directive states that no extraordinary resuscitation measures should be taken. Which step may help the nurse to find resolution in this assignment?
The nurse values autonomy above all other principles. Which patient assignment will the nurse findmost difficult to accept?
A nurse must make an ethical decision concerning vulnerable patient populations. Which philosophy of health care ethics would be particularly useful for this nurse?
A nurse agrees with regulations for mandatory immunizations of children. The nurse believes that immunizations prevent diseases as well as prevent spread of the disease to others. Which ethical framework is the nurse using?
The nurse has become aware of missing narcotics in the patient care area. Which ethical principle obligates the nurse to report the missing medications?
A young woman who is pregnant with a fetus exposed to multiple teratogens consents to have her fetus undergo serial PUBS (percutaneous umbilical blood sampling) to examine how exposure affects the fetus over time. Although these tests will not improve the fetus’s outcomes and will expose it to some risks, the information gathered may help infants in the future. Which ethical principle is atgreatest risk?
A nurse is discussing quality of life issues with another colleague. Which topic will the nurse acknowledge for increased attention paid to quality of life concerns?
Which action by the nurse indicates a safe and efficient use of social networks?

The nurse is caring for a dying patient. Which intervention is considered futile?
During a severe respiratory epidemic, the local health care organizations decide to give health care workers priority access to ventilators over other members of the community who also need that resource. Which philosophy would give the strongest support for this decision?
A nurse is teaching a patient and family about quality of life. Which information should the nurse include in the teaching session about quality of life?
The nurse is caring for a patient supported with a ventilator who has been unresponsive since arrival via ambulance 8 days ago. The patient has not been identified, and no family members have been found. The nurse is concerned about the plan of care regarding maintenance or withdrawal of life support measures. Place the steps the nurse will use to resolve this ethical dilemma in the correct order.

09: Cultural Awareness

Potter et al.: Fundamentals of Nursing, 9th Edition

MULTIPLE CHOICE

A nurse is working at a health fair screening people for liver cancer. Which population group should the nurse monitormost closely for liver cancer?
A nurse is caring for an immigrant with low income. Which information should the nurse consider when planning care for this patient?
A nurse is assessing the health care disparities among population groups. Which area is the nurse monitoring?
A nurse is providing care to a patient from a different culture. Which action by the nurse indicates cultural competence?
The nurse learns about cultural issues involved in the patient’s health care belief system and enables patients and families to achieve meaningful and supportive care. Which concept is the nurse demonstrating?
A nurse is beginning to use patient-centered care and cultural competence to improve nursing care. Which step should the nurse takefirst?
A nurse is performing a cultural assessment using the ETHNIC mnemonic for communication. Which area will the nurse assess for the “H”?

The nurse is caring for a patient of Hispanic descent who speaks no English. The nurse is working with an interpreter. Which action should the nurse take?
Which action indicates the nurse is meeting a primary goal of cultural competent care for patients?
The nurse is caring for a Chinese patient using the Teach-Back technique. Which action by the nurse indicates successful implementation of this technique?
A nurse is using core measures to reduce health disparities. Which group should the nurse focus on to cause the mostimprovement in core measures?
A nurse is designing a form for lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender (LGBT) patients. Which design should the nurse use?
A nurse is assessing population groups for the risk of suicide requiring medical attention. Which group should the nurse monitormost closely?
A nurse is assessing a patient’s ethno history. Which question should the nurse ask?
A nurse is teaching patients about health care information. Which patient will the nurse assess closely for health literacy?
A nurse works at a hospital that uses equity-focused quality improvement. Which strategy is the hospital using?
A nurse is providing care to a culturally diverse population. Which action indicates the nurse is successful in the role of providing culturally congruent care?
A nurse is assessing the patient’s meaning of illness. Which area of focus by the nurse ispriority?

MATCHING

A nurse is using Campinha-Bacote’s model of cultural competency to improve cultural care. Which actions describe the components the nurse is using?

Chapter 10: Caring for Families

Potter et al.: Fundamentals of Nursing, 9th Edition

MULTIPLE CHOICE

A nurse is assessing the family unit to determine the family’s ability to adapt to the change of a

member having surgery. Which area is the nurse monitoring?
A nurse reviews the current trends affecting the family. Which trend will the nurse find?
A spouse brings the children in to visit their mother in the hospital. The nurse asks how the family is doing. The husband states, “None of her jobs are getting done, and I don’t do those jobs, so the house and the kids are falling apart.” How will the nurse interpret this finding?
A nurse cares for the family’s as well as the patient’s needs using available resources. Which approach is the nurse using?
A nurse is caring for a patient who needs constant care in the home setting and for whom most of the care is provided by the patient’s family. Which action should the nurse take to help relieve stress?
A nurse is working with a patient. When the nurse asks about family members, the patient states that it includes my spouse, children, and aunt and uncle. How will the nurse describe this type of family?
A nurse is assessing a child that lives in a car with family members who presents to the emergency department. Which area should the nurse assess closely?
The nurse is interviewing a patient who is being admitted to the hospital. The patient’s family went home before the nurse’s interview. The nurse asks the patient, “Who decides when to come to the hospital?” What is the rationale for the nurse’s action?
A nurse is caring for a patient from a motor vehicle accident. Which action by the unlicensed assistive personnel will cause the nurse to intervene?
A nurse is using the family as context approach to provide care to a patient. What should the nurse do next?
The nurse is caring for a patient in hospice. The nurse notes that the patient is getting adequate care, but the spouse is not sleeping well. The nurse also assesses the need for better family nutrition and meals assistance. The nurse discusses these needs with the patient and family and develops a plan of care with them using community resources. Which approach is the nurse using?
The nurse is caring for an older adult patient who has no apparent family. When questioned about family and the definition of family, the patient states, “I have no family. They’re all gone.” When asked, “Who prepares your meals?” the patient states, “I do, or I go out.” Which approach should the nurse use for this patient?
The nurse is caring for an older adult patient at home who requires teaching for dressing changes. The spouse and adult child are also involved in changing the dressing. Which statement by the nurse willmost likely elicit a positive response from the patient and family?
The nurse is providing discharge teaching for an older-adult patient who will need tube feedings at home. The spouse is the only source of care and states “I will not be able to perform the feedings due to arthritis.” Which action should the nurse take?

Question 18: Health Care

DB 1
Scope and Standards of Nursing Practice (graded, 25 points)

The American Nurses Association’s Nursing: Scope and Standards of Practice (3rd ed.) discusses integrating the art and science of nursing. Describe how science and art are synthesized in the practice of nursing.

Question 19: Health Care

Nurse’s Touch: Wellness Health Promotion and Disease Prevention

Which of the following aspects of the care of this client and his family exemplifies primary prevention?
Which of the following aspects of the care of this client and his family exemplifies secondary prevention?
Which of the following aspects of the care of this client and his family exemplifies tertiary prevention?
Which of the following clinical manifestations is a common systemic side effect of receiving an influenza immunization?
When the nurse responds to the client’s report about his son contributing to the family’s support with the statement, “ It is not easy to handle that on your own,” she illustrates the therapeutic communication technique of:

TEST

A nurse has made a commitment to change his eating habits to optimize his health and wellness. He researches various dietary plans and narrows his choices to those that minimizes the effect of lifestyle barriers like eating quickly at work. Which stage of the Transtheorectical Model is he in?
A nurse is giving a series of workshops about health and wellness to a group of older adults at a community center. Which of the following statements from the attendees demonstrate that they understood what the nurse explained about the concept of Health? (select all that apply)
A nurse is caring for a client who has a long history of abuse of alcohol and opioid analgesics. When counseling this client about the adverse effects of substance abuse the nurse should explain that these patterns reduce the oxygenation of as tissues and organs because they cause….
A nurse is giving a presentation about health promotion and disease prevention to a group of young adults at a community college which of the following instructions should the nurse include?
A nurse is caring for a client who is immobile. Which of the following actions should she perform when repositioning the client to avoid injuring her own musculoskeletal system?
A nurse can communicate well, manage time effectively, weigh options and consequences, and learn from mistakes. The nurse is demonstrating Wellness in which of the following dimensions of Health?
A nurse is caring for a client in an ambulatory Clinic who attended a blood pressure screening event and the Stress Management lecture at a community Fair. His blood pressure was 150 /94 mm Hg at the event, so he saw provider at the clinic and begin therapy with a beta blocker. Soon after, the client had a mild myocardial infarction, after discharge from the hospital, enrolled in a program of cardiac Rehabilitation. Which of the following activities of this client is an example of primary prevention?
The World Health Organization’s (WHO) definition of health promotion focuses on the concept of
A nurse is counseling a client who says that she attends a book club in her neighborhood regularly. She says it troubles her that no one engages in the discussion with her. Applying Maslow’s hierarchy of needs to this client this client needs falls into which of the following levels?
A nurse is giving a presentation to a group of nursing students about distinguishing health promotion and disease prevention activities. Which of the following actions should the nurse include as a specific disease prevention activity? (select all that apply)

Question 20: Health Care

NR 222 UNIT 1 NOTES

Question 21: Health Care

1.You are preparing a presentation for your classmates regarding the clinical care coordination conference for a patient with terminal cancer. As part of the preparation you have your classmates read the Nursing Code of Ethics for Professional Registered Nurses. Your instructor asks the class why this document is important. Which of the following statements best describes this code?

Improves self–health care

Protects the patient’s confidentiality

Ensures identical care to all patients

Defines the principles of right and wrong to provide patient care

An 18-year-old woman is in the emergency department with fever and cough. The nurse obtains her vital signs, listens to her lung and heart sounds, determines her level of comfort, and collects blood and sputum samples for analysis. Which standard of practice is performed?

Diagnosis

Evaluation

Assessment

Implementation

A patient in the emergency department has developed wheezing and shortness of breath. The nurse gives the ordered medicated nebulizer treatment now and in 4 hours. Which standard of practice is performed?

Planning

Evaluation

Assessment

Implementation

A nurse is caring for a patient with end-stage lung disease. The patient wants to go home on oxygen and be comfortable. The family wants the patient to have a new surgical procedure. The nurse explains the risk and benefits of the surgery to the family and discusses the patient’s wishes with them. The nurse is acting as the patient’s:

Educator.

Advocate.

Caregiver.

Case manager.

The nurse spends time with the patient and family reviewing the dressing change procedure for the patient’s wound. The patient’s spouse demonstrates how to change the dressing. The nurse is acting in which professional role?

Educator

Advocate

Caregiver

Case manager

The examination for registered nurse (RN) licensure is exactly the same in every state in the United States. This examination:

Guarantees safe nursing care for all patients.

Ensures standard nursing care for all patients.

Ensures that honest and ethical care is provided.

Provides a minimal standard of knowledge for an RN in practice.

Contemporary nursing requires that the nurse has knowledge and skills for a variety of professional roles and responsibilities. Which of the following are examples? (Select all that apply.)

Caregiver

Autonomy and accountability

Patient advocate

Health promotion

Lobbyist

Match the advanced practice nurse specialty with the statement about the role.

Clinical nurse specialist-b. Expert clinician in a specialized area of practice such as adult diabetes care

Nurse anesthetist-d. Provides care and services under the supervision of an anesthesiologist

Nurse practitioner-c. Provides comprehensive care, usually in a primary care setting, directly managing the medical care of patients who are healthy or have chronic conditions

Nurse-midwife-a. Provides independent care, including pregnancy and gynecological services

Health care reform will bring changes in the emphasis of care. Which of the following models is expected from health care reform?

Moving from an acute illness to a health promotion, illness prevention model

Moving from an illness prevention to a health promotion model

Moving from an acute illness to a disease management model

Moving from a chronic care to an illness prevention model

A nurse meets with the registered dietitian and physical therapist to develop a plan of care that focuses on improving nutrition and mobility for a patient. This is an example of which Quality and Safety in the Education of Nurses (QSEN) competency?

Patient-centered care

Safety

Teamwork and collaboration

Informatics

A critical care nurse is using a computerized decision support system to correctly position her ventilated patients to reduce pneumonia caused by accumulated respiratory secretions. This is an example of which Quality and Safety in the Education of Nurses (QSEN) competency?

Patient-centered care

Safety

Teamwork and collaboration

Informatics

The nurses on an acute care medical floor notice an increase in pressure ulcer formation in their patients. A nurse consultant decides to compare two types of treatment. The first is the procedure currently used to assess for pressure ulcer risk. The second uses a new assessment instrument to identify at-risk patients. Given this information, the nurse consultant exemplifies which career?

Clinical nurse specialist

Nurse administrator

Nurse educator

Nurse researcher

Nurses in an acute care hospital are attending a unit-based education program to learn how to use a new pressure-relieving device for patients at risk for pressure ulcers. This is which type of education?

Continuing education

Graduate education

In-service education

Professional Registered Nurse Education

Which of the following Internet resources can help consumers compare quality care measures? (Select all that apply.)

WebMD

Hospital Compare

Magnet Recognition Program

Hospital Consumer Assessment of Healthcare

The American Hospital Association’s webpage.

The components of the nursing metaparadigm include:

Person, health, environment, and theory

Health, theory, concepts, and environment

Nurses, physicians, health, and patient needs

Person, health, environment, and nursing

Theory is essential to nursing practice because it: (Select all that apply.)

Contributes to nursing knowledge.

Predicts patient behaviors in situations.

Provides a means of assessing patient vital signs.

Guides nursing practice.

Formulates health care legislation.

Explains relationships between concepts.

A nurse ensures that each patient’s room is clean; well ventilated; and free from clutter, excessive noise, and extremes in temperature. Which theorist’s work is the nurse practicing in this example?

Henderson

Orem

King

Nightingale

The nurse is caring for a patient admitted to the neurological unit with the diagnosis of a stroke and right-sided weakness. The nurse assumes responsibility for bathing and feeding the patient until the patient is able to begin performing these activities. The nurse in this situation is applying the theory developed by:

Neuman.

Orem.

Roy.

Peplau.

Match the following types of theory with the appropriate description.

Middle-range theory-d. Addresses a specific phenomenon and reflects practice

Shared theory-c. Applies theory from other disciplines to nursing practice

Grand theory-a. Very abstract; attempts to describe nursing in a global context

Practice theory-b. Specific to a particular situation; brings theory to the bedside

Match the following descriptions to the appropriate grand theorist.

King-d. Based on the belief that nurses should work with patients to develop goals for care

Henderson-c. Based on 14 activities, the belief that the nurse should assist patients with meeting needs until they are able to do so independently

Orem-b. Based on the belief that people who participate in self-care activities are more likely to improve their health outcomes

Neuman-a. Based on the theory that focuses on wellness and prevention of disease

Match the following description to the appropriate middle-range theory.

Benner’s Skill Acquisition-b. The nurse progresses through five stages of expertise.

AACN’s Synergy Model-d. Matching nurse competencies to patient needs can improve patient outcomes

Mishel’s Uncertainty in Illness-c. The nurse helps the patient to process and find meaning related to his or her illness.

Kolcaba’s Theory of Comfort- a. The nurse strives to relieve patients’ distress.

Which of the following statements related to theory-based nursing practice are correct? (Select all that apply.)

Nursing theory differentiates nursing from other disciplines.

Nursing theories are standardized and do not change over time.

Integrating theory into practice promotes coordinated care delivery.

Nursing knowledge is generated by theory.

The theory of nursing process is used in planning patient care.

Evidence-based practice results from theory-testing research.

A nurse is caring for a patient who recently lost a leg in a motor vehicle accident. The nurse best assists the patient to cope with this situation by applying which of the following theories?

Levine

Watson

Johnson

Using Maslow’s hierarchy of needs, identify the priority for a patient who is experiencing chest pain and difficulty breathing.

Self-actualization

Air, water, and nutrition

Safety

Esteem and self-esteem needs

Which of the following categories of shared theories would be most appropriate for a patient who is grieving the loss of a spouse?

Biomedical

Leadership

Psychosocial

Developmental

While working in a rehabilitation facility, it is important to obtain nursing histories and develop a therapeutic nurse-patient relationship. List in correct order the phases of Peplau’s theory as applied in this setting. The nurse:

3) Ensures that the patient has access to appropriate community resources for long-term care.

2)Collaborates with the patient to identify specific patient needs.

4)Collects essential information from the patient’s health record.

1)Works with the patient to develop a plan for resolving patient issues.

Nurses have developed theories in response to: (Select all that apply.)

Changes in health care.

Prior nursing theories.

Changes in nursing practice.

Research findings.

Government regulations.

Theories from other disciplines.

Physician opinions.

Which of the following types of theory influence the “evidence” in current “evidence-based practice (EBP)”?

Grand theory

Middle-range theory

Practice theory

Shared theory

A nurse is preparing to begin intravenous fluid therapy for a patient. Which category of theory would be most helpful to the nurse at this time?

Grand theory

Middle-range theory

Practice theory

Shared theory

A nurse is presenting a program to workers in a factory covering safety topics, including the wearing of hearing protectors when workers are in the factory. Which level of prevention is the nurse practicing?

Primary prevention

Secondary prevention

Tertiary prevention

Quaternary prevention

A patient had surgery for a total knee replacement a week ago and is currently participating in daily physical rehabilitation sessions at the surgeon’s office. In what level of prevention is the patient participating?

Primary prevention

Secondary prevention

Tertiary prevention

Quaternary prevention

Based on the transtheoretical model of change, what is the most appropriate response to a patient who states: “Me, stop smoking? I’ve been smoking since I was 16!”

“That’s fine. Some people who smoke live a long life.”

“OK. I want you to decrease the number of cigarettes you smoke by one each day, and I’ll see you in 1 month.”

“I understand. Can you think of the greatest reason why stopping smoking would be challenging for you?”

“I’d like you to attend a smoking cessation class this week and use nicotine replacement patches as directed.”

A patient comes to the local health clinic and states: “I’ve noticed how many people are out walking in my neighborhood. Is walking good for you?” What is the best response to help the patient through the stages of change for exercise?

“Walking is OK. I really think running is better.”

“Yes, walking is great exercise. Do you think you could go for a 5-minute walk next week?”

“Yes, I want you to begin walking. Walk for 30 minutes every day and start to eat more fruits and vegetables.”

“They probably aren’t walking fast enough or far enough. You need to spend at least 45 minutes if you are going to do any good.”

A male patient has been laid off from his construction job and has many unpaid bills. He is going through a divorce from his marriage of 15 years and has been seeing his pastor to help him through this difficult time. He does not have a primary health care provider because he has never really been sick and his parents never took him to a physician when he was a child. Which external variables influence the patient’s health practices? (Select all that apply.)

Difficulty paying his bills

Seeing his pastor as a means of support

Age of patient (46 years)

Stress from the divorce and the loss of a job

Family practice of not routinely seeing a health care provider

A nurse is conducting a home visit with an older-adult couple. While in the home the nurse weighs each individual and reviews the 3-day food diary with them. She also checks their blood pressure and encourages them to increase their fluids and activity levels to help with their voiced concern about constipation. The nurse is addressing which level of need according to Maslow?

Physiological

Safety and security

Love and belonging

Self-actualization

When taking care of patients, a nurse routinely asks if they take any vitamins or herbal medications, encourages family members to bring in music that the patient likes to help the patient relax, and frequently prays with her patients if that is important to them. The nurse is practicing which model?

Holistic

Health belief

Trans theoretical

Health promotion

Using the Trans theoretical Model of Change, order the steps that a patient goes through to make a lifestyle change related to physical activity.

2: The individual recognizes that he is out of shape when his daughter asks him to walk with her after school.

5: Eight months after beginning walking, the individual participates with his wife in a local 5K race.

1: The individual becomes angry when the physician tells him that he needs to increase his activity to lose 30 lbs.

4: The individual walks 2 to 3 miles, 5 nights a week, with his wife.

3: The individual visits the local running store to purchase walking shoes and obtain advice on a walking plan.

Which statement made by a nurse shows that the nurse is engaging in an activity to help cope with secondary traumatic stress and burnout?

“I don’t need time for lunch since I am not very hungry.”

“I am enjoying my quilting group that meets each week at my church.”

“I am going to drop my gym membership because I don’t have time to go.”

“I don’t know any of the other nurses who met today to discuss hospital-wide problems with nurse satisfaction.”

Which of the following are symptoms of secondary traumatic stress and burnout that commonly affect nurses? (Select all that apply.)

Regular participation in a book club

Lack of interest in exercise

Difficulty falling asleep

Lack of desire to go to work

Anxiety while working

After a class on Pender’s health promotion model, students make the following statements. Which statement does the faculty member need to clarify?

“The desired outcome of the model is health-promoting behavior.”

“Perceived self-efficacy is not related to the model.”

“The individual has unique characteristics and experiences that affect his or her actions.”

“Patients need to commit to a plan of action before they adopt a health-promoting behavior.”

A patient registered at the local fitness center and purchased a pair of exercise shoes. The patient is in what stage of behavioral change?

Precontemplation

Contemplation

Preparation

Action

As part of a faith community nursing program in her church, a nurse is developing a health promotion program on breast self-examination for the women’s group. Which statement made by one of the participants is related to the individual’s perception of susceptibility to an illness?

“I have a door hanging tag in my bathroom to remind me to do my breast self-examination monthly.”

“Since my mother had breast cancer, I know that I am at increased risk for developing breast cancer.”

“Since I am only 25 years of age, the risk of breast cancer for me is very low.”

“I participate every year in our local walk/run to raise money for breast cancer research.”

The nurse assesses the following risk factors for coronary artery disease (CAD) in a female patient. Which factors are classified as genetic and physiological? (Select all that apply.)

Sedentary lifestyle

Mother died from CAD at age 48

History of hypertension

Eats diet high in sodium

Elevated cholesterol level

Which activity shows a nurse engaged in primary prevention?

A home health care nurse visits a patient’s home to change a wound dressing.

A nurse is assessing risk factors of a patient in the emergency department admitted with chest pain.

A school health nurse provides a program to the first-year students on healthy eating.

A nurse schedules a patient who had a myocardial infarction for cardiac rehabilitation sessions weekly.

Question 22: English

Read the passage from “The Monkey’s Paw.” The Whites are being offered compensation for Herbert’s death. In what way does the stranger’s answer increase the tension of the rising action?

From “The Monkey’s Paw”

The [visitor] coughed, and rising, walked slowly to the window. “The firm wished me to convey their sincere sympathy with you in your great loss,” he said, without looking round. “I beg that you will understand I am only their servant and merely obeying orders.”

There was no reply; the old woman’s face was white, her eyes staring, and her breath inaudible; on the husband’s face was a look such as his friend the sergeant might have carried into his first action.

“I was to say that Maw and Meggins disclaim all responsibility,” continued the other. “They admit no liability at all, but in consideration of your son’s services, they wish to present you with a certain sum as compensation.”

Mr. White dropped his wife’s hand, and rising to his feet, gazed with a look of horror at his visitor. His dry lips shaped the words, “How much?”

“Two hundred pounds,” was the answer.

Unconscious of his wife’s shriek, the old man smiled faintly, put out his hands like a sightless man, and dropped, a senseless heap, to the floor.

The answer causes Mr. White to faint.
The answer satisfies the first wish, and there are still two wishes left.
The answer causes the wife to shriek.
The answer indicates that Herbert has doubts about the wish.

Question 23: Accounting

In April of the current year, Freeman Steel Company transferred Herb Porter from its factory in Nebraska to its plant in Michigan. The company’s SUTA tax rates based on its experience ratings are 3.2% in Nebraska and 3.8% in Michigan. Both states base the tax on the first $9,000 of each employee’s earnings. This year, Freeman Steel Company paid Herb Porter wages of $20,900; $2,800 were paid in Nebraska and the remainder in Michigan. Compute:

Question 24: Biology

Describe approaches you would use to identify appropriately-silenced fungal transformants

Question 25: Business

Research Report

Question
Context: Recently you have joined the firm X – one of the leading export firms in country Z (home country – Malaysia or Australia). Your company is an exporter of goods or services (e.g., food and beverages, telecommunications, energy, or services such as education, entertainment, finance, tourism and health services). You have been assigned to the task of developing a strategic plan to expand the company’s exports to country Y (target country). Country Y could be an existing market or new market.
Relating to the key aspects of the strategic international trade operations topics covered in the course
, provide recommendation on trade expansion strategy to the firm
. In the report, an explicit statement and evaluation of the firm’s strategic plan must be included. Note
: You are required to visit the foreign trade web sites of the home and target countries (for example, explore Austrade website www.austrade.com.au if you have chosen Australia as the exporting/home country, or Malaysia External Trade Development Corporation Matrade www.matrade.gov.my/en/ if you have chosen Malaysia as the exporting/home country) to obtain information on export issues.

The report should include but not limited by the following:
(1). Context analysis (5 marks) – Provide a detailed account of the firm’s historical and current trading operations, export capacities, range of products and services, its market strength, and financial performances. Most of this information could be extracted from the company’s web site and internet (do not contact the company)

(2). Market analysis (5 marks) – Evaluate the export market (e.g. total market volume of the goods or services, market share of the exporting country and the firm etc.). Comment on consumer preferences and potential demand for the product at the targetcity/region/country.

(3). Country analysis (5 marks) – Provide a brief description about economic, political, legal, environmental and other relevant factor
s in the target country including potential risks. Also highlight export support structures present in home and target countries (if any).
(4). Facility location (5 marks) – Analyse the firm’s location issue
s in expanding operations to the chosen target city/region/country.
(5). Trade expansion strategy (5 marks) – Outline and evaluate the firm’s strategy in expanding ope
rations to the chosen target city/region/country.
(6). Firm’s strategic core value (5 marks) – An explicit statement and evaluation of the firm’s strategic core value must be included. Analyse and evaluate the continued actions taken to maintain the firm’s core value in the process of trade expansion

Details

VICTORIA UNIVERISTY BUSINESS SCHOOOL
BEO3432 STRATEGIC INTERNATIONAL TRADE OPERATIONS

SEMESTER 2: 2019 Sunway University, Kuala Lumpur

Assignment (30%)

This assignment is to be undertaken as group work of 3 – 5 students. Assignment should be printed on one-sided A4 paper, with the signed College of Business Student Assessment Declaration form as the first sheet of the paper and the originality report following it. Make sure that you keep a copy of your submitted assignment. The assignment accounts for 30 percent of the total assessment of this unit.

Submission: Students need to submit the assignment to Turnitin in the Assignment Dropbox on the unit VU Collaborate to obtain an originality report, and the hard copy in class of Week 10.

Research Plan due in Week 4: You are required to submit the research plan including a Gant Chart during the tutorial class of Week 4.

Develop a research plan (maximum of two pages) and divide the work equitably amongst the group. The research plan shall provide the followings:

(a) A concise and informative title reflecting the task undertaking, and a brief explanation of the aims/objectives of the project and important features/characteristics of the chosen firm/company.
(b) A Gant Chart listing and diagram of activities and estimated time in days to complete the group assignment. The key activities include but are not limited to: Firm analysis, Market analysis, Country analysis, Strategic core value and plan, and the tasks assigned to each group member.

Presentation: Present the assignment professionally. Refer to the Group Assignment Assessment criteria.

Word limit: Maximum of 4000 words. Upload the final research report onto Turnitin on VU Collaborate. Make sure you hand in a hard copy of the report to your tutor.

Research Report Question

Context: Recently you have joined the firm X – one of the leading export firms in country Z (home country – Malaysia or Australia). Your company is an exporter of goods or services (e.g., food and beverages, telecommunications, energy, or services such as education, entertainment, finance, tourism and health services). You have been assigned to the task of developing a strategic plan to expand the company’s exports to country Y (target country). Country Y could be an existing market or new market.

Relating to the key aspects of the strategic international trade operations topics covered in the course, provide recommendation on trade expansion strategy to the firm. In the report, an explicit statement and evaluation of the firm’s strategic plan must be included.

Note: You are required to visit the foreign trade web sites of the home and target countries (for example, explore Austrade website www.austrade.com.au if you have chosen Australia as the exporting/home country, or Malaysia External Trade Development Corporation Matrade www.matrade.gov.my/en/ if you have chosen Malaysia as the exporting/home country) to obtain information on export issues.

The report should include but not limited by the following:

(1). Context analysis (5 marks) – Provide a detailed account of the firm’s historical and current trading operations, export capacities, range of products and services, its market strength, and financial performances. Most of this information could be extracted from the company’s web site and internet (do not contact the company).
(2). Market analysis (5 marks) – Evaluate the export market (e.g. total market volume of the goods or services, market share of the exporting country and the firm etc.). Comment on consumer preferences and potential demand for the product at the target city/region/country.
(3). Country analysis (5 marks) – Provide a brief description about economic, political, legal, environmental and other relevant factors in the target country including potential risks. Also highlight export support structures present in home and target countries (if any).
(4). Facility location (5 marks) – Analyse the firm’s location issues in expanding operations to the chosen target city/region/country.
(5). Trade expansion strategy (5 marks) – Outline and evaluate the firm’s strategy in expanding operations to the chosen target city/region/country.
(6). Firm’s strategic core value (5 marks) – An explicit statement and evaluation of the firm’s strategic core value must be included. Analyse and evaluate the continued actions taken to maintain the firm’s core value in the process of trade expansion.

Formatting requirement:

Use Times New Roman or Arial, size 12 and 1.15 or 1.5 spacing for text. Number the pages.

(a) Have a Cover Page including:

Subject code and title
Name of assignment
Tutorial group
Tutor name
Assignment group member names and student ID numbers Due date

(b) ThesignedStudentAssessmentDeclarationFormisthefirstsheetofthepaper.
(c) Most importantly, the document should be professionally presented. Staple the

assignment, please do not submit the assignment in plastic covers.

Skills development objective over the semester include but are not limited to:

Complex problem solving
Critical thinking
Communication interpersonal and intercultural
Confident and creative life-long learner

Group member contribution:

On a separate page in the assignment document (after Cover Page), nominate the contributions made by group members for the assignment. In no more than 20 words give reasons why you think the percentage (%) you have nominated is appropriate.

Note that:

The research report will be assessed based on the following criteria. • Coherence of argument
• Originality
• Presentation

Referencing
For further information, please refer to the rubric for assessment criteria

Assessment Rubric

The overall mark will depend on the content, presentation and originality of the report. If evidence of plagiarized work is found, the report will be marked as fail.
The following rubric provides a general reference on marking, please consult your lecturer/tutor to clarify the requirements of specific topic.

Content 50%

High Distinction 80 – 100%

Distinction 70 – 79%

Credit 60 – 69%

Pass 50 – 59%

Fail
0 – 49%

Demonstrate good understanding of the requirement of the tasks and relevant concepts. Demonstrated application and conclusions with justifications of consistent explanations.

Demonstrate satisfactory understanding of the requirement of the task and relevant concepts. Demonstrated application and conclusions, and attempts some justification with explanations.

Analysis

Demonstrate thorough understanding of the requirement of the tasks and relevant concepts. Demonstrated application and conclusions with appropriate justifications, with clear and concise explanations

Demonstrate limited understanding of the requirement of the tasks and relevant concepts. Can identify decision but no attempt at justifying decision.

Substantial work is required to meet the requirement of the tasks and relevant concepts. Writing is overall of insufficient understanding.

20%

Information is mostly accurate and integrated with some analysis.

Presentation 20%

Information is partially accurate and integrated with minimal analysis.

Information is incorrect, with no effort of analysis.

Information is accurate and integrated with excellent analysis.

Information is accurate and integrated with good analysis.

Formatted and edited to very good standard, with minimal grammatical and spelling errors Attention to details: cover page, headings and page numbers.

Formatted and edited to good standard, with some grammatical and spelling errors Attention to details: cover page, headings and page numbers.

Formatted and edited to satisfactory standard, with grammatical and spelling errors. Some details are included: cover page, headings and page numbers.

Referencing 10%

Formatted and edited to excellent standard, with no grammatical and spelling errors. Attention to details: cover page, headings and page numbers.

Submission contains differing formatting and font from different contributors.
No effort of editing is made, with consistent grammatical and spelling errors.

Information is accurately referenced using Harvard System where applicable with minimal errors.

Information is accurately referenced using Harvard System where applicable with some errors.

Total score

Information is accurately referenced using Harvard System where applicable with no errors.

Information is accurately referenced using Harvard System where applicable with many errors.

Incorrect references with substantial errors and with no evidence of consulting the recommended Harvard System.

Question 26: English

Do you think these two girls Morgan and Anissa should be tried as adult 60 years prisons possibly or 10 years Juveniles? GIVE 3 REASONS and 5 PARAGRAPH

YOU HAVE TO READ THE ARTICLE DOWN BELOW IN THE LINK OR YOU CAN WATCH THE VIDEO THAT I ATTACHED.

Link Full article : https://www.cambridge-news.co.uk/news/uk-world-news/slender-man-stabbing-morgan-anissa-16820541

Link to the video of the article : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TXjMEMFvZFI

Question 27: Chemistry

What is the de Broglie wavelength (in meters) of a small car with a mass of 1150 kg travelling at a speed of 55.0 mi/h?

Question 28: Psychology

Qualitative vs. Quantitative Research

Use the table below to answer the following:

Define and distinguish between qualitative and quantitative research.
Provide examples of qualitative and quantitative research.
Imagine that you are a researcher interested in identifying the components of ‘giftedness’ in pre-teen children. What quantitative methods might you use to help you better understand the experience of giftedness? What qualitative methods might you use?
What are the advantages and disadvantages of each approach?

Definition

Examples

Examples of methods to study ‘giftedness’

Advantages

Disadvantages

Quantitative

Research

Qualitative

Research

Question 29: Psychology

Respond to the following in a minimum of 175 words:

Reactivity

When conducting observations, it is important that your data are accurate. One issue that often impacts observational studies is reactivity.

Reactivity occurs when individuals alter their behavior due to the awareness that they are being observed. Reactivity also refers to situations where individuals alter their behavior to conform to the expectations of the observer.

So, when conducting an observational study, what can you do to reduce reactivity? You have many, many options….

Question 30: Other

The DellaVecchia Garden Center purchases and sells Christmas trees during the holiday season. It purchases the trees for $10 each and sells them for $20 each. Any trees not sold by Christmas day are sold for $2 each to a company that makes wood chips. The garden center estimates that four levels of demand are possible: 100, 200, 500, and 1,000 trees.

Compute the payoffs for purchasing 100, 200, 500, or

1,000 trees for each of the four levels of demand.

Construct a payoff table, indicating the events and alternative courses of action.
Construct a decision tree.
Construct an opportunity loss table. Use the Optimistic (maximax) to choose the best choice.
Use the Pessimistic (maximin) to choose the best choice.
Use the Criterion of realism (Hurwicz) to choose the best choice. α = 0.6
Use the Equally likely (Laplace) to choose the best choice.
Use the Minimax regret to choose the best choice.
Use the expected monetary value to make a choice. ( Probability for the four level demand are :

100 = 0.30

200 = 0.35

500 = 0.20

1000 = 0.15

Question 1: Religious Studies

BIBL 104 Quiz 2 / Liberty University BIBL 104 Quiz 2 (Already graded A)

Question 2: Health Care

NURS 6660 Midterm Exam II -Walden University – Question and Answers – Latest(2019) – Already Graded A

Question 3: Health Care

NURS 6630 Final Exam / NURS6630 Final Exam (2019): Walden University (Already graded A)

Question 4: Psychology

After reading one of the provided articles, discuss the topic of stress from a Biblical perspective. What insights about stress can be gleaned from the article? What insights about stress can be gained from the Bible? Provide at least one specific example from the Bible of a traumatic event or stressful situation and how the stress was handled. Cite the journal article (one required), the Bible (verse and application required), along with any other sources used in APA format (optional additional sources). As per assignment directions and rubric, include a Bible verse and application. Cite one of the provided articles in APA format (this will count as your required outside source, as per assignment directions rubric).

Files attached

ORIGINAL PAPER

Reading the Bible, Stressful Life Events, and Hope:

Assessing an Overlooked Coping Resource

Neal Krause1

Kenneth I. Pargament2

_ Springer Science+Business Media, LLC, part of Springer Nature 2018

Abstract Many people rely on religion to deal with the stressors in their lives. The

purpose of this study is to examine a religious coping resource that has received relatively

little attention—reading the Bible. We evaluated three hypotheses: (1) reading the Bible

moderates the relationship between stress and hope; (2) people who read the Bible more

often are more likely to rely on benevolent religious reappraisal coping responses; and (3)

individuals who rely on benevolent religious reappraisals will be more hopeful about the

future. Support was found for all three hypotheses in our analyses.

Keywords Bible _ Stressful events _ Hope

It seems that virtually every survey on religion contains a question on how often study

participants read the Bible or other sacred literature. However, these data have not been

exploited fully. Instead, questions on reading sacred literature are, more often than not,

relegated to the status of a control variable or they are combined with other religious

behaviors to form more comprehensive indices of private religious practices (Ciarrocchi

et al. 2008; Davis and Epkins 2009; Marquine et al. 2015). Handling Bible reading in this

manner makes it easy to overlook important functions that may be performed by this

particular type of religious behavior.

As Hood et al. (2009) maintain, religion performs a number of important functions. One

function involves helping people cope with adversity. The purpose of the current study is to

see whether reading the Bible or other sacred literature serves as a potentially important

& Neal Krause

nkrause@umich.edu

1 Department of Health Behavior and Health Education, School of Public Health, University of

Michigan, 1415 Washington Heights, Ann Arbor, MI 48109-2029, USA

2 Bowling Green State University, Bowling Green, OH, USA

123

J Relig Health

https://doi.org/10.1007/s10943-018-0610-6

coping resource. We have been able to identify only two quantitative studies that focus

specifically on turning to religious literature in the face of adversity. The first study was

conducted by Johnson et al. (2016). These investigators studied 101 women who were

diagnosed with PTSD. They report that women with PTSD were more likely to read the

Bible on a regular basis when they were exposed to a traumatic life event. The second

study was conducted by Tepper et al. (2001). These researchers studied 406 individuals

who were diagnosed with persistent mental illness. They found that 30% of their study

participants turned to reading scriptures in an effort to cope with symptoms of mental

illness. Since both of these studies were conducted with special populations, it is difficult to

determine whether the findings can be generalized to a wider population.

Further support for the notion that religious literature is a potentially important coping

resource is provided by a small cluster of qualitative studies. Based on a series of in-depth

interviews, Arcury et al. (2000) found that reading the Bible was a common response to the

challenges that are associated with disease self-management. Similarly, Gerdner et al.

(2007) found that one of the primary ways in which family members helped women who

were dealing with caregiving stressors involved reading Bible passages to them on a

regular basis. Another qualitative study by Hamilton et al. (2013) suggests that the Bible is

often used as a mental-health-promoting resource during stressful times. Further support

for the notion that people turn to sacred literature in order to cope with adversity is found in

the research program of Krause (2002). He conducted a series of qualitative studies in an

effort to develop closed-ended survey items on religiousness. One closed-ended item in his

resulting measure of spiritual support asked study participants to report how often, ‘‘…

someone in your congregation helps you find solutions to your problems in the Bible?’’

(Krause 2008, p. 38).

The findings from the studies that have been reviewed so far suggest that some people

turn to the Bible for help in dealing with stressors they encounter in their lives. However,

this research does not directly test whether people reap specific benefits from doing so. In

order to address this issue, researchers must assess whether reading the Bible moderates the

relationship between stress- and health-related outcomes. We are unaware of any studies

that empirically evaluate this statistical interaction with data from members of the general

population. The first goal of the current study is to address this gap in the literature.

Two questions must be addressed at this juncture in order to flesh out the theoretical

underpinnings of our study. First, it is important to reflect more deeply on what people may

actually get (or hope to receive) when they turn to sacred literature during difficult times.

As we will discuss below, addressing this issue provides a way of thinking about religious

coping that has not received sufficient attention in the literature. Second, it is important to

identify an outcome measure that is well suited for capturing the potential benefits of

turning to the Bible for help in overcoming adversity.

What Reading Religious Literature May Provide

Wuthnow’s (1994) widely cited work on support groups in American society provides a

useful source of information on what people hope to get when they turn to sacred literature

for assistance. This work is relevant because Wuthnow (1994) devotes considerable

attention to Bible study groups, which are formal groups in religious institutions that are

designed to help people learn about their faith by discussing scriptures and other religiously

oriented literature. Wuthnow (1994) reports that an important function of Bible

study groups is to help people deal with personal crises. This is accomplished by helping

J Relig Health

123

people deepen their faith and develop more realistic and mature ways of thinking about the

nature of God. A more mature view of God includes trusting in Him and believing that

what has happened is part of His plan for helping those who are in need. This function

corresponds closely to Pargament’s notion of a benevolent religious reappraisal coping

response (Pargament et al. 2000). As Pargament and his colleagues argue, benevolent

religious reappraisals do not deny the reality of the seriousness of an event (Pargament

et al. 2000). Instead, this type of coping response helps a person reframe the meaning of a

stressful situation by placing it in a larger more positive and hopeful religious context.

Based on these insights, the second goal of the current study is to see whether turning to

sacred literature is associated with greater use of benevolent religious coping responses.

Pursuing this second goal is important because it highlights an understudied dimension

of religious coping and represents a shift in thinking about reading the Bible. Instead of

being a form of instructional religious practice or discipline, reading the Bible in this

context becomes a way of coming to terms with one’s own life problems. Based on the

discussion that has been provided up to this point, we view reading religious literature as a

religious coping resource in its own right. Similarly, benevolent religious reappraisals are

also construed as a religious coping resource. By linking the two empirically, we aim to

show that one religious coping resource (i.e., reading the Bible) serves as a gateway for a

second religious coping resource (i.e., adopting benevolent religious reappraisals). The two

differ in that one (Bible reading) is a more distal factor, while the other (benevolent

appraisals) is a more proximal factor in the coping process. However, they are similar

because when they are taken together, they provide a richer conceptual view of the way in

which people may use their faith to deal with adversity: they rely on multiple religious

coping resources, not just one and they may activate these resources in a sequential

manner.

We were unable to find any studies in the literature that examine the association

between reading the Bible and benevolent religious coping responses. However, research

by Vishkin and his colleagues provides some support for examining this relationship

(Vishkin et al. 2006). These investigators report that individual who are more religious are

more likely to use general cognitive reappraisal coping responses. Our work attempts to

bring this relationship into sharper focus by examining one specific dimension of religion

that may be involved in this relationship (i.e., Bible reading) and coping responses that are

more explicitly religious in nature (i.e., benevolent religious reappraisals).

How the Benefits of Reading Religious Literature May be Manifest

Hope is the primary outcome variable in the analyses that are provided below. The reason

for choosing this outcome measures can be traced to two findings in the literature. First,

research reviewed by Folkman (2010) suggests that stress may erode a person’s sense of

hope. Second, the benevolent reappraisals coping strategy that was discussed above may

help replenish a threatened sense of hope. This coping response includes the belief that

even though one is faced with adversity, God has a plan. Moreover, this plan will

strengthen a focal person, thereby allowing them to ultimately hand the stressful situation

successfully. Implied in this perspective is the notion that although the precise nature of the

plan may not have been grasped fully, some people have faith and hope that the plan will

ultimately lead to the best outcome. There are both biblical as well as social psychological

reasons why hope makes a good outcome in the research on religion and stress.

J Relig Health

123

With respect to a biblical basis, the apostle Paul succinctly captured the role of hope in

the process of relying on religion to deal with adversity: ‘‘We also glorify in our sufferings

because we know that suffering produces perseverance, perseverance produces character,

and character hope.’’ (Romans 5:3–5, New International Version). It follows from this that

if a person turns to the Bible for solace and guidance during difficult times, they may

eventually become more hopeful about the future.

Snyder and his colleagues provide a clear social psychological framework for linking

involvement in religion with hope (Snyder et al. 2002). According to these investigators,

hope is viewed as a goal-directed cognitive process that includes both planning and the

motivation to reach goals. These researchers go on to point out that religion provides a

prepackaged configuration of goals, pathways for accomplishing these goals, and the

necessary cognitions for successfully pursuing the pathways. Perhaps this is one reason

why Capps (1996) argues that pastors are fundamentally providers of hope: ‘‘Pastors, I

suggest, are agents of hope by definition (or calling) and often that is all they are’’ (p. 325,

emphasis in the original).

Findings from a number of empirical studies are consistent with this logic. More

specifically, research by Krause and his colleagues (Krause 2014; Krause and Hayward

2012; Krause et al. 2015) as well as studies by Jankowski and Sandage (2011) indicates

that greater involvement in various aspects of religious life is associated with a greater

sense of hope.

Taken as a whole, the discussion that is provided above leads to the following study

hypotheses:

H1 The magnitude of the relationship between stress and hope will be lower for people

who read the Bible more frequently.

H2 People who read the Bible more frequently will be more likely to adopt a benevolent

religious reappraisal coping strategy.

H3 Individuals who adopt a benevolent religious reappraisal coping strategy will be more

hopeful about the future.

Methods

Sample

The data for this study come from a nationwide, face-to-face, random probability survey of

people aged 18 and older who live in the coterminous USA. The interviews, which were

completed in 2014, were conducted by the National Opinion Research Center (NORC).

The response rate for this study was 50%. A total of 3010 interviews were completed

successfully. The sample was stratified into the following age groups: age 18–40

(N = 1000), age 41–64 (N = 1002), and age 65 and older (N = 1008).

After using listwise deletion to deal with item nonresponse, data were available for

between 2873 and 2159 study participants. The reason for different sample sizes is the way

information on benevolent religious reappraisals was obtained. Study participants were

given a checklist of 12 life events they may have encountered in the past 18 months. The

respondents were asked to identify the one life event that was most stressful for them.

Following this, study participants were told to keep this event in mind as they answer the

questions on benevolent religious reappraisals. A total of 707 study participants were

J Relig Health

123

excluded from the current study because they did not encounter a major stressor in the

previous 18 months.

A series of preliminary analyses were performed in order to develop a demographic

profile of the participants in this study. These analyses suggest that the average age of the

participants in the current study was 46.4 years (SD 17.7 years), 43.8% are men, 44.7%

were married at the time of the interview, and the average level of educational attainment

was 13.4 years (SD 3.1 years). These descriptive data as well as the findings that are

presented below are based on data that have been weighted.

Measures

Table 1 contains the measures of the core constructs that are evaluated in this study. The

procedures that were used to code these indicators are given in the footnotes of this table.

Hope

Three indicators were taken from the work of Scheier and Carver (1985) to measure hope.

A high score denotes greater hope (M = 11.0; SD 2.1; range 3–15). The internal consistency

reliability estimate (i.e., Cronbach’s a) for the composite measure of hope is .707.1

Bible Reading

A single indicator that assesses how often study participants read the Bible when they are

alone was taken from the work of the Fetzer Institute/National Institute on Aging Working

Group (1999). A high score on this item represents study participants who read the Bible

more often (M = 3.1; SD 2.4; range 1–8).

Stressful Life Events

Exposure to stressful life events was assessed with a 12-item checklist that was developed

by Moos et al. (1984). A simple count of the number of events that respondents had

encountered in the 18-month period prior to the survey was computed. The average number

of events was 2.7 (SD 2.1; range 0–12).

Benevolent Religious Reappraisals

This coping response measure was developed by Pargament and his colleagues (Pargament

et al. 2000). A high score stands for respondents who relied on this coping strategy more

1 Scheier and Carver (1985) claim that the items in their scale assess optimism, but we refer to them as

indicators of hope. Following the seminal work of Peterson and Seligman (2004), we believe the terms

‘‘hope’’ and ‘‘optimism’’ are virtually synonymous. Moreover, these investigators note, the correlation

between the two is ‘‘considerable’’ (Peterson and Seligman 2004, p. 570) and despite differences in the way

they are operationalized, the correlates of these constructs are ‘‘strikingly similar’’ (Peterson and Seligman

2004, p. 570). The reader might also wonder whether the items we use to assess hope capture a state-like or

trait-like phenomenon. Generally speaking, state-like phenomenon are less stable than trait-like phenomenon.

However, as we will show below, stressful life events tend to be negatively associated with hope,

suggesting that the construct we measure changes over time. Clearly, longitudinal data are needed to address

this issue.

J Relig Health

123

often (M = 7.5; SD 2.9; range 3–12). The reliability estimate for this brief composite is

.855.

Religion Control Variables

Two additional measures of religion were included in the analyses provided below to help

insure that the effects were due to bible reading per se and not some other dimension of

Table 1 Core study measures

Hopea
I always look at the bright side of things
I’m optimistic about my future
In uncertain times, I usually expect the best
Bible readingb

When you are at home, how often do you read the Bible?

Stressful life eventsc
Moved to a new residence
Death of a close friend
Separation or divorce
Trouble with family members
Trouble with friends or neighbors
Your own serious illness or injury
Serious illness or injury of a family member
Death of a spouse
Death of an immediate family member (other than spouse)
Unemployed for more than a month
Income decreased substantially (20% or more)
Assaulted or robbed
Benevolent religious reappraisalsd
Saw my situation as part of God’s plan
Tried to find a lesson from God in the event
Tried to see how God might be trying to strengthen me in this situation
Church attendancee

How often do you attend religious services?

Private prayerb

How often do you pray by yourself?

aThese items were scored in the following manner (coding in parentheses): strongly disagree (1), disagree

(2), uncertain (3), agree (4), strongly agree (5)

bThis item was scored in the following manner: never (1), less than once a month (2), once a month (3), a

few times a month (4), once a week (5), a few times a week (6), once a day (7), several times a day (8)

cA simple count was taken of the number of events that were experienced

dThese items were scored in the following manner: not at all (1), a little bit (2), quite a lot (3), a great deal

(4)

eThis item was scored in the following manner: never (1), less than once a year (2), about once or twice a

year (3), several times a year (4), about once a month (5), 2 to 3 times a month (6), nearly every week (7),

every week (8), several times a week (9)

J Relig Health

123

religion that is associated with it. These religion control variables assess the frequency of

church attendance and the frequency of private prayer. These items were taken from

research by the Fetzer Institute/National Institute on Aging Working Group (1999). A high

score on these items reflects more frequent church attendance (M = 4.7; SD 2.8; range 1–9)

and more frequent private prayer (M = 5.9; SD 2.5; range 1–8), respectively.

Demographic Control Variables

The relationships among the measures in Table 1 were estimated after the effects of age,

sex, education, and marital status were controlled statistically. Age and education were

scored continuously in years, whereas sex (1 = men; 0 = women) and marital status

(1 = married; 0 = otherwise) were coded in a binary format.

Data Analysis Strategy

The first hypothesis that was developed for this study specifies that the relationship

between stressful life events and hope will be weaker for study participants who read the

Bible more often. This means we expect to find a statistical interaction effect between

stress and Bible reading on hope. Following the procedures that are recommended by

Aiken and West (1991), tests for this interaction were performed with ordinary least

squares multiple regression analyses. All of the independent variables were centered on

their means. Following this, a multiplicative term was created by multiplying the centered

vales of the stress by the centered values of Bible reading. Then, a test for the proposed

interaction effect was conducted in two steps. First, the additive relationships between the

independent variables and hope were estimated in Model 1. Second, the cross-product term

was entered into the model in the second step (Model 2).

If the regression coefficient associated with the multiplicative term is statistically significant,

then it is important to perform some additional calculations to see whether the

proposed interaction effect is in the hypothesized direction. These additional computations

are performed with a formula that is provided by Aiken and West (1991, see p. 12).

Support for the first hypothesis would be found if the relationship between stress and hope

becomes progressively weaker at successively higher levels of Bible reading. Although any

value of Bible reading can be used in these additional computations, we selected four

equally spaced scores that capture the full distribution of bible reading values: 2, 4, 6, 8. It

is important to show that there are a sufficient number of cases at each of the selected data

points because too few cases can result in statistical estimation problems with data

sparseness (see Cohen et al. 2003, for a discussion of data sparseness). The following

number of cases was observed at each of the selected bible reading scores: 2 (N = 423), 4

(N = 188), 6 (N = 296), and 8 (N = 106). As these data reveal, we did not encounter

problems with data sparseness at these selected values of Bible reading. Once estimates

have been derived at the selected data points, Aiken and West (1991) provide an additional

formula that reveals whether these coefficients are statistically significant.

The tests for Hypothesis 2 and Hypothesis 3 were more straightforward. OLS was used

in both cases. Hypothesis 2 was evaluated by regressing benevolent religious reappraisal

coping scores on the religion control variables, the demographic control variables, and the

frequency of Bible reading. The stress measure was not included in these analyses because,

as we discussed above, questions on benevolent religious reappraisals refer specifically to

the single most stressful event. Hypothesis 3 was assessed by regressing hope on the

J Relig Health

123

frequency of Bible reading, stressful life events, the interaction between reading the Bible

and stress, benevolent religious coping responses, and the control variables.

Results

Table 2 contains the results of the test of Hypothesis 1. Findings from the first step of the

data analysis procedures that were discussed above are provided by Model 1, whereas

Model 2 contains the results that were obtained after the multiplicative term was added to

the regression equation.

Two noteworthy results emerge from the estimates that were derived from Model 1.

First, the data suggest that greater exposure to stressful life events is associated with a

diminished sense of hope (b = – .134; p\.001). But in contrast, reading the Bible more

often does not appear to be associated with hope (b = .034; ns.).2

The estimates that were derived with Model 2 are of greater interest because they

contain the test for the proposed interaction between stress and Bible reading on hope.

These data indicate that a significant interaction between stress and Bible reading is present

in the data (b = .029; p\.001; unstandardized regression coefficients are discussed when

presenting the results of tests for interaction effects because standardized effects are

meaningless in this context).

2 Preliminary analyses suggest that the level of exposure to stressful life events is not significantly associated

with the frequency of Bible reading (r = – .024; ns.).

Table 2 Assessing the relationships

among bible reading, stress,

and hope (N = 2873)

aStandardized regression

coefficient

bMetric (unstandardized)

regression coefficient

*p\.05; **p\.01;

***p\.001

Model 1 Model 2

Independent variables

Age – .059**a – .062***

(- .007) (- .007)

Sex – .022 – .022

(- .093) (- .091)

Education – .044* – .044*

(- .029) (- .030)

Marital status .027 .028

(.112) (.117)

Church attendance .069** .071**

(.052) (.053)

Private prayer .105*** .108***

(.089) (.090)

Stressful events – .134*** – .132***

(- .136) (- .133)

Bible reading .034 .035

(.029) (.031)

(Bible Reading X Stressful Events) – –

(.029)***

Multiple R2 .053 .058

J Relig Health

123

Following the data analyses strategy that was presented earlier, additional computations

were performed at four equally spaced Bible reading scores to see whether the interaction

effect is in the hypothesized direction. The results from these additional calculations are

not shown in Table 2. A value of 2 represents people who read the Bible less than once a

month. The additional calculations reveal that greater exposure to stressful life events

among people at this level of Bible reading is associated with lower hope scores

(b = – .164; b = – .166; p\.001). A score of 4 stands for people who read the Bible a

few times a month. At this level of Bible reading, stress is still associated with lower hope

scores (b = – .106; b = – .108; p\.001). However, the standardized estimate is about

35.4% smaller than the estimate for study participants at the previous level (i.e., those who

read the Bible less than once a month). Study participants with a score of 6 say they read

the Bible a few times a week. At this level, stress is not significantly associated with hope

(b = – .049; b = – .050; ns.). The same is true for study participants who read the Bible

several times a day (i.e., those with a score of 8) (b = .008; b = .008; ns.). Looking across

the full range of scores, the data suggest that reading the Bible more often tends to fully

moderate (i.e., offset) the negative relationship between stress and hope. These data

therefore provide support for Hypothesis 1.

Hypothesis 2 was designed to examine one way in which the potentially beneficial effects

of reading the Bible might arise. This issue was addressed by estimating the relationship

between reading the Bible and relying on benevolent religious reappraisal coping responses

when the most significant life event in the previous 18 months was encountered. As discussed

above, this relationship was evaluated by regressing benevolent reappraisal coping scores on

the frequency of Bible reading as well as age, sex, education, marital status, church attendance,

and prayer. These additional analyses (not shown here) indicate that people who read

the Bible more often are more likely to rely on benevolent religious reappraisal coping

responses when the most stressful event was encountered (b = .130; b = .158; p\.001).

Hypothesis 3 was designed to bring the analyses full circle by assessing whether greater

use of benevolent religious reappraisal coping responses is associated with greater hope.

Recall that this hypothesis was evaluated by regressing hope on benevolent religious

reappraisals, the frequency of reading the Bible, stress, the interaction between reading the

Bible and stress, and the control variables. The findings (not shown here) suggest that

people who use benevolent reappraisals to deal with the greatest stressor tend to be more

hopeful (b = .215; b = .148; p\.001). Support is therefore found for Hypothesis 3. These

analyses further reveal that the interaction between reading the Bible and stress is still

statistically significant (b = .024; p\.01), but it is approximately 17.2% smaller than the

estimate that is provided when the measure of benevolent reappraisals is not in the model

(see Table 2) ((.029- .024/.029) = .172).

Discussion

Sacred texts are, arguably, the backbone of a faith tradition.3 They typically contain

information on the history of a faith tradition, but, more importantly, they also contain

precepts which presumably lead to a better life. Even though sacred texts are a vitally

3 Our study was conducted in the U.S. and as a result, the study participants were overwhelmingly

Christian. The statement that religious texts are the backbone of a faith tradition is appropriate for those with

a Judeo-Christian background. It should be emphasized, however, that religious texts may play a less central

role in other faith traditions, such as Buddhism.

J Relig Health

123

important part of a faith tradition, it is surprising to find that empirical research on them has

lagged behind research in other substantive areas (e.g., religious coping) in the religion and

health literature. The purpose of the current study was to redress this imbalance in the

literature by assessing whether reading sacred texts contributes to the quality of life by

providing access to potentially important coping resources. Toward this end, three

hypotheses were evaluated. The first specified that the relationship between stress and hope

would be weaker among people who read the Bible more often. It was proposed in the

second hypothesis that people who read the Bible more often will be more likely to adopt

benevolent religious reappraisal coping responses to deal with the single most troublesome

life event they encountered in the previous 18 months. According to the third hypothesis,

individuals who adopt benevolent religious reappraisal coping responses will be more

hopeful about the future. The data from the current study provide support for each of these

hypotheses.

There are three reasons why the findings from this study are noteworthy. First, to the

best of our knowledge, this is the first study that assesses the potential stress-buffering

function of reading sacred scriptures in the general population. Second, an effort was made

to move beyond this important issue by clearly identifying one way in which reading the

Bible may confer stress-related benefits: adopting benevolent religious reappraisal coping

responses. Third, we examined these issues with data from a large nationally representative

survey of adults.

Even though our research may have contributed to the literature, a substantial amount of

work remains to be done on reading sacred scriptures. Perhaps the greatest need has to do

with the measurement of this core construct. As in the current study, researchers often

assess reading sacred scriptures with a single indicator (e.g., Fetzer Institute/National

Institute on Aging Working Group 1999). Yet even a moments reflect reveals that reading

sacred scriptures is a complex phenomenon in its own right. Briefly reflecting on research

on prayer helps illustrate this point. Many researchers initially assessed prayer with a single

indicator. But as this literature began to evolve, it quickly became evident that there are

different types of prayer (Poloma and Gallup 1991) and different functions of prayer

(Spilka and Ladd 2013). Perhaps researchers can develop a counterpart to this literature in

their work on reading sacred scriptures. For example, it might be useful to devise a

topology of reasons for reading the Bible. Some people might read the Bible for help in

dealing with stress, but others might read sacred scriptures simply to deepen their faith,

while yet other individuals may read the Bible in order to feel closer to their chosen faith,

thereby deriving comfort in knowing they are part of an ongoing tradition. These (and

other) reasons for reading scriptures could be measured directly and then examined in

larger models to see which one(s) are associated with health-related outcomes.

Following closely on the point that was raised above, it would be helpful to identify the

specific Biblical passages that people turn to when they encounter stressful events. This in

turn may help flesh out our understanding about how Bible reading shapes religious coping

responses. Unfortunately, our study does not contain data on the specific Biblical passages

that people consult during difficult times. Gathering this type of information should be a

high priority in the future.

As the data in our study reveal, Bible reading, stress, and religious coping responses do

not explain all of the variance in the hope outcome measure. This suggests that hope is

likely to be influenced by other aspects of religious life, as well. Research by Krause and

his colleagues suggests that social relationships in the church may play an important role in

this respect. More specifically Krause and Hayward (2012) report that more frequent

informal support from pastors is associated with increases in hope over time. Similarly,

J Relig Health

123

research by Krause, Ellison, Shaw, Marcum and Boardman (2001) indicates that more

frequent informal support from fellow church members is associated with greater use of

religious coping responses.

It would also be important to gather more information on the context in which Bible

reading takes place. We assess Bible reading in private, but people also attend Bible study

groups. It would be helpful to see whether reading the Bible in groups conveys a similar or

even greater benefit than reading the Bible privately.

In order to advance research on reading the Bible, investigators should also address the

limitations in the work we have presented. At least two shortcomings are in need of

attention. First, the data for our study are cross-sectional. Consequently, the causal

ordering among the constructs in our models was based on theoretical considerations alone.

For example, we assumed that people who rely on benevolent religious reappraisals are

subsequently more likely to feel hopeful about the future. But one might just as easily

argue that people who are initially more hopeful are subsequently more likely to adopt this

type of coping response. Longitudinal data are needed to address this, as well as other

causal assumptions in our work. Second, only one specific coping response was examined

in our study. However, as Pargament et al. (2000) show, individuals may adopt a wide

range of coping responses when they are confronted by an unwanted stressor. Some of

these coping responses may be especially useful in research on reading sacred scriptures

(e.g., collaborative religious coping, seeking spiritual support). Clearly, examining the

relationship between reading the Bible and a full spectrum of coping responses will likely

yield much greater insight into the potential benefits of this core religious behavior.

In recent years, the theories and measures that are used in the study of religion have

become increasingly sophisticated. We applaud these efforts as long as more fundamental

aspects of religious life are not overlooked. If our study accomplishes anything, we hope it

calls attention to one of the most basic elements of involvement in virtually any faith

tradition—reading sacred scriptures.

Funding This study was funded by the John Templeton Foundation (Grant 40077).

Compliance with Ethnical Standards

Conflict of interest Neal Krause and Kenneth I. Pargament declare that they have no conflict of interest.

Ethical Approval All procedures performed in studies involving human participants were in accordance

with the ethical standards of the institutional and/or national research committees and with the 1964 Helsinki

Declaration and its later amendments or comparable ethical standards.

Informed Consent Informed consent was obtained from all individual participants included in the study.

References

Aiken, L. S., & West, S. G. (1991). Multiple regression: Testing and interpreting interactions. Newbury

Park, CA: Sage.

Arcury, T. A., Quandt, S. A., McDonald, J., & Bell, R. A. (2000). Faith and health self-management of rural

older adults. Journal of Cross-Cultural Gerontology, 15, 65–74.

Capps, D. (1996). The pastor as agent of hope. Currents in Theology and Mission, 23, 325–335.

Ciarrocchi, J. W., Dy-Liacco, G. S., & Denke, E. (2008). Gods or rituals? Relational faith, spiritual discontent,

and religious practices as predictors of hope and optimism. Journal of Positive Psychology, 3,

120–136.

Cohen, J., Cohen, P., West, S. G., & Aiken, L. S. (2003). Applied multiple regression/correlation analysis

for the behavioral sciences (3rd ed.). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

J Relig Health

123

Davis, K. A., & Epkins, C. C. (2009). Do private religious practices moderate the relationship between

family conflict and preadolescents’ depression and anxiety symptoms? Journal of Early Adolescence,

29, 693–717.

Fetzer Institute/National Institute on Aging Working Group. (1999). Multidimensional measurement of

religiousness/spirituality for use in health research. Kalamazoo, MI: John E. Fetzer Institute.

Folkman, S. (2010). Stress, coping, and hope. Psycho-Oncology, 19, 901–908.

Gerdner, L. A., Tripp-Reimer, T., & Simpson, H. C. (2007). Hard lives. God’s help and struggling through:

Caregiving in Arkansas Delta. Journal of Cross-Cultural Gerontology, 22, 355–374.

Hamilton, J. B., Moore, A. D., Johnson, K. A., & Koenig, H. G. (2013). Reading the Bible for guidance,

comfort, and strength during stressful life events. Nursing Research, 62, 178–184.

Hood, R. W., Hill, P. C., & Spilka, B. (2009). The psychology of religion: An empirical approach (4th ed.).

New York: Guilford.

Jankowski, P. J., & Sandage, S. J. (2011). Meditative prayer, hope, adult attahcment, and forgiveness: A

proposed model. Psychology of Religion and Spirituality, 3, 115–131.

Johnson, S. D., Williams, S. L., & Pickard, J. G. (2016). Trauma, religion, and social support among African

American women. Social Work & Christianity, 43(6), 73–693.

Krause, N. (2002). A comprehensive strategy for developing closed-ended survey items for use in studies of

older adults. Journal of Gerontology: Social Sciences, 57B, S263–S274.

Krause, N. (2008). Aging in the church: How social relationships affect health. West Conshohocken, PA:

Templeton Foundation Press.

Krause, N. (2014). Religious involvement, practical wisdom, and self-rated health. Journal of Aging and

Health, 26, 540–558.

Krause, N., Ellison, C. G., Shaw, B. A., Marcum, J. P., & Boardman, J. (2001). Church-based social support

and religious coping. Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 40, 637–656.

Krause, N., Emmons, R. A., & Ironson, G. (2015). Benevolent images of God, gratitude, and physical health

status. Journal of Religion and Health, 54, 1503–1519.

Krause, N., & Hayward, R. D. (2012). Informal support from a pastor and change in hope during late life.

Pastoral Psychology, 61, 305–318.

Marquine, M. J., Maldonado, Y., Ziatar, Z., Moore, R. C., Martin, A. S., Palmer, B. W., et al. (2015).

Differences in life satisfaction among older community-dwelling Hispanics and non-Hispanic Whites.

Aging & Mental Health, 19, 978–988.

Moos, R. H., Cronkite, R. C., Billings, A. G., & Finney, J. W. (1984). Health and daily living form manual.

Social Ecology Laboratory, Department of Psychiatry, Stanford University.

Pargament, K. I., Koenig, H. G., & Perez, L. M. (2000). The many methods of religious coping: Development

and initial validation of the RCOPE. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 56, 519–543.

Peterson, C., & Seligman, M. E. P. (2004). Character strengths and virtues: A handbook and classification.

New York: Oxford University Press.

Poloma, M. M., & Gallup, G. H. (1991). Varieties of prayer: A survey report. Philadelphia: Trinity Press

International.

Scheier, M. F., & Carver, C. S. (1985). Optimism, coping, and health: Assessment and Implications of

generalized outcome expectancies. Health Psychology, 4, 219–247.

Snyder, C. R., Sigmon, D. R., & Feldman, D. B. (2002). Hope for the sacred and vice versa: Positive goaldirected

thinking and religion. Psychological Inquiry, 13, 234–238.

Spilka, B., & Ladd, K. L. (2013). The psychology of prayer: A scientific approach. New York: Guilford.

Tepper, L., Rogers, S. A., Coleman, E. M., & Malony, H. N. (2001). The prevalence of religious coping

among persons with persistent mental illness. Psychiatric Services, 52, 660–665.

Vishkin, A., Bigman, Y. E., Porat, R., Solak, N., Halperin, E., & Tamir, M. (2006). God rest our hearts:

Religiosity and cognitive reappraisal. Emotion, 16, 252–262.

Wuthnow, R. (1994). Sharing the journey: Support groups and America’s new quest for community. New

York: Free Press.

Question 5: Economics

Chapter 12 matching vocabulary

Aggregate demand
Real-balances effect
Foreign-purchases effect
Interest-rate effect
Aggregate supply
Productivity
Short-run aggregate supply curve
Menu costs
Long-run aggregate supply curve
Equilibrium price level

( ) The amount of total spending on domestic goods and services in an

economy.

( ) Where there is neither a shortage nor a surplus and no tendency for

the price to rise or fall.

( ) As the price level declines, the purchasing power of money increases.

( ) Shows the total quantity of output that firms will produce and sell

where input prices are fully responsive to changes in the price level.

( ) A lower price level will make domestically produced goods less

expensive relative to foreign goods.

( ) The costs of changing prices, like the costs of changing prices at

Publix.

( ) A lower price level will reduce the demand for money and lower the

real interest rate, which will stimulate additional purchases.

( ) Shows the total quantity of output that firms will produce where input

prices do not change in response to changes in the price level.

( ) The total quantity of output (i.e. real GDP) firms will produce and sell.

( ) The average output per worker during a specific time period.

Question 6: Economics

chapter 11 matching vocabulary

Money that enters the spending stream through an increase in business or government spending.

The difference between exports and imports in an economy.

Where spending equal output in an economy.

The level of consumer and business spending at each possible income or output level.

Insufficient total spending to achieve full-employment GDP

A tax where everyone pays the same amount.

Total spending exceeds level to achieve full-employment GDP

Money, like savings, that is no in the spending stream.

The business spending plan at each level of GDP

Spending choices of business independent of current real output.

Planned investment

Investment schedule

Aggregate expenditures schedule

Equilibrium GDP

Leakage

Injection

Net Exports

Lump-sum tax

Recessionary expenditure gap

Inflationary expenditure gap

Question 7: Economics

Chapter 10 matching definitions

( ) Shows the amounts households plan to spend for consumer goods at different levels of disposable income.
( ) The share of the additional dollar a person decides to save.
( ) Percent of disposable income that household spend on consumer goods.
( ) Tendency for people to increase or decrease consumption spending when the value of their financial assets changes.
( ) Shows the amounts households plan to save at different levels of disposable income.
( ) The share of the additional dollar a person decides to devote to consumption expenditures.
( ) Percent of disposable income that household save
( ) Increased savings may be both good and bad for the economy.
( ) The ratio of a change in equilibrium GDP to the change in investment.
( ) The line along which the value of output is equal to the value of aggregate expenditures.

Consumption schedule
Marginal propensity to save (MPS)
Average propensity to consume (APC)
Wealth effect
Savings schedule
Marginal propensity to consume (MPC)
Average propensity to save (APS)
Paradox of thrift
Multiplier
45 degree line

Question 8: Business

Resources: Strategic Staffing, Ch. 11; Top Performers Case Study Grading Guide

Read the opening vignette in Ch. 11, “Hiring Top Performers at MarineMax” on page 304 in Strategic Staffing, Ch. 11.

Answer the following in 150 to 200 words:

What can MarineMax do to increase the likelihood that the top sales candidates it recruits will accept its job offers?

Question 9: Business

Respond to the following in a minimum of 175 words:

Discuss the multiple hurdles approach. Do you think this is a viable method for choosing candidates? Or does an alternative approach work best for your current or previous organization?

Question 10: Business

BUSI 300 PowerPoint Instructions

For this assignment, you will create a professional looking PowerPoint presentation on a topic of professional communication. To help put this in perspective, the scenario is that your supervisor has assigned you the task of presenting a 45 to 60-minute training session on some aspect of professional communication. You need to research your topic and prepare an engaging PowerPoint that would be used to guide your presentation.

Topic Ideas

The course textbook will be a great resource when looking for a topic that relates to some aspect of professional communication. Some examples of topics include (but are not limited to):

How to be an Effective Verbal and Nonverbal Communicator;
How to Give an Effective Presentation;
Effective Communication Within Teams;
Overcoming Communication Barriers

It is recommended that you pick a topic of interest and then do some research to make sure you can find five credible sources – more about credible sources below. Once you are certain you can locate five credible sources, begin creating your PowerPoint presentation.

PowerPoint Requirements:

Title Slide

This will be the first slide of your PowerPoint (and is NOT considered a contentslide).
This slide will include the following: title of your presentation; your full name; class name and section number; & your institution (Liberty University).

Content Slides

A minimum of 15content slides must be included.
All content slides must contain speaker notes.

o Speaker notes are a presenter’s “cheat sheet”, if you will. In other words, speaker notes are hidden from your audience, but you are able to view them while presenting.

o Speaker notes are NOT a copy of the information on your slide. Instead, speaker notes expand upon and/or offer further clarification regarding points on each slide.

o To add speaker notes, go to the Notes pane under the slide where you will see, “Click to add notes”. For more help, view the information at: https://support.office.com/en-us/article/add-speaker-notes-to-your-slides-26985155-35f5-45ba-812b-e1bd3c48928e

A minimum of fourrelevant, professional images/graphics must be included in your PPT.

o All images/graphics used must be of high quality and professional, with the main purpose of helping an audience better grasp a complex concept and/or remember information presented.

o Re-read section 12-3 in your course textbook, as there are some important guidelines regarding the use of images/graphics in a presentation.

III. Reference Slide

This slide will be the last slide(s) of your PowerPoint (and is NOT considered a contentslide).
This slide (or slides) will contain all sources used in your PowerPoint presentation.
Sources must be formatted according to current APA formatting guidelines.
In addition to current APA formatting guidelines, the inclusion of thecomplete URL (sometimes called a permalink) is required for all full-text, peer-reviewed/scholarly articles retrieved from Liberty’s online library journal database. Note that this is not the same as the doi #. The URL must take your reader directly to the full text article within Liberty’s online library journal database. If you’re unsure about the specific URL/link, you can copy the entire web address from the top of the browser’s address bar once you are viewing the full text article within Liberty’s online library journal database.

Sources

A minimum of five credible sourcesmust be used within your presentation. Required, credible sources include:

o four full-text, peer-reviewed/scholarly articles retrieved from Liberty’s online library journal database.

o two of the above four full-text, peer-reviewed/scholarly articles must be within the last 7 years.

o the course textbook (as listed on the course syllabus).

You are able to include additional sources, other than the five credible sources listed above; however, they must be full-text articles retrieved from Liberty’s online library journal database.
Sources NOT acceptable for this assignment:

o No textbooks (including e-books), other than the course textbook/ebook (as listed on the course syllabus)

o No general Internet searching is acceptable. Therefore, no blogs, education sites, commercial sites, Wikipedia, About.com, editorials, abstracts, online books, book reviews, etc.

Avoiding Plagiarism

Create an original PowerPoint presentation; previously submitted work from this or another course is considered self-plagiarism and is prohibited.
Provide citations for any:
- statement, idea, & thought (whether paraphrased or directly quoted) used from an outside source;
- table, data, image, etc. used from an outside source.
All citations should be formatted according to current APA formatting guidelines and should directly follow the information used from an outside source.
All sources used should be formatted according to current APA formatting guidelines on your reference slide(s).

Other Requirements and Reminders:

Must be created in Microsoft PowerPoint and uploaded through the assignment link as a .ppt or .pptx file.
Individual slides and the overall design of your presentation must be professional and engaging.
A running header or page #s are not required.
An abstract is not required.

PowerPoint Project Grading Rubric_BUSI 300

Based on 150-point maximum

Criteria	Levels of Achievement
Content 70%	Advanced 90-100%	Proficient 70-89%	Developing 1-69%	Not present
Content	94.5 to 105 points Topic meets assignment requirements. Content is accurate, and the presentation has a logical sequence of ideas. All slides outline or supplement a major point or detail a previous point. Four relevant, professional images/graphics are included. All image/graphics illustrate the topic of the slide and/or explain a complex issue. Speaker notes are included on all content slides and expand upon and/or offer further clarification of points.	73.5 to 93.5 points Topic meets assignment requirements. Content is mostly accurate, and the presentation has a good flow. Most slides outline or supplement a major point or detail a previous point. Presentation contains only 1-3 images/graphics. Some, but not all, images/graphics illustrate the topic of the slide and/or explain a complex issue. Speaker notes are missing on 1-5 content slides. Speaker notes help clarify some, but not all points.	1 to 72.5 points Topic does not meet assignment requirements. Content is not completely accurate, and/or the presentation is unorganized and difficult to follow. Slides do not outline or supplement a major point or detail a previous point. Graphics do not illustrate the topic of the slide and/or explain a complex issue. Speaker notes are missing on 6 or more content slides. Speaker notes do not clarify points on the slides.	0 points Not present
Structure 30%	Advanced 90-100%	Proficient 70-89%	Developing 1-69%	Not present
Grammar, Spelling, and Sentence Structure	4.6 to 5 points No spelling or grammar errors are present.	3.6 to 4.5 points Presentation contains some spelling and/or grammar errors.	1 to 3.5 points Presentation contains multiple spelling and/or grammar errors.	0 points Not present
Formatting and Number of Slides	36 to 40 points 5 credible sources are used, and correct APA formatting has been applied throughout. The title slide is included and contains all required items. Transitions and animations are smooth and enhance the presentation very well. A professional theme is used. All text is clearly visible with the appropriate amount of content per slide. All required slides are present.	28 to 35.6 points 4 credible sources are used. The presentation contains some APA formatting errors. The title slide is included, but is missing one required item. Transitions and animations are adequately used. A professional theme is used. All text is visible and most slides contain the appropriate amount of content per slide. Two required slides are missing.	1 to 27.6 points 1-3 credible sources are used. The presentation contains multiple APA formatting errors. The title slide is included, but is missing 2+ required items. Transitions and animations are not used and/or distract from the presentation. A professional theme is missing. Text is unclear, and there is either too much or not enough content per slide. Three or more required slides are missing.	0 points Not present

BUSI 300 PowerPoint Instructions

Topic Ideas

The course textbook will be a great resource when looking for a topic that relates to some aspect of professional communication. Some examples of topics include (but are not limited to):

How to be an Effective Verbal and Nonverbal Communicator;
How to Give an Effective Presentation;
Effective Communication Within Teams;
Overcoming Communication Barriers

PowerPoint Requirements:

Title Slide

This will be the first slide of your PowerPoint (and is NOT considered a content slide).
This slide will include the following: title of your presentation; your full name; class name and section number; & your institution (Liberty University).

Content Slides

A minimum of 15 content slides must be included.
All content slides must contain speaker notes.

Speaker notes are a presenter’s “cheat sheet”, if you will. In other words, speaker notes are hidden from your audience, but you are able to view them while presenting.
Speaker notes are NOT a copy of the information on your slide. Instead, speaker notes expand upon and/or offer further clarification regarding points on each slide.
To add speaker notes, go to the Notes pane under the slide where you will see, “Click to add notes”. For more help, view the information at: https://support.office.com/en-us/article/add-speaker-notes-to-your-slides-26985155-35f5-45ba-812b-e1bd3c48928e

A minimum of four relevant, professional images/graphics must be included in your PPT.

All images/graphics used must be of high quality and professional, with the main purpose of helping an audience better grasp a complex concept and/or remember information presented.
Re-read section 12-3 in your course textbook, as there are some important guidelines regarding the use of images/graphics in a presentation.

III. Reference Slide

This slide will be the last slide(s) of your PowerPoint (and is NOT considered a content slide).

This slide (or slides) will contain all sources used in your PowerPoint presentation.

Sources must be formatted according to current APA formatting guidelines.
In addition to current APA formatting guidelines, the inclusion of the complete URL (sometimes called a permalink) is required for all full-text, peer-reviewed/scholarly articles retrieved from Liberty’s online library journal database. Note that this is not the same as the doi #. The URL must take your reader directly to the full text article within Liberty’s online library journal database. If you’re unsure about the specific URL/link, you can copy the entire web address from the top of the browser’s address bar once you are viewing the full text article within Liberty’s online library journal database.

Sources

A minimum of five credible sources must be used within your presentation. Required, credible sources include:

four full-text, peer-reviewed/scholarly articles retrieved from Liberty’s online library journal database.
two of the above four full-text, peer-reviewed/scholarly articles must be within the last 7 years.
the course textbook (as listed on the course syllabus).

You are able to include additional sources, other than the five credible sources listed above; however, they must be full-text articles retrieved from Liberty’s online library journal database.
Sources NOT acceptable for this assignment:

No textbooks (including e-books), other than the course textbook/ebook (as listed on the course syllabus)
No general Internet searching is acceptable. Therefore, no blogs, education sites, commercial sites, Wikipedia, About.com, editorials, abstracts, online books, book reviews, etc.

Avoiding Plagiarism

Create an original PowerPoint presentation; previously submitted work from this or another course is considered self-plagiarism and is prohibited.
Provide citations for any:
- statement, idea, & thought (whether paraphrased or directly quoted) used from an outside source;
- table, data, image, etc. used from an outside source.
All citations should be formatted according to current APA formatting guidelines and should directly follow the information used from an outside source.
All sources used should be formatted according to current APA formatting guidelines on your reference slide(s).

Other Requirements and Reminders:

Must be created in Microsoft PowerPoint and uploaded through the assignment link as a .ppt or .pptx file.

Individual slides and the overall design of your presentation must be professional and engaging.

A running header or page #s are not required.
An abstract is not required.

Question 11: Mathematics

Calculate the percentage return on a 1-year Treasury bill with a face value of $10,000 if you pay $9,777.46 to purchase it and receive its full face value at maturity.

The percentage return is % Round to decimal place

Question 12: History

From the readings in you textbook, you have learned about Plato, Aristotle and other philosophers within the Greek culture. Some people say, “We should not study and learn about the secular philosophies taught by the Greeks because they are not Christian based.” Do you agree or disagree with this statement? Give specific reasons why you have come to your conclusions.

TEXTBOOK chs. 7–8:

A Narrative of Western Culture First Edition Dennis E. Rawls, MALS

ISBN-13: 978-1-260-51106-2 ISBN-10: 1-260-51106-5

Module/Week 3

Review Study Guide

This module/week we are looking at the philosophy and humanist legacy that the Greeks added to Western Culture. Philosophy many times is a big word that people avoid using but it is literally the love of wisdom. It generally does take a position on what is the nature of reality. Men like the Sophists (a professional philosopher-teacher) would debate philosophy in the Greek marketplace called an agora. On occasion we are critical of the Greek philosophy but many of these men were brilliant and modern Christianity could learn some things from them. We should not be afraid to understand the world in which we live a little better. They were not afraid to have a systematic speculation of the universe from their vantage point. There are a number of men who are listed as philosophers in the Greek culture, so let’s get some of the key individuals in the correct time frame.

The correct order:

Pythagoras—Died 495 BC
Socrates—399 BC
Plato—348 BC
Aristotle—322 BC
Alexander the Great—323 BC (not really thought of as a philosopher, but was a student of Aristotle and was heroic figure in the late classical period of Greek history).

Let’s now try to cover a little of what each is known for.

Pythagoras was the early Greek philosopher who taught that “number” was the essence of all things. Not to be confused with Protagoras who is also credited with saying that “man is the measure of all things”. Socrates is next and it is interesting that there are no written works of him, and we only know what he taught because of what Plato wrote about him. Socrates was known for his method of teaching by asking questions. He is best recognized for inventing the teaching practice of pedagogy, wherein a teacher questions a student in a manner that draws out the correct response. He was not necessarily a student of Pythagoras but probably learned some things from him. It is interesting that Socrates’ favorite student, Plato, developed a philosophy diverse from that of his teacher. Socrates was later brought to trial by his enemies on capital charges of atheism and corruption of the young.

Let’s look at Plato, who was associated with a principle used in the art of debate called the dialectic. Reality for Plato consisted of (Ideas) of all basic things. Forms that exist beyond the grasp of the senses, or even the mind, which is not what Socrates or Aristotle would teach. Aristotle had a great influence in the field of logic, particularly with his invention of the syllogism as a tool for deductive reasoning. In logic, Plato was more inclined to use inductive reasoning, whereas Aristotle used deductive reasoning. The syllogism, a basic unit of logic (if A = B, and B = C, then A = C), was developed by Aristotle. Plato would write the Republic as well as the Allegory of the Cave.

Both Aristotle and Plato believed thoughts were superior to the senses and are considered to be the most influential philosophers in the history of Western Culture. However, whereas Plato believed the senses could fool a person, Aristotle stated that the senses were needed in order to properly determine reality. Aristotle would have some excellent views on logos, which when used in the philosophical sense takes on the meaning of the rational principles that govern and develop the universe as well as his greatest field of logic.

An example of this difference is the Allegory of the Cave, created by Plato (who would create the Academy of Athens). To him, the world was like a cave, and a person would only see shadows cast from the outside light, so the only reality would be thoughts. To the Aristotelian method, the obvious solution is to walk out of the cave and experience what is casting light and shadows directly, rather than relying solely on indirect or internal experiences.

Next, let’s look at some of the philosophical terms that were used and have been used to describe various beliefs and values.

Ideology is basically the doctrines, opinions, or way of thinking of an individual or group.

Hedonism develops within cultures that begin to focus on themselves and not others, because this belief says that pleasure is the principal god and should be the highest aim of the individual and society.

Naturalism in many cases leads to Hedonism and Humanism. Naturalism is the view that the universe requires no supernatural cause or government, that it is self-existent, self-explanatory, self-operating, and self-directing, and that it is purposeless, deterministic, and only accidently productive of humanity.

Syncretism is a view we have seem before and is the joining together of ideals, beliefs and values. Syncretism is basically a combination, reconciliation, or coalescence of varying, often mutually opposed beliefs, principles, or practices, esp. those of various religions, into a new conglomerate whole typically marked by internal inconsistencies.

We have previously studied how the Greeks were individualistic in their view of their society. This concept was unusual in the history and cultures of this and previous time periods. We may look down upon a prideful person and Scripture certainly does, but the Greeks considered pride a virtue. We had mentioned it earlier but the Greeks were good at illustrating their cultural perspective by their use of the Comedy and Tragedy (the first one was in 534 BC) plays. The typical Greek tragedy depicts how the hero becomes alienated from society, which is a tragedy.

Greek Theatre was not the only form of art for the Greeks. We have famous sculptures such as The Discus Thrower by Myron, The Kritios Boy done in 481 BC, and Poseidon, one of the finest original Greek bronzes (the Greeks favorite sculpture forms). Many of these art works depicted people not as they were but as they should be. Just a note here: there are not as many bronze sculptures as were actually produced because many were melted down for weapons. Many of the bronzes statues we have today have been recovered from the sea, where they were able to lay safely to be recovered by future generations. We cannot forget the art that the Greeks felt was the most important, which was Music.

Just because there were many views of reality with the Greek culture, this did not mean that the people did not believe in gods and build temples (without priests). Most expensive temples were built on the mainland of Greece, not on the islands such as Sicily; one of them being the Parthenon (built in Athens), which was a temple dedicated to the goddess Athena. The ancient Greeks saw the human form even in their temple styles. The Corinthian columns were associated with the Greek Classical time period and were used in the Greek temple architecture because of their elegance and refinement. The Corinthian columns can be seen in many of the buildings in downtown Washington D.C.

Not to say that the Greeks all got along with each other. Towns would fight towns and basically have an all-out war, and many of them were based on pride. As we mentioned earlier, the Peloponnesian War between Sparta and Athens was just such a war. We know much about this war because of the accurate historical accounts by Thucydides. Thucydides believed that history should provide an accurate record of past events. It would have very negative effects of both areas of Greece, but Athens would continue to provide the majority of cultural influence for Greece until the Romans arrived on the scene.

The Greeks thought education was very important and like many of the Classical schools in America today, thought music was important in this educational process. How could we describe the Greeks? In two words: Individualistic and competitive. Thus the Olympics?

Question 13: General Question

ACCT 212 Learn smart Assignment 11 Liberty University Complete Answers

The below shown questions is just one version sample.
Download the solution .PDF document for the complete different version solutions and get A grade.

A capital investment evaluation method that measures the expected time for the present value of the net cash flows to equal the initial cost of the investment is the:

A company is considering several investment opportunities. The investments have been evaluated using payback period and break-even time. Only one project will be chosen and time value of money is important. The company should choose the project which the:

The capital investment evaluation method compares the present value of the net cash flows to the initial amount invested is the:

A company is considering a capital investment of $45,000 in new equipment which will improve production and increase cash flows by $15,000 per year for 6 years. The company has a hurdle rate of 10%. The break-even time is approximately:

When using accounting rate of return to evaluate capital investment decisions, choose the project with the (1) risk, (2) payback period, and (3) return for the (4) time period.

A company needs to choose between two investment opportunities. Project 1 has a cost of $500,000 and expected NPV of cash flows of $450,000. Project 2 has a cost of $800,000 and expected NPV of cash flows of $750,000. Using profitability index as the evaluation method, the company should choose:

A company is considering a capital investment of $45,000 in new equipment which will improve production and increase flows by $15,000 per year for 6 years. The payback period is ____ years.

When comparing investment opportunities with approximately the same cost and risk level, choose the investment with the:

A company is considering a capital investment of $16,000 in new equipment which will improve production and increase cash flow for next five years at the following amounts: Year 1: $8,000; Year 2: $6,000; Year 3: $5,000; Year 4: $5,000. The payback period is __ years.

A company is considering two similar investment projects. One has an initial cost of $50,000 and the other an initial cost of $450,000. Which evaluation method would be most appropriate?

Assume straight-line depreciation and even cash flow. A company plans to purchase equipment for $25,000. The equipment will have $0 salvage value and increase after-tax income by $7,500 annually during it 5-year life. The accounting rate of return is ___%

Which of the following is the approximate internal rate of return for an investment that costs $45,880 and has net cash flow of $4,000 for 20 years?

Consider the following projects: Project A cost = $30,000, NPV of cash flows = $10,000; Project B: Cost = $45,000, NPV of cash flows = $10,000 Project C: Cost = $30,000, NPV of cash flows = $20,000; Project D: Cost = $40,000, NPV of cash flows = $5,000. Using profitability index as the evaluation method, rank the projects in order of preference with the best choice on top.

A company has evaluated several projects using net present value. All projects are similar in amount invested and risk. Rank the projects in the order they should be accepted.

A company is considering an investment opportunity with a cost of $5,000 that will provide future cash flows of $8,000. The flows for the investment for the next 4 years are: $1,000, $1,000, $2,000, and $4,000. Assume a required rate of return of 10%. The NPV is $ _____

Question 14: General Question

ECON 213 How to use InQuizitive Liberty University Complete Answers

The below shown questions is just one version sample.
Download the solution .PDF document for the complete different version solutions and get A grade.

Points, Grades, and Levels

Drag the labels below to fill in the blanks.

(Hint: You saw most of this information on the introductory screen when you first started the activity. To view that screen again, click the gear icon in the top right-hand corner and select “Instructor Activity Introduction” from the drop-down menu.)

Drag word(s) below to fill in the blank(s) in the passage.

You score points in InQuizitive by answering .
You determine how many points you can gain or lose on each question using the Question slider (to the right if you’re on a computer, or at the bottom for smartphone users).
You must answer a number of questions to get a grade on the activity.
To get a perfect grade (100%) on the activity, you must reach a designated Score.

Confidence Levels

Find the Question Confidence slider (to the right if you’re on a computer, or at the bottom for smartphone users). Try sliding the ball to adjust your confidence level.

Using the keys below or your keyboard, type out the name of the lowest confidence level.

Confidence Levels

Go back to the Question Confidence slider. What’s the highestconfidence level?

Using the keys on the screen or your keyboard, enter it below.

Confidence Levels

As you’ve seen, you can adjust your confidence level on each question using the Question Confidence slider. What happens when you increase the confidence level for a question?

When you answer the question correctly on the first try, it the number of points you’ll earn.

When you answer incorrectly while attempting the question, it the number of points you’ll lose

Other InQuizitive Policies and Features

Which devices can you use to work on InQuizitive activities?

(Note that to complete this question you must drag every answer option into either the “Correct Answer(s)” area or the “Incorrect Answer(s)” area.)

Confidence Levels

If you guess incorrectly on a question, you immediately lose the points you “wagered” when setting your confidence level. If you answer the question correctly after that initial incorrect guess, however, you can earn back half of those points in most cases.

So, here’s a math question for you: Suppose you set your confidence level at “I think I know it,” which means that you’re initially risking 80 points. You guess wrong on the first attempt. How many “second-chance” points will you be able to earn back?

Other InQuizitive Policies and Features

Find Quizmo, the InQuizitive alien, in the upper left-hand corner of the screen. Quizmo is thinking of an African animal’s common name. Guess the animal.

(This is an impossible question that we’re slipping in here, to make sure you get at least one question wrong and see what happens when you guess incorrectly. Just keep typing until you fill in the answer. You will not encounter impossible questions like this in later InQuizitive activities in your course!)

If you answer the minimum number of questions for an activity before you reach the Target Score, your initial grade will be calculated this way:

If you’ve just reached the minimum number of questions and have scored 750 points, your initial grade is .

However, if you keep answering questions and eventually reach 1,500 points, your grade will improve to , no matter how many questions it takes you to get there.

Question 15: General Questions

ECON 213 InQuizitive ch. 13 Liberty University Complete Answers

The below shown questions is just one version sample.
Download the solution .PDF document for the complete different version solutions and get A grade.

Chapter 13: Oligopoly and Strategic Behavior

Apply the correct label to each network externality or externality-related effect.

What generally causes U.S. companies in oligopoly to have similar prices?

How is oligopoly different from monopolistic competition?

The Sherman Antitrust Act of 1890 was successful enough in reducing the power of cartels and monopolies that no further legislation to curb monopoly power has ever been needed.

What must be demonstrated to prove that a company engaged in predatory pricing?

Joey and Sarah own competing cell phone companies. Using tit-for-tat strategy, describe what Joey should do if Sarah decides to change her advertising practices. Fill in the blanks to complete the passage.

Two cable companies serve a city. The companies are of comparable size and are charging the profit-maximizing price. Then Company A raises its prices.

According to the kinked demand curve theory, what will Company B do?

How could network externalities encourage monopolistic behavior? Fill in the blanks to complete the passage.

Why might it be difficult for the firms in a duopoly to form a cartel? Fill in the blanks to complete the passage.

Why would two rival airlines choose not to follow a tit-for-tat strategy to reduce or eliminate advertising?

The output in chairs per month for four firms is:

200 for firm A
300 for firm B
275 for firm C
320 for firm D

The total output of the chair industry is 2,000 chairs per month. If firms A, B, C, and D are the four largest firms in the industry, calculate the four-firm concentration ratio for the chair industry by finding out what percentage of the total output the four firms are responsible for. Round your answer to the nearest whole percent.

Three separate oligopolists in the same industry serve a city. Company A is the dominant firm in the industry and produces a large share of the total output in the industry. Companies B and C are rival firms, but they are much smaller than Company A. Company A sets its price at a level that maximizes its own profits.

According to the theory of price leadership, what will Companies B and C likely do?

When are prices higher? Order the following market scenarios from lowest price to highest price based on their descriptions.

Why might network externalities cause a new cable provider to be unsuccessful when it tries to enter the market?

Lukas owns a phone company in a city with three other phone companies. He wants to attract more customers and is considering lowering his prices to do so. According to the kinked demand curve theory, will this strategy work? Fill in the blanks to complete the passage.

Sometimes duopolists try to cooperate with one another. Match the economic phenomenon to the description that most accurately describes it.

Maddie and Gavin own competing bakeries in a small town. Maddie lowers her bakery’s prices to a point at which Gavin cannot compete, and he must go out of business. Gavin believes Maddie deliberately lowered her bakery’s prices with the intent of driving his bakery out of business. Gavin wants to file suit against Maddie. Does Gavin have a case? Fill in the blanks to complete the passage.

Match the strategy to the scenario it describes.

Match the company to the outcome of its antitrust suit.

Question 16: General Questions

ECON 213 InQuizitive ch. 12 Liberty University Complete Answers

The below shown questions is just one version sample.
Download the solution .PDF document for the complete different version solutions and get A grade.

Chapter 12: Monopolistic Competition and Advertising

In the short run, low barriers to entry and exit allow new entrants into a monopolistically competitive market.

What are the characteristics of monopolistic competition?

Which shift in the demand curve is most likely to describe a company in a monopolistically competitive market that begins to spend more on advertising?

Which of the following are reasons a firm might choose to advertise?

For each industry, drag the label into the column of the table that describes what type of market it is.

What might be the consequences of government intervention in the bottled water industry?

Which graph likely represents a popular designer sunglasses company located in a busy, downtown shopping mall?

How does advertising affect industries in competitive markets? Fill in the blanks to complete the passage.

In monopolistically competitive markets, government regulation is always desirable because it improves efficiency.

What does a shift from point 1 to point 3 illustrate about the result of advertising in monopolistically competitive markets?

How does advertising affect consumers? Fill in the blanks to complete the passage.

In which market type(s) are individual firms likely to advertise regularly?

When are firms more efficient? Order the following firms from least efficient to most efficient.

How do the actions of the Federal Trade Commission influence advertising?

A pizza company that charges five dollars more for its pizzas than a competitor’s pizza will find it impossible to survive in a monopolistically competitive market.

Drag the industries to the graph that would best represent them.

Drag the following products to the graph that most likely illustrates their price and output.

Katy owns a monopolistically competitive firm that has many competitors that advertise. What can Katy realistically hope to achieve if she decides to advertise as well?

Match the description of the industry to the type of market in which it belongs.

What are some of the differences between a monopolistically competitive firm and a competitive firm?

Ananya is the owner of a toy store and is considering whether or not to purchase advertising for her company. The graph here illustrates the firm’s long-run average total cost curve in three different scenarios. Drag each situation to the appropriate point on the graph.

Order the industries based on increasing market power and ability to set prices, starting with the highest.

Advertising expenses occupy approximately what percentage of global economic activity?

Match each type of market to a possible incentive or disincentive for advertising in it.

Mrunal opened the first flower shop in her town. For a while, she was the only provider of flowers, until people noticed how profitable her business had been. Now several new flower shops have opened. What might happen to Mrunal’s business in the long run?

Identify each situation as either a competitive market or a monopolistically competitive market.

Fill in the blanks to describe the characteristics of monopolistic competition.

Question 17: Computer Science

There are 3 sections to this assignment- each section is a page long for total of 3 pages Please label each section APA Format for reference

Instruction

Section 1- needs to be 1 page What is change control and why does it need to be managed? Give two examples of the impact of mismanagement. Why does a network require constant monitoring to determine the percentage of its capacity being used? Explain the potential results of not monitoring capacity usage. Define bandwidth. Why does a company need standards regarding who can expand the network or add applications that require heavy bandwidth to operate? Complete the assignment in a 1- to 2-page Microsoft Word document. Cite all sources using the correct APA style. Save the document as. Section 2- needs to be 1 page Find An article advocating centralized management of the IT function and find an article on advocating user-dominated management of IT Discuss your findings in each article and present your analysis of which aspects of each method seem most beneficial to the companies mentioned overall. Section 3- needs to be 1 page Read a case a scholarly source such as Google Scholar dealing with a company’s IT strategy, the implementation of that strategy, and the way the strategy benefited the company as a whole. Analyze the case and describe how the company mentioned was able to develop a successful IT strategy. How did the company plan and implement the strategy? How is the company supported by the IT strategy? You should identify at least three scholarly and independent sources utilizing services such as (but not limited to) Google or Google Scholar over the Internet. The sources you identify should support the case you selected for the purpose of this assignment.

Question 18: Business

Instruction

complete 3 assignments. Only have to show work or graphing if asked

T/F the longer the maturity, the lower the bond duration, which measures interest rate risk.

What is the value of a 5 year semi-annual pay 9% coupon bond if rates are 9%
1000
923
928
965

You are looking to value some common stock using various valuation models and are answering the following questions:

T/F A company with a high growth rate will cause most valuation models to yield a higher stock price.

T/F the higher the required return should cause an investor to pay more for a stock.

If a firm pays a dividend this year of $3, has a growth rate of 5%, a required return on equity of 10%, what is the price of the stock

T/F A firm has EPS of $2 and the industry PE multiple is 18, so I should pay $36 for the stock.

You need to analyze some projects for a company you work for. You meet with the CFO to discuss some options.

T/F If the IRR<WACC then project should be accepted

A truck costs 100k and is projected to bring in cash flows of 20k per year for the first 4 years with a cash flow of 10k in year 5 with a salvage value of 15k in that same year. If the WACC is 7.5% then you should

Reject as the NPV is a negative 21k
Reject as the NPV is a negative 16k
Accept as the NPV is a positive 11k
Neither accept or reject

You are going to receive monthly payments of 1,000 for the next 5 years. You need a lump sum however and you go to a firm that will pay you a lump sum but they need to earn 9%. How much will you receive

T/F The 3 main financial statements are the income statement, balance sheet, and statement of cash flow and the balance sheet list assets and liabilities of the firm.

The new firm wants to minimize fixed costs. What does this mean?
This will keep operating leverage down which in turn will lower business risk
This will lower financial risk which in turn lowers the risk of the firm.
Higher fixed costs will leverage up returns and lower business risk
Higher operating leverage is directly associated with higher financial risk.

T/F The goal of a firm is to maximize the value of its stock and that occurs at the point where the WACC is the lowest. Debt should have a lower cost of capital component versus equity as interest payments are tax deductible.

T/F Capital structure refers to the % of equity and the % of debt affirm has with the goal of minimizing that cost or finding the highest WACC.

T/F Essentially, the whole idea of valuing stocks and bonds and deciding whether or not to accept or reject capital investments (machines, a truck fleet, etc.) is to compute the present value of the cash flows.

T/F A firm should pay out a dividend if they can earn a better rate of return than the stockholder

What is the yield to maturity of a 6% semiannual coupon bond that matures in 8 years if he pays 930?
6%
58%
16%
Cannot be determined

An MRI machine has the following cash flows:

Cost: 1 million

Cash flows are 500k for 3 years

The WACC is 15%

The IRR on this MRI machine is:
0%
4%
6%
26%

T/F Based on the IRR decision criteria we should accept this project

. T/F the payback under the original MRI assumptions is 3 years

T/F You are taking a take home final exam.

You want to retire in 30 years and a financial planner tells you that you need 1.5 million then to live comfortably. If you have 50k to invest now and can earn 7%, how much would you have to invest annually to reach your goal?
11,850
19,908
31,250
Cannot be determined

What is the Present value (PV) of 10,000 to be received in 5 years if your required return is 6%

a.7,473

10,000
8,250
0

T/F The lower the interest rate the lower the FV

T/F The higher the required return the lower the PV

T/F Companies raise capital by issuing stocks and bonds, which is why the equation

assets = liabilities +equity holds true

T/F General obligation muni bonds are backed by the full faith and credit of the issuing state
T/F U.S. treasury securities have credit risk
T/F A corporate bond will have some degree of risk premium or credit spread over U.S Treasury bonds to compensate for risk.
The PV of a semi-annual 6% bond that matures in 5 years if market interest rates are now 5% is:
$1,000
$1,050.32
$1,43.76
Cannot be determined

The YTM of a bonds purchased at $950 with a semi-annual coupon of 7% and a $1,000 par that matures in 4 years is:
$1,000

b.6.25%

4.25%
8.5%

You are looking at some stocks to value using different valuation models and come across the following questions:

11.T/F the higher the growth rate and the lower the discount rate, the higher the price using the dividend discount model or PV of FCF model

A stock with next year’s dividend of $2 and a growth rate of 4% and a cost of equity of 9% has an intrinsic value of:
42
40
23
50

T/F If a firm has cash flows of 500 million and the growth rate of the cash flow is 5% with a required return of 10%, the value of operations is a little over 10 billion

14.T/F A stock that has a PE multiple of 15 and earnings of 2 per shares should trade at 7.5.

15.T/F A company with a high PE multiple may not be overvalued if they have a high growth rate.

T/F The goal of the firm is not to maximize its stock price.

17 . T/F The common stockholders are the owners of the firm and they elect the company board of directors who in turn appoint the officers of the firm

Question 1 (Chapter 14: EVM)

At a certain point in your project, you did a performance measurement and found the following results:

PV = $500,000	EV = $350,000
AC = $550,000	BAC = $1,200,000

Calculate the schedule variance (SV)
Calculate cost variance (CV)
Calculate schedule performance index (SPI)
Calculate cost performance index (CPI)
Calculate estimate at completion (EAC)
What do those numbers tell you? What do you think you should do?

Question 2

Given the following information for a one-year project, answer the following questions. Recall that PV is the planned value, EV is the earned value, AC is the actual cost, and BAC is the budget at completion.

PV = $23,000
EV = $20,000
AC = $25,000
BAC = $120,000

What is the cost variance, schedule variance, cost performance index (CPI), and schedule performance index (SPI) for the project?
How is the project doing? Is it ahead of schedule or behind schedule? Is it under budget or over budget?

III. Use the CPI to calculate the estimate at completion (EAC) for this project. Is the project performing better or worse than planned?

Use the SPI to estimate how long it will take to finish this project.

Question 19: Other

Crisis Counselling

Assignment #2: The Connection between Trauma and Crisis or Crisis Prevention

Format: essay (8-10 pages) Value: 20% Due: see outline

Students will prepare a research paper on their choice of two questions:

Either 1) what is the connection between trauma and crisis? Or 2) Crisis Prevention with a target population or issue.

Choice #1: What is the connection between trauma and crisis? Here students will use the Herman text from their Trauma theory and practice course as well as course material from this course, and put them in conversation with one another to answer this question. No external sources are required for this paper – just the Herman text and CMH 481 course materials.

Choice #2: Students are to use a combination of and minimum of four scholarly and grey sources to prepare a research paper focusing on crisis prevention with a particular population or issue of their choice, for example, crisis prevention regarding suicidal thoughts or behaviour, or crisis prevention on a community level.

Evaluation Rubric:

Criteria	Points/percentage of overall
Quality of understanding of course materials and themes related to question (choice 1) OR of the scholarly research sources (choice 2)	6
Direct integration of course materials & Herman text (choice 1) OR scholarly sources (choice 2)	6
Analysis/creativity in responding to questions/topic of assignment	4
Professional presentation requirements	4

Question 20: General

You will be assigned a forensic psychology case to analyze. In order to complete it successfully, you must follow the attach outline precisely. Keep in mind that your Forensic Case Study is written in an outline format, the narrative and reference sheet must adhere to APA style. Also, notice that you will need to include legal AND social science research articles in you paper. It is just as important to describe the behavioral science research behind the psychological issues in the case as it is to explain the legal aspects of it. CASE: Spruce v. Sargent failure to protect inmate liability

Writing the Forensic Case Study

Start with the case as the title of your report:

Case Citation Example: Myers v. United States, 272 U.S. 52, 135 (1926)

Followed by your name.

The body of the report should be written in outline structure: 1., 2., 3., etc. in which each number provides a specific set of information as detailed below. Most report outlines will not be more than 5 pages long, not counting the reference page.

Facts of the Case: Pinpoint the determinative facts of a case, ie., those that make a difference in the outcome. You goal here is to be able to briefly tell the story of the case without missing any pertinent information but also not including too many extraneous facts either. Above all, make sure you have clearly identified the main players. State the parties’ names and positions in the case (Plaintiff/Defendant or Appellee/Appellant, and victims or agencies involved).

Forensic Psychology or Scientific Issue Presented: Formulate the main legal issues and forensic psychology questions embedded in the case. Write them in the form of questions. For example, “What is the level of competence needed to stand trial when the defendant is mentally retarded?” Later you will need to explain how are these issues are argued in the case, so clearly stating the question(s) will make writing that section easier.

Review of Literature: What does the scientific research say about these issues? Like any other research paper, conduct a brief review of literature to see what professional journals say the issue at the heart of the legal question. What does behavioral science know about this issue? For example, when the legal question is the competence of a mentally retarded defendant, you would need to find three or four research articles describing the cognitive capacities or limitations of individuals with intellectual deficiencies. Are there a lot of differing opinions or conflicting research results? Is this an issue with little scientific information about it? If there is a clear consensus of professional opinion, what is it?

Court Decision: What was the judgment in this case? Who did the judge or jury decide was right? If the opinion says, “We hold…” that’s the majority opinion. Just state the decision in a sentence or two.

Rule of Law: What was the legal standard that comes out of this case? In some cases this will be clearer than others, but basically you want to identify the principle of law on which the judge or jury is basing the resolution of the case. This rule of law will be used in future cases to make judgments. For example, the Rule of Law in Miranda v. Arizona is that ‘evidence obtained by police in a custodial interrogation of a suspect is not admissible in court to prove guilt unless the suspect was given warnings about his constitutional rights. Those rights included….’

In other words, state why this case is important.

Reasoning: What were the judges’ reasons for deciding the case the way they did? How were the issues argued? There may be dissenting opinions as well, which is important to state why some judges disagreed. Did the majority opinion consider the scientific research or expert opinions in reaching their decision? If not, why did they disregard with the experts or best practice evidence? Remember, legal facts are different from scientific facts. What were the facts that persuaded the court to make their decision?

Reference Sheet: APA style

Depending on the case, your paper will be anywhere from 5-6 pages. Make sure you use APA format in the body of the paper as well as in the Reference pages. Please review the rubric for the best outcome.

Question 21: Computer Science

Instruction

Read the assignment. show all the calculations

ASSIGNMENT – 2

NOTE: Please Show all the calculations Deadline: OCTOBER, 21, 2019
1) [9 points] Find the eight bit 2’s complementary representation for the following

decimal numbers:
a) 121 b) -121 c) 54

2) [3 points] Is there a relationship between EBCDIC character representation of the decimal digits from 0 to 9 and their BCD representation? Explain.

3) [5 points] Consider a hypothetical computer system. A 12-bit memory space is used for a sign-and-magnitude representation of integers with BCD and the sign is stored in MSB. What is the range of signed integers in base 10 that can be represented? Explain.

4) [18 points] Consider the two following decimal numbers: 15,675 and -8,741
a) Convert these numbers to 9’s complement five-digit representation and show

all the steps

b) Find the sum of the two numbers in 9’s complement arithmetic showing all the steps and convert the sum back to decimal
c) Was there a carry or overflow condition in your calculation? Explain
d) Convert the initial two numbers to 10’s complement representation and show all the steps
e) Find the sum of the two numbers in 10’s complement arithmetic showing all the steps and convert the sum back to decimal
f) Compare the two procedures and explain the difference of addition in 9’s and 10’s complement. Which one is easier to implement?

5) [6 points] Provide the Packed Decimal representation of the following decimal numbers:

a) -76 b) 4389 c) -5005

6) [6 points] What number is represented in 9’s complement by:
a) 4987 (four-digit 9′ complement representation) b)

836 (three-digit 9′ complement representation)

7) [6 points] Perform the calculation 95.675 + 0.95675 using the decimal floating point representation SEEMMMMM, where S is the sign (0 for “plus”, 1 for “minus”), EE is the decimal exponent in excess-50 notation and MMMMM is the five-digit mantissa. Show all steps and explain the result.

8) [18 points] Convert the following binary numbers to floating-point format using single-precision IEEE 754 format.

Convert your answer to hexadecimal format.
a) 11001.0101 b) -101.111101 c) -0.0101001

9) [21 points] Convert the following hexadecimal numbers to floating-point format using single-precision IEEE 754

format. Convert your answer to hexadecimal format.
a) 251D b) -B26.9 c) -0.00A5

10) [7 points] Convert the following decimal number to floating-point format using single-precision IEEE 754

format. Express your answer in hexadecimal format. Do the conversions with 8 bits of precision in the

mantissa. -23.103

11) [21 points] The following numbers are in IEEE 754 single-precision floating- point format. What decimal numbers

do they represent?
a) C4C2E00016 b) 483C540016 c) BEF8000016

12) [3 points] Define or explain briefly: normalization of a floating point number.

13) [2 points] True or False: Double precision floating point format can store all real numbers in the range 2-126 to 2127.

14) [1 point] True or False: In one’s binary complement, negative numbers are represented by themselves.

15) [2 points] In the IEEE 754 format, the exponents 0 and 255 are used to represent special values.

16) [2 points] A number of magnitude too large to be stored in a computer is an example of what condition?

Question 22: Education

Final Essay Instructions

Congratulations on reaching the capstone assignment for EDUC 200. The goal of this essay is to combine the major learning objectives of this course into a single reflection document that is personalized for each student. By now you should be able to determine some of the rewards and challenges the education profession presents. Imagine that you are interviewing for a job. How would you professionally describe the rewards and challenges you may encounter? Use first person, “I”, as you write your essay to respond to the principal in the interview.

Note the following requirements:

You will write a 800 word essay in response to the given prompt
The essay must be written in current APA format and include a title page, main body, and reference page.
It must also include a minimum of 3 in-text citations from the textbook in current APA format. See APA Basics in the Instructions section for specific guidelines.
The main body must include an introductory paragraph, body paragraphs and a conclusion paragraph.
- The introductory paragraph should have strong hook or attention grabbing statement to draw the reader into the paper. A position or thesis statement should name the chosen rewards and challenges.
- The body paragraphs should describe the 3 potential rewards and 3 potential challenges with two or more details to support each reward or challenge.
- The conclusion should summarize the paper and restate the position or thesis statement from the introduction.
The essay must be submitted through Blackboard. Please consult a copy of the assignment rubric in Blackboard for a detailed description of expectations and grading criteria.

Final Essay Question:

You have decided to apply for your first teaching position. The principal seated across from you asks this question: “What are 3 rewards and 3 challenges that you will face as a teacher?”

Question 23: General

philosophical/theoretical basis of the Abeka curriculum. i need one page that has to include three theorist such as JOHN DEWEY, vYGOTSKY, PIAGET OR HOWARD GARDENER

History 1301 signature assignment

HISTORY Signature Writing Assignment

Step 1: View the Power Point Lesson for the “Overview for Primary Source Documents” provided by the Library of Congress which describes primary and secondary sources. This step is VITAL!

Step 2: After viewing the lesson, pick out a primary source that you find interesting. For the purpose of this course, students are required to pick out a letter, speech, or diary entry. Use one (1)
single artifact rather than a collection of artifacts. The primary source must be something that is covered in this course. For HIST 1301, this can be anything from Christopher Columbus to the Civil War/Reconstruction. For HIST 1302, this can be anything after the Civil War up to the last chapter that is covered in the book.

In addition, students must use a secondary source that backs up or provides information to clarify information in the primary source. An example of this would be if a student chooses a letter written by Thomas Jefferson to James Madison, a secondary source that gives information about who James Madison was and a little bit of background information about him would meet the requirements. One secondary source is required, but students can use more than one. Please see the information after the Power Point about Primary and Secondary sources to find out more information about finding a Primary Source. Primary sources can be found using the sources provided on the following page.

Step 3: After a primary source and secondary source(s) is chosen, students can begin to write the paper by answering the 10 questions below. The finished product should be a formal paper that is 3 pages MINIMUM (750 words) written in essay style, NOT in a numbered list (minimal work will get a minimal grade). Reviews are to be doubled-spaced in Microsoft Word format utilizing MLA format and must include in-page citations. Reviews should be composed in Times New Roman 12 point font.

Taking into consideration the information presented in the Overview of Primary Source Documents lesson: Address the following points in your review:

Who wrote the document? Until you know this you know little about the document. Sometimes you can figure this out from the document itself. Was the author a political or private individual? Was he educated or not?
Who was the intended audience/who was the letter or speech written to? This will tell you about the author’s use of language and the knowledge that he assumed on the part of the reader.
What is the story line? What is going on in the document?
Why was the document written? Everything is written for a reason. Is it just a random note, or a

scholarly thesis?

What type of document is this, or what is its purpose? A newspaper article is different than a diary.

Thus, one can expect to extract different kinds of information from different kinds of documents. A

private letter to a friend is very different from a political letter written to discuss governmental matters.

What are the basic assumptions made by the author? For example, did the author assume that the

reader could understand certain foreign or engineering terms?

Can you believe this document? Is it reliable? Is it likely? This should be more than a yes or no answer.

What makes it believable or not?

What can you learn about the society that produced this document? All documents reveal information

about the people who produced them. It is embedded in the language and assumptions of the
text. Your task is to learn how to “read,” or analyze, a document to extract information about a society. You might wish to analyze each document in terms of various aspects of a society (economic, political, religion, social structure, culture, etc.).

What is the importance of this document to history? Everything can be considered important even if it is not important for political or governmental purposes. Does it shed light on what life was like during the time period it was written? Does it demonstrate views of the world from a time long ago? Etc.
Finally, What does this document mean to you? If you answer nothing, you will lose a whole letter grade. You are the one picking out the sources, so pick something that you find interesting that means something to you. Tell me why it means something to you and why you picked it.

Step 4: Submit the assignment through Canvas. Do not send the assignment via email. Submit your Signature Assignment paper in MICROSOFT WORD format. Please understand that all papers WILL be

Signature Assignment paper in MICROSOFT WORD format. Please understand that all papers WILL be checked for plagiarism before grading.

Question 25: Law

International Justice System- Generally, as we have learned earlier in the semester, substantive law refers to how crime and punishment are defined, and that each of the four legal traditions do share some characteristics of substantive law. Similarly, each of the four legal traditions differ from each other with respect to substantive law. As such, 1) Briefly summarize how each of the four legal traditions are similar in defining criminal responsibility, and 2) Briefly summarize how each of the four legal traditions differ in defining criminal responsibility

Question 26: General

A paper on the Congress. (Theses Question) – If you were serving in Congress, would you tend to follow the instructed delegate model of representation or the trustee model? Why? What might be the likely outcome of your choice? has to be in apa format 5 pages double~ spaced, cover page, twelve font.

Question 27: Education

Create a lesson plan on the book :Whistle for Willie By Ezra Jack Keats. It’s a very short book maybe you can check it out from the library like I did. Its a childrens multicultural book, or maybe there is a way you can read it online. follow the format of the example I attached for you below

Instruction

AUTHOR STUDY LESSON PLANS AND FOCUS UNIT (Critical Assignment)As a reflective decision-maker, the student is capable of researching an author of children’s literature and make informed decisions concerning appropriate lessons and content connections involving the author’s work. Objectives: 1) research and collect information about a children’s literature author; 2) create activities for a balanced literacy classroom; and 3) link learning activities to the Common Core State Standards for a selected grade level.Corresponding FL-FAU READING Performance Indicator(s) for the Reading Endorsement: 1.A.5: Identify cognitive targets (e.g. 8locate/recall, integrate/interpret, critique/evaluate) and the role of cognitive development in the construction of meaning of literary and informational texts; 1.A.7: Understand the reading demands posed by domain specific texts; 1.A.8: Understand that effective comprehension processes rely on well developed language, strong inference making, background knowledge, comprehension monitoring and self-correcting

FAU MODIFIED LESSON PLAN FORMAT

LAE 4353 Professor Oetinger – Kenski

Fall 2019

Teacher:______________________________________ Date: _________________________

Book Title: ___________________________ ____ Grade Level: ____________________

Author:____________________________Illustrator: __________________________________

Publisher and Copyright Date: ____________________________________________________

Culture(s) Represented: ________________________________________________ _________

Instructional Objective(s)/Outcomes: Indicate what is to be learned.

Please include 1-2 “I Can” Statements and 1 Essential Question.

Standards/Objective:

Choose two Florida Language Arts Standards (LAFS) in one of the categories listed below. Use the following website: http://www.fldoe.org/pdf/lafs.pdf. These standards are based on the national Common Core State Standards: www.corestandards.org.

You may choose from the following categories:

Reading: Literature Reading: Informational Text

Reading: Foundational Skills Writing

Speaking and Listening Language

Instructional Procedures: Indicate how you intend to sequence the activities in the lesson from initiation to closure (based on the LAFS reading standards) and what prior knowledge students have to have in order to be successful. Estimate the time necessary to complete each major component of the lesson.

Please include the necessary components of a Balanced Literacy Block, within Sections A – C.

Initiating activities: Time = __________________

Core Activities: Time = _____________________

Closure Activities: Time = ____________________

Adaptations for ESOL and ESE:

Classroom management plan:

Materials and Equipment: List all books, materials, and equipment to be used by both the teacher and the learner.

Assessment/Evaluation: Identify the techniques used in determining to what extent the students have attained the instructional objectives. For your Author Study lesson plan, you will need to create a rubric. You may use the rubistar4teachers.com website. Attach the rubric to your lesson plan. Your assessment must match at least one of the reading standards you selected for your before, during and after language arts activities.

Follow-up Activities or Extensions: Plan three activities across the curriculum. You should include one activity for integrating literacy with the arts (visual arts, dance or movement, drama, or music) and one activity that includes writing. The third activity should be connected to reading in the content areas: social studies or geography, science, or math. These activities should be different from the ones used previously in the lesson.

References

APA format

Summary of Feedback from Peers

Revisions to Lesson Based on Peer Suggestions

Question 28: General

Co-op Letter of Intent Requirements The letter of intent is meant to demonstrate your suitability for the Co-operative Education Program. It is a very important factor in your admission decision. The strength of your letter is based on a number of factors including basic writing skills, spelling, grammar, format, and interest in Co-op. Maximum 1-page single spaced: Professional business letter format Your letter must confirm you understand the Co-op program Please discuss why you are interested in joining the Co-op program, and what you hope to gain from your involvement with the program Spelling and grammar reflect your attention to detail Poor written communication skills could result in your application not being considered

Question 29: Computer Science

Instruction

Respond to the following in a minimum of 175 words: 1) Explain the benefits a recursive algorithm can provide. and 2) Provide an example from a process in your organization or with which you are familiar. #Demonstrate how to apply recursion concepts as they relate to an organization’s data system.

Question 30: Finance

Assignment Questions Q1. From the information given below: (10 Marks) a. Prepare a balance sheet b. Net working capital Q2 From the information given above, prepare (a) the income statement, and (b) the common-sized income statement. Q3. Prepare a statement of cash flows from the following list of items. Q4. Calculate the following ratios from the Balance Sheet and the Income Statement of Saudi Manufacturing Corporation given below: (5 Marks) a. Current Ratio b. Debt Ratio c. Fixed asset turnover d. Total asset turnover e. Operating profit margin

Assignment No. 1

Course: Principles of Finance (FIN101)	Student name:
Academic Year:1440-1441 H	Student ID:
Semester: 1st	Student grade: / 30
CRN:	Level of the marks:

This Assignment must be submitted on Blackboard (WORD format only) via the allocated folder.
Email submission will not be accepted.
You are advised to make your work clear and well-presented; marks may be reduced for poor presentation. This includes filling your information on the cover page.
Assignment will be evaluated through BB Safe Assign tool.
Late submission will result in ZERO marks being awarded.
The work should be your own, copying from students or other resources will result in ZERO marks.
Use Times New Roman font 12 for all your answers.

Assignment Questions

Q1. From the information given below: (10 Marks)

Prepare a balance sheet
Net working capital

Cash		100,000
Account receivables		72,000
Accounts payable		48,000
Short-term notes payable		35,000
Inventories		70,000
Gross fixed assets		1,750,000
Common stock		680,000
Other current assets		10,000
Accumulated depreciation		524,000
Long-term debt		350,000
Other assets		25,000
Retained earnings		?

Q2. (10 Marks)

Sales		$525,000
Cost of goods sold		$200,000
General and administrative expenses		$62,000
Depreciation expenses		8,000
Interest expense		12,000
Income taxes		97,200
From the information given above, prepare (a) the income statement, and
(b) the common-sized income statement.

Q3. Prepare a statement of cash flows from the following list of items. (5 Marks)

Increase in inventories		22,000
Operating income		625,000
Dividends		55,000
Increase in accounts payables		92,500
Interest expense		118,000
Increase in common stock		22,000
Depreciation expense		48,000
Increase in accounts receivable		210,000
Increase in long-term debt		145,000
Increase in short-term notes payable		36,500
Increase in gross fixed assets		144,000
Increase in paid in capital		60,000
Income taxes		202,000
Beginning cash		700,000

Q4. Calculate the following ratios from the Balance Sheet and the Income Statement of Saudi Manufacturing Corporation given below: (5 Marks)

Current Ratio
Debt Ratio
Fixed asset turnover
Total asset turnover
Operating profit margin


Balance Sheet:
Cash		30,000
Acct/Rec		72,500
Inventories		50,000
Current assets		152,500
Net fixed assets		240,000
Total assets		392,500

Accts/Pay		44,500
Accrued expenses		31,000
Short-term N/P		9,500
Current liabilities		85,000
Long-term debt		110,000
Owner’s equity		197,500
Total liabilities and owners equity		392,500

Income Statement:
Net sales		450,000
COGS		220,000
Gross profit		230,000
Operating expenses		128,000
Net operating income		102,000
Interest expense		18,500
EBT		83,500
Income taxes		33,000
Net income		50,500

Question 31: Business

Essay must be on Coca-Cola Company. Your essay should be two to three pages in length, double-spaced,the title and reference pages do not count towards the minimum page length.

Instruction

For this essay, you will conduct research on corporate strategies and the affect they have on the decision process. Use the same company you chose in Unit II. As you explore the decision process, consider how corporate strategies influence these decisions. In your essay, address the following questions: What is a functional strategy? What are stability strategies in business? What are the pros and cons of these strategies? What are competitive and cooperative strategies? What are the tradeoffs (pros and cons) between an internal and an external growth strategy? Which approach is best as an international strategy? Why? What about retrenchment? Your essay should be two to three pages in length, double-spaced, and in 12 pt. Times New Roman font. The title and reference pages do not count towards the minimum page length. To complete this assignment, a minimum of two reputable sources must be used, cited, and referenced. At least one reference must come from the CSU Online Library. Use APA style guidelines.

Question 32: Psychology

Write a 500-750-word paper discussing process addictions. Include the following in your paper:

Instruction

A definition of process addiction A description of criteria similarities for substance use disorders and process addiction A description of the differences between process addictions and substance use disorders Include a minimum of two scholarly references in addition to the textbook in your paper. Prepare this assignment according to the guidelines found in the APA Style Guide, An abstract is not required. This assignment uses a rubric. Please review the rubric prior to beginning the assignment to become familiar with the expectations for successful completion. You are required to submit this assignment to Lopes Write.

Question 33: Business

Your task is to research a company that is using digital technologies to transform the workplace and critically examine how it has changed employment and occupations.

Instruction

You should provide enough evidence to answer the question: do you think this company has shown leadership in the way it has implemented technology driven change? Answering this question should include consideration of things like: an overview of the company and its transformation process; how this transformation process has changed employment in the company; any information that the company has made available about the rationale for its business model transformation using new technologies; and coverage in the media about the experience of the change process, such as by workers or interviews with company leaders. Word count: 3,000 words (+/- 10%) 8 References minimum (including 2 academic sources – consult the topic Readings) Harvard Weighting: 50% of final grade Graduate Qualities being assessed in this assignment: •GQ1: Are knowledgeable •GQ2: Can apply their knowledge •GQ3: Communicate effectively •GQ4: Can work independently •GQ6: Value ethical behaviour

Question 1: General Question

NSG 6001 Midterm Exam (Latest): South University (Already graded A)

Question 2: General Question

BUSI 400 Individual Assignment 3 Liberty University Complete Answers

The below shown questions is just one version sample.
Download the solution .PDF document for the complete different version solutions and get A grade.

Which of the following is a value driver that Mont Blanc’s managers are NOT likely to focus on in pursuing the company’s strategy?

When a company like Bic releases a new product to its core consumer group, it must be sure to satisfy which aspect?

Companies that focus on a product’s functional demands drives are likely to pursue a(n) ______ strategy, while those that focus on customers’ social and emotional needs in addition to the product’s functional aspect use a(n) ______ strategy.

As discussed in the case, how many different models of the Mini are now available?

Which of the following was NOT a way that BMW was able to create the premium compact car niche?

Who is Mini’s top competitor?

What was Mini’s growth between 2011 and 2012?

The economic crisis sent the European market for full-featured automobiles ________.

What is the most likely reason that Renault’s strategy might fail to result in a sustainable competitive advantage?

Renault’s low-priced, no-frills cars can be seen as a form of ________.

Which of Michael Porter’s generic strategies did Renault primarily pursue after the economic crisis?

The traditional approach to strategic control is sequential. Which of the following is not one of the steps in the sequence?

For businesses facing complex and turbulent business environments, which of the following is true?

Contemporary approaches to strategic control rely primarily on

Informational control systems are concerned with which of the following questions?

As firms simultaneously downsize and face the need for increased coordination across organizational boundaries, a control system based primarily on ______________ is dysfunctional.

The primary participants in corporate governance do not include the

In order to minimize the temptation for managers to act in their own self-interest, governance mechanisms exist for implementation consideration. Which of the following is not a primary means for monitoring managerial behavior?

Sales quotas, operating budgets, and production schedules are examples of traditional controls.

Once a strong and healthy organizational culture has been established, it becomes self-sustaining.

Question 3: General Question

BUSI 400 Individual Assignment 2 Liberty University Complete Answers

The below shown questions is just one version sample.
Download the solution .PDF document for the complete different version solutions and get A grade.

Complete Chapter 3 Summary Review Questions: 1, 6, & 7 found on page 97.

SWOT analysis is a technique to analyze the internal and external environments of a firm. What are its advantages and disadvantages?

What are the advantages and disadvantages of conducting a financial ratio analysis of a firm?

Summarize the concept of the balanced scorecard. What are its main advantages?

Complete Chapter 3 Application Questions & Exercises: #2 found on page 98. Use Exhibit 3.8 found on page 91 to complete the 19 financial ratios for Campbell Soup (Case #15 – p. C91-C101). Use the financial information located on C98-C100 to calculate each ratio.
Complete Chapter 4 Experiential Exercise found on page 132. *Pfizer Table
Place the results of the exercise(s) in a single document and submit it via the link provided. Include your name, class, section number, and the number of the exercise(s) on the attachment. Restate each question prior to answering it. Be sure that the assignment is in a business-professional format; include current APA citing and referencing.

Question 4: General Question

BUSI 400 Individual Assignment 1 Liberty University Complete Answers

The below shown questions is just one version sample.
Download the solution .PDF document for the complete different version solutions and get A grade.

Complete Chapter 1 Summary Review Questions: 1 & 2 on textbook page 30.

How is “strategic management” defined in the text, and what are its four key attributes? See pp. 6-8 in your textbook.

Briefly discuss the three key activities in the strategic management process. Why is it important for managers to recognize the interdependent nature of these activities? See pp. 9-13 in your textbook.

Complete Chapter 2 Summary Review Questions: 1, 3, & 5 on textbook page 65.

Why must managers be aware of a firm’s external environment?

Discuss and describe the six elements of the external environment.

Describe how the five forces can be used to determine the average expected profitability in an industry.

Complete Application Question & Exercise: 4 on textbook page 66.

Go to the Internet and look up www.kroger.com. What are some of the five forces driving industry competition that are affecting the profitability of this firm?

Place the results of the exercise(s) in a single document and submit it via the link provided. Include your name, class, section number, and the number of the exercise(s) on the attachment. Restate each question prior to answering it. Be sure that the assignment is in a business-professional format; include current APA citing and referencing.

Question 5: Physics

3.5. A laminated toroidal iron core has a mean magnetic path of diameter 15 cm and relative permeability 1000. The core has a circular cross-section of diameter 2 cm and a coil with 100 turns. The flux density in the core is 1T. Calculate

(a)        the value of magnetic field     strength           H         in         the       core
(b)        the       required           coil      mmf.
(c)        the       coil      current
(d)       the       coil      flux
(e)        the       coil      flux      linkage
(f) the coil inductance from the coil flux-linkage

Question 6: Physics

Discuss the differences between inductive and deductive methods of science
Elaborate on how they are involved in technology.
What is grounded theory?
The general rules to follow to apply the inductive and deductive method to technology
Approaches to follow to make the inductive and deductive methods successful

Question 7: Sociology

What are the various programs conducted by the National Cancer Institute (NCI) and Media Campaign Resource Centers to prevent teenage cigarette smoking?

Question 8: Sociology

How does the caste culture in India work? Is it still being used? Bad effects of the caste system. Good effects of the caste system

Question 9: Architecture

INF3703 ASSIGNMENT (2)2019 SEM 1-PROJECT

INF3703 ASSIGNMENT 2 Semester 1 Updated 2019

Question 10: English

Week Four Discussion Board Thread Instructions

$12 Summaries

With each word being worth 10 cents, write four $12 summaries of the reading from any four of the following chapters in Everyday Bible Study:

Observe: How to Make Accurate Observations
How to Use Multiple Translations of the Bible
How to Ask Key Questions
Interpret: How to Find the Meaning of the Bible
Correlate: How to Connect Scripture to Other Scriptures
Correlate: How to See Jesus in the Bible
Apply: How to Live Out What You Learn
How to Study the Old Testament Genres, Part 1: Law
How to Study the Old Testament Genres, Part 2: Narrative
How to Study the Old Testament Genres, Part 3: Wisdom and Poetry
How to Study the Old Testament Genres, Part 4: Prophetic Literature

This means that in this assignment you are developing four summaries of 120 words each (one for each of the four chapters you selected). You should aim to create four summaries where each summary is between 100-120 words. Each of your summaries should not exceed the 120-word or $12 limit. For an example of this type of thread, please see the provided example in the Course Content folder.

Week Five Discussion Board Response Post Instructions

Once you have completed the necessary textbook reading in Everyday Bible Study, select two threads you wish to reply to and address your classmates’ thoughts and ideas. The goal of these two posts is to build on the material provided by your classmates. Thus, responses that simply affirm the thread material are not sufficient. The content of each reply must reflect an excellent knowledge of the textbook reading and interact with both the thread and relevant chapter material. You must support your thoughts and ideas by implementing at least one significant quote from Everyday Bible Study. Each response post should be at least 200 words in length.

Question 11: Business

Wk 5 :Discussion

Respond to the following in a minimum of 175 words:

Think about your current or previous organization. What are some of the retention strategies that worked? What did not work so well?

Question 12: Business

Case study week 5

Resources: Strategic Staffing, Appendix Strategic Staffing at Chern’s: A Case Study and Strategic Staffing, Ch. 12; Downsizing Strategy Grading Guide
Read the Strategic Staffing at Chern’s: A Case Study on page 383 in the appendix of Strategic Staffing.
Develop a 350-word downsizing strategy to reduce the number of sales associates by 15%.

Question 13: Education

INF 1511 Semester 1, Assignment 4 2019 / INF1511 Semester 1, Assignment 4 2019

Question 14: Education

INF3703 ASSIGNMENT 3 Semester 1 2019 / ASSIGNMENT 03 COMPULSORY

Question 15: General Question

BUSI 400 Learnsmart Chapter 12 Liberty University Complete Answers

The below shown questions is just one version sample.
Download the solution .PDF document for the complete different version solutions and get A grade.

Which of the following questions would help assess the effectiveness of a corporation’s venturing initiatives?

Which of the following are some guidelines for successfully competing in dynamic markets with high technology uncertainty?

Which of the following statements regarding the application of real options analysis to strategic decision making are true?

Which of the following are the two stages new venture concepts must pass in order to get off the ground?

Which of the following statements about managers being able to develop innovative products and services are correct?

Which of the following affect whether a typical company will pursue entrepreneurial projects?

Which of the following statements regarding the building capabilities versus collaborating challenges to innovation are true?

Which of the following statements regarding the internal versus external staffing challenges to innovation are correct?

Which of the following refers to a firm-specific view of innovation that defines how a firm can create new knowledge and learn from an innovation initiative even if the project fails?

Biases, blind spots, and other human frailties that lead to poor managerial decisions fall under the concept of ___.

In companies with many innovative ideas, deciding which ideas to cultivate and which to cast aside is known as .

Which of the following are examples of staffing practices for innovation that are counterproductive?

Which of the following are functions or services that business incubators provide start-up companies?

Which of the following statements regarding the incremental versus preemptive launch challenges to innovation are correct?

____ are groups of individuals or a division within a corporation that identifies, evaluates, and cultivates venture opportunities.

Corporate entrepreneurship in which a dedication to the principles and policies of entrepreneurship is spread throughout the organization is known as the ___ to corporate entrepreneurship.

A sustaining innovation is a type of disruptive innovation.

Which of the following regarding the challenges to innovation of experience versus initiative are correct?

Disruptive innovations appeal to less demanding customers who want more convenient and less expensive solutions.

Which of the following is the approach to corporate venturing in which corporate entrepreneurship activities are isolated from a firm’s existing operations and worked on by independent work units?

Which of the following refers to a willingness to introduce novelty through experimentation and creative processes aimed at developing new products and services as well as new processes?

Which of the following statements about the seeds versus weeds challenge to innovation are correct?

Companies are often reluctant to invest time and other resources into activities with an unknown future.

Which of the following refers to the strategy-making practices that businesses use in identifying and launching new ventures consisting of autonomy, innovativeness, proactiveness, competitive aggressiveness, and risk taking?

Which of the following refers to a willingness to act independently in order to carry forward an entrepreneurial vision or opportunity?

Question 16: General Question